‘Iran economy can be fixed in two years’

0

Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf has stressed that he can fix the economy in two years if he wins the June 14th vote.

During a tour of Varamin and Eslamshahr in Tehran Province on Saturday, the Principlist candidate said mismanagement is behind the current problems facing the country, stressing that it is possible to fix the economy in two years.

The Tehran Mayor said that many less privileged areas are yet to develop, pledging that if he becomes president, he will put the development of those areas as a top priority on his agenda.

The Principlist candidate stressed that existing problems can be resolved if the potentialities of the country are properly used.

Qalibaf is competing against seven rivals, namely Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election. This yearâ„¢s election will be held on June 14.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Aref to tackle unemployment, inflation

0

Iranian Presidential candidate Mohammad-Reza Aref has vowed to resolve the problem of unemployment and continue the subsidy reform program.

In a speech in the holy city of Mashhad on Saturday, Aref said he would resolve the countryâ„¢s problems by using all the capacities of Iranâ„¢s Constitution.

Vowing to tackle unemployment, Aref said he seeks all-out development in various political, cultural, economical and social fields.

Å“By implementing the subsidy reform plan I will put bread on the tables. I have come to eradicate inflation and create one million job opportunities every year,” the presidential candidate added.

The former Iranian vice president said he was a Reformist and reform means safeguarding the ideals of the Islamic Revolution, accountability and encouraging popular participation.

Aref is competing against seven rivals, namely lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Telecommunication Minister Mohammad Gharazi, and Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election. This yearâ„¢s election will be held on June 14.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election.

MYA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Aref to tackle unemployment, inflation

0

Iranian Presidential candidate Mohammad-Reza Aref has vowed to resolve the problem of unemployment and continue the subsidy reform program.

In a speech in the holy city of Mashhad on Saturday, Aref said he would resolve the countryâ„¢s problems by using all the capacities of Iranâ„¢s Constitution.

Vowing to tackle unemployment, Aref said he seeks all-out development in various political, cultural, economical and social fields.

Å“By implementing the subsidy reform plan I will put bread on the tables. I have come to eradicate inflation and create one million job opportunities every year,” the presidential candidate added.

The former Iranian vice president said he was a Reformist and reform means safeguarding the ideals of the Islamic Revolution, accountability and encouraging popular participation.

Aref is competing against seven rivals, namely lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Telecommunication Minister Mohammad Gharazi, and Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election. This yearâ„¢s election will be held on June 14.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election.

MYA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama Defends Mass Surveillance; Internet Firms Deny Playing Part

0

“Nobody is listening to the content of people’s phone calls,” President Obama said June 7 as he sought to allay concern arising from news reports over the previous two days of massive data gathering of telephone records, e-mail messages, and other communications by the National Security Agency. Saying he didn’t want the day to “just be a bleeding press conference,” the president took two questions from reporters in San Jose, California, following his speech on the Affordable Care Act.

“Mr. President,” asked Jackie Calmes of the New York Times, “could you please react to the reports of secret government surveillance of phones and Internet? And can you also assure Americans that the government – your government – doesn’t have some massive secret database of all their personal online information and activities?”

The president began by citing congressional support for the surveillance programs, noting that “relevant intelligence committees have been briefed on these programs. These are programs that have been authorized by broad bipartisan majorities repeatedly since 2006.” He also insisted that the right of privacy is reasonably protected by procedural safeguards in the programs.

The programs “make a difference in our capacity to anticipate and prevent possible terrorist activity,” Obama said, adding that they are “under very strict supervision by all three branches of government and they do not involve listening to people’s phone calls, do not involve reading the e-mails of U.S. citizens and U.S. residents.”

“As was indicated, what the intelligence community is doing is looking at phone numbers and durations of calls,” Obama continued. “They are not looking at people’s names, and they’re not looking at content.” Before members of the “intelligence community” may listen to a phone call, he said, “they’ve got to go back to a federal judge, just like they would in a criminal investigation.”

But in the case of a warrant such as the April 25 Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court order, authorizing the collection of all of Verizon’s call logs every day for three months, the judge that the FBI or NSA goes back to is not an impartial magistrate. The court was created by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 and is often referred to as the FISA court. It is located in the headquarters building of the Department of Justice, the prosecutorial arm of the federal government. It almost never turns down a request for a warrant and rarely modifies one. It is easy enough for intelligence analysts to find the name that goes with any phone number, making the president’s statement that intelligence analysts are looking only at numbers, not names, essentially meaningless. And it is easy enough to get a warrant when they want to listen to phone calls.

“This is a court that meets in secret, allows only the government to appear before it, and publishes almost none of its opinions,” Jameel Jaffer, deputy director of the American Civil Liberties Union, said to the Washington Post. “It has never been an effective check on government.”

Obama, who was an outspoken critic of surveillance activities by the George W. Bush administration, acknowledged that he took office with “a healthy skepticism about some of these programs,” but came to realize they were needed. “We’ve scrubbed them thoroughly,” he said, and expanded safeguard and oversight provisions. “And if there are members of Congress who feel differently, then they should speak up. And we’re happy to have that debate,” he stated.

But members of Congress who have been briefed on classified information are forbidden by law to divulge what they’ve learned. In letters to Attorney General Eric Holder on in 2011 and again last year, U.S. Senators Ron Wyden of Oregon and Mark Udall of Colorado, both Democrats, protested the secrecy surrounding interpretations by the FISA court of the government’s power under the business records section of the Patriot Act. Even the interpretations are classified, they wrote, making public debate about them all but impossible.

“We believe most Americans would be stunned to learn the details of how these secret court opinions have interpreted section 215 of the Patriot Act,” the senators said in their March 15, 2012 letter to Holder. “As we see it, there is now a significant gap between what most Americans think the law allows and what the government secretly claims the law allows.” (Emphasis in original.) 

The court orders themselves come with a gag rule forbidding those served with warrants from disclosing the orders to anyone other than an attorney for the purpose of helping them comply. Perhaps that’s why some of the Internet companies named in the Washington Post story on the PRISM program issued carefully worded and remarkably similar statements denying participation in a massive data-gathering program by the National Security Agency.  

“We have never heard of PRISM,” said Steve Dowling, a spokesman for Apple. “We do not provide any government agency with direct access to our servers, and any government agency requesting customer data must get a court order.”

“We do not provide any government organization with direct access to Facebook servers,” said Joe Sullivan, chief security officer for Facebook. “When Facebook is asked for data or information about specific individuals, we carefully scrutinize any such request for compliance with all applicable laws, and provide information only to the extent required by law.”

But that can be quite extensive, indeed, as is evident in the FISA court’s order to Verizon. Google issued a statement saying, “We have not joined any program that would give the U.S. government – or any other government – direct access to our servers. Indeed, the U.S. government does not have direct access or a “back door” to the information stored in our data centers. We had not heard of a program called PRISM until yesterday.”

Yahoo also released a statement saying it does not “provide the government with direct access” to its servers. And Microsoft said: “We provide customer data only when we receive a legally binding order or subpoena to do so, and never on a voluntary basis.” 

Well, there’s nothing voluntary about complying with a court order, especially one issued by a secret tribunal that a former NSA intelligence analyst called “a kangaroo court with a rubber stamp.” And the companies’ statements, so similar they appear to have been coordinated, all speak of the government having no “direct access” to their servers. Might there be “indirect” access, despite Google’s denial of any “back door” open to the government?

In their 2010 series in the Washington Post called “Top Secret America,” Dana Priest and William Arkin wrote: “Every day collections systems at the National Security Agency intercept and store 1.7 billion e-mails, phone calls and other types of communications.” That’s a whole lot of access, however obtained, through however many back, front, or side doors.

Director of National Intelligence James Clapper late Thursday night called the leaks of classified documents about the NSA data gathering through the PRISM program “reprehensible” and said the disclosure of the court order authorizing the collection of the Verizon records will be damaging to national security.

“The unauthorized disclosure of a top secret U.S. court document threatens potentially long-lasting and irreversible harm to our ability to identify and respond to the many threats facing our nation,” Clapper said. Obama, in his remarks Friday morning, made the same point.

“If every step that we’re taking to try to prevent a terrorist act is on the front page of the newspapers or on television, then presumably the people who are trying to do us harm are going to be able to get around our preventive measures,” added the president. “That’s why these things are classified.”

It’s hard to believe, though, that the 560 million pages of classified documents the government produces each year all have to do with preventing terrorist acts or other matters related to national security. Often documents are classified because they would otherwise prove embarrassing to government officials – as in the WikiLeaks disclosure of Hillary Clinton’s private opinion of certain foreign dignitaries. What’s surprising is not that such things get leaked and published, but that they ever make their way into classified documents in the first place.

Perhaps our government officials are now embarrassed by what we’ve learned about the extent of their collection of data on us. In the statement they posted on their website, Google CEO Larry Page and chief legal officer David Drummond said they understand that governments “need to take action to protect their citizens’ safety – including sometimes by using surveillance. But the level of secrecy around the current legal procedures undermines the freedoms we all cherish.”

Photo of President Obama: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Canada MPs rapped for anti-Iran remarks

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi has condemned recent remarks by a number of Canadian parliamentarians regarding the human rights situation of the Islamic Republic.

In a meeting titled “Iran Accountability Week” in late May, a group of Canadian legislators criticized human rights in Iran, alleging that the Islamic Republic violates the rights of Iranians, including women and ethnic minorities.

In reaction, Araqchi described the remarks as Å“ridiculous” and Å“politically motivated”, adding the comments came as the Canadian government was facing political illegitimacy due to the countryâ„¢s 2011 election fraud.

The Iranian diplomat said that the allegations against Iran came as the Canadian Federal Court has confirmed that the countryâ„¢s 2011 federal election was fraudulent. He also criticized Ottawa for failing to take necessary measures regarding the genocide of Canadaâ„¢s aboriginal people.

Å“While the Canadian Federal Court has confirmed fraud in the [2011] federal election of the country and certain other important issues such as the genocide of Canadaâ„¢s aborigines … have also been addressed yet, Canadian public opinion expect the countryâ„¢s Parliament to seriously and immediately deal with such issues,” Araqchi said.

In late May, the Canadian Federal Court confirmed that the countryâ„¢s 2011 federal election, which led to the victory of Stephen Harper’s government, was fraudulent. The court emphasized in a ruling that it has found in no uncertain terms that widespread election fraud took place during the vote.

Araqchi also expressed hope that Canadian lawmakers would address the plight of the aboriginals, in particular the issue of the hundreds of missing women and aboriginal girls.

Native Canadians remain among the poorest members of the Canadian society with most of them suffering poor educational, economic and social conditions.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'West uses Iran nuclear issue as pretext'

0

Iranian presidential candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel says the US and its allies are using Iranâ„¢s nuclear program as an excuse to mount pressure on the Islamic Republic.

Å“I believe that Iranâ„¢s nuclear issue is [being used as] a pretext to oppose the Islamic Republic of Iran…. The Americans and all of their allies know that Iranâ„¢s nuclear activities are peaceful and in line with international regulations so Iranâ„¢s nuclear issue is [used as] an excuse to pressure the Islamic Republic…,” Haddad-Adel said during a press conference on Saturday.

The lawmaker named resistance against economic pressure and sanctions as the only way of success in nuclear talks with the P5+1.

Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers – Russia, China, France, Britain, and the US plus Germany – have held several rounds of talks, mainly over the Iranian nuclear energy program.

Å“The way to success in the nuclear issue is for us to insure the country against economic pressure and sanctions… our representative diplomat can only be successful when the US sees no hope in achieving success through economic pressure,” Haddad-Adel added.

The Principlist candidate emphasized that any pressure caused from the sanctions can be minimized through better management in economy and by creating domestic stability and unity.

Å“Resolving our problems is firstly through disappointing our enemy [in achieving success] through exerting pressure on us and this can be done through economic management and creating solidarity and a peaceful environment at home ….,” he added.

Haddad-Adel is facing seven rivals in the upcoming election, including Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations which will be set up in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

PG/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Vodafone pays no UK corporate tax for second year running

0

Vodafone — the world’s second-largest mobile phone company — paid no corporate tax in Britain in 2012 for the second year running, despite handing out £4.8 billion in cash dividends to shareholders in the last 12 months.

The London-based telecom giant said investment in the UK coupled
with interest payments eliminated its corporate tax liabilities
at home, although the firm paid around £3bn in tax abroad.

Vodafone raked in £45bn in revenues last year, with underlying
earnings of £13bn and a global profit exceeding £3bn. More than
£5bn in revenues were generated in the UK, though underlying
earnings — income minus one-off items — fell to £1.2bn from
£1.3bn.

The firm’s UK operating profits fell to £294 million from £402mn
a year prior amidst falling voice and service revenues.

Mobile networks such as Vodafone are able to reclaim money spent
developing their own networks, including the construction of
radio masts to support antennae and the laying of cables. The
company further received a return on part of the expenditures
paid to the government to buy the airwaves which carry mobile
traffic, as well as interest charges on cash borrowed in order to
make those payments.

A large portion of the firm’s infrastructure investment went
towards new base station equipment, which will allow Vodafone to
launch its 4G mobile broadband network over the summer.

The firm was also able to avoid taxes by sending profits to its
Luxembourg subsidiaries, where both its customer and employee
base is low, and tax rates dip below 1 percent. Vodafone
Luxembourg 5 Co Sarl, which funds money to other branches,
reported profits of $2.43 billion for the year to March 2012 and
paid a tax rate of less than 1 percent, Reuters reported.

A spokesperson for the firm claimed Vodafone did not funnel
profits out of the UK, insisting its Luxembourg operations had no
bearing on taxes paid at home. He further explained that unites
in the tiny European state are able to offset income against
write-offs in the value of assets held by those companies.

Vodafone stressed its commitment to “integrity in all tax
matters,”
noting that it paid £882mn in other UK taxes and
contributions during the year.

However, with £4.8bn in dividend payouts, the tax revelation is
likely to spark further debate over domestic multinational tax
contributions, with Google, Starbucks and Amazon all being called
upon by parliament to justify their tax status.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey opposition calls for snap vote

0

Leader of Turkeyâ„¢s opposition Nationalist Movement Party (MHP) Devlet Bahceli has called for early elections, as anti-government protests continue across the country for the ninth day.

On Saturday, Bahceli called for snap elections and for Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan to reaffirm his mandate in order to overcome the current unrest.

“The prime minister’s stance and the tumult have deepened the crisis,” said the opposition leader, adding, Å“The prime minister’s time is up, we believe he has to renew his mandate.”

Thousands of anti-government protesters took to the streets in the Turkish city of Istanbul on Saturday.

This came as Erdogan convened his party leadership to discuss the recent wave of anti-government protests across the country.

Demonstrators have reportedly set up tents at Istanbulâ„¢s iconic Taksim Square for a weekend of protests.

Fresh rallies have been also planned in the Turkish capital, Ankara.

On Friday, Erdogan called for an immediate end to the demonstrations in the country and said the government was open to Å“democratic demands,” but adding that the demonstrations were Å“bordering on vandalism.”

The unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged at Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last public green space.

SZH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkey ruling party rejects early vote

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan’s ruling Justice and Development Party has rejected the opposition’s call for early elections as anti-government protests continue in the country.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Report: Homeschooling Growing Seven Times Faster than Public School Enrollment

0

Dr. Susan Berry
breitbart.com
June 8, 2013

As dissatisfaction with the U.S. public school system grows, apparently so has the appeal of homeschooling. Educational researchers, in fact, are expecting a surge in the number of students educated at home by their parents over the next ten years, as more parents reject public schools.

A recent report in Education News states that, since 1999, the number of children who are homeschooled has increased by 75%. Though homeschooled children represent only 4% of all school-age children nationwide, the number of children whose parents choose to educate them at home rather than a traditional academic setting is growing seven times faster than the number of children enrolling in grades K-12 every year.

As homeschooling has become increasingly popular, common myths that have long been associated with the practice of homeschooling have been debunked.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 11:37 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘Sharif to discuss peace with Taliban’

0

A pro-Taliban Pakistani politician says newly-elected Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif will discuss prospects for peace with Taliban during his upcoming visit to Afghanistan.

Muhammad Asim Makhdoom, a senior member of a pro-Taliban party said on Saturday that Sharif will discuss with Afghan President Hamid Karzai crucial issues related to talks with Taliban in Kabul next week.

Å“We have learnt through reliable sources that Mr. Sharif is scheduled to visit Afghanistan next week where he will primarily discuss with Mr. Karzai the core issues relating to talks with Taliban,” Pakistanâ„¢s daily Dawn quoted Muhammad Asim Makhdoom, Central Information Secretary of Jamiat Ulema-i-Islam (Samiul Haq), as saying.

Sharif has called for peace talks between the militants and the government several times in the past.

Earlier, Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) spokesman was quoted as saying that the militants might agree on a truce if Sharif’s government showed seriousness in holding the peace talks.

President Karzai has also formed a peace council to lead talks with the Taliban.

The council has been making efforts to initiate dialogue with discontented Afghans and militants who have engaged in warfare with the US-led forces and Kabul’s Western-backed government.

The US-led war in Afghanistan began on October 7, 2001. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across the country, despite the presence of thousands of US-led troops.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iraq asked to provide security of pilgrims

0

Iranâ„¢s Majlis Speaker Ali Larijani has called on the Iraqi government to provide security for the Iranian pilgrims visiting this country.

Condemning the latest terrorist attack against Iranian pilgrims in Iraq on Saturday, Larijani urged Baghdad to take necessary measures to counter thugs and terrorist groups in the country.

Sixteen Iranian pilgrims were killed in a terrorist bomb attack in the Iraqi city of Muqdadiyah in Diyala Province, about 80 km northeast of the capital Baghdad, on Friday morning.

The blast, killing nearly 20 people overall, ripped through the bus taking pilgrims to the holy city of Najaf. At least 45 people, many of them thought to be Iranians, were also wounded in the bombing.

Larijani also expressed his sympathies over the death of Iranian pilgrims.

Earlier on Saturday, Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry spokesman Abbas Araqchi condemned the attack as indiscriminate, unjust, and counters to all human and Islamic principles.

No group has yet claimed responsibility for Fridayâ„¢s bloody attack.

In another terrorist attack on May 25, five Iranian pilgrims were killed and 20 others were injured after a booby-trapped car hit their bus near the city of Samarra, some 125 km north of Baghdad.

MYA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Greek economy shrinks by 5.6 percent

0

Anti-austerity protesters stand outside the Greek parliament building in Athens. (File photo)

The Greek economy has contracted by 5.6 percent in the first quarter of 2013 in comparison with the first three months of 2012.

The figure was released by the Greek statistics service, Hellenic Statistical Authority (ELSTAT), on Friday.

The statistical agency said it had revised data from May 15, showing a 5.3-percent contraction.

The Greek economy showed a 5.7-percent slump in the fourth quarter of 2012.

The announcement comes days after the International Monetary Fund (IMF) admitted it had made serious mistakes in preparing Greeceâ„¢s first rescue package which led to a second larger bailout.

Reports say Greece has an unemployment rate of 26.8 percent.

The country has blamed tough austerity measures forced by the European Union and the IMF in return for a bailout to prevent it from going bankrupt.

Greece was granted a 110-billion-euro (145-billion-dollar) bailout by the so-called troika of IMF, European Commission (EC), and the European Central Bank (ECB) in May 2010.

Another 130-billion-euro (170-billion-dollar) rescue package was approved in February 2012.

Greece has been at the epicenter of the eurozone debt crisis and is experiencing its sixth year of recession, while harsh austerity measures have left tens of thousands of people without jobs.

SZH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Good economic model can fix problems'

0

Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Gharazi says the next administration must adopt a successful economic model to fix the existing problems of the country.

Å“Those who want to fix the economy need a model that has worked in at least ten countries. The next administration will get nowhere if it tries to invent a new model. Economic stability and prosperity come on the back of a successful model,” the former Telecommunications Minister said in a meeting with members of the Tehran Chamber of Commerce Saturday.

The independent candidate blamed Reformist and Principlist administrations of the past for price hikes, saying the country faces inflation when a one-party administration tries to eliminate others from economic activities.

Gharazi is competing against seven rivals, namely lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election. This yearâ„¢s election will be held on June 14.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

1000s of Turks stage fresh protests

0

A demonstrator reads a magazine amongst tents in Gazi Park next to Taksim Square in Istanbul on June 8, 2013.

Thousands of people have taken to the streets in the Turkish city of Istanbul, defying Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdoganâ„¢s call for an immediate end to protests.

Anti-government protesters arrived in the iconic Taksim Square on Saturday to set their tents for a weekend of protests.

Demonstrators in the capital, Ankara, also planned to hold fresh protests, as the anti-government demonstrations entered their ninth day.

On Friday, Erdogan called for an immediate end to the demonstrations in the country and said the government was open to Å“democratic demands,” but adding that the demonstrations were Å“bordering on vandalism.”

The unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged at Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last public green space.

Anti-government demonstrations have been held in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns since May 31. Protesters call for the resignation of Erdogan.

Police used tear gas and water canon to disperse protesters in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities, injuring thousands of people and leaving four dead in clashes.

The Turkish prime minister accused the European Union of double standards, after EU Enlargement Commissioner Stefan Fule criticized the excessive use of police force against protesters in the country.

Å“Peaceful demonstrations constitute a legitimate way for these groups to express their views in a democratic society. Excessive use of force by police against these demonstrations has no place in such a democracy,” Fule said at a conference in Istanbul on Friday ahead of talks over Ankaraâ„¢s hope to join the EU.

Speaking at the same conference, Erdogan said people involved in similar demonstration would Å“face a harsher response” in other European countries.

SAB/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Car bomb kills 8 Syrians in Homs

0

Security officials and citizens inspecting the damage following a car bomb explosion in the central Syrian city of Homs on June 8, 2013.

At least eight people, including three women and a teen, have been killed in a car bomb blast in the Syrian province of Homs.

The incident took place on Saturday after a car loaded with explosives detonated in Al-Adawiya neighborhood, Syrian media said.

Several people were reportedly injured in the blast.

The incident came as the Syrian army took control of the last militant bastion near the strategic town of Qusayr in Homs province.

Earlier in the day, the Syrian troops restored security in the village of Eastern Bweida.

On Friday, the government forces managed to retake control of several villages near Qusayr. The army also pushed foreign-backed militants out of the central villages of Salhiyeh and Masoudiyeh, north of Qusayr.

Scores of militants are reported to have been killed in the clashes.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011 and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey are supporting the militants.

SAB/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK’s failed attempts to ban Hezbollah

0

Britain has desperately sought to blacklist Lebanonâ„¢s resistance movement Hezbollah.

In recent years Britain has been desperately leading efforts to blacklist Lebanonâ„¢s resistance movement Hezbollah, which has a major political and social standing within the Lebanese society.

Hezbollah has been on the United States list of terror organizations since October 1997.

In Europe, only the Netherlands has fully branded the group as a terrorist organization since 2004.

Britain also designated the groupâ„¢s External Security Organization in 2001, and then extended the designation in 2008 to include Hezbollahâ„¢s entire military wing while making clear that the blacklisting does not include the groupâ„¢s political branch.

Britain and the Netherlands have been pressing hard for the entire organization to be blacklisted by the European Union (EU).

The EU, however, regards Hezbollah as an active political party in Lebanon. It says there is not enough evidence to warrant listing the Lebanese group as a terror group like the US.

Any change in EU policy on Hezbollah, which needs unanimity among the 27-EU member states, has not so far achieved.

Led by France, European countries argue that their relations with Lebanon, where Hezbollah provides extensive social services and its political wing holds government power, would be damaged by the designation.

London has based its claim against Hezbollah on its alleged involvement in the conflict in Syria and in a bombing in Bulgaria.

The bus bombing happened last July in the Black Sea resort of Burgas, where five Israeli tourists, a Bulgarian driver and the bomber were killed.

On August 2012, British Prime Minister David Cameron met with his Bulgarian counterpart Boyko Borisov in London in order to level an accusation against Hezbollah, claiming the group was behind the July 18 bombing.

On September 2012, British Foreign Secretary William Hague urged the EU to place the military branch of Hezbollah on its list of terrorist organizations.

Hague said London would like to see the 27-nation bloc Å“designate and sanction the military branch” of the organization.

On January 2013, Cameron urged members of the Jewish Leadership Council (JLC) to Å“make a noise” and lead a grassroots campaign calling for the EU to take action against Hezbollah.

On February 2013, Bulgarian Interior Minister Tsvetan Tsvetanov said the countryâ„¢s investigation into the bombing, which was conducted in cooperation with the Israelis and Americans, found that three people were involved in the attack and that two of them were members of Hezbollah. But Hezbollah dismissed the allegations of involvement in the bomb attack on the bus carrying Israeli tourists.

In late February, after meeting Lebanese President Michel Suleiman in Beirut, Hague threatened Hezbollah resistance movement with Å“consequences” over the 2012 bombing in the East European country.

On March 2013, the British Foreign Secretary reiterated the need for action against Hezbollah.

Å“We already proscribe in the UK the military wing of Hezbollah and we would be in favor of that at the European level as well,” he said on his way into a meeting of EU foreign ministers.

On May 2013, Britain formally requested the European Union to designate Hezbollah as a terror group, despite massive opposition in the 27-nation bloc.

“We are calling for Europe to respond collectively and robustly following the atrocious terrorist attack at Burgas airport … We firmly believe that an appropriate EU response would be to designate Hezbollah’s military wing as a terrorist organization,” a spokesman for Britain’s Foreign Office said.

In early June, Britain’s request was discussed at closed-door talks by a special EU working group.

However, the UK government failed in its desperate attempt to blacklist the Lebanese resistance movement, as it was unable to convince its European allies that Hezbollah was behind the attack on Israeli tourists in Bulgaria last year.

SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Israeli forces clash with Palestinians

0

Israeli forces have clashed with Palestinian demonstrators protesting against the expropriation of Palestinian lands by Israel in the occupied West Bank, Press TV reports.

On Saturday, Palestinians took to the streets in the village of Niâ„¢lin to express their outrage over confiscation of their lands by Tel Aviv regime and the expansion of settler units.

Israeli troops reportedly fired tear gas and rubber bullets to disperse the protesters. Dozens of protesters sustained injuries as a result.

Tension has been rising in the region lately as Israelis have stepped up seizing Palestinian land in order to build more settlements.

The presence and continued expansion of Israeli settlements in occupied Palestine has created a major obstacle for the efforts to establish peace in the Middle East.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since Israelâ„¢s occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds in 1967.

The UN and most countries regard the Israeli settlements as illegal because the territories were captured by Israel in a war in 1967 and are hence subject to the Geneva Conventions, which forbid construction on occupied lands.

MAM/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Member of EU Parliament Calls European Union a Nazi Plan

0

Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

Gerard Batten, a member of the European Parliament for London for the United Kingdom Independence Party, said earlier this week at Watford, outside of the Bilderberg confab, that the European Union was designed by Nazis.

“In 1942,” Mr. Batten told Alex Jones, “the German central bank under Doctor Walther Funk along with leading industrialists said how are we going to run the economies of Europe after we have won the war.” They proposed the “European Economic Community, that’s what they called it, and they had a common agricultural policy” and policies covering other aspects of trade and cultural affairs.

Batten said it is more than likely many of the Nazi economic architects responsible for drafting up plans for a common union found their way into the bureaucracy after the supranational institution began under the auspices of the European Economic Community in the early 1950s, at the same time the Bilderberg Group was established and began to hold annual meetings. The Maastricht Treaty officially established the current European Union in 1993.

Asked about the CIA’s role in forcing Britain into the union through a trade deal in the 1970s, Batten said the intelligence agency outspent and out maneuvered those opposed to integration. “I see this as an instrument of American foreign policy at the time,” Batten said, adding that the global elite were keenly interested in creating a centralized and autocratic dictatorship in Europe.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 10:55 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

North American Pollution Spurs African Drought: Study

0

A man tries to run from a sandstorm in the Western Saharan city of Dakhla (Photo: Evgeni Zotov/ Flickr)Decades of drought in central Africa may have had a surprising cause, according to new research that challenges the notion that the severe dry weather was triggered mainly by bad agricultural practices and overgrazing.

The research, done at the University of Washington, shows that the drought was at least partially caused by pollution in the Northern Hemisphere.

The researchers said that sulfate-laden aerosols coming from coal-burning factories from the 1960s through the 1980s actually slowed warming in the Northern Hemisphere compared to the Southern Hemisphere. This shifted tropical rain bands south, away from the Sahel region, and led ultimately to the near drying up of Lake Chad, which is used to water crops in surrounding areas.

Africa’s Sahel regionAfrica’s Sahel region “We think people should know that these particles not only pollute air locally, but they also have these remote climate effects,” said the study’s lead author, Yen-Ting Hwang, a University of Washington doctoral student in atmospheric sciences.

Hwang’s co-author, Dargan Frierson, an associate professor of atmospheric sciences at the University of Washington, said “to some extent, science messed this one up the first time around.”

“People thought that a large part of that drought was due to bad farming practices and desertification,” he said. “But over the last 20 years or so we’ve realized that that was quite wrong, and that large-scale ocean and atmosphere patterns are significantly more powerful in terms of shaping where the rains fall.”

Researchers also studied rainfall in other places on the northern edge of the tropical rain band such as northern India and South America. These areas also experienced less rainfall during the 1970s and 1980s. Meanwhile, areas on the southern edge of the tropical rain band, such as northeast Brazil and the African Great Lakes, saw an increase in rainfall.

The researchers also looked at 26 climate models used by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, and found that nearly all the models showed some southward shift in rainfall and that slowed warming in the Northern Hemisphere was the “primary cause.”

“One of our research strategies is to zoom out,” said Hwang. “Instead of studying rainfall at a particular place, we try to look for the larger-scale patterns.”

There was a silver lining found in the research.

The study showed that steps taken in the United States and Europe in the 1960s and 1970s to reduce emissions and improve air quality began to improve the situation in the Sahel. While the area still suffers short-term droughts, “the long-term drought began to recover in the 1980s” as the rains began to move north again, according to the research.

“We were able to do something that was good for us, and it also benefited people elsewhere,” Frierson said.

It’s a trend that Hwang says is likely to continue.

As the atmosphere gathers higher levels of greenhouse gases, however, Hwang said the Northern Hemisphere will warm more rapidly than the Southern Hemisphere because there is more land.

“It’s not yet crystal clear what will happen,” she said. “There will be some shift in the tropical rains, and most models predict a northern shift.”

© 2013 Voice of America

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Heavy rains leave 15 dead in China

0

Rescuers wearing life jackets make their way in floodwaters to evacuate survivors in China’s northwestern province of Gansu. (File photo)

At least 15 people have been killed and another two missing as a bout of torrential rains lashed several parts of China.

According to a statement issued by the National Commission for Disaster Reduction on Saturday, flash flooding caused by heavy rains has affected 4.68 million people, and displaced 62,000 people.

The agency added that floods have also destroyed 2,500 houses, and significantly damaged 21,400 hectares of farmlands.

The natural disaster has also inflicted an economic loss of 1.7 billion yuan (about $280 million).

Rains have so far battered nine regions in southern and eastern China, including Anhui, Hubei, Hunan and Jiangxi provinces since June 5.

Authorities said relief supplies have been sent to the disaster-stricken areas, but local residents are still in need of more relief supplies.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The State Seeks To Divide and Conquer Us

0

 

 Standard Podcast Hide Player | Play in Popup | Download

And to promote internecine warfare among the factions. We must not be fooled, Antony Gucciardi tells Lew Rockwell.

 

 

 

 

US to open probe into NSA leaks

0

An aerial view of the US National Security Agencyâ„¢s Utah Data Center in Bluffdale, Utah, June 6, 2013.

Washington is likely to open a criminal probe into the leak of classified documents revealing a secret program to collect data from phone calls and Internet accounts of Americans.

According to law enforcement and security officials, who spoke on condition of anonymity on Friday, the FBI and Justice Department are expecting an investigation into the leaks to the Guardian and the Washington Post.

The officials did not say whether the National Security Agency (NSA), mostly involved in the gathering of phone records of millions of Americans, submitted a complaint against the newspapers. However, they confirmed that due to the extent and sensitivity of the leaks, federal law may force authorities to open a probe.

The Guardian revealed on Thursday a top secret US court order that allows the NSA to collect data on millions of Americans who are customers of the major US phone company, Verizon.

According to the order, Verizon should Å“on a daily basis” give the NSA data, including phone numbers, location, and duration of all phone calls in its systems, both in the US and between the US and other countries.

On the same day, the Washington Post also reported that the NSA had direct access to Internet servers, saying their source, a career intelligence officer, was horrified of the capabilities of the systems used by the top US spy agency.

Internet giants like Apple and Facebook denied claims that they opened their doors to US spy agencies.

The new revelation comes as Obama administration has been already under fire for secretly obtaining the phone records of the Associated Press journalists as well as the emails and phone records of a Fox News Channel reporter.

MAM/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Lindsey Graham Celebrates the Death of the Constitution

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

Jeff Greenwald takes Senator Lindsey Graham to task for defending the destruction of the Fourth Amendment.

Unfortunately, Greenwald insists on using the false left-right paradigm to make his argument. He says the senator from South Carolina is “one of the most right-wing members of the United States Congress.”

Obama is often described as a left-winger and even a socialist. Despite this, his support for the surveillance and war state apparatus mirrors that of Graham, minus a few minor ideological flourishes. Right, left, socialist, conservative — these designations are about as relevant as the color tie worn by senators on a particular day.

Lindsey Graham is not a right-winger. He is an establishment neocon. Graham is one of the primary promoters of the contrived war on terror. It’s his job to push the idea that cartoonish Muslims in far away caves pose an ominous threat to the United States. He says due to this never-ending supposed threat we must surrender our constitutional rights and consent to the military industrial complex stealing trillions of our hard-earned dollars in order to wage illegal and criminal wars in places of interest to banksters and transnational corporations. Instead of protesting the loss of liberty, we are expected to celebrate its demise, as Graham does, and thank the state for its intrusion into the minutest personal details of our lives.

Graham does not oppose the “National Security Administration,” as he calls it (it’s an agency), listening in on his phone calls because he enthusiastically supports the implementation of a high-tech police and surveillance state supposedly in reaction to phantom terrorists who never seem to attack. He is a military dictatorship fetishist who adores war and the simplistic idea of foreign enemies that must be fought against with eternal vigilance.

Lindsey Graham is one of the most dangerous enemies of liberty. This is not especially surprising or unusual because many of the most dangerous enemies of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights are in Congress.

Earlier this week, senators Dianne Feinstein and Saxby Chambliss used the phony war on invented terror to say basically the same thing Graham did following the latest revelations about the NSA.

Congress supports the NSA going through what amounts to your underwear drawer. If they opposed it, Congress would move to strip the NSA of its authority to surveil millions of Americans. A few mavericks like Rand Paul still exist in Congress, but they are vastly outnumbered by lickspittle servants of the shadow government and the military authoritarian agenda of the global elite.

Lindsey Graham, Dianne Feinstein, Saxby Chambliss and the rest have sold their souls to the Devil for power, money and fame. It does not bother them in the least that the NSA listens to their phone calls or reads their emails. They are bought and sold like chattel. It is their job to make sure you are unable to practice your God-given natural right to be free of government coercion and violence. It is their duty to make sure you become a slave and never realize your potential to be a free human being.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 9:53 am

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Thousands of 'Blockupy' protesters in Frankfurt decry austerity, police brutality (PHOTOS)

0

Thousands of protesters poured onto the streets of Frankfurt to decry harsh police methods used to break up an anti-capitalist ‘Blockupy’ demonstration in the city one week prior. Protest organizers say up to 20,000 turned out for the event.

Saturday’s march followed the same route where police surrounded
nearly 1,000 demonstrators last Saturday in the run-up to a
violent confrontation.

Many in attendance hoisted up a motley array of umbrellas in
defiance of law enforcers, who are against the use of parasols at
demonstrations. Others carried banners with photos from the
previous Blockupy protest depicting police violence.

Placards and banners showing the demonstrators’ solidarity with
Turkish protesters who were recently the victim of excessive
police force also featured prominently at the event.

The march, which again concluded at the European Central Bank —
the focal point of the previous Saturday’s clashes — was
organized in protest against the violation of fundamental rights
and freedoms, Blockupy activists said.

Members of the Social Democratic Party of Germany, the Greens,
and the Pirate Party also took part in the protest. Police
estimate some 7,500 turned out for Saturday’s march, while
organizers claim there were 20,000 attendees.

Protesters rally against police violence in Frankfurt June 8, 2013. (Reuters / Ralph Orlowski )

Last Saturday, Police incensed anti-austerity Blockupy marchers
by stopping them before they were able to approach the ECB
building in Frankfurt after protesters reportedly set off
firecrackers.

Blockupy accused police of intentionally attempting to escalate
tensions by sealing off a route which had previously been
approved “by several legal institutions.”

Police fell on demonstrators with pepper spray and truncheons
after saying they were repeatedly attacked by a small group of
protesters. Several demonstrators and police officers were
hurt in the melee.

An open letter condemning the violent June 1 police crackdown on
demonstrators was published in the New Germany daily. The letter,
signed by German political scientists, historians and social
scientists, said they were “extremely concerned about the
actions of the police,”
who should have been protecting the
protesters, not hindering them.

A sign depicting German Chancellor Angela Merkel (R) and other politicians is seen next to the Euro currency sign outside the European Central Bank (ECB) during a protest in Frankfurt, June 8, 2013. (Reuters / Ralph Orlowski )

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey opposition calls for snap vote

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Leader of Turkey’s opposition Nationalist Movement Party (MHP) Devlet Bahceli has called for snap vote, as anti-government protests continue across the country for the ninth day.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Egypt court adjourns Mubarak retrial

0

Egyptâ„¢s ousted dictator Hosni Mubarak appears in a Cairo court on June, 8 2013.

A court in Cairo has postponed the second hearing in the retrial of Egyptâ„¢s ousted dictator Hosni Mubarak and his senior officials until next Monday.

Mubarak appeared in court with other top aides including his interior minister, Habib al-Adly, on Saturday. Also present in the dock facing corruption charges were Mubarak’s sons Alaa and Gamal.

Judge Mahmoud Kamel El-Rashidi adjourned the hearing shortly after it began at the Police Academy on the outskirts of the Egyptian capital.

The presiding judge said he needs time to review evidence and announced that proceedings in the retrial of the ousted dictator will be adjourned till June 10.

Mubarak and several of his top officials are accused of complicity in the deaths of hundreds of demonstrators during the Egyptian revolution.

The defendants have all pleaded not guilty to the multiple charges.

The former longtime ruler was sentenced to life in prison last June, but an appeals court later overturned the sentence and ordered a retrial.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama’s Crown Jewels

0

Would you buy a used car from this man? If the maker happens to be Constitution Motors, model “Rule of Law,” with accessories including habeas-corpus rights, right of counsel, speedy trial, then, after kicking the tires, you might want to apply the Guantanamo Test, in which case, you find the doctrine of indefinite detention, solitary confinement, and, while languishing, perhaps a might of torture, sleep deprivation, brain washing–all in all, that’s one car, given the wear and tear, the deceptive warranty, the recklessness of the owner, one would want to stay away from, and begin looking for a more honest value. On the same lot, a sleek beauty from Drone Motors, already armed as part of the original equipment, and handled with great care, the driver somehow sitting 8,000 miles away, a car having one, and only one, purpose–to kill, and therefore listed by Consumers Report as a good buy, if that were the new owner’s purpose. Our shopper, however, has a mild distaste for that sort of thing, having already been disappointed in the previous maker’s “Rule of Law,” concerned, no doubt, about the low resale value when, what is hoped for a vehicle, it contributes to a sense of well-being for the owner and his family. But now, on to the third, from Surveillance Motors, practically invisible, as though a mirage, a car, unlike any in automotive history, produced without advertising, all known test results classified by the management, and, in truth, so shoddy as to violate every law in the book (except those laws, such as FISA, designed to protect it and give it the air of legality) and therefore appealing solely to criminal types.

This last model, especially its twotone coupe, aptly named the Nondisclosure Provision, can be counted on to turn heads (or, metaphorically, of course, chop them off, leaving no untoward trace), and is all the rage among government procurement officers. It comes equipped with the latest in gadgetry to ensure an entertainment center designed to please the most discriminating taste, with universal access to every conceivable channel known to human communication. Tune in (only competitors dare call this “spying”) to private conversations, and, if lucky, pillow talk, globally, thereby enriching one’s sense of humanity at the same time knowing the FISA Court gives you full legal right to eavesdrop. The coupe improves on all earlier models, such as the McCarthyism, still a collector’s item, because it conjures up a threat called terrorism that is far more sinister, menacing, and widespread than Communism, only to lash it to pieces by the help of the new service centers, known as CIA and JSOC, and with the approval of the firm’s CEO, in not-so-extreme cases, an ongoing marketing campaign of paramilitary operations, including licensing assassination, while, with bigger fish to fry, a strategy of confrontation (e.g., the “pivot” or Pacific-first strategy to contain and isolate China) calling for the massive deployment of naval and air power into the new territory to be opened. Nondisclosure, at your dealers now, with a careful warranty that balances domestic thought-and-social control with the promise that the benign company has only its customers’ interests at heart, is currently the product of press revelations, ones hinting that this, along with the other models, beckons all to a glorious future in the National-Security (aka Surveillance) State.

Not surprisingly, these automotive offerings are designed to be sold, primarily, to the power hungry, who have only contempt for the law, as they speed from one intervention to another, attracted to the models’ rakish design, fusing militarism and domestic repression (as in the two-tonedness of the coupe), and its extravagant price tag, in this case, up to $100B for nuclear modernization, missile defense systems, and retrofitted aircraft to carry the weapons, and even larger amounts for wars, occupations, worldwide bases, mercenaries, and the usual accroutrements for national security. We should thrill to, and take pride in, the humongous sums, coming directly out of domestic needs (thus instilling in the citizenry–customers all—noble sentiments of austerity and self-sacrifice), approaching if not exceeding $1T (as in trillion). As used cars, they carry the pedigrees of previous use, as in Vietnam and research and development in regime change, tested from Cuba and Chile (notably successful, with Pinochet, the new executive on board to all three companies) to Iran and other testing grounds, should rival companies (aka alternative modes of development and/or challenges to US financial and business hegemony) try to spring up.

Fortunately, forces of authoritarianism, possessing majority ownership in all three, have found their joint supersalesman, who converts counterterrorism into counterrevolution and the clear makings of a domestic Police State, in short, a free market for their products–lawlessness, assassination, and spying on the customer base–proudly decked out in liberal/progressive dress, snake-oil charm (to some), and a record of networking which takes him into the inner circles of Wall Street, the CIA, and the “defense” industries. And why not, for he promises them global markets, political-military hegemony, and blood-letting sufficient to satisfy the most psychopathic drivers on the road. His name may be familiar, Obama, but his record has been skillfully falsified to cover up the very results these models were intended to achieve, and to which the customer base turns a blind eye: a consistent policy framework promotive of inequality, social deprivation, and massive wealth-accumulation to the stockholders. With scare-tactics abounding, such that wrecking the Constitution, reducing America’s “enemies” to blood spats or specks of dust, and mounting a campaign to dismantle safeguards to, and perhaps the idea of, privacy, all publicised and sold as essential to The Protection of the Homeland, one can look forward to the breaking of new sales records, equally shared, harbinging a new era, which is nicely put as: liberal humanitarian fascism.

I include below my four Comments to the New Yorks Times (June 5-8) in response to revelations about government programs of surveillance, each self-explanatory–and consecutively written— for those familiar with the paper’s themes and coverage on this significant issue. Their importance to me is as germinating soil for ideas which then find a place, as now, in the article. More than addenda, they contain a specificity of criticism from which further elaboration and the fleshing out of implications become possible. At this writing, Obama is meeting with the Chinese president to discuss cyberwarfare, as meanwhile he actively conducts cyberware against the American people. The fourth Comment in this series is fuller than NYT’s space limitations allow:

I

The Times finally stirs, after blindly supporting Obama these many years. Consider your heritage: A.O.S. [Arthur O. Sulzberger] and publication of The Pentagon Papers. Yet you still compartment the issues, making civil liberties merely one area, instead of seeing it as integrated with the whole of public policy.

Obama is a menace to freedom. Period. What you protest against here has its immediate parallels in the doctrine and practice of indefinite detention, denial of habeas corpus to detainees, the very gruesome act of targeted assassination (a self-evident war crime), and yet you fiddle while America burns, by upholding the fiction that because Republicans are so bad Obama must therefore be good.

Stand up for press freedom (as by and large you do), but also stand up for freedom that extends further: the right to have transparent government, rule of law punctiliously observed, effective regulation, a vital social safety net, and protection of the environment—NONE of which the Obama administration has done.

II

Expressions of outrage are simply not enough. We should have seen this coming, even from the early months of the First Term. Obama is a danger to civil liberties. He shows contempt for the Constitution from numerous angles, perhaps beginning with unctuous remarks about transparency, and then proceeding to throw a mantle of secrecy around government like not seen before in peacetime. Overclassification of documents is a deliberate attempt to cover up illegal and criminal activity which cannot stand the light of day. Indeed, Obama’s obsession with secrecy reveals an unstable, desperate personality, fearful not only of discovery of real and potential war crimes, but also of self-discovery, that beneath the “cool” exterior is one unduly attracted to power, to the point of being unscrupulous both in gathering and using it.

Hiding behind legislation is a shabby pretext for surveillance because Congress is itself complicit in constitutional violations. The very fact of refusing to make public the legal memos presumably validates the kinds of surveillance now uncovered, a refusal also about targeted assassination, which gives Obama no leg to stand on—and today’s denials should be taken for what they are: damage control, obfuscation, worse, deceit. How can America tolerate a POTUS whose preference lies in assassination? Liberals and progressives—the sad state of radicalism in America—enjoy being walked over, lied to, betrayed at every turn, and then come back for more.

III

Laws are not necessarily lawful. Using FISA and/or hiding behind nondisclosure and other secretive procedures mocks the rule of law itself. Obama has soiled the Constitution he was sworn to uphold. This is worse than McCarthyism because more sweeping in intent and possessing the technological means for conducting surveillance.

Civil liberties is a paramount issue of democracy—failure there makes one wary of failure on other fronts, including US interventions, massive military expenditures, regulatory lacunae, wide differentials in wealth and power, and yes, Guantanamo, Espionage Act prosecutions, etc., which although pertinent to civil liberties also strike a more disturbing note: the fascistic tendencies of the administration.

IV

This gets worse by the minute. “Domestic spying activity,” far worse than Watergate, and, given its scope the actors involved, NSA, DOJ, and yes, POTUS (all, despite careful attempts to squirm out of accountability), should send massive waves of indignation through society–yet has not. Why? In fact, the DOJ April court filing, on expanding the scope of these activities, and nailing down the no-disclosure provision, while conveniently leaving Obama and Holder unmentioned, should be a warning of the looming threat to American liberties. The recent IRS affair is a tempest in a teapot compared with what Obama-Holder-NSA-DOJ-FBI-CIA have shown to be overt neofascist actions, tendencies, and tactics.

Kudos to The Times for defending press freedoms. But you still do not confront, and probably never shall confront, Obama head-on, or, despite your justified concern, Congress itself, which willingly turns a blind eye to illegalities, even war crimes, as in targeted assassination, commissioned and/or committed by the Obama administration. For when you refer to “limit[ing] the collection of call records and the monitoring of Internet traffic to that of people suspected of terrorism,” you fall right back into the trap Obama-Holder has set for you: that of being stampeded by cries of national security and protecting the Homeland against terrorist attacks. Therefore, silence; just as Congress has also maintained silence–the only difference being Congress tacitly approves, by a bipartisan majority, the need for knuckling under to administration pressure and your editorial cautiously–too cautiously–does not. How long until the “people suspected of terrorism” includes Obama’s critics, or critics of assassination, or critics of B61-12, or critics of secrecy and nondisclosure rules?

Time is running out. As a principal defender of press freedom, The Times should take off the editorial gloves, stop its obeisance to the lesser-of-two evils mindset, and expose Obama, in every realm of public policy, for betraying the principles that got him elected.

Norman Pollack is the author of “The Populist Response to Industrial America” (Harvard) and “The Just Polity” (Illinois), Guggenheim Fellow, and professor of history emeritus, Michigan State University.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Afghan civilian killed by US troops

0

An Afghan woman and her daughter wail after a relative was killed in an air strike in Azizabad village in the Shindand district of Herat province, Afghanistan. (File photo)

An Afghan civilian has been shot and killed by US forces in Afghanistanâ„¢s northern province of Balkh, Press TV reports.

Local officials said the incident happened on Saturday when American forces opened fire on civilians, killing a man and injuring several others.

This is not the first time that US forces have turned their guns on innocent civilians in the war-torn country.

On May 4, US-led forces fatally shot an Afghan teenage girl in the western province of Herat.

On April 28, US-led troops killed at least four Afghan civilians in Afghanistan’s eastern province of Nangarhar.

The incident took place in the Chaparhar district of the province after US-led soldiers opened fire on people working on a farmland, said Director of Provincial Development Council Malak Mohkam Khan.

Civilian casualties have long been a source of friction between the Afghan government and US-led foreign forces, and have dramatically increased anti-US sentiments in Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in October 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror.

The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across the country, despite the presence of thousands of US-led troops.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Car bomb kills 8 Syrians in Homs

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least eight people, including three women and a teen, have been killed in a car bomb explosion in the Syrian province of Homs.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The National Security Agency: Surveillance Giant with Eyes on America

0

One well-informed estimate suggests 100,000 people are employed at the National Security Agency. (Photograph: Terry Ashe/Time & Life Pictures/Getty Images)The very existence of National Security Agency (NSA) was not revealed for more than two decades after its establishment in 1952, and even now its structure and activities remain largely unknown. Hence its wry nickname: No Such Agency.

Of all the US intelligence services, it is has been the best hidden, and has prided itself on having the fewest leaks — at least until now. How many people does it employ? That is classified. Just how many people does it target? The NSA tells members of Congress that it does not have the tools to provide such figures.

When Harry Truman set up the NSA, it was exclusively aimed at monitoring communications abroad. The question that had exercised politicians and civil rights organisations since the Senate unveiled it in 1975 is to what extent its ferocious appetite for data has encompassed American citizens. General Lou Allen, the first NSA chief to appear in public, told Congress in the mid-1970s that the agency maintained lists of hundreds of names, including US citizens under surveillance for anti-war dissent or suspicious foreign connections.

As technology has evolved, so has the NSA’s capacity to intercept an astonishing variety and volume of communications. Satellites scoop up calls and emails in the ether and beam the information back to earthbound receiving stations. One estimate suggests that each of these bases hoovers up roughly one billion emails, phone calls and other forms of correspondence every day, and the agency has up to 20 bases.

“This is not science fiction. It is happening now,” a source with knowledge of the NSA said.

Domestic snooping exploded in scale after 9/11, when George W Bush authorised the agency to eavesdrop on Americans without the previous requirement for warrants. Within a few months of taking office in 2009, the Obama administration’s Justice Department conceded that the agency had been guilty of “over-collection” of domestic communications but claimed the excess had been accidental.

With every passing administration, the NSA has ballooned. One well-informed estimate of its staffing levels is 100,000, of whom about 30,000 are military and the rest private contractors. Its headquarters is a vast edifice of smoked glass in Fort Meade, in the leafy Washington suburbs, with sizeable complexes in Georgia and Texas and overseas bases in Japan, Germany and the UK.

While the NSA is by far the biggest surveillance agency in the world, it shares some of its work with four other allies: Britain, Australia, New Zealand and Canada. Collectively, they are known as the “five eyes”. Of the five, the biggest after the NSA is Britain’s General Communications Headquarters (GCHQ).

The predecessor to the NSA was the short-lived Armed Forces Security Agency, which was set up in 1949. It was a relatively modest body compared with the mammoth the NSA has since become.

The young agency suffered some early embarrassments. In 1960, two of its staff defected to the Soviet Union. Three years later, a former NSA employee published code-breaking secrets in the Soviet paper Izvestia; the same year, an NSA employee killed himself while being investigated for selling secrets to Moscow.

Since then, internal security has been tightened significantly, but as the agency’s secrecy deepened, its reach expanded relatively unchecked. It was a Democratic senator and lawyer, Frank Church, who in 1975 first raised the alarm at the agency’s sprawling tentacles. During a series of hearings into the work of the intelligence agencies, he warned that the NSA’s magnifying glass could be turned inwards on the American people.

“I don’t want to see this country ever go across the bridge,” he said. “I know the capacity that is there to make tyranny total in America, and we must see to it that this agency and all agencies that possess this technology operate within the law and under proper supervision, so that we never cross over that abyss. That is the abyss from which there is no return.”

The Church Senate hearings led to the 1978 Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (Fisa), which required a warrant to conduct surveillance of communications within the US. A Fisa court, made up of a small group of judges appointed by the chief justice and located inside in the justice department, was given the job of deciding whether to grant warrants — it approves almost all requests.

In the years since 9/11, as the role of the NSA has snowballed, so has the debate over its operations. In 2005, the New York Times reported that the Bush administration had secretly authorised the NSA to eavesdrop on Americans and others inside the US, to search for terrorist activity without the Fisa court warrants. The order had been signed in 2002, but the newspaper cited about a dozen serving or former officials who expressed concern about the legality. The Times delayed publication of the article for a year because of government concerns about its impact.

In the face of the subsequent uproar, the Bush administration said it had ceased the warrantless surveillance in January 2007 and resumed the practice of requiring NSA warrants. In 2008, Congress loosened some of those constraints in the Fisa Amendment Act.

The massive surveillance programme has continued under the Obama administration, at home as well as abroad. And the culture of intense secrecy persists. For years, Senators Ron Wyden and Mark Udall have been demanding to know just how many people inside the US have been spied on by the NSA. No answer has been forthcoming.

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Win!: California's San Onofre Nuclear Plant to Close Permanently

0

The sun sets on San Onofre. (Photo: dolanh/cc/flickr)In a victory for anti-nuclear activists, the trouble-stricken San Onofre nuclear plant is set to close permanently.

The plant’s operator, Southern California Edison, made the announcement on Friday.

The closing of San Onofre “is very good news for the people of Southern California,” said Erich Pica, president of Friends of the Earth (FOE).

As long-time anti-nuclear activist Harvey Wasserman has noted, the plant

sits in an earthquake/tsunami zone halfway between Los Angeles and San Diego. At least 8 million people live within a 50 mile radius, many millions more within 100. The reactors are a stone’s throw from both a major interstate and the high tide line, with a 14-foot flood wall a bare fraction of the height of the tsunami that overwhelmed at Fukushima.

“We have long said that these reactors are too dangerous to operate and now Edison has agreed,” added Pica. 

The San Onofre Safety website has pointed out that

San Onofre consistently has the highest number of safety and discrimination allegations (complaints) compared to all other U.S. nuclear power plants, according to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) data.

The plant had been out of commission since January 2012 because of a leak detected in its steam generator, and in April a whistleblower warned a local news station of a “potentially catastrophic problem” at the plant and said that a faulty redesign of the plant’s steam generators put the system at risk of a “full or partial meltdown.”

With the plant now set to close, “the people of California now have the opportunity to move away from the failed promise of dirty and dangerous nuclear power and replace it with the safe and clean energy provided by the sun and the wind,” said FOE’s Picah.

______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Deaf to Dissent, Turkey's Erdogan says Popular Uprising 'Must Stop'

0

Protesters raise their hands as they shout slogans during a protest at Taksim Square in Istanbul, on Monday, June 3, 2013. (photo credit: AP Photo/Kostas Tsironis) As tensions continued to build in Turkey over the government’s heavy-handed police crackdown during almost two weeks of mass protests, Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan returned to the country, defiant and angry, to decry the demonstrations as “bordering on illegality” and called for an immediate end to the movement that has garnered international support.

“These protests that are bordering on illegality must come to an end as of now,” Erdogan said to a large crowd of supporters outside a terminal at Istanbul’s airport early Friday.

Erdogan also blamed the escalation of the widespread public protests on “terror groups” which he lumped in with leftist parties and members of his political opposition.

But, as the Guardian reports Thursday, numerous political analysts focusing on Turkey say the leader continues to “misinterpret the reasons behind the protests” that have now spread far beyond Gezi Park and Taksim Square in Istanbul to Ankara, the nation’s capital, and other cities.

Cengis Aktar, a professor of political science at Istanbul’s Bahcesehir University, told the Guardian:

[Erdogan] believes there is a plot to overthrow him with the complicity of external and international forces. Erdogan has returned from abroad as angry dad. This is bad. It means he is preparing for confrontation.

And Bahar Leventoglu, Assistant Professor of Political Science and Economics at Duke and a native of Turkey stated:

A lot of people now see ErdoÄŸan’s policies as a ‘cultural war’ against their lifestyles, and see the government’s so-called ‘Taksim project’ as an extension of this cultural war. […]

Erdogan also has no tolerance for criticism. He believes that he knows what is good and what is bad for citizens of Turkey, and so we have to obey him as if we are teenagers being disciplined by dad. I’m sure he was taken by surprise by the protests against the government, as Turkey does not have a long history of this. But times are changing, and Erdogan is behind the times in this one.

Meanwhile, as Erdogan spoke, supporters waved Turkish flags, chanting “We will die for you, Erdogan” and “Let’s go crush them all.”

Erdogan called on his ruling party, Justice and Development Party (AKP), and their supporters to refrain from the “lawless protests” of his opponents.

Erdogan once again promised go forward with plans to tear down Istanbul’s last green space to construct a shopping mall–the decision which sparked the protests last Tuesday, May 28.

“We said we are sorry for the tear gas used,” Erdogan has said of the clouds of tear gas that have enveloped Istanbul, Ankara, and other Turkish cities throughout the week along with the excessive presence of riot police that has lead to the death of at least two citizens and the injuries of more than 4,300, 47 of them seriously.

“We are angry. He doesn’t listen,” said 25-year-old biologist Senay Durmus in Taksim Square.

“This started with some trees. But I think it’s about freedom,” added Ali Ihsan Canimoglu, 32, goggles wrapped around his wrist to protect his eyes in case of a tear gas attack.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

'Reprehensible, Reckless, Illegal': Washington Officials Slam Heroic NSA Surveillance Leaker

0

“Reprehensible.” “Reckless.” “Illegal.”

The NSA’s PRISM program, which accesses the systems of internet giants like Facebook and Google to obtain user data, was revealed this week. These are the adjectives some officials in Washington are using to describe not the sweeping surveillance of Americans by the NSA revealed this week, but letting Americans know that such surveillance exists.

Speaking to CBS on Friday, WikiLeaks’ Julian Assange said, “Let’s ask ourselves whether the whistleblower who has revealed those, and there’s more to come, is going to be in exactly the same position as Bradley Manning is in today.”

Journalist and Guardian columnist Glenn Greenwald, part of the team that broke the stories, wrote on Friday of the courage of whistleblowers in the face of such intimidation:

Like puppets reading from a script, various Washington officials almost immediately began spouting all sorts of threats about “investigations” they intend to launch about these disclosures. This has been their playbook for several years now: they want to deter and intimidate anyone and everyone who might shed light on what they’re doing with their abusive, manipulative exploitation of the power of law to punish those who bring about transparency.

That isn’t going to work. It’s beginning completely to backfire on them. It’s precisely because such behavior reveals their true character, their propensity to abuse power, that more and more people are determined to bring about accountability and transparency for what they do.

They can threaten to investigate all they want. But as this week makes clear, and will continue to make clear, the ones who will actually be investigated are them.

Senate Intelligence Committee Chair Dianne Feinstein (D-CA) said the revelations proved “we are a culture of leaks” and said there should be an investigation to find the source of the leak:

“The fact of the matter is, this was a routine three-month approval that was under seal that was leaked,” Feinstein told MSNBC’s Andrea Mitchell, who followed up by asking if the source of the leak should be investigated.

“I think so,” Feinstein said. “I think we’ve become a culture of leaks now.”

Director of National Intelligence James Clapper said the leak was “reprehensible” and could cause “irreversible harm:”

Director of National Intelligence James Clapper called the disclosure of an Internet surveillance program “reprehensible” and said it risks Americans’ security. He said a leak that revealed a program to collect phone records would affect how America’s enemies behave and make it harder to understand their intentions.

“The unauthorized disclosure of a top secret U.S. court document threatens potentially long-lasting and irreversible harm to our ability to identify and respond to the many threats facing our nation,” Clapper said in an unusual late-night statement.

An ABC News headline reads ominously: “On the Hunt for the NSA Wiretapping Leaker:”

“It’s completely reckless and illegal… It’s more than just unauthorized. He’s no hero,” one senior law enforcement source told ABC News of the unidentified leaker. The source speculated that a single person could be behind both recent leaks to the British newspaper The Guardian and to The Washington Post. […]

“This guy’s trying to be some kind of martyr,” the law enforcement source said. […]

If the leaker is in the government, former Deputy Director of the FBI Tim Muphy said he should be punished.

“You have an obligation when you have a clearance not to leak this kind of information,” Murphy said.

At an event in San Jose, California on Friday, President Obama offered this blunt statment:

“I don’t welcome leaks.”

______________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Anonymous Releases NSA Docs Related to Global Spy Network

0

Amid the explosive back-to-back revelations made by the Guardian and Washington Post regarding a pair of National Security Agency surveillence programs this week, the hacktivist group Anonymous on Friday released what they claim are additional NSA documents that both deepen and expand on those earlier revelations.

In a statement that accompanied the release of the thirteen documents–and addressed to “the citizens of the world”–Anonymous said the information they contain proves “the NSA is spying on you, and not just Americans.”

The group claims that the global intelligence apparatus discussed within some of the documents shows that government agencies “are spying on the citizens of over 35 different countries” and that this is being “done in cooperation with private businesses, and intelligence partners” across the globe.

That statement seems like a specifc reference to what one of the documents details as the Department of Defense’s Global Information Grid (or GIG), designed to ” enable the secure, agile, robust, dependable, interoperable data sharing environment for the Department where warfighter, business, and intelligence users share knowledge on  a global network that facilitates information superiority, accelerates  decision-making, effective operations, and Net-Centric transformation.”

“Your privacy and freedoms are slowly being taken from you, in closed door meetings, in laws buried in bills, and by people who are supposed to be protecting you.” – Anonymous

“We bring this to you,” the Anonymous statement explained, “so that you know just how little rights you have. Your privacy and freedoms are slowly being taken from you, in closed door meetings, in laws buried in bills, and by people who are supposed to be protecting you.”

Though some of the documents contained in the dump appear to be from the public domain, it is unclear how all of them may have been obtained.

As U.S. News & World Report details, the documents “total thousands of pages, but among them include reports on the “Information Sharing Environment,” “Suspicious Activity Reporting,” a list of names from the Intelligence and National Security Alliance (an intelligence research group) spy list, reports on the Department of Defense’s “Information Enterprise” and a discussion about the government’s “Net Centric Environment.”

The thirteen documents were posted in a list and included as a digital index, reproduced below:

But, as Gizmodo writer Chris Mills warns:

Hit up the documents for further details; just be warned that although this might look like the plot of a B-list movie starring Aston Kutcher, the docs themselves are incredibly dry and full of more acronyms than whatever presentation you should be working on.

______________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Obama Terms Massive Domestic Spying Programs as 'Modest Encroachment'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Responding to the revelations detailing the US government's massive surveillence programs in recent days, President Obama on Friday said called the two programs–one which allows the collection of virtually all phone records produced in the United States and the other which allows the National Security Agency to search through the private digital data of the world's most popular internet systems–as merely a “modest encroachment.”

But Jay Stanley and Ben Wizner of the ACLU

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Walmart Files Restraining Order on Protesters as Shareholder Meeting Boasts 'Glitz, Songs, Stock Buyback'

0

As striking Walmart workers and supporters headed from around the country to protest the retail giant’s annual stockholder meeting in Fayetteville, Ark., the corporation issued a restraining order on several Walmart labor groups and banned protesters from going near the meeting.

Shareholders fill Bud Walton Arena on the University of Arkansas campus for the annual Wal-Mart shareholders’ meeting in Fayetteville, Ark. (April L. Brown / Associated Press) The Los Angeles Times reports:

Armed with a temporary restraining order against demonstrators and a $15-billion stock buyback program for investors, Walmart held its annual shareholder meeting Friday.

The company is facing renewed scrutiny over its labor practices at home and the working conditions of those who produce its cheap clothes abroad after the deaths of more than 1,100 workers in a Bangladesh building collapse.

To preempt protesters, Walmart sought, and was granted, a temporary restraining order against the United Food and Commercial Workers International Union, Organization United for Respect at Walmart and other unnamed defendants from a judge in Benton County, Arkansas.

According to the order, these organizers were prohibited from: “entering onto or inside Walmart’s private property in the State of Arkansas to engage in activities such as picketing, patrolling, parading, demonstrations, ‘flash mobs,’ handbilling, solicitation, and manager confrontations,” among other acts.

Some Walmart critics, however, did manage to get into the shareholder meeting on Friday, including Kalpona Akter, the executive director of the Bangladeshi Center for Worker Solidarity and former garment factory worker in Bangladesh.

Akter spoke in turn inside the meeting and urged Walmart to address worker safety conditions in their factories around the world such as the Rana Plaza in Bangladesh that collapsed last month killing more than 1,100 workers.

“If the world’s largest retailer refuses to address the state of workers’ rights and working conditions seriously, things will not change,” Akter, said in a statement emailed to The Los Angeles Times before she spoke at the meeting.

“The last six months have seen two of the worst disasters in the entire history of the garment industry,” said Kalpona Akter, a union activist in Bangladesh, referring to the Rana Plaza collapse and the Tazreen fire. “Both occurred in buildings where Walmart goods were produced.”

“Don’t you agree that the factories where Walmart products are made should be safe for the workers?” she said.

Walmart recently refused to sign an agreement between a number of Western brands to improve working conditions in their subcontracted factories there.

The legally binding agreement, signed by retailers including H&M, Primark, C&A, Tommy Hilfiger, Calvin Klein, Zara, Tesco and others, “aims to compel retailers to pay for rigorous and independent public inspections and blacklist any factories unwilling to comply,” the Guardian reported.

Additionally, Janet Sparks who works at a Walmart in Baker, La, and is a shareholder, also spoke out, urging the company to pay its employees livable wages and to fix its exploitative scheduling policies–both issues which have garnered widespread Walmart workers’ strikes throughout the year.

“Times are tough for many Walmart associates, too. We are stretching our paychecks to pay our bills and support our families,” said Ms. Sparks, a member of the union-affiliated employee group OUR Walmart.

Meanwhile, Walmart, oozing with profits, took the opportunity at the shareholder meeting amongst appearances by Hugh Jackman, Tom Cruise, Kelly Clarkson, Jennifer Hudson, dancers and a “giant puppet of a white elephant,” to announce to its shareholders a $15-billion buyback program.

“Our strong cash flow enabled the company to invest in growth and repurchase over $14 billion of our stock during the last two years,” Charles Holley, Walmart executive vice president said at the meeting, which Reuters described as filled with “glitz, songs and stock buyback.”

“We’re pleased to continue our share repurchase program with this new $15 billion authorization,” Holley said.

Walmart’s stock prices remain close to an all-time high.

The New York Times adds:

As expected, none of the shareholders’ proposals passed. The founding Walton family owns more than 50 percent of shares, making it impossible to pass any measures without their support. Likewise, despite opposition from some large pension funds and proxy-advisory firms, all 14 directors up for re-election were reinstated. Walmart said it would release a detailed breakdown of the votes on Monday, which would signal how dissatisfied outside investors are with the company and board.

Yet the portion of the meeting where investors could speak amounted to about 15 minutes of an almost four-hour meeting.

The rest of it was devoted to Walmart’s version of its story.

Walmart strikers and protesters will, however, continue to protest in Fayetteville and Bentonville throughout the rest of Walmart’s ‘shareholders week’.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

‘Missile defense killer’: Russia finalizes testing on prototype ICBM

0

Russia’s Strategic Missile Forces have reported a successful launch of a next-generation ICBM that can supposedly pierce any anti-ballistic missile (ABM) system. The test came after the US announced it would resume its ABM program in Europe.

The test missile launched from a mobile pad at 9:45pm (17:45 GMT)
on Thursday, the Defense Ministry said Friday. The test was
carried out in the Astrakhan region, deep inside Russian
territory, and the prototype’s payload successfully hit the
Balkhash range in Kazakhstan.

“The test launch was a success as the [simulated] warhead hit
a designated target within the set timeframe,”
the Russian
Defense Ministry statement said. “This test launch was
intended to confirm technical characteristics of the missile, as
well as to check the safety of the launch procedures and
equipment.”

Tactical training exercises of Air Defense Forces at Kapustin Yar range. Troops prepare the anti-aircraft missile system S-300V to detect and destroy air targets. (RIA Novosti / Kirill Braga)

The launch was the third successful test of the prototype ICBM.
The development of a new solid-fuel ICBM was officially announced
in 2012, and is set to gradually replace the existing Topol-M and
later the recently developed Yars missile complex. Strategic
Missile Forces expect to finalize testing by the end of 2013 and
put the new missile into production in 2014. 

Russian Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin welcomed the test,
calling the new ICBM a “missile defense killer… Neither
current nor future American missile defense systems will be able
to prevent that missile from hitting a target dead on.”

Russian Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin. (RIA Novosti / Sergey Mamontov)

Russia maintains at least 58 silo-based Soviet-made P36M (‘SS-18
Satan’ NATO classification) ballistic missiles, believed to be
the most powerful in the world with up to 10 megaton-class
warheads. The Strategic Missile Forces have 160 mobile Topol-M
(‘SS-25 Sickle’) missile systems, 50 silo-based and 18
road-mobile Topol-M (‘SS-27 Sickle B’) systems, and 18 RS-24 Yars
systems.

In recent years, two missile divisions were rearmed with the
newest Topol-M and Yars systems, and more will follow in 2013.
The Defense Ministry is also preparing to introduce the latest
automated battle management system (ASBU), enabling rapid
retargeting of ICBMs.

Russia sped up development of new intercontinental ballistic
missile systems after the US announced plans to continue
deploying its missile defense system in Eastern Europe, near
Russian borders.

Tactical exercises of the Air Defense Forces at Kapustin Yar range. Anti-aircraft S-300V missile system. (RIA Novosti / Kirill Braga)

The issue of the US missile shield in Europe has become a major
stumbling block in Russia-US relations. Moscow has demanded legal
guarantees from Washington that missile defense systems deployed
in Europe would not target Russia’s strategic nuclear deterrence
capabilities. But Washington refused, citing a need to protect
Europe from ‘rogue states’ like Iran and North Korea.

In mid-March of 2013, Washington attempted to engage Moscow in
new talks about further nuclear arms reduction, after presidents
Barack Obama and Dmitry Medvedev agreed to reduce their nuclear
stocks with the New START arms reduction treaty. The US said it
would no longer deploy SM-3 IIB ballistic missile interceptors in
Poland until 2022.

Nevertheless, Moscow still demands legally binding guarantees
from Washington that the system’s intentions are peaceful.

On Monday, US Secretary of State John Kerry met with the Polish
Foreign Minister, and committed to deploy missile defenses in
Poland by 2018 as planned. “We are on track to deploy a
missile defense site in Poland by 2018 as part of NATO’s
modernized approach to our security,”
Kerry said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Germany calls for more EU reforms

0

German Chancellor Angela Merkel has called on the member states of European Union to implement further structural reforms, as Europeans continue to struggle with austerity measures.

Merkel made the comments on Saturday, saying that progress of her countryâ„¢s economy depended on the improvement of the European economy.

“That’s why it’s very much in Germany’s interest to do everything it can to ensure other states implement structural reforms, that budgets are made solid and that economic activity is stimulated in this way,” the German chancellor said added.

Merkel also praised some countries in the region for already carrying out structural reforms.

In April, French Consumer Affairs Minister Benoit Hamon slammed Merkel for her support of “failing” austerity measures in EU countries.

He added that most European leaders and economists opposed the crippling measures and that Germany was the only economy that was “resisting, opposing, vetoing.”

Merkel is seeking a third four-year term in September elections.

The European financial crisis began in early 2008. Insolvency now threatens heavily debt-ridden countries such as Greece, Portugal, Italy, Ireland, and Spain.

The worsening debt crisis has forced EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms, which have triggered massive demonstrations in many European countries.

SZH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Iraq bomb attacks target Muslim unity'

0

Civilians inspect the scene of a car bomb attack in the Kamaliyah neighbourhood on May, 2013

The National Security and Foreign Policy Committee of Iranâ„¢s Majlis says recent terrorist attack in Iraq are aimed at sowing discord among Islamic sects.

In a statement issued on Saturday, the National Security and Foreign Policy Committee condemned the recent terrorist attack on Iranian pilgrims in Iraq.

Sixteen Iranian pilgrims were killed in a terrorist bomb attack in the Iraqi city of Muqdadiyah in Diyala Province, about 80 km northeast of the capital Baghdad, on Friday morning.

The blast, killing nearly 20 people overall, ripped through the bus taking pilgrims to the holy city of Najaf. At least 45 people, many of them thought to be Iranians, were also wounded in the bombing.

Å“Such terrorist attacks are a scheme by the Americans to create disagreement and skepticism among Islamic religious traditions,” the statement said.

The Committee called on international organizations and bodies to condemn the perpetrators of such chain assassinations and provide security for Iranian pilgrims.

Earlier on Saturday, Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry spokesman Abbas Araqchi condemned the attack as indiscriminate and unjust, and against all human and Islamic principles.

No group has yet claimed responsibility for Fridayâ„¢s bloody attack.

In another terrorist attack on May 25, five Iranian pilgrims were killed and 20 others injured after a booby-trapped car hit their bus near the city of Samarra, some 125 km north of Baghdad.

MYA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bilderberg Coverage The Globalist Don’t Want You to See

0

Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

Nightly News covers the latest on the Bilderberg protests in Britain.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 7:36 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Vodafone pays no corporation tax in UK

0

Vodafone has paid no corporation tax for the second year running last year, according to the company’s annual report.

The worldâ„¢s second-largest mobile phone company Vodafone has paid zero corporation tax for a second successive year despite revenues of over £5 billion in Britain.

The companyâ„¢s annual report, which was published on Friday, revealed that Vodafone did pay £2.6 billion in tax to other nations during the year to the end of March, but it escaped liability for UK payments partly on the basis of the governmentâ„¢s tax breaks on cash investment in spectrum licenses and infrastructure.

The company said its UK operating profits of £294 million in 2012 were offset by interest payments of £300 million a year on loans to fund its £6 billion purchase of 3G spectrum or airwaves in 2000.

The company has been under scrutiny since a 2010 deal, under which it paid Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (HMRC) £1.25 billion to settle a back-tax claim.

“Vodafone would like us to believe that because they pay their property taxes, VAT and staff’s national insurance, that they don’t have to pay tax on their income. That’s not the way it works for the rest of us and it’s not the way it should work for Vodafone either,” said tax campaigner Richard Murphy of Tax Research UK.

There is currently a high profile debate around corporate taxation, with business giants, including Starbucks, Google and Amazon, being criticized for dodging millions of pounds in tax in Britain.

It is estimated that the corporate tax evasion is costing the UK economy something between 45 to 90 billion pounds a year, meaning that it is practically undoing all austerity measures as well as widening the gap between the rich and the poor in the British society.

SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Diseases Spread as Arctic Ice Melts

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/diseases_spread_as_arctic_ice_melts_20130608/

Posted on Jun 8, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

New Petition: We Demand President Obama Resign

0

Spare the nation the ordeal of impeachment

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

A new petition launched on the whitehouse.gov website demands that President Obama immediately resign over the innumerable unconstitutional actions he has overseen, notably the recent scandal surrounding wiretapping of journalists.

Image: Infowars.com

The full petition, which can be found here on the whitehouse.gov website, states the following:

President Richard Nixon resigned after wiretapping a handful of journalists, sparing the nation the ordeal of impeachment. We call on Obama to do the same. His administration vetted the NSA’s surveillance of millions of Americans and seriously violated the Fourth Amendment. He confiscated the personal records of reporters, thus violating the First Amendment, and the IRS under his watch harassed political organizations opposed to his policies. Moreover, his administration has lied under oath to Congress. In addition to violating Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution by invading Libya, his administration engaged in torture and conducted a covert drone war. Due to the severity of these crimes, we call for the immediate resignation of Barack Obama.

The petition requires 100,000 signatures before July 7 in order to mandate an official White House response.

Aside from recent wiretapping and surveillance scandals, there are a number of other issues over which Obama has clearly abused his authority and acted unconstitutionally.

– Obama failed to obtain congressional authorization for the war on Libya in 2011. Under Article 1 Section 8 of the U.S. Constitution, the power to declare war lies with Congress.

– In June 2011, President Obama arrogantly expressed his hostility to the rule of law when he dismissed the need to get congressional authorization to commit the United States to a military intervention in Libya, churlishly dismissing criticism and remarking, “I don’t even have to get to the Constitutional question.”

– In July 2011, Congress specifically rejected the Obama administration’s attempt to seek approval for war on Libya but the White House later supported a NATO-led assault anyway, terming it a “kinetic” action.

– Obama tried to legitimize his failure to obtain Congressional approval for military involvement by sending a letter to Speaker of the House John Boehner in which he said the military assault was “authorized by the United Nations (U.N.) Security Council.”

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 8:18 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Demand Obama Resign: Sign the Petition

0

Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

Alex Jones and Infowars have posted a petition on the White House’s “We the People” site calling for Obama to resign.

Obama has violated the Constitution and the Bill of Rights numerous times, making him the most criminal president in history. From waging illegal wars and committing war crimes to wantonly violating the Fourth Amendment and actively plotting against the Second Amendment, he continues to flaunt the rule of law and commit impeachable offenses. It is well past time for him to go.

Here is the petition. Please sign it.

Of course, we realize that it is unlikely Obama will be impeached and he will certainly never resign. We are posting the petition in order to draw attention to crimes glossed over and even ignored by the establishment media. It is an effort to draw attention to the fact Obama has violated his oath of Office, has attacked the Constitution and betrayed the American people.

Nixon resigned and Bill Clinton was impeached for less egregious offenses. It is our duty to enumerate Obama’s crimes and call for his removal from office.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 8:22 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Blast kills 4 in Baghdad Shia area

0

Iraqi security forces and rescue workers inspect the site of a blast in the northern Iraqi city of Kirkuk on September 7, 2012.

At least four people have been killed in a car bomb blast in a majority Shia area of the Iraqi capital, Baghdad, Iraqi officials say.

The medical sources and security official announced on Saturday that the explosion took place near a clinic in Al-Amin District in southeast Baghdad.

At least 20 people, including four children, were also injured in the attack.

Another car bomb explosion hit a police convoy in the northern city of Mosul, killing one policeman and injuring two others.

On Friday, 16 Iranian pilgrims were killed after a bomb attack hit their convoy near the city of Baquba.

There has recently been an upsurge in violence across Iraq, and the authorities say Qatar and Saudi Arabia have had a hand in some of the incidents.

On June 1, the United Nations said a total of 1,045 people were killed and 2,397 injured in violent incidents in Iraq in the month of May.

On May 30, UN envoy to Iraq Martin Kobler warned that Å“systemic violence is ready to explode at any moment.”

He also urged Iraq’s political leaders to Å“engage immediately to pull the country out of this mayhem.”

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has said that militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime are responsible for the latest wave of violence.

SAB/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Hezbollah denies members arrest report

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Lebanese Hezbollah resistance movement has denied its members were seized by foreign-backed militants in the Syrian capital, Damascus.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Muslim unity necessary against West’

0

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei meets a group of Qurâ„¢an scholars attending the 30th edition of Tehran International Qurâ„¢an Competitions on June 8, 2013.

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei has underlined the need for the Muslim world to unite against the West which has launched an open war on Muslims.

Addressing a group of Qurâ„¢an scholars attending the 30th edition of the Tehran International Qurâ„¢an Competitions on Saturday, the Leader said “unity and agreement among Muslims is an urgent duty.”

Ayatollah Khamenei added that the Qurâ„¢an invites Muslims to remain united and avoid division, and is against the colonialist way which creates discord among Muslims and fuels religious prejudices.

The Leader said discord among Muslims would result in Å“bloodshed, blind terrorism and its horrible consequences” and serve the interests of the Israeli regime, urging Muslims and Islamic governments to keep vigilant in facing such threats.

Pointing to the Islamophobia wave created by the West, Ayatollah Khamenei said Western enemies have waged an open war on Muslims and therefore the Muslim world needs to strengthen its internal capabilities.

The Leader emphasized that unity, solidarity and focusing on commonalities can further empower Muslims.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

#Provocateur battle: Turkish standoff spills onto Twitter

0

Protests in Turkey have taken Twitter by storm, with activists and government supporters battling it out on the social network. Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan claimed the most violent protests in a decade are caused by extremists and foreign provocateurs.

While Turkish press were slow to cover the anti-government
protests that have gripped the country for the past week, Twitter
users wasted no time sounding off.

Several hashtags relating to the violent upheaval have popped up
on the social network and trended worldwide. After Turkish Prime
Minister Erdogan returned from North Africa and gave a speech to
the cheering supporters who greeted him at Istanbul’s airport,
the hashtag #ProvokatörEylemci (‘provocateur activists’) topped
the list.

The hashtag pools together Twitter users who are echoing
Erdogan’s accusation that the protests are motivated by
extremists and foreign provocateurs. The Turkish leader said that
the protest should stop immediately, condemned activists as
“vandals” and defended the use of force to suppress them.

A large proportion of those using the hashtag are members of
Erdogan’s Justice and Development Party (AKP) and its youth
branch. RT source Beyza Burcak said she was inclined to believe
the hashtag “appeared arbitrarily,” while it was possible
that the AKP created it to discredit the protesters.


“He [Erdogan] keeps saying that there are vandals in the protest
who destroy everything in streets etc. but from the beginning the
aim of this protest has been to be peaceful,”
Burcak told RT.

On Saturday, the tables turned and the hashtag
#provokatörbaÅŸbakanİstemiyoruz (‘provocateur we don’t want the
Prime Minister’) topped the Twitter trending list.
Simultaneously, thousands of activists gathered for a mass sit-in
at Taksim Square to protest Erdogan’s authoritarian rule.

Hackivist group Anonymous and the Syrian Electronic Army also
joined the cyber-battle, saying they hacked the Turkish Prime
Minister’s network and stole personal information during the
week. Erdogan’s office confirmed to Reuters on Wednesday that the
cyber-attack had occurred.

“Anonymous has successfully infiltrated Turkish Prime
Ministry’s network (basbakanlik.gov.tr). Anonymous is sharing
with you the full user list of the domain BASBAKANLIK that is the
main domain of the Prime Ministry of Turkey,”
the hackivist
group tweeted. A group calling itself @AnonsTurkey went on to
praise Gezi Turkey as one of the most noble current social
movements.

The group said they did not publicly release the information they
hacked “because Anonymous respects people’s privacy.”

The social upheaval began in Turkey last week when police cracked
down violently on a group of protesters demonstrating against the
demolition of Gezi Park. Clashes between police and protesters,
some of whom called for Erdogan to step down, followed the
initial outbreak.

The EU has called for a probe into police conduct during the
protests after numerous reports of excessive force being used to
disperse activists, with three people dead and thousands more
injured in clashes between police and demonstrators. Prime
Minister Erdogan responded by accusing the EU of hypocrisy,
claiming that such tactics were commonplace in other European
countries and the US.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Afghan civilian killed by US troops

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]An Afghan civilian has been shot to death by US forces in Afghanistan’s northern province of Balkh, Press TV reports.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Canada Politics: Deception and Betrayal in the Conservative Party

0

“This creature, the so-called Conservative Party, if it goes forward will be an illegitimate creation conceived in deception and born in betrayal.” [1] Progressive Conservative leadership candidate David Orchard, October 17, 2003

“They would do all kinds of things…Organizing meetings that didn’t happen or people would go to a delegate selection meeting and the address was a pawn shop in Regina so people stood at the street corner waiting for something and nobody came…There was a kind of planned confusion…by people who really wanted us to stay out, and I think these people were people who wanted the party to be taken over.” Orchard campaign manager and political advisor Marjaleena Repo

 

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Length (59:31)

 This week’s programme looks back ten years to the Progressive Conservative Party of Canada’s leadership race of 2003 which turned out to be the party’s last before it merged with the rival Canadian Alliance, led by leader Stephen Harper.

The current Conservative Party has been racked with accusations of scandal and corruption. At least three Canadian Senators, hand-picked by the Prime Minister, are having their housing and living expenses reviewed, two Conservative Members of Parliament are being taken to task for improper accounting of their election expenses, and a court case recently determined that “there was an orchestrated effort to suppress votes during the 2011 election campaign by a person with access to the CIMS database” which is “maintained and controlled by the CPC (Conservative Party of Canada)”. [2][3][4]

And notoriously, one of the Prime Minister’s staffers cut Senator Mike Duffy a personal cheque for $90,000 to make up for the funds the Senator owed. [5]

This is astonishing behaviour for a political party which rose to power in 2006 promising accountability and integrity in office. [6]

But David Orchard and his supporters questioned the ethics of the party a long time ago. Orchard contested the leadership of the Progressive Conservative Party back in 2003. Orchard relied on the support of grass-roots people, myself among them, who were opposed to government policies on free trade, environmental neglect, and Canadian support for imperial wars abroad. [7]

It was thorough Orchard’s support that Peter Mackay became leader of the party. Mackay then betrayed a condition of the support by orchestrating a merger with the more right-wing US-Republican style Canadian Alliance Party, which was then led by Stephen Harper. [8]

This betrayal, in addition to some of the other shenanigans which played out in the months during the leadership campaign and leading up to the vote to merge the parties in December provides a critical context for assessing this party’s commitment to ethics, responsible conduct and fair play.

Orchard, and many other traditional Progressive Conservatives, saw the Canadian Alliance as out of sync with the traditional trajectory of the PC Party, the Party which established Canada has a nation in 1867. The PCs historically championed Canadian sovereignty. The Canadian Alliance advocated closer political and economic ties with the United States.

The Canadian Alliance boasted a much larger membership than the Progressive Conservative Party in 2003. Through no great surprise therefore, the leader of the Canadian Alliance, Stephen Harper, easily secured the leadership of the merged Conservative Party, which went on to power in 2006. [9]

Orchard’s political advisor, campaign manager and long-time associate Marjaleena Repo speaks to the Global Research News Hour about the campaign, the issues, the subsequent legal battles and where she believes the Campaign for Canada needs to focus its energies.

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Length (59:31)

References

3)     Mia Robson, June 7, 2013, “Bezan, Glover speak on spending dispute”; http://www.winnipegfreepress.com/canada/Bezan-Glover-speak-on-spending-dispute-210594261.html

9)     CBC News, March 22. 2004; Harper wins Conservative leadership; http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/story/2004/03/20/conservatives_040320.html

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Hadad-Adel not to pull out of election

0

Iranian presidential candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel has once again said he will not step aside in favor of other candidates ahead of the June 14 vote.

The former Majlis Speaker said at a press conference on Saturday that he has a lot to offer to the nation, and that he will form an all-inclusive cabinet.

The Principlist candidate said it is wrong to undermine the achievements made over the past 34 years just to win more votes, adding that he will not make promises that he cannot deliver.

Haddad-Adel said he doesnâ„¢t have the financial backing of any organization and that his presence in the race does not go against the interests of the Principlist camp.

Haddad-Adel is facing Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi in the upcoming election.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations which will be set up in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

PG/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US envoy summoned over drone strike

0

A US Predator drone fires a Hellfire missile. (File photo)

Pakistan has summoned US envoy to Islamabad to express outrage over a recent assassination drone strike that killed nine people in the countryâ„¢s northwest tribal region.

Pakistani Ministry of Foreign Affairs said in a statement that the demand for an immediate halt to non-UN-sanctioned drone strikes was repeated and relayed to US charge d’affaires, Richard Hoagland, on Saturday.

“It was conveyed to the US charge d’ affaires that the government of Pakistan strongly condemns the drone strikes, which are a violation of Pakistan’s sovereignty and territorial integrity,” the statement added.

It noted that the importance of bringing an immediate end to drone strikes has been emphasized by the Pakistani side.

On Friday night, US drones fired two missiles into a compound at a village in the Shawal District of North Waziristan, killing nine people.

It came just two days after Nawaz Sharif was sworn in as prime minister. Sharif insists that the US should stop such attacks, saying they violate Pakistan’s sovereignty.

According to the London-based Bureau of Investigative Journalism, the United Statesâ„¢ drone strikes in Pakistan have killed up to 3,601 people since 2004.

Washington claims its drone strikes target militants, although casualty figures show that Pakistani civilians are often the victims of the non-UN-sanctioned attacks.

The slaughter of Pakistani civilians, including women and children, in US drone strikes has strained relations between Islamabad and Washington, and Pakistani officials have complained to the US administration.

In September 2012, a report by the Stanford Law School and the New York University School of Law gave an alarming account of the effect that assassination drone strikes have on ordinary people in Pakistanâ„¢s tribal areas.

Å“The number of Ëœhigh-levelâ„¢ targets killed as a percentage of total casualties is extremely low — estimated at just 2%,” the report noted.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

108,000 Private Contractors in Afghanistan and “We Have No Idea What They’re Doing”

0

by Aubrey Bloomfield

Two recently released reports, one by the Congressional Research Service (CRS) and one by the Government Accountability Office (GAO), show that not only is the number of private contractors in Afghanistan increasing, but the Pentagon is also unable to tell what they are even doing there. Citing the reports, David Francis of the Fiscal Times points out that there are now 108,000 private contractors in Afghanistan (over 30,000 of whom are Americans), far more than the 65,700 U.S. troops still there,and the number was counted at 110,404 last month. That amounts to 1.6 contractors, roughly 18,000 of which are private security contractors, for every American soldier.

Although the U.S. presence in Afghanistan is ostensibly winding down towards an eventual handover to Afghan security forces, as Francis argues, “the increase in the contractors to troop ratio is yet another indication that although the vast majority of troops are leaving Afghanistan, a private army will remain in the country for years.”

According to the CRS, the U.S. wars in Iraq and Afghanistan show the increasing reliance of the military on private contractors. But replacing the military with private contractors is not necessarily a good thing. Highlighting the abuses committed by private military contractors, Angela Snell of the University of Illinois College of Law has called this trend a “convenient way for the U.S. government to evade its legal obligations, including the responsibility to protect the human rights of civilians in war and peace, by allowing private individuals, rather than official state actors, to perform services on behalf of the U.S. military.”

Not only does the growing use of private contractors give lie to the idea of a withdrawal from the country, but they are also very costly. Although still dwarfed by the ever-mounting total costs of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, CRS reports that “over the last six fiscal years, DOD [Department of Defense] obligations for contracts performed in the Iraq and Afghanistan areas of operation were approximately $160 billion and exceeded total contract obligations of any other U.S. federal agency.”

Moreover, Francis points out that the CRS and GAO did not just measure the number of contractors and the cost, but the reports also assessed the Pentagon’s ability to monitor the work of contractors. And the results are damning. According to Francis, taken together the reports:

“Amount to yet another indictment of how the Pentagon deals with private workers. CRS found that the Pentagon lacked the ability to document the work each contractor is performing. It also found even when the government has information on contractors, it’s often inaccurate and doesn’t reflect the actual work being done. This leaves the Pentagon unable to determine if the hundreds of billions it’s spending are leading to effective results.”

So despite the increasing number of private contractors being used and the hundreds of billions of dollars being spent on them, the Pentagon is not even able to determine what they are doing or whether it is effective. As CRS reports, the information the Pentagon has on private contractors is probably not reliable enough to be used to make decisions “at the strategic level,” thus hindering its ability to tell whether the work of contractors is contributing to “achieving the mission.”

The U.S.-led wars in Iraq and Afghanistan have been massive, and destructive, wastes of lives and money. Although the U.S. and its allies say that they plan to remove combat troops from Afghanistan by 2014, this will in no way be the end of the West’s presence in the country. Francis reports that much of the work currently done by the military will be done by the private contractors after the military leaves. So while the attention paid to Afghanistan is likely to continue to dwindle even further, as has been the case in Iraq, as the military withdrawal picks up, the foreign occupation, by what one analyst has called “a de facto army,” looks set to continue on.

Copyright: policymic.com, 2013

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Spying on Americans before 9/11: NSA Built Back Door In All Windows Software by 1999

0

Government Built Spy-Access Into Most Popular Consumer Program Before 9/11

In researching the stunning pervasiveness of spying by the government (it’s much more wide spread than you’ve heard even now), we ran across the fact that the FBI wants software programmers to install a backdoor in all software.

Digging a little further, we found a 1999 article by leading European computer publication Heise which noted that the NSA had already built a backdoor into all Windows software:

A careless mistake by Microsoft programmers has revealed that special access codes prepared by the US National Security Agency have been secretly built into Windows. The NSA access system is built into every version of the Windows operating system now in use, except early releases of Windows 95 (and its predecessors). The discovery comes close on the heels of the revelations earlier this year that another US software giant, Lotus, had built an NSA “help information” trapdoor into its Notes system, and that security functions on other software systems had been deliberately crippled.

The first discovery of the new NSA access system was made two years ago by British researcher Dr Nicko van Someren [an expert in computer security]. But it was only a few weeks ago when a second researcher rediscovered the access system. With it, he found the evidence linking it to NSA.

***

Two weeks ago, a US security company came up with conclusive evidence that the second key belongs to NSA. Like Dr van Someren, Andrew Fernandez, chief scientist with Cryptonym of Morrisville, North Carolina, had been probing the presence and significance of the two keys. Then he checked the latest Service Pack release for Windows NT4, Service Pack 5. He found that Microsoft’s developers had failed to remove or “strip” the debugging symbols used to test this software before they released it. Inside the code were the labels for the two keys. One was called “KEY”. The other was called “NSAKEY”.

Fernandes reported his re-discovery of the two CAPI keys, and their secret meaning, to “Advances in Cryptology, Crypto’99″ conference held in Santa Barbara. According to those present at the conference, Windows developers attending the conference did not deny that the “NSA” key was built into their software. But they refused to talk about what the key did, or why it had been put there without users’ knowledge.

A third key?!

But according to two witnesses attending the conference, even Microsoft’s top crypto programmers were astonished to learn that the version of ADVAPI.DLL shipping with Windows 2000 contains not two, but three keys. Brian LaMachia, head of CAPI development at Microsoft was “stunned” to learn of these discoveries, by outsiders. The latest discovery by Dr van Someren is based on advanced search methods which test and report on the “entropy” of programming code.

Within the Microsoft organisation, access to Windows source code is said to be highly compartmentalized, making it easy for modifications to be inserted without the knowledge of even the respective product managers.

Researchers are divided about whether the NSA key could be intended to let US government users of Windows run classified cryptosystems on their machines or whether it is intended to open up anyone’s and everyone’s Windows computer to intelligence gathering techniques deployed by NSA’s burgeoning corps of “information warriors”.

According to Fernandez of Cryptonym, the result of having the secret key inside your Windows operating system “is that it is tremendously easier for the NSA to load unauthorized security services on all copies of Microsoft Windows, and once these security services are loaded, they can effectively compromise your entire operating system“. The NSA key is contained inside all versions of Windows from Windows 95 OSR2 onwards.

***

“How is an IT manager to feel when they learn that in every copy of Windows sold, Microsoft has a ‘back door’ for NSA — making it orders of magnitude easier for the US government to access your computer?” he asked.

We have repeatedly pointed out that widespread spying on Americans began prior to 9/11.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

“Occupy Your Home”: Confronting “Electro Pollution” and Smart Meter Toxification

0

An overwhelming majority of US and Canadian citizens are entirely unaware that an especially dangerous device has been attached to their homes. While installation of “smart meters” across North America has continued apace since 2009 the health effects such devices pose have yet to be fully realized. Left unaddressed the broad use and continued deployment of such equipment will almost certainly influence human health for many generations to come.

On May 22 my household received a “Notification Letter” from Florida Power and Light (FPL) stating the company’s intent to replace our existing analog meter with a new device equipped to communicate with other such meters in the utility’s wireless “mesh network.”{1] According to FPL we are among roughly 20,000 of Florida homes that have rejected the new digital device in lieu of an analog model.[2]The letter carries the industry’s familiar line—that the “meter upgrade” is intended to “provide you with more information so you can take more control over your energy use and monthly bills” while more readily “identify[ing]” and resolving power outages.

The correspondence came as quite a surprise since in late 2011 after explaining to FPL the health-related consequences of such electro-pollution and expressing concerns for my family’s well-being, the company agreed to remove the “smart meter” and replace it with one that does not emit such energy. This was done only after conducting my own investigation, providing the company with substantial medical research documenting the negative health effects of RF microwave radiation, and threatening legal action.[3]

FPL was in fact much more reasonable in addressing my concerns than was the Florida Public Service Commission, whose legal counsel informed me flatly that the body had no authority over smart meter deployment and referred me to the Federal Communications Commission.[4] Only after submitting a public records request to the agency did I discover that the information Commission members accepted to evaluate the safety of such equipment in terms of human health consisted largely of smart meter manufacturer and utility boilerplate, including a FPL “PowerPoint”-like presentation seemingly pitched to a fifth grade audience.

Upon receiving FPL’s May 22 letter I took a few hours to write a response to the company’s president, taking care to outline my past communication with them, the concerns I have over the device’s potentially negative effects on my family’s health, and the fact that they recognized and fulfilled my opt out request almost two years ago. A few days after sending my letter off, the executive’s assistant called to inform us the notification letter was likely the result of a computer glitch and should have never been sent.

The foremost danger of smart meters is that they are designed to communicate with each other by emitting substantial and frequent bursts of radio frequency (RF) microwave pollution several thousand times per day—a cumulative burden on one’s genetic and biological makeup that children and the elderly are especially vulnerable to given their respective developing and degenerative conditions. Yet the documented health effects are something FPL never voluntarily told me about, and your power utility will likely not tell you.

For example, FPL spokeswoman Elaine Hinsdale disingenuously remarked that smart meters’ radio frequencies are akin “to those in a garage-door opener and hundreds of times less than emission limits set by the Federal Communications Commission.” According to Hinsdale, “You’d have to stand right next to the smart-meter for more than a year to equal the radio-frequency exposure of a 15-minute cellphone call … Once we talk to our customers and explain how it will repair power outages faster and safer, they understand.”[5] In 2011 when I contacted FPL via telephone to inquire on the overall safety of the devices I was similarly told that RF radiation is emitted only “a few times per day.”

Yet other sources I consulted observed that such emissions are much more frequent. I thus purchased a German-made Gigahertz Solution HF35C Elektrosmog Analyzer and did my own measurements. To my surprise I found that FPL’s meter was emitting RF bursts in excess of 2,000 microwatts per square meter at a distance of five feet several times every thirty seconds to one minute. This pulsing radiation was detected in varying degrees of intensity elsewhere throughout the home and may have at least partially explained the common symptoms of electro-hypersensitivity I was experiencing.

If the US public was served by a more honest and diligent press smart meters and RF radiation in general would not endanger public health to the extent they do today. This is particularly the case since a multitude of scientific studies exist that point to the deleterious health effects of RF energy exposure—especially in children and the elderly. Such information is intentionally overlooked by power utilities and little-if-any acknowledgement of negative health effects appear in any of the vacuous paraphernalia they provide their customers—and state regulators—promoting the meters.

When I pressed FPL representatives on what studies the company had conducted on smart meter safety they sent me a privately commissioned 2011 report, Florida Power and Light Advanced Meter Infrastructure & Distribution Automation RF Exposure Survey, produced by an obscure Arlington Virginia firm called Site Safe.[6] The study’s findings assert that one receives almost the equivalent amount of RF radiation standing one meter away from a smart meter as they would within the immediate vicinity of a cell phone tower—an especially alarming observation!

However, the research’s overall flaw and deceptive nature lies in the absence of suitable methodological parameters for examining how smart meters pulse lesser amounts of such microwave radiation throughout the home up to 190,000 times per day. Germany’s Standard Building Biology Measurements of 2008 caution that specifically in terms of human health “pulsed signals [are] to be taken more seriously than continuous ones.” When I contacted the author of the Site Safe study via telephone and email to evaluate his credentials for authoring such a study, he refused to provide me with any information that might confirm such training and expertise.

In May 2011 the World Health Organization’s International Agency for Research on Cancer classified RF as a Class 2B carcinogen. This means that caution should be applied because exposure to RF and EMF may cause cancer.[7] Given such an admission power utilities should be exercising the precautionary principal lest they further endanger human health with the continued wide-scale deployment of smart meters. FPL and the broader power industry have produced no compelling scientific evidence to date that even tentatively confirms the safety of smart meters. With this in mind, and in terms specifically related to human health, the power industry writ large is executing a transparently dangerous and criminal fraud against the US public.

A half century ago tobacco and asbestos were known menaces to health and over the long term exposure to these substances culminated in a variety of cancers and other terminal diseases compelling the government to intervene on the public’s behalf. The credible scientific evidence suggests the same holds true for exposure to RF microwave radiation. In fact, government and academic research dating to the 1960s points to the potential health dangers of sustained RF and EMF exposure. While the Food and Drug Administration, the Federal Communications Commission, and the American Cancer Society claim that RF and EMF pose no health risks, their conclusions are based on dubious and outdated studies often funded by the telecommunications industry itself.

Current independent scientific and medical research paints an entirely different picture. For example, in 2012 the American Academy of Environmental Medicine generated a list of 86 scientific studies and bibliographies on the health effects of EMF, RF and extremely low frequency (ELF) microwave radiation dating to 1971.[8] Referencing this literature, in January 2012 the AAEM Board issued a public statement to the California Public Utilities Commission expressing its concern over smart meter installations across the state. “[E]xisting FCC guidelines for RF safety that have been used to justify installation of ‘smart meters’ only look at thermal tissue damage and are obsolete,” the Board observed, since many modern studies [such as those used by the FCC] show metabolic and genomic damage from RF and ELF exposures below the level of intensity which heats tissues … More modern literature shows medically and biologically significant effects of RF and ELF at lower energy densities.

These effects accumulate over time, which is an important consideration given the chronic nature of exposure from “smart meters”. The current medical literature raises credible questions about genetic and cellular effects, hormonal effects, male fertility, blood/brain barrier damage and increased risk of certain types of cancers from RF or ELF levels similar to those emitted from “smart meters”. Children are placed at particular risk for altered brain development, and impaired learning and behavior. Further, EMF/RF adds synergistic effects to the damage observed from a range of toxic chemicals. Given the widespread, chronic, and essentially inescapable ELF/RF exposure of everyone living near a “smart meter”, the Board of the American Academy of Environmental Medicine finds it unacceptable from a public health standpoint to implement this technology until these serious medical concerns are resolved.[9]

Along these lines in 2007 and again in 2012 the BioInitiative Working Group, an international body of academic scientists, medical doctors and public health professionals released a comprehensive review of over 2000 scientific studies and reviews, concluding that RF and EMF exposure can contribute to childhood leukemia and lay the groundwork for a variety of adult cancers.

Aside from long term adverse health effects, smart meters also pose more immediate safety and privacy concerns. The equipment has not been inspected by and thus does not meet the protocols of the internationally recognized authority on consumer appliance safety standards, Underwriters Laboratory, a potential violation of numerous state and local municipal codes. Careless installation or the limited integrity of smart meter engineering and design have been pointed to as the possible cause of house fires. “We have encountered an unusual amount of fire incidents involving smart meters,” an Ontario Fire Marshal explains to the Vancouver Sun. “New meters may have defects that cause electrical failures (or they may be caused by) careless installation during a changeover.”[10]

Finally, the collection and uncertain wireless transmission of intimate data related to a family’s domestic power usage and everyday life encompassed in residential occupancy also serve as a potential basis for the violation of protections from illegal search and seizure guaranteed under the Fourth Amendment to the US Constitution. This lifestyle-related information relayed throughout the mesh network via RF microwave may be easily “hacked” and the broader network attacked by any number of third parties, including criminals and terrorists. Such data may also be easily accessed by police or other government agencies that would otherwise need a warrant and probable cause to access such information. Utility customers should remind power companies that they do not consent to any personal data related to electrical usage and living patterns aggregated and sold to third parties, including marketers, appliance manufacturers, or data analyst subcontractors.

Already RF is involuntarily yielded to through the ubiquitous radiation emitted from local area networks (“Wi-Fi”) in places of employment and public areas. This is compounded by the voluntary exposure to RF through close quarter cell phone and household Wi-Fi use. With the combined financial and advertising power of the telecommunications service and wireless-manufacturing industries the research clearly pointing to the harmful health effects of RF remains to a large degree unknown. Given their wide scale use and around-the-clock activity, smart meters complete the circle of what is now ceaseless RF bombardment; their broad deployment anticipates a not-too-distant future when they will engage with “smart” appliances within the home, further disseminating such radiation while arbitrarily exerting power over everyday energy use and unlawfully collecting vital and likely profitable data on behavior and lifestyle.

Notes

[1] Florida Power and Light Smart Meter Installation Notification Form Letter, May 22, 2013 (PDF).
[3] James F. Tracy to Florida Power and Light, September 18, 2011 (PDF), James F. Tracy to Florida Power and Light, November 9, 2011 (PDF).
[4] Jennifer Crawford for the Florida Public Service Commission to James F. Tracy, September 30, 2011 (PDF). The PSC is now forging a policy for Florida energy consumers to “opt out” of a smart meter for an additional charge. Hemlock, “Some FP&L Users.”

[5] Hemlock, “Some FP&L Users.”

[6] Matthew J. Butcher, Florida Power and Light Advanced Meter Infrastructure & Distribution Automation RF Exposure Survey, Arlington Virginia: Site Safe, June 10, 2011. In author’s possession.

[7] “World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer Classifies RF-EMF Fields as Possibly Carcinogenic to Humans,” [Press Release], May 31, 2011, (PDF)
[8] See also American Association of Environmental Medicine EMF-RF Reference List (PDF). See also American Association of Environmental Medicine April 12, 2012 Press Advisory (PDF).
[9] American Academy of Environmental Medicine to California Public Utilities Commission, January 19, 2012 (PDF).
[10] Scott Simpson, “Ontario Fire Marshall Says Faulty Base Plates Could Be the Cause, Similar to Mission Blaze,” Vancouver Sun, August 7, 2012. Available at stopsmartmetersbc.ca

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Lebanese Army Warns: “There is a Plot to Drag Lebanon into Syria War”

0

Lebanon is keen to avoid a repeat of the sectarian nightmare which plunged the country into 15 years of civil war. The scares are still visible, not just physically, but politically also. Now the scene is set for a possible repeat, unless cooler head prevail…

Now Lebanese Army officials are warning of a plot to drag their country into neighboring Syria’s present conflict, with Lebanon’s northern city of Tripoli being the likely initial flash point for such a conflagration.

Forces outside of Lebanon are well aware of where the political and social cracks are inside Lebanon, and will pull out all the stops to exploit those divisions in order to push the Syrian situation further over the edge of destablisation. Political lines within Lebanon are already being drawn…

Within Lebanon, Future parliamentary bloc leader MP Fouad Siniora has called for Hezbollah to withdraw its fighters from Syria, calling their aid to Syria’s Assad government as “shameful”, and with calls to exclude Hezbollah from any future government. On the other side, Lebanese Foreign Minister Adnan Mansour has appeared to side with Hezbollah.

Lebanese President Michel Sleiman is being pressured behind the scenes by U.S. President Barack Obama who has condemned the Shi’ite organisation’s “active and growing role in Syria” in a telephone call this week to Sleiman.

“The two leaders agreed that all parties should respect Lebanon’s policy of disassociation from the conflict in Syria and avoid actions that will involve the Lebanese people in the conflict,” a White House statement said.

Former Lebanese PM Saad Hariri (who has a strong moderate Sunni support base in Lebanon) has also come out slamming Hezbollah for intervening in Syria: “The party is sending hundreds of Lebanese to fight alongside the regime forces and participate in invading Syrian villages and towns, in operations as repugnant as the Israeli invasions of villages in South Lebanon and the invasion by the Syrian regime forces of Lebanon in the 1970s.”

This latest multi-pronged political from abroad and within move against Hezbollah within Lebanon has materialised in the the last few weeks, which strongly hints at some major confrontation being engineered behind the scenes. Judging by the economic and political  struggle facing the Lebanese government, it’s an ideal situation for both incentives — and threats, to be dangled by the world powers and Israel in front of political factions in order to secure the favoured outcome of the west in Syria and beyond. Are the Lebanese leaders strong enough to withstand such pressure? Time will tell.

If there is a geopolitical game going on behind UN and western government doors, it is being focused around the political and military isolation of Lebanon’s  Hezbollah organisation. Last month saw its fighters engaging the foreign Islamist opposition insurgents in Syria, arguing that their interests are in protecting the Shi’ite community in Syria from attacks by takfiri factions backed by Israel, Great Britain, France, Turkey and the United States. This point has been mostly ignored by the global powers, their media, as well as pro-western political rivals within Lebanon, indicating that the game being played here extends far beyond the borders of Syria and Lebanon.

Misbah al-Ali, Antoine Amrieh
The Daily Star

The Lebanese Army warned Friday of a plot to drag Lebanon into the 2-year-old war in Syria as clashes between rival gunmen renewed, shattering a lull of several hours despite a heavy military deployment in the northern city.

The afternoon fighting, which pitted gunmen from the Hezbollah-backed Sunni Nashar family against gunmen supported by Salafist groups, wounded a man and a woman from the Nashar family, security sources said.

The two sides exchanged machine-gun fire and rocket-propelled grenades in Tripoli’s Old Souk before the Army intervened to halt the fighting by trying to silence the sources of fire.

The scene of the fighting is about 2 kilometers from the traditional frontline between the Jabal Mohsen neighborhood, whose residents support President Bashar Assad, and the rival Bab al-Tabbaneh district, whose residents back the uprising in Syria.

Since the latest round of heavy fighting erupted between the two rival districts last month, 33 people, including three soldiers and a policeman, have been killed and more than 200 wounded. The fighting in the northern city has been linked to the conflict in Syria.

The security situation in Tripoli was generally calm Friday, except for sporadic sniper fire between Jabal Mohsen and Bab al-Tabbaneh.

Armed with political cover from the caretaker government and Tripoli’s politicians, the Army boosted its deployment with armored vehicles, manning patrols, setting up checkpoints and chasing gunmen.

The Army warned of a plot to embroil Lebanon into the Syria war:

“The Lebanese Army, as firm as its security measures will be, urges citizens to be wary of the plots aimed at taking Lebanon backward and dragging it into a futile war,” it said in a statement.

It called on people to express political views regarding the Syria conflict “democratically and peacefully and without provoking anyone.”

“Do not be dragged behind groups that want to use violence as a means to achieve their objectives,” it added.

“The Army Command has been trying over the past months to work firmly, determinedly and carefully to prevent Lebanon from being turned into a battlefield for regional conflicts and to prevent any spillover of the events in Syria.”

“But in recent days, some groups have seemed determined to create tensions among the [Lebanese] against the backdrop of the political divisions in Lebanon over the military developments in Syria,” it added.

The statement said the Army had been carrying out a series of firm security measures in Tripoli, Sidon, Beirut, the Bekaa Valley and Mount Lebanon.

“The Army’s operations will be deterrent and stringent. The Army is determined to implement its security plan in Tripoli no matter what the cost,” the statement said.

President Michel Sleiman expressed satisfaction with the Army’s deployment plan in Tripoli and surrounding areas.

While appreciating the Army’s sacrifices and national role in preserving civil peace, he stressed the need for leaders and citizens to cooperate with the military’s measures to maintain the area’s security and safety of its residents, said a statement from Baabda Palace.

Sleiman urged all the parties to realize the importance of distancing Lebanon from the reverberations of the conflict in Syria, “particularly after it had been proven that the parties’ involvement in the fighting by siding with this or that side would only result in the killing of innocent Lebanese and destruction of property without making any change in the current balance of power.”

Caretaker Prime Minister Najib Mikati chaired a series of meetings at his residence in Tripoli to follow up the Army’s security measures in the city.

“The Lebanese Army is determined to carry out its security plan to restore calm and stability to the city in implementation of decisions taken previously by the Cabinet and the Higher Defense Council,” Mikati said.

The Army set up checkpoints at the entrances to Tripoli and on the city’s main roads following heavy clashes in the past few days.

Over a dozen people have been wounded since late Thursday, security sources said. Six people have been killed since violence erupted last week.

Security sources said five people were hurt overnight when a rocket-propelled grenade fell on Syria Street that separates the warring neighborhoods of Bab al-Tabbaneh and Jabal Mohsen.

An Army officer and a soldier were among the three wounded from the fighting in Jabal Mohsen, according to the sources. They were identified as Lt. George Hajj and Private Ahmad Ismail.

Despite a morning lull, Tripoli remained paralyzed. “Tripoli looked like a ghost city last night,” one resident told The Daily Star. “Only Lebanese military vehicles were visible.”

The military said Thursday that it had seized two arms depots, one in Tripoli’s Souk al-Qameh and the other in Jabal Mohsen.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Jalili vows to end state sports monopoly

0

Presidential candidate Saeed Jalili calls for an end to state monopoly in sports, saying private companies, athletes, voluntary groups and charities are as able to run sporting events as the government.

Speaking on a radio program on Saturday morning, the Principlist candidate added that Article 44 of the Constitution which seeks large-scale privatization of state-run entities should also include sports.

The secretary of the Supreme National Security Council argued that athletes and sporting teams can perform better in national and international events, without government intervention.

Jalili promised to bring about the most fundamental shakeup in sports as part of the reforms his future administration will undertake.

Jalili is competing against President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations which will be set up in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

PG/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

“Big Brother Obama” Systematic Spying on Americans: Unconstitutional US Data-Mining

0

On June 5, London’s Guardianreported part of it. “NSA collecting phone records of millions of Verizon customers daily,” it headlined.On June 6, a follow-up article headlined “NSA taps in to systems of Google, Facebook, Apple and others, secret files reveal.”The Washington Post followed with its own report. It said the NSA and FBI “are tapping directly into the central servers of nine US Internet companies, extracting audio, video, photographs, e-mails, documents and connection logs that enable analysts to trace a person’s movements and contacts over time.”

Microsoft, Yahoo, Google, Facebook, Paltalk, AOL, Skype, YouTube, Apple, and other online companies willingly cooperate with lawless government spying.

Doing so, in part, reflects old news. Institutional spying on Americans is longstanding. Previous articles discussed it. More on the Guardian articles below.

According to retired NSA/US Air Force/Naval Intelligence/Defense Intelligence Agency intelligence analyst-turned whistleblower Russell Tice:

What’s ongoing “is much larger and more systemic than anything anyone has ever suspected or imagined.”

It’s been widely known for years. Little was revealed publicly. Pervasive spying is much worse than suspected. Other media reports followed London’s Guardian revelations.

Few people knew before. Many more do now. A firestorm of public anger is needed to have any chance to stop it. Nothing less stands a chance. What follows remains to be seen. Based on post-9/11 extremism, expect worse ahead, not better.

All three branches of government are involved. They’re complicit in sweeping lawlessness. Congress is regularly briefly. Bipartisan leaders are fully on board. So are US courts.

Federal ones are most egregious. Right-wing extremists control them. America’s High Court is supremely pro-business. It’s profoundly unjust. It mocks judicial fairness.

It rubber stamps what demands rejection. It rejects what demands affirmation. It consistently serves wealth and power interests. So do Congress, Obama, and administration officials.

Populist ones don’t matter. Nor does constitutional law. Its inviolability is disregarded. It’s rendered null and void.

On June 5, the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) headlined “Confirmed: The NSA is Spying on Millions of Americans,” saying:

London’s Guardian “confirmed what EFF (and many others) have long claimed: the NSA is conducting widespread, untargeted, domestic surveillance on millions of Americans.”

“This revelation should end, once and for all, the government’s long-discredited secrecy claims about its dragnet domestic surveillance programs.”

“It should spur Congress and the American people to make the President finally tell the truth about the government’s spying on innocent Americans.”

Domestic spying is longstanding. Post-9/11, it’s been institutionalized. In 2002, Bush authorized it by presidential order. He did so secretly.

In December 2005, New York Times writers James Risen and Eric Lichtblau headlined “Bush Lets US Spy on Callers Without Courts,” saying:

He “secretly authorized (NSA) to eavesdrop on Americans and others to eavesdrop on Americans and others inside the United States to search for evidence of terrorist activity without the court-approved warrants ordinarily required for domestic spying, according to government officials.”

Mark Klein worked for AT&T for 22 years. In 2004, he retired. After doing so, he turned whistleblower. He revealed blueprints and photographs of NSA’s secret room inside the company’s San Francisco facility.

Three other whistleblowers submitted affidavits. They explained post-9/11 lawless NSA spying on millions of Americans. The FBI, CIA, Pentagon, state and local agencies operate the same way.

Spies “R” us defines US policy. America’s a total surveillance society. It’s unsafe to live in. Everyone is suspect unless proved otherwise.

The 2012 FISA Amendments Reauthorization Act renewed warrantless spying. It passed with little debate. On Sunday, December 30, 2012 Obama signed it into law. Doing so largely went unnoticed.

Warrantless spying remains law for another five years. Phone calls, emails, and other communications may be monitored secretly without court authorization.

Probable cause isn’t needed. So-called “foreign intelligence information” is sought. Virtually anything qualifies. Vague language is all-embracing.

Constitutional protections don’t matter. All major US telecommunications companies are involved. So are online ones. They have been since 9/11. Things now are worse than then.

One expert said what’s ongoing “isn’t a wiretap. It’s a country-tap.” It’s lawless. Congress has no authority to subvert constitutional provisions. Legislation passed has no legitimacy. Constitutional changes require amendments. More on that below.

The Patriot Act trampled on Bill of Rights protections. Doing so for alleged security doesn’t wash. Fifth and Fourteenth Amendment due process rights were compromised.

So were First Amendment freedom of association ones. Fourth Amendment protections from unreasonable searches and seizures were violated. Unchecked sweeping surveillance followed.

So-called “sneak and peak” searches are conducted through “delayed notice” warrants, roving wiretaps, email tracking, as well as Internet and phone use.

Section 215 pertains to alleged suspects, real or contrived. It authorizes government access to “any tangible item.”

Included are financial records and transactions, education and medical records, phone conversations, emails, other Internet use, and whatever else Washington wants to monitor.

Individuals and organizations may be surveilled whether or not evidence links them to terrorism or complicity to commit it. In other words, everyone is fair game for any reason or none at all.

On May 15, 2012, Wired.com headlined “CIA Chief: We’ll Spy on You Through Your Dishwasher.”

Virtually everything electronic is vulnerable. Devices with Internet connections for sure are. So are TVs, radios, electric clocks, car navigation systems, light switches, refrigerators, electric stoves, toasters, vacuum cleaners, and other wired items.

Before Petraeusgate, the former CIA chief said:

“Items of interest will be located, identified, monitored, and remotely controlled through technologies such as radio-frequency identification, sensor networks, tiny embedded servers, and energy harvesters — all connected to the next-generation internet using abundant, low-cost, and high-power computing.”

He added that household spy devices “change our notions of secrecy.” Former rules don’t apply. Modern technology permits anything goes.

London’s Guardian revealed telecom giant Verizon spying. A top secret April 25, 2013 order authorized it. It runs through July 19. It includes domestic and foreign calls.

NSA has access to every Verizon customer’s call history for nearly three months. If so ordered, spying may be extended indefinitely. Verizon is prohibited from disclosing what it’s doing publicly.

Information obtained includes all domestic and foreign calls, phone locations, time calls made, their duration, and other “identifying information.” Patriot Act Section 215 permits it.

What’s collected is called “metadata” or transactional information. It’s not limited to what’s included above. It’s not called communications. Individual warrants aren’t sought.

As discussed above, doing so is lawless. Congress has no authority to violate constitutional provisions. Compromising Fourth Amendment protections do so brazenly.

Verizon and AT&T cooperation with NSA and other US agencies isn’t unique. It’s virtually certain that all other major US telecom companies operate the same way. So do major online ones. They do so willingly, irresponsibly and lawlessly.

Post-9/11, sweeping surveillance became policy. What Bush began, Obama escalated. Privacy rights are systematically violated. EFF and other organizations filed suits to stop it.

In 2006, EFF’s Hepting v. AT&T was filed. It charged lawless company monitoring of private customer communications. Without their knowledge or approval, it supplies NSA with information they contain.

Whistleblower help provided documented proof. Nonetheless, right-wing courts are incorrigible. In June 2009, a federal judge dismissed Hepting and dozens other suits against telecoms.

In September 2008, EFF’s Jewel v. NSA was filed. It remains ongoing. It challenges lawless NSA spying. It uses documents former AT&T employee Mark Klein supplied.

In 2011, EFF filed an FOIA suit against the Justice Department. It did so for “records about the government’s use of Section 215.”

Obama’s the most lawless, secretive president in US history. So is his Justice Department. In Hepting, it claimed telecom immunity. In Jewel, it claims privileged state secrets.

In EFF’s FOIA suit, it maintains information sought is top secret. It operates extrajudicially. It turns constitutional provisions on their head. It does so secretly. It lies when confronted with facts.

“It’s time to stop hiding behind legal privileges and to come clean about Section 215 and FISA,” said EFF.

“It’s time to start a national dialogue about our rights in the digital age. And it’s time to end the NSA’s unconstitutional domestic surveillance program.”

The same goes for the FBI, CIA, Pentagon, other federal agencies, as well as state and local ones working cooperatively with Washington. It’s time for complicit companies to stop acting against the interests or their own customers and users.

According to Cato Institute surveillance expert Julian Sanchez:

“We’ve certainly seen the government increasingly strain the bounds of ‘relevance’ to collect large numbers of records at once — everyone at one or two degrees of separation from a target — but vacuuming all metadata up indiscriminately would be an extraordinary repudiation of any pretense of constraint or particularized suspicion.”

In the 1960s, Senator Frank Church warned that NSA’s “capability at any time could be turned around on the American people, and no American would have any privacy left, such is the capability to monitor everything: telephone conversations, telegrams, it doesn’t matter.”

“There would be no place to hide,” he said. Presidents could “impose total tyranny, and there would be no way to fight back.” His warning went unheeded.

Institutionalized spying is official policy. Big Brother no longer is fiction. Obama officials claim no court or judge can challenge them. What they say goes. Governing this way is called tyranny.

A Final Comment

Candidate Obama attacked lawless Bush administration practices. “I will provide our intelligence and law enforcement agencies with the tools they need to track and take out the terrorists without undermining our Constitution and our freedom,” he said.

That means no more lawless spying, he added. “No more ignoring the law when it is inconvenient.”

President Obama exceeded the worst Bush administration practices. He’s done so consistently. He contemptuously disregards bedrock constitutional law.

On June 7, he offered a specious defense of lawlessness. He lied doing so, saying: “Nobody is listening to your telephone calls. That’s not what this program is about.”

That’s precisely what it’s about. It’s Big Brother writ large. He tried having things both way, adding:

“You can’t have 100% security and then also have 100% privacy and zero inconvenience. You know, we’re going to have to make some choices as a society.”

True enough when justifiable and constitutionally permitted. Irresponsible overreach has no place in free societies. Sacrificing fundamental freedoms for alleged security assures losing both.

Even New York Times editors said Obama “lost all credibility on this issue.” He “repudiate(d) constitutional principles governing search, seizure and privacy.”

Los Angeles Times editors criticized Obama’s “brave new world of government surveillance that Americans should find alarming.”

London Guardian editors said “(f)ew Americans believe they live in a police state….Yet the everyday fact that the police have the right to monitor the communications of all its citizens — in secret — is a classic hallmark of a state that fears freedom….”

Ironically, The Guardian story broke on D-Day’s 69th anniversary. It commemorates America’s Normandy landing. It was done to liberate Europe.

It wasn’t supposed to institutionalize what many gave their lives to defeat. Fascism wasn’t vanquished. It was transplanted to America. It’s visible in plain sight.

On June 6, National Intelligence head James Clapper issued a rare public statement. He did so regarding “Unauthorized Disclosures of Classified Information.” In part, he said:

Revelations “threaten potentially long-standing and irreversible harm to our ability to identify and respond to the many threats facing our nation.”

“The judicial order that was disclosed in the press is used to support a sensitive intelligence collection operation, on which members of Congress have been fully and repeatedly briefed.”

“The classified program has been authorized by all three branches of the Government.”

“Although this program has been properly classified, the leak of one order, without any context, has created a misleading impression of how it operates.”

What’s ongoing “protect(s) our nation from a wide variety of threats.”

Government authorization lacks legitimacy. It’s lawless. Police state tyranny has no place in free societies. At stake are fundamental constitutional rights. Post-9/11, they’ve been seriously eroded on route to eliminating them altogether.

Doing so for any reason doesn’t wash. So-called terrorist threats don’t exist. State terrorism threatens humanity. It does so at home and abroad.

Clapper lied saying ongoing practices “are consistently subject to safeguards that are designed to strike the appropriate balance between national security interests and civil liberties and privacy concerns.”

No safeguards whatever exist. Constitutional law is spurned. Doing so threatens freedom everywhere. Rogue states operate this way. America’s by far the worst. Obama, Clapper, Holder, and likeminded ideologues belong in prison, not high office.

On June 6, Wall Street Journal editors didn’t surprise. They headlined “Thank You for Data-Mining. The NSA’s ‘metadata’ surveillance is legal and necessary.”

It’s not “scandalous,” said Journal editors. It’s “a core part of the war on terror.” Outrage “stem(s) from the fact that the government is widely collecting call records, not merely those associated with a particular suspect or group.”

According to Journal editors, what’s ongoing “misunderstands how the program works.”

Fact check

It’s explained above clearly. It’s sweeping, all-inclusive and lawless. All major telecom and Internet companies are involved. They do so extrajudicially. They brazenly subvert constitutional rights.

Claims about mass surveillance disrupting domestic terror attacks don’t wash. Numerous ones reported were false flags. Innocent victims were targeted.

No one prosecuted planned or committed criminal acts. None conspired to do so. Accusations made were false. Political prisoners fill America’s gulag. It’s the shame of the nation for good reason.

Lawless surveillance for any reason has no place in legitimate democracies. Constitutional law principles are inviolable. No president, Congress or court may subvert them. Doing so reflects tyranny.

Amendments are required to change constitutional law. Two-thirds of both Houses may propose them. So may national legislative conventions of two-thirds of the states.

Ratification requires approval by three-fourths of the states. State ratifying conventions of three-fourths of them may do so. Congress has some say over which method is used.

Ratified amendments become constitutional law. Article V explains how. No executive, congressional or judicial process may do so.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/unconstitutional-us-data-mining/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US envoy summoned over drone strike

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Pakistan has summoned US envoy to Islamabad to express outrage over a recent assassination drone strike that killed nine people in the country’s northwest tribal region.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mars rover Opportunity finds traces of 'drinkable' water

0

NASA’s Mars rover Opportunity has made what may be its greatest discovery: Proof freshwater once existed on the Red Planet. The rover’s previous discoveries over the last nine years suggest that water on Mars was acidic.

Since 2011, the solar-powered six-wheel Opportunity has explored
the Endeavour Crater, the largest of the five craters already
examined by the rover.

In Endeavour, the rover found minerals dating back to the first
billion years of Martian geological history. When the rover
scraped away the top layer of a light-colored rock after several
attempts, it found traces of clay minerals with an aluminum-rich
chemical signature, suggesting they were formed through
interaction with pH-neutral water.

Other stones Opportunity tested over the years have confirmed
that water was once present on Mars, but research suggested that
it was acidic, and not capable of sustaining life.

The rock's high sulfur content and softness are probably evidence of past alteration by water. Image Credit: NASA/JPL/Cornell

“This is water you can drink,” Opportunity mission chief
scientist Steve Squyres of Cornell University said.

In 2004, twin rovers Opportunity and Spirit landed on opposite
sides of the Red Planet. They were supposed to work for three
months, but both operated for years.

Spirit operated until 2010 when it got stuck in sand, and later
stopped communicating with mission control. Opportunity continues
to gather valuable information as it moves further on the Mars
surface, though its hardware is aging — it recent experienced a
problem with its flash memory, but the operators were able to
reboot the system. 

Curiosity, the third and the newest NASA rover on Mars, arrived
on the Red Planet on August 5, 2012. It is also still operating,
and is preparing for a key mission on a Martian mountain. Earlier
this year, Curiosity also confirmed there was once freshwater on
the surface of Mars.

In 2010, a group of scientists from Colorado University published
an article in Nature Geoscience magazine, contending that 3
billion years ago, roughly one-third of the Martian surface was
covered with water. Drawing their conclusion based on data
obtained by the NASA rovers and the EU’s ESA satellite orbiting
Mars, the geoscientists suggested that Mars had rivers, lakes and
an ocean.

The ocean on Mars is said to have occupied about 36 percent of
the Red Planet’s surface, with a total volume estimated at 124
million cubic kilometers. This is less than 1/10th than that of
planet Earth — 1386 million cubic kilometers — as Mars is roughly
half the size of our home planet.

An artist's concept portrays a NASA Mars Exploration Rover on the surface of Mars. Image credit: NASA/JPL/Cornell University

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK’s GCHQ to be questioned over spying

0

Britainâ„¢s eavesdropping agency Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) is to explain its alleged links to a controversial US spying scheme, local media reports have said.

The agency is expected to release information to the British parliament’s Intelligence and Security Committee (ISC) detailing the use of material gathered through Prism monitoring programme.

The parliamentary committee led by Sir Malcolm Rifkind said British MPs are set to receive a report “very shortly” on the allegations that thousands of Britons could have been spied on by GCHQ.

The Prism programme, which was set up by America’s National Security Agency (NSA), would appear to have allowed GCHQ to circumvent legal barriers required to obtain personal material such as photos, videos and emails from an internet company based outside the UK.

According to documents obtained by The Guardian, the British agency has had access to the system since at least June 2010 and generated 197 intelligence reports from Prism in the 12 months to May 2012.

Under the Prism programme, the US government is said to have been secretly tapping into the servers of nine top internet companies, including Google, Facebook, Microsoft, Yahoo and Skype.

Earlier in April, in a leaked letter to British Home Secretary Theresa May, the worldâ„¢s five biggest internet companies refused to voluntarily cooperate with the British governmentâ„¢s controversial Communications Data Bill, known as the Å“Snooperâ„¢s Charter”.

SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama: “Nobody is listening to your phone calls” But What About Your Dishwasher?

0

Daniel Taylor
Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

In response to “revelations” that the National Security Agency is collecting vast amounts of information from Verizon customers, Obama told the press that “Nobody is listening to your phone calls.”

Whew. We can all take a deep breath of relief now. Obama says no one is watching. Or are they?

The fact is, a much wider system of surveillance is being built. It goes well beyond monitoring phone calls and e-mails. The computer you are reading this on, your washing machine, coffee maker, and other devices will be “wired” in the near future. They will be transmitting data to the “internet of things.” According to CIA chief David Patraeus these technologies will have a monumental impact on “clandestine tradecraft.”

Consumer appliances are now becoming activated and “smart.” RFID chips and wireless internet connections enable devices like televisions, refrigerators, printers, and computers to communicate with each other and generally make life easier for us. This comes at a price, however. Your privacy is eliminated.

With this surveillance grid in place, David Patraeus says that “Items of interest will be located, identified, monitored, and remotely controlled through technologies such as radio-frequency identification, sensor networks, tiny embedded servers, and energy harvesters – all connected to the next-generation internet using abundant, low-cost, and high-power computing…”

South Korea has served as a testing ground for this type of technology. The city of New Songdo was used because, according to those involved, “There is an historical expectation of less privacy.” If you want to unplug from this grid, the United Kingdom’s Ministry of Defense says that eventually, “Even amongst those who make an explicit life-style choice to remain detached, choosing to be disconnected may be considered suspicious behaviour.”

Daniel Taylor’s post first appeared on Old-thinker News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 7:00 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Afghan soldier kills three US troops

0

An Afghan soldier has killed three American soldiers serving with the US-led International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) in the southeastern Paktika Province, Press TV reports.

Local authorities said the killings occurred in the Khair Kot District of the province on Saturday, when a man in Afghan army uniform opened fire on US forces.

They added that at least two other soldiers were injured in the incident, which happened on the same day that an Italian soldier was killed, and three others wounded after their armored vehicle was attacked by a group of militants in western Afghanistan.

There are reports that the vehicle was part of a convoy of the Military Advisor Team of the Transition Support Unit South (TSUS).

The latest attack by Afghan security forces on foreign troops comes at a sensitive time for the United States and its allies, since they are preparing to withdraw the majority of their troops by 2014 under a plan that requires Afghan forces to take responsibility for the country’s security.

According to official figures released by the website icasualties.org, the overall number of the US-led soldiers killed so far this year in Afghanistan stands at 81, of which 61 are American.

The month of May was designated as the deadliest month this year for US-led troops in Afghanistan with a death toll of 26.

A total of 402 US-led soldiers lost their lives in Afghanistan in 2012. However, 2010 remains the deadliest year for US-led military casualties, with a death toll of 711.

Attacks on foreign troops are expected to rise in the next months, as Taliban militants have announced the beginning of their spring offensive across Afghanistan.

The militant group said it would use “every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and US-led forces, specifically mentioning insider and bomb attacks.

The announcement prompted the Afghan authorities to beef up security in major cities across the country, including the capital city of Kabul.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but the country is still gripped by insecurity.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Militants deployed to Lebanon’s Tripoli

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A large number of militants have been deployed to Lebanon’s flashpoint city of Tripoli, reports say, adding army commandos have also arrived in the area.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Qalibaf tours provinces in south Iran

0

Presidential candidate Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf has begun touring the provinces of Fars and Kohkylouyeh-Boyer Ahmad in the final week of campaigning.

Addressing a group of his supporters on Saturday, the Principlist candidate said the country needs changes in vision and reforms must begin from rural areas.

The Tehran Mayor lauded the efforts of previous administrations and pledged to develop the infrastructure in rural and deprived areas should he become president.

On Wednesday, Qalibaf visited Lorestan Province’s capital city of Khorramabad and blamed mismanagement for the province’s economic issues and promised to fix them as soon as possible.

Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi are the eight candidates running for president.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations which will be set up in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

PG/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Blast kills 4 in Baghdad Shia area

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least four people have been killed in a car bomb blast in a majority Shia area of the Iraqi capital, Baghdad, Iraqi officials say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Blockupy’ protest hits Frankfurt: LIVE UPDATES

0
 
 

Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for Chrome. Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


Hundreds of activists in Frankfurt, many holding colored umbrellas, prepare for a march as part of a ‘Blockupy’ protest against police violence. The march comes a week after a violent police crackdown on ‘Blockupy’ anti-austerity protests.

11:00 GMT: The ‘Blockupy’ march kicks off in Frankfurt. At
least 3,000 were expected to attend the protest. Witnesses’
estimates on the number of participants vary from 1,000 to
5,000. 

This article originally appeared on: RT

TV Debate adds to election fervor

0

Presidential candidates in Iran have held their third and final live debate on television, giving fresh impetus to the election campaign already in full swing across the country.

The debate was held on Friday, a week before Iranians go the polls on June 14th to pick the next president.

As expected, the third debate was more challenging than the two previous ones in which the candidates discussed economic and cultural issues.

The heated debate mainly focused on issues such as foreign policy, national security and resistance, developments in the Middle East and Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy program.

Å“During the last meeting that [Secretary of Iranâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council Saeed] Jalili had with the P5+1 group [of world powers] in Almaty, [Kazakhstan], they offered proposals based on which we could make progress but he did not accept those proposals,” Principlist candidate Ali Akbar Velayati said.

Å“The P5+1 group said that if you stop … enrichment and slow down the process in Fordow [nuclear facility], we will lift three sanctions. We could take a step-by-step move. In response it was said that we do this and you should lift all the sanctions. This means you donâ„¢t want to make progress. This is not diplomacy,” Velayati added.

Principlist presidential candidate Saeed Jalili said, Å“You should not manipulate information and news. What you said about the Almaty talks is absolutely wrong. Everything was recorded. In Almaty we said that we take reciprocal steps. If you take one step, we will take another. If you go 25 kilometers we will do the same.”

Reformist presidential candidate Hassan Rohani also stated, Å“Mr. Rezaei! You are the same person who said that the UN Security Council is much better than the Board of Governors and that why Mr. Rohani had prevented Iranâ„¢s nuclear dossier from being sent to the UN Security Council. You are the same person and now you are advising me.”

Å“This is a good historical experience but it should not be said that any of us should not seek to disclose secrets about others. In fact, this indicates the honesty of the officials towards people,” Independent presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei said.

Å“Mr. Rezaei speaks in such a way as we donâ„¢t care about the news and problems of people and that he is the only one who is doing so,” Principlist presidential candidate Gholam Ali Haddad-Adel said.

The final debate was also a chance for candidates to try to address the concerns of potential voters among them media freedom, civil rights, and freedom of expression.

Å“My question is who is responsible for the current situation. People have the right to know who is responsible and itâ„¢s a good idea,” reformist presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref said.

Å“This debate provides an opportunity for everyone to talk about his capacities and prove his capabilities,” independent presidential candidate Mohammad Gharazi said.

Meanwhile, regarding the US-backed move by certain powers in taking a number of Iranian satellite channels off the air, Principlist candidate Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf said, Å“In fact, the move by certain powers in taking a number of Iranian satellite channels off the air shows these powers only claim to defend freedom of expression and democracy so long as their interests are not threatened.”

Following the final debate, the candidates came among reporters and voiced their views.

Å“The debate was great. It was real and open. Each of the candidates could frankly express his views and now people should judge,” Velayati said.

Å“I believe the administration should be transparent and there should be a free flow of information. Otherwise, the administration will face problems,” Rohani said.

Å“The winning card of each candidate can be his views and ideas and that how honest he has on his part and how much people like his views,” Jalili said.

It is still unclear who won over the TV audience, however, analysts believe that the high number of candidates will likely split the votes which will lead the race to the second round.

In the coming days, it will become clear if any one of the candidates will quit the race in favor of others.

Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the upcoming presidential election, and some 285 polling stations will be set up abroad for Iranian expats.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

SF/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Afghan soldier kills three US troops

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]An Afghan soldier has killed three American soldiers serving with the US-led International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) in the southeastern Paktia Province.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Assange on PRISM: US justice system in ‘calamitous’ collapse

0

WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has slammed a recently exposed NSA mass-surveillance scheme as a “calamitous collapse in the rule of law.” Google, Facebook and other tech giants apparently involved have denied giving the NSA access to their servers.

Assange accused the US government of trying to “launder” its
activities concerning the large-scale spying program PRISM. The
system was made public after a leaked classified
National Security Agency (NSA) document was revealed earlier this
week.

“The US administration has the phone records of everyone in
the United States and is receiving them daily from carriers to
the National Security Agency under secret agreements. That’s
what’s come out
,” he said.

President Barack Obama earlier defended PRISM, saying it was a key part of
the country’s counterterrorism efforts and that privacy was a
necessary sacrifice for the sake of security. He also lashed out
at the media, and those who leaked information on the massive
spying program.

U.S. President Barack Obama (AFP Photo / Stephen Lam)

“If every step that we are taking to try to prevent a
terrorist act is on the front page of the newspapers or any
television, then presumably the people that are trying to do us
harm are going to be able to get around our preventative
measures
,” Obama said.

Critics of the Obama Administration have accused it of an
unprecedented crackdown on whistleblowers — more government
officials are being prosecuted for leaks under Obama than all
previous administrations combined. News of PRISM comes just after
reports that the Justice Department secretly obtained two months
of AP reporters’ telephone records and tapped Fox News reporter James
Rosen’s private email.

“Over the last 10 years, the US justice system has suffered
from a collapse, a calamitous collapse, in the rule of law
,”
Assange said.

The US tech giants apparently involved in PRISM have rushed to
deny they participated in the program; their logos were visible
on each the 41 PowerPoint slides of the leaked NSA document.

“Indeed, the US government does not have direct access or a
‘back door’ to the information stored in our data centers. We had
not heard of a program called PRISM until yesterday
,” Google
CEO Larry Page and Chief Legal Officer David Drummond said in a
statement.

Google’s remarks mirrored those by Apple, Facebook, Microsoft,
Yahoo. All have claimed they have no knowledge of whether the NSA
had direct access to their servers, and that only upon legal
orders do they provide the government with data on specific
persons.

While activists debate the legality and ethics of online
espionage and high-tech firms try to distance themselves from the
revelations, a former NSA official believes PRISM is largely
ineffective, as the amount of data it collects cannot be
effectively digested by a surveillance system.

“In fact it adds more of a problem because what that means,
quite simply, is that if you go into a larger database, you get
more data back no matter what the query is. It’s like making a
query with Google. If you go in with a Google query you can get
tens of thousands, or hundreds of thousands or even a million
returns. Well, there’s no way you can go through that, all of
that, to see what you’re really interested in. So what that does
is make them less proficient at doing their jobs,
” former NSA
analyst William Binney told RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Police probe California shooting

0

Los Angeles Police Department officers along with Los Angeles County Sheriff deputies search the campus of Santa Monica College after a reported shooting on Friday, June 7.

US police have launched a probe into a shooting incident in which a gunman dressed in black killed at least four people and injured several others in the state of California.

The investigation, which was started on Saturday, came a day after the gun rampage unfolded in the city of Santa Monica just miles from where President Barack Obama was speaking at a political fundraiser.

However, the Secret Service called the bloodshed a Å“local police matter,” that appeared unrelated to the presidentâ„¢s visit to the city.

Å“We are aware of the incident and it is not impacting the visit. It’s a local police matter at this point,” a Secret Service spokesman in Washington said.

Police at first put the death toll from the attack at six, but later revised it to five people dead, including the gunman himself.

According to police, the fatal assault started at a house in the coastal city before the gunman, wearing a bullet-proof jacket, made his way to Santa Monica College.

The attacker killed two people in the house before setting it on fire. The victims were reportedly the gunman’s father and brother.

Santa Monica Police Sergeant Richard Lewis said the shooter afterwards carjacked a woman and ordered her to drive. He fired several rounds at a city bus on his way.

Arriving at the college, the man, who was armed with an AR-15 style rifle and at least one handgun, opened fire on a vehicle in a staff parking lot and killed the driver, Lewis added

He further said that the attacker fatally shot another victim at the college before getting killed in an exchange of gunfire with police.

Investigators had not yet discovered a motive for the shooting rampage, Lewis noted.

The incident was the latest in string of mass shootings over the past year in the US. On December 14, 2012, twenty children and six adult victims were fatally shot by a gunman — who later killed himself — at the Sandy Hook Elementary School in the town of Newtown in the US state of Connecticut. Earlier in the day, the assailant killed his mother in another location.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Last militant bastion near Qusayr taken’

0

Syrian army has retaken control of the last militant bastion near the strategic town of Qusayr, which borders Lebanon, Press TV reports.

Government forces restored security in the village of Eastern Bweida on Saturday.

On Friday, Syrian troops managed to retake control of several villages near Qusayr in Homs province.

According to Syrian sources, the army pushed foreign-backed militants out of the central villages of Salhiyeh and Masoudiyeh, just north of Qusayr.

Scores of militants are reported to have been killed in the clashes.

The latest series of military successes come a day after government forces recaptured the nearby village of al-Dabaâ„¢a and retook control of a border crossing in the Golan Heights.

Syrian troops established control over the key city of al-Qusayr on Wednesday following weeks of heavy clashes with militants. Al-Qusayr, which lies 10km from the Lebanese border, was a major supply route for militants fighting against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

The Syrian Army is now in control of most of the towns and villages near the border with Lebanon.

There have been reports of heavy clashes between government forces and militants in Aleppo, Lattakia, Idlib, Deir Ezzor and several Damascus suburbs.

According to Syria’s official news agency SANA, Saudi and Yemeni nationals were among those killed in Lattakia clashes.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

HM/KA/DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Italian soldier killed in Afghanistan

0

Italian soldiers with the NATO-led International Security Assistance Force help a wounded comrade.(file photo)

An Italian soldier has been killed, and three others wounded in an attack in Afghanistan.

The incident took place after their armored vehicle was attacked in western Afghanistan, the defence ministry and the military said on Saturday.

According to a statement released by the military chiefs of staff in Rome, the vehicle was returning to the Farah base when it was attacked “by enemy elements.”

There are reports that the vehicle was part of a convoy of the Military Advisor Team of the Transition Support Unit South (TSUS).

On Thursday, the US-led NATO forces in Afghanistan confirmed the death of at least seven Georgian soldiers in a car bomb attack in the restive southern province of Helmand. The military alliance said in a statement that the soldiers were killed when Taliban militants blew up an explosive-laden truck outside a Georgian military base in the country’s volatile south.

According to the icasualties website, at least 3,330 foreign soldiers have been killed in Afghanistan since the US-led war began in 2001.

The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across Afghanistan, despite the presence of thousands of US-led troops.

The increasing number of military casualties in Afghanistan has caused widespread anger in the US and other NATO member states, undermining public support for the Afghan war.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘UK drone strikes violate int’l law’

0

Britainâ„¢s operating of killer drones in Afghanistan may be violating the international law, a legal firm representing peace campaigners has argued in an opinion piece.

The legal opinion by Public Interest Lawyers argues that the use of killer drones in Afghanistan is a breach of the international law under the European Convention for Human Rights (ECHR).

The document says that the ECHRâ„¢s article 2 requires the governments to use Å“no more [force] than absolutely necessary” during conflicts.

“Only when it is absolutely necessary to kill someone rather than arrest/disable them will the use of drones be lawful. And even then, drones may only be used for … self defence under 2(2)(c),” it says.

According to the Public Interest Lawyers, this means that the ECHR obliges Britain to the use of killer drones only in Å“situations in which there is an immediate threat to life” that Å“prevents the carrying out of ‘targeted killings’ and narrowly circumscribes their use even on ‘the battlefield'”.

“There is therefore a strong presumption that the UK’s drones programme is in breach of international law,” it adds.

The British Ministry of Defense announced back in April that they are operating killer drones in Afghanistan by remote-pilots from RAF Waddington base in Lincolnshire.

The ministry claims its operations are in accordance with applicable international humanitarian law.

This comes as drone attacks normally come with extreme Å“collateral damage” to the civilian population even when taking the American and British claims that they are targeting terrorists by terror drones as true.

Hundreds of civilians have been killed the remote-controlled killer drones strikes on various parts of Afghanistan over the past years.

Civiliansâ„¢ casualties have triggered widespread protests against killer drone attacks in the Asian country with the Afghan government repeatedly calling for an end to the deadly assaults.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US will regret sanctions on Iran: Rezaei

0

Iranian Presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei addresses a crowd of supporters in the central city of Isfahan.

Iranian Presidential contender Mohsen Rezaei says US officials will one day regret imposing sanctions and restrictions on Iran over the countryâ„¢s nuclear energy program.

Addressing a crowd of supporters in the central city of Isfahan, the independent candidate argued that the Western embargoes have prompted Iran to develop and master technologies on its own, with the least or even without any assistance from the outside world.

Rezaei, currently the secretary of Iranâ„¢s Expediency Council, went on to say that the scenario orchestrated by the US and its allies to isolate Iran has been counterproductive.

The United States and the European Union used the allegation that Iran pursues non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program as a pretext to push the UN Security Council to impose four rounds of sanctions on the Islamic Republic between 2006 and 2010.

At the beginning of 2012, the US and the European Union imposed new sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors aimed at preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran.

Iran has vehemently denied the allegations, citing religious prohibitions and a firm commitment to the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT).

Rezaei also urged the Iranian nation not to allow the country to fall into the hands of incompetent and indifferent individuals.

Rezaei is competing against Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, and some 285 polling stations will be set up overseas for Iranian expatriates.

ASH/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Italian soldier killed in Afghanistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]An Italian soldier has been killed and three others wounded in an attack in Afghanistan.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria takes militant's last Qusayr bastion

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Syrian Army has retaken control of the last militant bastion near the strategic town of Qusayr, which borders Lebanon, Press TV reports.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran envoy presents credentials to Pope

0

Argentina’s Jorge Bergoglio, elected Pope Francis I, appears on the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica after being elected by the conclave of cardinals at the Vatican on March 13, 2013.

Iranâ„¢s new ambassador to the Holy See has presented his credentials to Pope Francis I and discussed different international issues with the pontiff, Press TV reports.

On Thursday, Mohammad Taher Rabbani was received by Pope Francis I at Vatican’s Apostolic Palace, where he presented the Pope with his credentials.

The ambassador was accompanied by his diplomatic delegation with the Pope individually greeting each one.

Rabbani previously served as Iranâ„¢s ambassador to Guinea and Qatar. He was also the director of Iranian Foreign Ministryâ„¢s Department for Parliamentary and Legislative Affairs.

As a souvenir, Rabbani gave the Pope a tapestry that was made in his home town as well as a book collection.

During the meeting, the Iranian diplomat and the head of the Catholic Church discussed, among other issues, the cultural crises gripping the countries hit by the global economic downturn.

On March 13, Cardinal Jorge Mario Bergoglio of Argentina was named the new pope of the Roman Catholic Church, taking the nickname of Pope Francis I.

Å“Pope Francis I is a humble man, who lives a simple life. His words and his massage are addressed to the poor, the people from the slums and those who are in need of spiritual support, particularly in this tough times we are going through,” Rabbani told Press TV.

Å“I think it is very important, because it favors global harmony,” he added.

After the endless series of scandals that hit the Vatican, Pope Francis has called for changes within the Catholic Church.

Å“Pope Francis I is still assessing the situation. He has not been able to replace any of the Church officials yet. He is trying to set an example with his humble behavior and reduce the distance between the Church and the people,” Rabbani said.

Iran and the Vatican have continued their collaboration in cultural and scientific issues for years and have been engaged in inter-religious dialog in the form of biannual meetings.

ASH/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Sharif Satellite set for launch in Iran'

0

Iran launched its first indigenous Omid (Hope) satellite in 2009 aboard Safir (Ambassador) carrier. (File photo)

Iranian experts have finished the construction of the indigenous Sharif Satellite, scheduled to be launched into space in three months, says the head of the university where the satellite has been made.

Å“[The construction of] Sharif Satellite has been completed and it is currently in line to be launched,” said Chancellor of Sharif University of Technology Reza Roosta-Azad in a Saturday interview.

Experts are using the time before the launch to upgrade the satellite, he added.

The Iranian academic noted that Sharif Satellite will be launched on board the indigenous Safir B-1 carrier.

More than 100 Iranian students, scholars and academics have been involved in designing and constructing the indigenous satellite, which weighs less than 50 kilograms, he added.

On January 28, the Islamic Republic of Iran sent a monkey into space aboard an indigenous bio-capsule, code-named Pishgam (Pioneer), as a prelude to sending humans on space missions.

Iran launched its first indigenous satellite, Omid (Hope), in 2009. The country also sent its first bio-capsule containing living creatures into the space in February 2010, using the indigenous Kavoshgar-3 (Explorer-3) carrier.

In June 2011, Iran put the 15.3-kilogram Rasad (Observation) orbiter in space. Rasad’s mission was to take images of the Earth and transmit them along with telemetry information to ground stations.

Iran also launched Navid-e Elm-o Sanat (Harbinger of Science and Industry), another indigenous satellite, into the orbit on February 3, 2012.

Iran is one of the 24 founding members of the UN Committee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space, which was set up in 1959.

ASH/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘US Army chief in Japan suspended’

0

The US Army chief in Japan has been suspended for allegedly failing to properly report or investigate a sexual assault complaint, the Pentagon says.

The Pentagon said in a statement on Friday that Major General Michael Harrison was suspended due to allegations that he Å“failed in his duties as a commander to report or properly investigate an allegation of sexual assault.”

The Pentagon did not immediately provided further details on the sexual assault in question.

Harrison was suspended by Army Secretary John McHugh and Army chief General Ray Odierno, and will be replaced by Major General James Boozer, former deputy commanding general of the US Army in Europe, until the investigation is complete, the statement further read.

A newly-released report by the Pentagon on sexual assaults in the military indicates that unwanted sexual contact in the military soared by 37 percent in 2012 to reach 26,000 cases from 19,000 a year earlier.

The sharp increase in the number of sexual assault cases comes as the Pentagon is planning to integrate women into front-line combat roles.

According to a survey conducted in 2011, about one out of five military women said they had been the victims of sexual assault by another service member since joining the military.”

YH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama Should Have Given Americans a Choice

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/obama_should_have_given_americans_a_choice_20130608/

Posted on Jun 8, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

PM Medvedev reaches 1 million ‘likes’ on Facebook

0

The Facebook page of the premier of the Russian government has reached the landmark of 1 million ‘likes.’ Dmitry Medvedev said the result is due to Russians’ genuine interest in the work of their government.

“Thanks to everyone who takes interest in the work of the
government. Your opinion is very important to me and my
team,”
Prime Minister Medvedev wrote in a recent Facebook
post.

In a short video address the PM posted on his Facebook — with one
million ‘likes’ shown as the background — Medvedev said it is
important the government maintain a presence on social networks.
During his presidency, Medvedev pioneered the idea of “Internet
government” as a way of encouraging “true democracy” in Russia.

“We can get a quick response to any of our decisions or
actions — and we actually do receive it. We can listen to your
remarks and wishes, discuss something. We always tried to do it
that way, but with the social networks in place it has become
much easier — and also more difficult, because comments are so
numerous,”
Medvedev said.

“I do personally check out your comments and try to reply to
some of them — when I have time. So please do write [to us],
speak out, share your observations: we’ve got to help each other
to keep the track of events,”
he added.

Medvedev is known for his love of gadgets and new media: He
maintains accounts on Facebook and Twitter, and also on both of
Russia’s biggest social networks, VKontakte (‘in contact’) and
Odnoklassniki (‘classmates’).

Russian President Dmitry Medvedev makes a video blog post at the presidential residence in Gorki, outside of Moscow, on November 2, 2008. (AFP Photo / Dmitry Astashov)

In October 2012, Medvedev welcomed Facebook founder Mark
Zuckerberg to his governmental residence in Gorki near Moscow.
The American guest presented Medvedev with a white t-shirt
emblazoned with the address of Medvedev’s Facebook page.

The Russian PM — and former president — has still some way to go:
the Facebook page of US President Barack Obama boasts more than
35 million likes.

Russian President Vladimir Putin has never expressed a particular
interest in social networks, though there are other politicians
in Moscow working to forge closer ties with the electorate
through the web. 

Russia's Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev (L) receives a T-shirt as a present from Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg (R) during their meeting at the Gorki residence outside Moscow, on October 1, 2012. (AFP Photo / Alexander Zemlianichenko)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Texas woman arrested for ricin letters

0

A pregnant woman from the US state of Texas has been charged with threatening President Barack Obama after allegedly sending a ricin-tainted letter to him.

Shannon Guess Richardson, 35, who is an actress and mother of five appeared in a court in the city of Texarkana on Friday after being arrested earlier in the day.

The 35-year-old first accused her husband of mailing the ricin-laced letters as officials say she contacted the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) on May 30 to implicate Nathaniel Richardson.

However, according to an FBI affidavit, investigators detected a number of inconsistencies in her story. She also failed a polygraph test.

Richardson is said to have admitted sending the letters afterwards, knowing they included ricin, but she claimed that her husband had typed them and made her mail them.

No charges have been filed against Richardsonâ„¢s husband whose attorney says might be set up by his wife since the couple is going through a divorce.

The threatening letters were mailed to the White House, New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg and the mayorâ„¢s Washington gun-control group. They were sent from Shreveport, Louisiana, on 20 May, without a return address.

On June 5, FBI agents in protective suits searched Richardsonsâ„¢ house in nearby New Boston, about 241 kilometers (150 miles) northeast of Dallas near the Arkansas and Oklahoma borders.

At least three cases have been investigated by the FBI over the past two months in which ricin was posted to the US president and other public figures.

If swallowed, ricin can result in death by closing the liver and other organs. It is also said that a tiny amount of ricin that can fit on the head of a pin is sufficient to kill an adult if appropriately prepared.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pentagon Blackout: “Large American Military Force” Deployed to Syrian Border

0


Pentagons Protest

The catalyst for the next great war will likely occur somewhere in the middle east. The Americans know this. As do the Russians and the Chinese. And as with the last two ‘great wars,’ the groundwork is being laid well ahead of time.

A large American military force disembarked Tuesday, June 4, at the southern Jordanian port of Aqaba — ready for deployment on the kingdom’s Syrian border, DEBKAfile’s exclusive military sources report. The force made its way north along the Aqaba-Jerash-Ajilon mountain road bisecting Jordan from south to north, under heavy Jordanian military escort.

Our sources disclose that this American force numbers 1,000 troops, the largest to land in Jordan since the Syrian civil war erupted in March 2012. They are members of the 24th Marine Expeditionary Force carried aboard the USS Kearsageamphibious assault ship, which has been anchored off neighboring Israeli Eilat since mid-May. Upon landing, the marines took to the road in a convoy of armored vehicles including Hummers.

Washington and Amman have imposed a blackout on their arrival.

…

According to our US sources, the arrival of the US force in Jordan was not directly related to the regular exercise but decided on at an emergency meeting at the Pentagon on May 31, which was attended by top military and civilian Defense Department officials. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel, who is away from Washington, took part by video conference.

DebkaFile via Steve Quayle

Just last month the Russians, in response to a multi-year American Naval buildup, deployed the majority of their Pacific Fleet to the Mediterranean, and they are now shifting nuclear submarines to the region.

Sides are being taken, with Russia providing material support to the Assad regime and the United States providing money and weapons to the Free Syrian Army rebels, who sources claim are not only not Syrian, but likely operatives of America’s sworn enemy Al Queda.

There will be no draw down of troops or naval assets in the near future. Russia and the United States, as well as China, have strategic reasons for being in the region, and no one is going to pull back.

A terrible future lies ahead for the people of Syria and the greater world as this conflict continues to escalate.

Brandon Smith of Alt-Market.com puts forth an in depth analysis of the situation:

Using Vietnam and other proxy wars as a reference, here is how I believe the war in Syria is likely to progress over the coming months:

  1. Heavy weapons will be supplied to the insurgency, including anti-aircraft weapons, leading to increased casualties, especially civilian casualties.
  2. Assad will respond with expanded and deadly airstrikes and ground troops will advance with the aid of Hezbollah.
  3. Iran will begin openly supplying arms, and step up covert supplies of advisors and ground troops.
  4. Russia will increase arms shipments even further, including anti-ship, anti-tank and anti-aircraft missiles in order to dissuade U.S. and Israeli interests from sending their own forces into the area.
  5. Syrian insurgents will begin losing ground quickly. The UN will offer to “mediate” a ceasefire, but this will only be designed to allow the insurgents time to regroup, and for the U.S., EU and Israel to position themselves for attack.
  6. The UN ceasefire talks will be a wash, if they even take place. Israel will begin regular airstrikes in the name of stopping Iran and Hezbollah from interfering in the war, or to stop them from obtaining “chemical weapons.” The strikes will be aimed at Syrian military facilities and Syrian infrastructure. There will be many civilian casualties.
  7. Syria will respond with ground to air and ground to ground missiles. Israeli cities will see far more precise targeting than the scud missiles used by Iraq during Gulf I and Gulf II. Civilian deaths will be much higher than expected, despite common claims that Israeli missile defenses are the most advanced in the world (Israel has never faced the threat of advanced Russian missile systems).
  8. A no-fly zone will be announced over Syria, enforced by U.S. and Israeli planes, along with anti-aircraft batteries.
  9. A violent attack will take place in Israel, likely against a civilian population center (I would not be surprised if chemical weapons are involved). The attack will be blamed on the Assad government, or affiliated allies. It might be a real attack or it might be a false flag. In either case, the result will be the commitment of Israeli ground troops.
  10. I think it highly probable that Israel will be the first Western country to invade Syria. However, their involvement will immediately draw a declaration of war from Iran, and, increased ship movements from Russia, which maintains a strategic naval base off the coast of Tartus.
  11. Israel will be swallowed up in a strategic quandary, and will demand U.S. military action. The U.S. will supply that action. Combat will spread into cross-border battles in countries not directly engaged in the fight (as it did in Cambodia during Vietnam).
  12. China will respond with economic retaliation, dumping the U.S. dollar as the world reserve currency. Russia will respond by reducing petro-product exports to Europe and staging a massive naval presence in the region. From this point, all bets are off…

Now, the temptation here is for one to immediately take sides and to look at this conflict through the lens of “East vs. West.” This would be a mistake. The Syrian government has in the past acted in tyrannical fashion (though much of the latest accusations appear to be propaganda designed to lure the American public into rallying around another war).

Russia is just as restrictive an oligarchy as the U.S. or the EU. China’s society is a communist nightmare state and the average globalist’s aspiration for what they want America to become one day. Iran has many oppressive policies and is certainly not the kind of country I would ever want to live in. The Syrian insurgency is a mixture of immoral and unprincipled death squads and paid covert wet-work agents. The U.S. government is immorally supplying the cash and weapons for them to operate in the name of fighting the same kind of tyranny that is being instituting here at home.

The point is, there are no “good guys” in this story. There are no heroes; only the insiders, the outsiders, and the general public.

Full analysis at Alt Market: The Terrible Future of the Syrian War

Very few, if any, major conflicts throughout history erupted overnight.

Chess pieces were positioned for years, sometimes decades, before all-out conflict took place.

These people — our dear leaders in America, Russia, China, Syria and Iran among others — are actively pursuing a strategy that is going to get hundreds of millions of people killed.

They are going to take the world to war… again.

Get ready for it, because we are going to see it in our lifetimes.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 23,164 people
Date: June 5th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Dissolving Micro-Chip Will Tell Big Brother Your Every Move

0


Dissolving Tracking Chip

John Rogers PhD and his team work out of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. They, along with other teams at Tufts are developing transient electronics, tiny micro-thin chips that dissolve when they have served their purpose.

On April 8th this year their research paper was presented to the American Chemical Society at their annual National meeting, this year it was held in New Orleans.

Rogers spoke eloquently of the technology, explaining its possible use and exactly how the chips work. There was nothing negative at all in the presentation. Nothing was mentioned about the possible negative uses of such technology.

In a nutshell, micro-thin, soluble electronic chips are implanted into an equally thin medium that is also soluble. The amount of ‘wrapping’ around the chip denotes how fast it will dissolve. Once the final encapsulation layer has dissolved, the chip,within an hour, does the same, leaving no trace behind. There’s nothing at all to indicate it was ever there in the first place.

Rogers said during his presentation:

“…many new opportunities open up once you start thinking about electronics that could disappear in a controlled and programmable way.”

Indeed they do.

The good doctor highlighted some areas he feels transient electronics could be useful. Cell phones that cease to work at a given, pre-ordained date when you would have to buy an updated phone. Water sensors that would not need to be collected after submitting their data. Medical implants that were not required for life would just fade away to save further surgery to retrieve them.

He also briefed the audience on piezoelectric transient electronics. These are like tiny generators that produce electricity without an outside source, their zinc-oxide components make them work purely by muscle power, possibly making them the pacemaker of the future.

What was not said was that these tiny electronic devices are small enough to be injected and implanted without the recipient noticing. They can, as Rogers admitted, be placed in cell phones at the time of manufacture or at any point thereafter. It seems logical to assume that they could also be put into computers, cars, flashlights or any other object you care to think of.

How about babies? That would be relatively easy.

Children could be traced, tracked and followed from cradle to grave…how convenient.

Shop lifters could be transiently tagged so the ‘monitors’ would know if they went near forbidden stores.

Hell, we could self-destruct terrorists…or anyone else that happened to be inconvenient if we laced the inner wrappers with cyanide. Agenda 21 made easy.

How about implanting people so if they overeat, smoke or take drugs, the chips dissolve and eliminate the person problem? Far less people would need medical insurance.

I think the chances of transient electronics being used purely for the good of mankind is zero. The possibilities for this technology are huge and extremely wide ranging and there is no reason to think that governments won’t use it.

At the end of his presentation Rogers thanked the benefactors that had provided research grants:

Defence Advanced ResearchProjects Agency (DARPA)

The National Science Foundation

The Airforce Office Of Scientific Research

The US Department Of Energy

The National Institute Of Biomedical Imaging and Engineering

The National Institute Of Health

Not a lot more to say really is there?

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple


Chris Carrington is a writer, researcher and lecturer with a background in science, technology and environmental studies. Chris is an editor for The Daily Sheeple. Wake the flock up!

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Chris Carrington
Views:
Read by 7,735 people
Date: June 5th, 2013
Website: http://www.thedailysheeple.com/


Copyright Information: This content has been contributed to SHTFplan by a third-party or has been republished with permission from the author. Please contact the author directly for republishing information.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Is the Government Also Monitoring the CONTENT of Our Phone Calls?

0

Big Brother Is Watching

Yes, Government Spooks May Be Listening

The Obama administration has been caught spying on the Verizon phone calls of tens of millions of Americans.

But the government has sought to “reassure” us that it is only tracking “metadata” such as the time and place of the calls, and not the actual content of the calls.

That claim is patently absurd.

The American government is in fact collecting and storing virtually every phone call, purchases, email, text message, internet searches, social media communications, health information, employment history, travel and student records, and virtually all other information of every American.

All U.S. intelligence agencies — including the CIA and NSA — are going to spy on Americans’ finances. The IRS will be spying on Americans’ shopping records, travel, social interactions, health records and filesfrom other government investigators.

As the top spy chief at the U.S. National Security Agency — William Binney — explained, the NSA is collecting some 100 billion 1,000-character emails per day, and 20 trillion communications of all types per year.

Binney says that the government has collected all of the communications of congressional leaders, generals and everyone else in the U.S. for the last 10 years.

Binney further explains that he set up the NSA’s system so that all of the information would automatically be encrypted, so that the government had to obtain a search warrant based upon probably cause before a particular suspect’s communications could be decrypted. But the NSA now collects all data in an unencrypted form, so that no probable cause is needed to view any citizen’s information. He says that it is actually cheaper and easier to store the data in an encrypted format: so the government’s current system is being done for political — not practical — purposes.

Binney says that if anyone gets on the government’s “enemies list”, then the stored information will be used to target them. Specifically, he notes that if the government decides it doesn’t like someone, it analyzes all of the data it has collected on that person and his or her associates over the last 10 years to build a case against him. This includes whistleblowers, activists or even government insiders … like the head of the CIA.

Indeed, whistleblowers revealed years ago that the NSA was vacuuming up virtually all Internet communications.

The Other Types of Spying the Government Is Doing On Us

In addition, the amount of money and effort the government is putting into spying on Americans using a wide variety of other technologies tends to discredit any notion that the government is exercising restraint in monitoring our phone calls (which are already being tapped) for content.

For example, the government is flying drones over the American homeland to spy on us.

Senator Rand Paul correctly notes:

The domestic use of drones to spy on Americans clearly violates the Fourth Amendment and limits our rights to personal privacy.

Emptywheel notes in a post entitled “The OTHER Assault on the Fourth Amendment in the NDAA? Drones at Your Airport?”:

http://www.emptywheel.net/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Picture-7.png

***

As the map above makes clear—taken from this 2010 report—DOD [the Department of Defense] plans to have drones all over the country by 2015.

Many police departments are also using drones to spy on us. As the Hill reported:

At least 13 state and local police agencies around the country have used drones in the field or in training, according to the Association for Unmanned Vehicle Systems International, an industry trade group. The Federal Aviation Administration has predicted that by the end of the decade, 30,000 commercial and government drones could be flying over U.S. skies.

***

“Drones should only be used if subject to a powerful framework that regulates their use in order to avoid abuse and invasions of privacy,” Chris Calabrese, a legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union, said during a congressional forum in Texas last month.

He argued police should only fly drones over private property if they have a warrant, information collected with drones should be promptly destroyed when it’s no longer needed and domestic drones should not carry any weapons.

He argued that drones pose a more serious threat to privacy than helicopters because they are cheaper to use and can hover in the sky for longer periods of time.

A congressional report earlier this year predicted that drones could soon be equipped with technologies to identify faces or track people based on their height, age, gender and skin color.

Moreover, Wired reports:

Transit authorities in cities across the country are quietly installing microphone-enabled surveillance systems on public buses that would give them the ability to record and store private conversations….

The systems are being installed in San Francisco, Baltimore, and other cities with funding from the Department of Homeland Security in some cases ….

The IP audio-video systems can be accessed remotely via a built-in web server (.pdf), and can be combined with GPS data to track the movement of buses and passengers throughout the city.

***

The systems use cables or WiFi to pair audio conversations with camera images in order to produce synchronous recordings. Audio and video can be monitored in real-time, but are also stored onboard in blackbox-like devices, generally for 30 days, for later retrieval. Four to six cameras with mics are generally installed throughout a bus, including one near the driver and one on the exterior of the bus.

***

Privacy and security expert Ashkan Soltani told the Daily that the audio could easily be coupled with facial recognition systems or audio recognition technology to identify passengers caught on the recordings.

RT notes:

Street lights that can spy installed in some American cities

America welcomes a new brand of smart street lightning systems: energy-efficient, long-lasting, complete with LED screens to show ads. They can also spy on citizens in a way George Orwell would not have imagined in his worst nightmare.

With a price tag of $3,000+ apiece, according to an ABC report, the street lights are now being rolled out in Detroit, Chicago and Pittsburgh, and may soon mushroom all across the country.

Part of the Intellistreets systems made by the company Illuminating Concepts, they havea number of “homeland security applications” attached.

Each has a microprocessor “essentially similar to an iPhone,” capable of by Text-Enhance” href=”http://rt.com/news/big-brother-street-lamps-286/#” target=”_blank”>wireless communication. Each can capture images and count people for the police through a digital camera, record conversations of passers-by and even give voice commands thanks to a built-in speaker.

Ron Harwood, president and founder of Illuminating Concepts, says he eyed the creation of such a system after the 9/11 terrorist attacks and the Hurricane Katrina disaster. He is“working with Homeland Security” to deliver his dream of making people “more informed and safer.”

Cell towers track where your phone is at any moment, and the major cell carriers, including Verizon and AT&T, responded to at least 1.3 million law enforcement requests for cell phone locations and other data in 2011. (And — given that your smartphone routinely sends your location information back to Apple or Google — it would be child’s play for the government to track your location that way.) Your iPhone, orother brand of smartphone is spying on virtually everything you do (ProPublica notes: “That’s No Phone. That’s My Tracker“).

Fox news notes that the government is insisting that “black boxes” be installed in cars to track your location.

The TSA has moved way past airports, trains and sports stadiums, and is deploying mobile scanners to spy on people all over the place. This means that traveling within the United States is no longer a private affair.

You might also have seen the news this week that the Department of Homeland Security is going tocontinue to allow searches of laptops and phones based upon “hunches”.

What’s that about?

The ACLU published a map in 2006 showing that nearly two-thirds of the American public — 197.4 million people — live within a “constitution-free zone” within 100 miles of land and coastal borders:

The ACLU explained:

  • Normally under the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the American people are not generally subject to random and arbitrary stops and searches.
  • The border, however, has always been an exception. There, the longstanding view is that the normal rules do not apply. For example the authorities do not need a warrant or probable cause to conduct a “routine search.”
  • But what is “the border”? According to the government, it is a 100-mile wide strip that wraps around the “external boundary” of the United States.
  • As a result of this claimed authority, individuals who are far away from the border, American citizens traveling from one place in America to another, are being stopped and harassed in ways that our Constitution does not permit.
  • Border Patrol has been setting up checkpoints inland – on highways in states such as California, Texas and Arizona, and at ferry terminals in Washington State. Typically, the agents ask drivers and passengers about their citizenship. Unfortunately, our courts so far have permitted these kinds of checkpoints — legally speaking, they are “administrative” stops that are permitted only for the specific purpose of protecting the nation’s borders. They cannot become general drug-search or other law enforcement efforts.
  • However, these stops by Border Patrol agents are not remaining confined to that border security purpose. On the roads of California and elsewhere in the nation — places far removed from the actual border — agents are stopping, interrogating, and searching Americans on an everyday basis with absolutely no suspicion of wrongdoing.
  • The bottom line is that the extraordinary authorities that the government possesses at the border are spilling into regular American streets.

Computer World reports:

Border agents don’t need probable cause and they don’t need a stinking warrant since they don’t need to prove any reasonable suspicion first. Nor, sadly, do two out of three people have First Amendment protection; it is as if DHS has voided those Constitutional amendments and protections they provide to nearly 200 million Americans.

***

Don’t be silly by thinking this means only if you are physically trying to cross the international border. As we saw when discussing the DEA using license plate readers and data-mining to track Americans movements, the U.S. “border” stretches out 100 miles beyond the true border. Godfather Politics added:

But wait, it gets even better! If you live anywhere in Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey or Rhode Island, DHS says the search zones encompass the entire state.

Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and Customs and Border Protection (CBP) have a “longstanding constitutional and statutory authority permitting suspicionless and warrantless searches of merchandise at the border and its functional equivalent.” This applies to electronic devices, according to the recent CLCR “Border Searches of Electronic Devices” executive summary [PDF]:

Fourth Amendment

The overall authority to conduct border searches without suspicion or warrant is clear and longstanding, and courts have not treated searches of electronic devices any differently than searches of other objects. We conclude that CBP’s and ICE’s current border search policies comply with the Fourth Amendment. We also conclude that imposing a requirement that officers have reasonable suspicion in order to conduct a border search of an electronic device would be operationally harmful without concomitant civil rights/civil liberties benefits. However, we do think that recording more information about why searches are performed would help managers and leadership supervise the use of border search authority, and this is what we recommended; CBP has agreed and has implemented this change beginning in FY2012.***

The ACLU said, Wait one darn minute! Hello, what happened to the Constitution? Where is the rest of CLCR report on the “policy of combing through and sometimes confiscating travelers’ laptops, cell phones, and other electronic devices–even when there is no suspicion of wrongdoing?” DHS maintains it is not violating our constitutional rights, so the ACLU said:

If it’s true that our rights are safe and that DHS is doing all the things it needs to do to safeguard them, then why won’t it show us the results of its assessment? And why would it be legitimate to keep a report about the impact of a policy on the public’s rights hidden from the very public being affected?

***

As Christian Post wrote, “Your constitutional rights have been repealed in ten states. No, this isn’t a joke. It is not exaggeration or hyperbole. If you are in ten states in the United States, your some of your rights guaranteed by the Bill of Rights have been made null and void.”

The ACLU filed a Freedom of Information Act request for the entire DHS report about suspicionless and warrantless “border” searches of electronic devices. ACLU attorney Catherine Crump said “We hope to establish that the Department of Homeland Security can’t simply assert that its practices are legitimate without showing us the evidence, and to make it clear that the government’s own analyses of how our fundamental rights apply to new technologies should be openly accessible to the public for review and debate.”

Meanwhile, the EFF has tips to protect yourself and your devices against border searches. If you think you know all about it, then you might try testing your knowledge with a defending privacy at the U.S. border quiz.

Wired pointed out in 2008 that the courts have routinely upheld such constitution-free zones:

Federal agents at the border do not need any reason to search through travelers’ laptops, cell phones or digital cameras for evidence of crimes, a federal appeals court ruled Monday, extending the government’s power to look through belongings like suitcases at the border to electronics.

***

The 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals sided with the government, finding that the so-called border exception to the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition on unreasonable searches applied not just to suitcases and papers, but also to electronics.

***

Travelers should be aware that anything on their mobile devices can be searched by government agents, who may also seize the devices and keep them for weeks or months. When in doubt, think about whether online storage or encryption might be tools you should use to prevent the feds from rummaging through your journal, your company’s confidential business plans or naked pictures of you and your-of-age partner in adult fun.

Going further down the sci fi Big Brother rabbit hole, Verizon has applied for a patent that would allow your television to track what you are doing, who you are with, what objects you’re holding, and what type of mood you’re in. (And some folks could conceivably be spying on you through your tv using existing technology.)

And they’re probably bluffing and exaggerating, but the Department of Homeland Security claims they will soon be able to know your adrenaline level, what you ate for breakfast and what you’re thinking …from 164 feet away.

Indeed, technology has made pervasive spying more possible than ever before.

TechDirt notes:

In a radio interview, Wall Street Journal reporter Julia Angwin (who’s been one of the best at covering the surveillance state in the US) made a simple observation that puts much of this into context: the US surveillance regime has more data on the average American than the Stasi ever did on East Germans.

Postscript: This is not some “post-9/11 reality”. Spying on Americans started before 9/11. 

And the national security boys can choose to share U.S. civilian information with federal, state, local, or foreign entities for analysis of possible criminal behavior, even if there is no reason to suspect them.

And many say that the spying isn’t being done to keep us safe … but to crush dissent and to smear people who uncover unflattering this about the government … and to help the too big to fail businesses compete against smaller businesses (and here).

Note: Here’s a full report card on how well the government has been balancing civil liberties with other concerns.

Hattip Satori

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Watch Nancy Pelosi Lie Through Her Teeth: “I Don’t Remember Saying that Everybody in the Country Would Have a Lower Premium”

0


Just a few weeks ago the honorable Congresswoman from San Francisco, Nancy Pelosi, made the stunning claim that health insurance in America would be cheaper than ever before. “Many of the initiatives that he passed are what are coming to bear now, including the Affordable Care Act,” she said at a recent press conference about legislation championed by the President. “The Affordable Care Act is bringing the cost of health care in our country down in both the public and private sector.”

Of course, days later we found out what the future of  ”affordable” health care and lower costs actually meant, when the IRS admitted that prices would top $20,000 per year for the average American family.

It seems that these are the ramifications for passing a sweeping overhaul of the U.S. health care industry without having first read the bill to find out what was in it.

Now that we know government mandated ObamaCare will actually cost Americans at all income levels significantly more than was promised by the President and Congressional democrats, Nancy Pelosi is back peddling on her statements, claiming that she and the bill’s supporters never said there’d be lower premiums.

Well, some people don’t have health insurance and they’ll certainly have their health insurance premiums go up [laughs] because they don’t have any health insurance now, so they don’t have any premiums now.

But for anyone that that is a challenge, there are subsidies in the exchanges.

And, it’s also about what you get for your money. In other words, people will be getting no lifetime or annual limits on their coverage, no discrimination because of pre-existing medical conditions… it has a whole array of quality that is in the legislation.

But if you don’t have health insurance and you don’t qualify for a subsidy… and you’re mandated to have health insurance, you won’t have an increase.

We’re very sensitive to what it means to young people, especially to young singles. And, umm, there are policies that people can get.

I don’t remember saying that everybody in the country will have a lower premium, because everybody in the country doesn’t have health insurance so how could it be lower.

But the fact is, the value of what you get for the cost that you pay, is a reduction in cost to you.

…for everybody it is going to be a liberation, a freedom.

…and if you’re a small business. What this means for small business. It is… it is…umm… it’s uh… it’s a solution for the American people. It lowers cost.

Nancy Pelosi is absolutely right.

Obamacare, which will be enforced at the barrel of a gun, is freedom!

It’s a liberation… of your money from your wallet, to be spent on Nancy’s mile high booze-it-up plane junkets and subsidies for her district that will enrich her colleague Diane Feinstein’s personal net worth.

What’s worse is that the people of San Francisco and the greater United States remain oblivious to how they just got raped by this woman, her cronies in Congress and the health care industrial complex.

Nancy Pelosi belongs in prison, not on the floor of the United States Congress.

Watch the video — if you’ve got the stomach for it:

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 8,182 people
Date: June 7th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Financial Insider: “We Are Moving Into the Last Stages Before An All Out Collapse”

0

The Rubicon Has Been CrossedWith the United States having reached unprecedented levels of debt and no end in sight, Europe close to widespread destabilization, and Japan now having lost control of their bond market, it should be quite apparent that there is no turning back.

Governments around the world are doing everything in their power to maintain the perception that all is well. Despite their best efforts, however, the coming catastrophe cannot be stopped.

The following video and accompanying excerpt recorded on the Hagmann and Hagmann Report Nightly Radio Show features Steve Quayle and financial insider “V,” also known as the Guerrilla economist.

This is critical knowledge and foresight into what is happening, what the triggers for the next collapse will be, and how the world’s elite plan on making their exits.

You will never hear information like this from mainstream media sources until after the fact, if ever.

Be forearmed and forewarned, because as “V” notes, what’s coming will leave no one on this planet untouched.

Video excerpt produced by The Daily Sheeple with permission from The Hagmann and Hagmann Report

The collapse that’s going to occur here is going to be a trifecta of bonds, stocks and real estate combined.

…

The Fed over here has ordered — and I want everybody to listen because this is insider information — the Fed has ordered the U.S. pension funds to begin to acquire U.S. debt. That is coming down the pike, it’s going to start happening, the states are going to start carrying it in order to fatten up their books… So, we are moving into the last stages before an all out collapse.

That’s exactly where we’re headed.

Now the Rubicon has been crossed… the armies are surrounding the Capital itself.

Excerpt continued…

We’re at a very critical juncture, and that’s what’s got me freaked out the most. The Japanese have lost control and they don’t know what to do at this point. .. They’re telling the public “don’t worry, everything’s ok.”

That is a signs, folks, that they are panicking. That is a sign that everything is not OK… that there is a great fear and trepidation that has begun.

And when this thing goes bust, this is the trigger that’s going to bring this whole thing down.

…

We’re on the last leg for this whole storybook. Unfortunately, it’s not going to be a storybook ending. So we’re in the last few pages of a chapter that’s been written about a hundred years ago, and it’s soon coming to an end.

…

 Now the question becomes, what exactly are they going to do?

They’re going to bring this thing to a halt. They’re going to create economic turmoil and a crash. And then they’re going to sell the population on some sort of armed conflagration, some sort of a massive global war. 

That is typically the playbook of the globalists. That is typically what we see, a pattern that is repeated often.

…

A small scale controlled regional war is not going to fix the $1.5 Quadrillion derivative debt globally.

A small scale regional war is not going to fix the massive levels of unemployment in America, in Europe, in Japan…

It’s not going to fix the economic problems that have festered in much of the western world and parts of the world that utilize a western style of banking.

It’s not going to fix it this time.

…

This time they’re going to drag everybody in. This time there’s not going to be anybody who’s going to be unaffected.

…

Let me tell you right now. It is mathematically impossible to pull this back. It’s mathematically impossible.

You cannot recall this. 

Recorded May 24, 2013 (full interview here)

Video excerpt courtesy The Hagmann and Hagmann Report, Steve Quayle and The Guerrilla Economist

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

‘Mandela transferred to hospital’

0

South African President Jacob Zuma’s office says former President and anti-apartheid icon Nelson Mandela is transferred to hospital, as his lung infection deteriorates.

On Saturday, the presidency said Mandela who was taken to a hospital in Pretoria for recurrence of lung infection is in “serious but stable condition.”

According to a statement from Zuma’s office, the 94-year-old was taken to hospital around 1:30 am. “The former president is receiving expert medical care and doctors are doing everything possible to make him better and comfortable,” the statemen added.

Mandela has a history of lung problems dating back to when he contracted tuberculosis as a political prisoner. On Mar 28, he was rushed to a South African hospital for the same problem. He also spent about three weeks in hospital for a similar infection and gallstones in December 2012.

In South Africa, Mandela is often known as Madiba, his clan name, or as tata, which means father. He is widely regarded as the father of the nation for leading the struggle against apartheid. Mandela served as South Africaâ„¢s first Black president from 1994 to 1999.

The former South African president has received more than 250 awards over four decades, including the 1993 Nobel Peace Prize. In recent years, Mandelaâ„¢s health problems have worried his supporters.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Emails expose UK Tory chairman deception

0

Chairman of British Conservative Party Grant Shapps has tried to silence emails that showed he Å“misled MPs” when he was housing minister.

New embarassing revelations show Shapps asked his former colleagues at the Department for Communities and Local Government to prevent the release of internal correspondence relating to him, at a cost of thousands of pounds.

The emails, finally released after a year-long battle and intervention by the Information Commissioner, contained civil servantsâ„¢ expression of concerns that Shapps deceived MPs on the number of affordable houses the government was building when he was housing minister.

Shapps had claimed in an address to the parliament that the current coalition government of Conservatives and Liberal Democrats will built more affordable homes in five years than the previous Labour governments had done between 1997 and 2010.

However, the correspondence showed that his colleagues had warned him about using such inaccurate figures again.

The disclosure drew angry reactions from the Labour Party with shadow Communities Secretary Hilary Benn saying the attempt by Communities Secretary Eric Pickle to shore up Shappsâ„¢s position has been a huge waste of taxpayer money to cover up his departmentâ„¢s failure in dealing with the affordable housing problem.

Å“Instead of wasting taxpayersâ„¢ money to try and avoid his duty to come clean he should have been working to stop the drastic decline in affordable housing,” Benn said.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Video: Alex Jones & David Icke Meet In Person For First Time

0

Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

Two icons of the liberty movement embrace for the first time in the shadow of the Bilderberg meeting.

Video streaming by Ustream

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 2:49 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama orders US to draw up overseas target list for cyber-attacks

0

Glenn Greenwald and Ewen MacAskill
London Guardian
June 8, 2013

Barack Obama has ordered his senior national security and intelligence officials to draw up a list of potential overseas targets for US cyber-attacks, a top secret presidential directive obtained by the Guardian reveals.

The 18-page Presidential Policy Directive 20, issued in October last year but never published, states that what it calls Offensive Cyber Effects Operations (OCEO) “can offer unique and unconventional capabilities to advance US national objectives around the world with little or no warning to the adversary or target and with potential effects ranging from subtle to severely damaging”.

It says the government will “identify potential targets of national importance where OCEO can offer a favorable balance of effectiveness and risk as compared with other instruments of national power”.

The directive also contemplates the possible use of cyber actions inside the US, though it specifies that no such domestic operations can be conducted without the prior order of the president, except in cases of emergency.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 2:49 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama defends NSA surveillance programs as ‘right balance’

0

Justin Sink
The Hill
June 8, 2013

President Obama on Friday defended a pair of recently disclosed surveillance programs as striking the “right balance” between national security and civil liberties following a speech Friday in California.

“You can’t have 100 percent security and also have 100 percent privacy and zero inconvenience. We’re going to have to make some choices as a government,” Obama said.

“You can complain about Big Brother and how this is a potential program run amok, but when you actually look at the details, I think we’ve struck the right balance.”

The administration acknowledged Thursday that the National Security Agency (NSA) had monitored domestic telephone data and international Internet traffic from tech companies like Google, Microsoft and Facebook.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 2:48 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

MSM Joins Alex Jones in Exposing Bilderberg

0

Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

Reuters, AP, Channel 4 News, the Times, the Telegraph, the Press Association, London Tonight. The BBC had at least three radio reporters at Bilderberg.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 2:48 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

England Experiences Alex Jones 1776 Style

0

Infowars.com
June 8, 2013

In a freshly strimmed corner of the grounds of the Grove Hotel, half a mile from the most important international policy conference in the world, something remarkable happened: the mainstream press showed up. In droves.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 2:47 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

David Cameron could be forced to explain Bilderberg talks

0

Tim Ross
London Telegraph
June 8, 2013

Downing St disclosed that the Prime Minister would attend the controversial gathering of heads of governments, former ministers, and chief executives of the world’s most powerful global corporations.

However, the discussions, on Friday, were being held on a strictly confidential basis and Number 10 said no details of the talks would be made public.

Michael Meacher, the Labour MP and former minister, will demand that Mr Cameron makes a statement to the Commons next week giving details of the meeting.

Downing Street insisted that despite the secretive meeting, the Prime Minister remained “determined to lead the most transparent government” in history, a promise he made in 2010.

More than 130 delegates from 21 countries are expected to attend the three-day event at a luxury hotel near Watford. Mr Cameron has been invited as head of the host nation’s government, a Number 10 spokesman said.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Saturday, June 8, 2013 at 2:50 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘Iran awaiting Russia’s reply on S-300s’

0

Iran is awaiting Russiaâ„¢s response to Tehranâ„¢s proposal to drop its lawsuit against Moscow over its failure to honor a contract on the delivery of S-300 air defense systems to Iran.

Å“The ball is in Russia’s court, but we are ready to continue cooperation on S-300,” Iranian Ambassador to Moscow Mahmoud Reza Sajjadi said on Friday, Interfax News Agency reported.

Iran filed a complaint with the International Court of Arbitration in Geneva against Russiaâ„¢s state-run arms export company Rosoboronexport in 2011 after Moscow failed to comply with its commitments to deliver S-300 air defense systems to the Islamic Republic.

On June 6, Sajjadi told Interfax News Agency that Tehran will withdraw its lawsuit if Russia honors its contract. He said if Iran sees that Russia has changed its position on the delivery of S-300 systems, the Islamic Republic will also Å“change its conduct.”

The Iranian ambassadorâ„¢s remarks came after Russian Technologies (Rostech) CEO Sergei Chemezov said on May 30 that Moscow seeks to reach a settlement with Tehran to withdraw its lawsuit against Rosoboronexport over the canceled deal as Russiaâ„¢s chances Å“to win the case are very slim.”

Chemezov said that the US had applied heavy pressure on Moscow to stop the agreement under the pretext that the deal was against the sanctions of the UN Security Council.

The Russian official, added, however, that Washington later changed its rhetoric, saying the UN resolution did not specifically mention the S-300 system and claiming that Russia had acted on its own.

Under a contract signed in 2007, Russia was required to provide Iran with at least five S-300 defense systems.

Russia, however, refused to deliver the systems to Iran under the pretext that they were covered by the fourth round of the UN Security Council resolutions against Iran.

The Iranian Army has previously announced that it is manufacturing an indigenous missile defense system similar to the Russian S-300 and will unveil it in the next Iranian calendar year (beginning March 21, 2014).

SF/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Polish institute says has found mass grave

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Poland’s Institute of National Remembrance (IPN) says it has found a mass grave containing the bodies of about 83 people thought to have been victims of a Stalin-era campaign of terror.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

It's No Coincidence that the Public Education and Poverty Crises are Happening at the Same Time

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Dmitry Berkut

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In the great American debate over education, the education and technology corporations, bankrolled politicians and activist-profiteers who collectively comprise the so-called “reform” movement base their arguments on one central premise: that America should expect public schools to produce world-class academic achievement regardless of the negative forces bearing down on a school’s particular students. In recent days, though, the faults in that premise are being exposed by unavoidable reality.

Before getting to the big news, let’s review the dominant fairy tale: As embodied by New York City’s major education announcement this weekend, the “reform” fantasy pretends that a lack of teacher “accountability” is the major education problem and somehow wholly writes family economics out of the story (amazingly, this fantasy persists even in a place like the Big Apple where economic inequality is particularly crushing). That key – and deliberate – omission serves myriad political interests.

For education, technology and charter school companies and the Wall Streeters who back them, it lets them cite troubled public schools to argue that the current public education system is flawed, and to then argue that education can be improved if taxpayer money is funneled away from the public school system’s priorities (hiring teachers, training teachers, reducing class size, etc.) and into the private sector ( replacing teachers with computers, replacing public schools with privately run charter schools, etc.). Likewise, for conservative politicians and activist–profiteers disproportionately bankrolled by these and other monied interests, the “reform” argument gives them a way to both talk about fixing education and to bash organized labor, all without having to mention an economic status quo that monied interests benefit from and thus do not want changed.

Meanwhile, despite the fact that many “reformers’” policies have spectacularly failed, prompted massive scandals and/or offered no actual proof of success, an elite media that typically amplifies – rather than challenges – power and money loyally casts “reformers’” systematic pillaging of public education as laudable courage (the most recent example of this is Time magazine’s cover cheering on wildly unpopular Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel after he cited budget austerity to justify the largest mass school closing in American history – all while he is also proposing to spend $100 million of taxpayer dollars on a new private sports stadium).

In other words, elite media organizations (which, in many cases, have their own vested financial interest in education “reform”) go out of their way to portray the anti-public-education movement as heroic rather than what it really is: just another get-rich-quick scheme shrouded in the veneer of altruism.

That gets to the news that exposes “reformers’” schemes – and all the illusions that surround them. According to a new U.S. Department of Education study, “about one in five public schools was considered high poverty in 2011 … up from about to one in eight in 2000.” This followed an earlier study from the department finding that “many high-poverty schools receive less than their fair share of state and local funding … leav(ing) students in high-poverty schools with fewer resources than schools attended by their wealthier peers.”

Those data sets powerfully raise the question that “reformers” are so desperate to avoid: Are we really expected to believe that it’s just a coincidence that the public education and poverty crises are happening at the same time? Put another way: Are we really expected to believe that everything other than poverty is what’s causing problems in failing public schools?

Because of who comprises it and how it is financed, the education “reform” movement has a clear self-interest in continuing to say yes, we should believe such fact-free pabulum. And you can bet that movement will keep saying “yes” – and that the corporate media will continue to cheer them as heroes for saying “yes” – as long as public education money keeps being diverted into corporate coffers.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Could Senator Warren's Idea for Cheap Student Loans Help Make Rich Kids Richer?

0

Photo Credit: TWP/Wikimedia Commons

June 6, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Last month Senator Elizabeth Warren put forward her first bill as a senator, a proposal to allow students to borrow for college at a 0.75 percent interest rate, the same rate that the Federal Reserve Board charges banks for borrowing reserves. In putting forward the bill Warren noted the rapid run up in student debt at a time when recent graduates face an especially bleak job market.

As much as I think it would be good to help struggling students, I initially did not like the proposal. As a general rule it is best for the government to be transparent in its subsidies, which means appropriating money directly from the budget.

The failure to be transparent can have large amounts of money going places where we do not especially want it to go. For example, the largest chunk of housing subsidies goes to families with incomes over $100,000 in the form of the tax deduction on mortgage interest.

It is unlikely that many politicians would stand up and argue that the rest of us should pay higher taxes so that the richest 10 percent can buy bigger homes, but that is the effect of our current housing policy. It is largely unchallenged because few people understand the implications of the mortgage interest deduction.

There are many other areas where hidden subsidies have similar effects in redistributing income upwards. One of my favorites is the implicit too big to fail insurance that we give to the country’s largest banks.

This implicit insurance allows them to borrow at below market interest rates, a subsidy that has been estimated at more than $80 billion a year by Bloomberg. This money is enriching the banks’ shareholders and top executives, some of the richest people in the country. It’s hard to imagine even Mitt Romney openly advocating an $80 billion handout for the Wall Street crew.

By tapping the Federal Reserve Board for below market loans, the Warren proposal creates the risk of yet another subsidy which could go badly awry. Depending on the conditions, we may see a lot of relatively affluent students borrowing money to invest in the stock market while completing their Stanford MBA. That one would not be a high priority for most people.

But the proposal would also have the effect of making a college education more affordable to millions of students with more limited means. Since there is not much else on the table in this respect, why not grab it?

Somehow sound economics are only important in discussions of policies that are intended to help the poor or middle class. After all, in addition to the too big to fail subsidy, our government also supports the financial industry by exempting it from the sort of sales taxes that other industries pay.

Even the IMF has written about the unfairness of the financial sector’s special tax exemption.

Yet the Obama administration has not only obstructed a sales tax on financial products in the United States, the Treasury Department has done unpaid lobbying work for Goldman Sachs and J.P. Morgan to block financial taxes in Europe.

Of course the financial sector is not the only industry that gets special protection from the government. The pharmaceutical industry is able to pull in hundreds of billions of dollars a year in additional revenue as a result of government granted patent monopolies.

One of the top items on our “free trade” agenda is increasing the strength of patent and related forms of protectionism in other countries. The policy types in Washington won’t even consider a discussion of more efficient, less corrupt, mechanisms for support the development of new drugs.

And we see a similar story with the requirements of Internet intermediaries that the entertainment industry was pushing for the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA). After massive public outrage sent SOPA down in flames last year, the Obama administration is now trying to make everyone a copyright cop through the trade agreements it is negotiating. That’s hardly good economics or good public policy.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Attention Non-Profits: Here's Your One-Time Chance to Build Progressive Media This Year

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/DmitriMaruta

June 6, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

From being a space to organize social justice movements to providing listeners with life-saving information, low power FM (LPFM) radio stations have given thousands an opportunity to strengthen their communities.

LPFM stations are non-commercial radio stations that use only about 100 watts of power to operate – the same amount as a light bulb. These stations, however, can reach hundreds of thousands of listeners and have a reach of a three to ten mile radius. 

The FCC began granting LPFM licenses in 2000, after smaller broadcasters were increasingly getting kicked off air due to media consolidation. Congress halted the dispersal of these licenses, however, after large, powerful broadcasters lobbied them – falsely arguing that LPFMs would cause interference with their stations. While an independent, taxpayer-funded study disproved their interference claims, and the FCC urged Congress to revoke their restriction, Congress took no action for ten years.

Pressured largely by the Prometheus Radio Project, a non-profit committed to democratizing radio airwaves, Congress finally passed the Local Community Radio Act in 2011.

Now thousands of new LPFM licenses are up for grabs come October, when the FCC will open a short application window – of about five days – for non-profit organizations to apply.

The Prometheus Radio Project is now in the process of assisting people interested in applying.

“People are very excited about the opportunity. Our phones are ringing off the hook with people who want to have the piece of the dial for their communities,” said, Julia Wierski, Prometheus’s development and communications director.

But the group hopes to continue to spread the word, as June is the final month of outreach in Prometheus’s 15-year campaign. They hope to identify and support at least 1000 organizations by the end of June who are interested in obtaining a LPFM license.

In order to apply, groups who are interested should already have existing community support. Starting a station costs about $15,000 – for equipment and engineering and legal fees – but groups will have years to fundraise for the start-up money and obtain underwriters. More information is available on Prometheus’s website, where groups can sign up to express their interest. Prometheus will be providing various types of support, from webinars to maintaining a help desk.

Wierski said that radio is still an important medium – with 90 percent of Americans tuning into radio at least once a week. And while some people can’t afford Internet or live in areas without current access to broadband, radio is free and the most accessible form of media.

LPFM stations then provide communities with access to local music and information as well as a physical space to bring people together and organize. Unsurprisingly, they persevere the most disastrous times. For instance, one LPFM near New Orleans was the only informational resource for people during Hurricane Katrina. The station manager there even swam across floodwaters to gather batteries to keep it going.

At a time when media consolidation continues and the Koch brothers look into buying some of the nation’s top newspapers, these LPFM licenses are being distributed at a crucial time.

“People with corporate interests will use media to their ends. And who gets left out of those conversations?” Wierski said. “It’s a really powerful thing for people to feel like they have a place and that they own a piece of the media in their town where they can tell their own stories.”

Alyssa Figueroa is an associate editor at AlterNet. Follow her on Twitter @alyssa_fig.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Lesbian Myths, Debunked

0

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

For a gay woman, it can often be a struggle to determine where exactly she fits in the spectrum of gender identity in both the lesbian and heterosexual communities. Many lesbians are faced with having their sexuality evaluated purely on the basis of their looks, as if sexuality is something that can be “seen” on the body to warrant approval, while others are not “accepted” for failing to act in a certain way. Such narrow-minded, misguided stereotypes create numerous social problems in advancing gay rights and raise an important question of what gender identity means for lesbians today.

According to mental health counselor Tara Lombardo, of the LGBT psychotherapy center, Institute for Human Identity (IHI), gender stereotypes about lesbians are merely an extension of “internalized homophobia.” In other words, the LGBT community has adopted society’s standard of what it means to be straight or gay based on the only model it knows–heterosexual relationships. In essence, it has had to borrow from this prototype.

“For lesbians, representation appears to be ‘owned’ by heterosexual attitudes that personify what lesbians are and are not, and this is related to women’s sexuality being invisible and based on attraction. A lot of femininity is based on the male gaze. If you remove the male perspective, you have to figure out the female gaze and at this point we still don’t know what exactly that is in the gay community. It has been a long trek for lesbians to come out and work out where they identify within these pre-determined social scripts that exist,” Lombardo explained to AlterNet.

A growing body of social science research suggests that the proliferation of gay marriage is redefining the way we view gender and specifically gender roles within family life. According to Liza Mundy in her recent article, “The Gay Guided to Wedded Bliss,” research has shown that same-sex unions are happier than heterosexual marriages, with lesbian couples experiencing the most intimate relationships compared with their heterosexual and male gay counterparts.

“Same-sex spouses, who cannot divide their labor based on pre-existing gender norms, must approach marriage differently than their heterosexual peers. From sex to fighting, from child-rearing to chores, they must hammer out every last detail of domestic life without falling back on assumptions about who will do what. In this regard, they provide an example that can be enlightening to all couples,” Mundy said.

While the critics of gay marriage warn of the effects of a “genderless” society, Mundy believes gay marriage can help us to shed ancient, old-fashioned stereotypes by re-evaluating gender norms.

“If a genderless marriage is a marriage in which the wife is not automatically expected to be responsible for school forms and childcare and dinner preparation and birthday parties and midnight feedings and holiday shopping, I think it’s fair to say that many heterosexual women would cry, bring it on! Beyond that, gay marriage can function as a controlled experiment, helping us to see which aspects of marital difficulty are truly rooted in gender and which are not,” she said.

We are certainly making some headway, at least in the eyes of the law, with over 14 nations now having legalized gay marriage. Such efforts have generated extensive media coverage of gay weddings and enhanced the visibility of the many different types of gay couples that exist in the LGBT community. Moreover, such transparency has helped to normalize lesbian identity for heterosexuals and thus paint a clearer picture of society’s evolving gender norms.

Despite the enthusiasm surrounding such progress, hiccups and push-backs remain in the struggle for equality. As we celebrate Pride Month this June, we still find ourselves living in a world where gay people are subject to discrimination and anti-gay hate crimes. While some lesbians are fortunate enough to escape such prejudice by slipping under the radar and not being recognizable as gay, these women face other obstacles such as the effects of “femme invisibility.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

10 Things Americans Underestimate About Our Massive Surveillance State

0

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Americans may be upset about the latest revelations in the government’s ability to spy on citizens via their online lives, but no one should be surprised. We’ve underestimated and overlooked many key aspects of the government’s ability to track our lives for years.

The bottom line, which resonates most strongly among civil liberties advocates on the left and conservative libertarians on the right, is not just the loss of privacy but also the growing power of the state to target and oppress people who it judges to be critics and enemies. That list doesn’t just include foreign terrorists of the al-Qaeda mold, or even the Chinese government that has stolen the most advanced U.S. weapon plans; it also includes domestic whistleblowers, protesters and journalists–all of whom have been targeted by the Obama administration Justice Department.

Let’s go through 10 points about these latest revelations of domestic spying to better understand what Americans have underestimated and overlooked about electronic eavesdropping.

1. Underestimated: The National Security Agency’s abilities. The last time Americans focused on domestic spying as they have this week was a half-dozen years ago when the media broke the story that the Bush administration had placed data interceptors on key junction points on AT&T’s telephone network to try to trace calls by al-Qaeda. What Americans have underestimated is that as the Internet has grown and more data pathways have been developed–such as WiFi streams used in smart phones and other platforms–so has the NSA’s electronic dragnet.
2. Overlooked: The expanding NSA dragnet. This week’s revelations started with the UK Guardian  publishing a copy of a secret federal intelligence court order that Verizon turns its customer’s “metadata” to the NSA. That was followed by the Washington Post’s  scoop–from a whistleblower–of a new (to the public) federal domestic spying effort in which the biggest Internet companies were also told to turn over metadata, including Microsoft, Google, Yahoo, Facebook and others.
Even these latest scoops are not the whole picture. Other phone providers like Sprint have told their customers they will share information with the government if asked. The NSA installed tracking devices on Google’s servers after the company realized it had been hacked by China four years ago in an effort to see what the FBI knew about China’s spies in America. Americans have overlooked that as the Internet has grown, so has the NSA’s ability to track and trace everyone’s online lives.
3. Underestimated: The erosion of constitutional rights. For two centuries, the U.S. Constitution’s Fourth Amendment barred the government from unreasonable search and seizure by police authorities. Kirk Wiebe, a former NSA intelligence analyst, told NPR on Thursday  that collecting vast reams of electronic data was changing the “innocent-until-proven-guilty” foundation of constitutional law. 

“Now, unfortunately, people like the former director of NSA, Michael Hayden, and others have recast the Fourth Amendment from one that is based on probable cause in presenting evidence for subsequent invasion of privacy to one of reasonable suspicion,” Wiebe said. “That phrase has not been defined except by some managers controlling this information about you and me.”

4. Overlooked: How the NSA is getting away with this. If you really want to know how the NSA has been able to get away with this–and how the Obama administration has been able to say it has been doing nothing that has not been approved by Congress–you have to look at the reality that high-ranking lawyers inside the government have been exploiting legal loopholes to let NSA do what it wants.

This is no different than what election lawyers do when they want to get around campaign finance laws. Congress passes laws. The administration drafts regulations to carry out those laws. And lawyers–in and outside of government–find ways to get around what they don’t like in those laws. This article on the Balkinization legal blog explains exactly how that path unfolded from the Patriot Act, to the FBI, to the NSA. It includes the astounding legal construction that the data dumps are not data “collection” because they’re electronic, not on paper–until they are processed.

“So the NSA gets to obtain information in a more intrusive way than it might otherwise be allowed,” wrote Rachel Levinson-Waldman, counsel at the Liberty and National Security Program at the Brennan Center for Justice at NYU Law School for the blog.

5. Underestimated: Loss of privacy. Americans need to realize that every electronic transaction can be traced and seen by the government–period. There’s no e-mail, smart phone app, or even visit to a porn website that’s not traceable. This is much bigger than posting an unflattering picture on Facebook that will not disappear and be discovered by a potential co-worker or employer. Unless people want to live without electricity in the woods, modern life has evolved to the point where expectations of privacy are a myth, not a reality anymore.

6. Overlooked: The surveillance state transcends political party. Another dimension of the loss of privacy is that the surveillance state keeps growing regardless of who holds power in Congress or the White House. On Thursday , the libertarian Republican senator, Rand Paul of Kentucky, and the socialist Independent senator, Bernard Sanders of Vermont, both decried the “assault on the Constitution. But the top Democratic and Republican senators on the Intelligence Committee said the NSA activities were “protecting America” and there was nothing new going on–this is business as usual. It’s as if Congress and the intelligence establishment created a genie that will never be put back into a bottle.

7. Underestimated: Corporate America doesn’t like this either. One of the most curious aspects of these disclosures about NSA eavesdropping is that the corporations involved are not exactly fans of it. That is not to say that they would not want to be using similar data-mining and customer profiling technology to sell more products, but they worry that it is a public relations nightmare for them to be caught turning over customer information. 

The Wall Street Journal  on Friday  quoted Denny Strigl, who retired as Verizon’s president in 2009, saying, “You’ve got Verizon between a rock and a hard place here… If people are going to make an issue of this, the issue is with the government–not with the corporate citizen who complies with the law.”

8. Overlooked: It’s easier for businesses to comply than to say no. Americans’ sympathies for corporate executives like the ex-Verizon president should only go so far, because let’s face it–people at the highest echelons of corporate power have more access and influence than ordinary Americans into Washington’s halls of power and they are not saying “No, this goes too far.” Instead, Friday’s papers were filled with comments from Apple, Google, Facebook, Verizon and others all saying they value their customers but they follow the law as required. That’s not really corporate citizenship, that’s caving in.

9. Underestimated: The power that government is accumulating. People do not realize how powerful the government is until they become its target. The most chilling aspect of the interview NSA whistleblower Thomas Drake gave on Democracy Now! was how his life came undone once the federal government decided he was its enemy–because he believed the press and public needed to know that earlier NSA electronic surveillance violated the Constitution. The power of the state–whether local police videotaping protesters or the Justice Department going after journalists and whistleblowers–is staggering. The United States in 2013 is not Nazi Germany in the 1930s, but what is true about both countries in both eras is that the populace was far too compliant as the state accumulated power and selectively undermined civil liberties.
10. Overlooked: A smarter way to respect civil liberties and fight foreign enemies. Some of the press reports on the latest NSA election dragnet suggest that Americans face a choice between losing their privacy rights and protecting national security. That seems like a false choice. Where the White House, Congress and corporate America’s leadership has utterly failed is explaining what the real threats are and what needs to be done–including safeguarding the rights that Americans value. On Friday, President Obama said the media reports of the surveillance were “hype” and nobody was reading private e-mails, saying the government’s efforts were limited, balancing privacy and security concerns. In short, he said “trust us.”

Obama’s comments were not reassuring, because they lacked details about what’s going on. The NSA’s electronic dragnet was created after the September 11 , 2001 attacks. Is al-Qaeda a big threat anymore? Or is the bigger threat how the Chinese government hacked into the security systems that supposedly protected US weapons systems and stole all the blueprints to the most advanced technology? Americans hear all about the continuing threat of al-Qaeda and very little about the much bigger Chinese intelligence coup.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Filipino Seniors in U.S. Looking to Return Home–with Medicare

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/nui7711

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

While the U.S. Congress deliberates over proposed changes in the nation’s immigration laws, one group of immigrants who became naturalized citizens and who retired and have grown old in this country are seeking a congressional change that is the reverse of what most immigrants want.

Baby boomers, war veterans, widows and retirees originally from the Philippines are hoping welfare assistance and entitlement benefits they have earned would follow them should they decide to return to the land of their birth. Many are World War II veterans who fought under U.S. command and were promised federal compensation only partly provided since then. Advocates believe the United States could save money were it to permit the seniors to return home with their benefits, especially for Medicare.

Understandably, the accessibility of health insurance at this time in their lives is a major consideration as they dream of making their “giant leap” back home. Medicare recipients must be at least 65 or be disabled.

WWII-Era Seniors Assess Their Future

In Seattle’s Filipino-American community, aging WWII veterans and widows meet twice weekly at a senior center where they frequently share meals subsidized through the Older Americans Act.  At these gatherings they assess their hopes and future plans.

Veteran Tomas Villanueva, 90, and his wife Esther, 87, have lived in a subsidized senior housing facility in downtown Seattle for the past 21 years.

During World War II, Villanueva served in Guam as a Philippine Scout recruit of the U.S. Army. Following the war, he returned to his home province in Southern Luzon where he served as a constabulary officer. He and Esther decided to emigrate to the U.S. in 1991.

After securing their American citizenship in 1994, the couple filed petitions for some of their six adult children to receive visas enabling them to join their parents in Seattle. The Villanuevas were especially hoping that as they grow old, two of their daughters would provide them a family safety net.

Eventually, the U.S. government approved four visas for the Villanueva children–but they have remained on the waiting list in the Philippines since 1994, because of tight annual numerical immigration quotas the U.S. sets for some countries.

Two of the Villanueva children eventually lost interest in emigrating to the U.S.  And the two daughters, still determined to join their parents, learned that worldwide demand for U.S. family visas was so large in 2010 that the demand triggered a retrogression rule, effectively freezing visas and adding several years of wait time to the backlog of applicants.

According to the National Visa Center, the agency that releases visas for all approved applications processed by the U.S. Customs and Immigration Service (CIS), such a rule applies when the number of visa applications exceeds a given threshold. As of June 2013, CIS is processing applications filed as far back as 1992, two years before the Villanuevas petitioned for their daughters. Based on the past experience of petitioners, a delay of five or more years may be likely in this case.

As they waited, the aging couple needed medical attention. Medicare covered Esther’s pacemaker in 2008, and she has elevated blood pressure. Tomas, once active as an officer in Seattle’s Filipino war veterans’ association, has shown symptoms of dementia and oncoming diabetes.

Esther has been debating whether to keep waiting for her daughters to arrive, or to return to the Philippines for good. Keeping her Medicare coverage has been the single, most important factor, she said.

Care Unaffordable in U.S.

“But whether or not Medicare will be accessible to us in the Philippines, there is no other choice but to go back home because we cannot afford caregiver services or retirement home expense in the States,” she explained. Experts say that despite Medicare coverage, uncovered out-of-pocket costs for seniors in the U.S. are now close to 20 percent of their income.

Esther continued, “The long delay of our daughters’ coming has made us decide to go home. We will be nearer to them if we need help.”

An unofficial survey conducted by a coalition of Filipino organizations and community groups across the U.S. shows that about 100 Filipino American professionals retire every day.

While they can take their Social Security retirement benefits and savings anywhere in the world, it is a different story for their Medicare coverage overseas. Until Medicare extends coverage to them outside the U.S., they will need private medical insurance.

Elderly couples in Washington State whose combined income does not exceed $18,000 a year are entitled to a monthly average of $500 in Supplemental Security Income (SSI). Esther and Tomas qualified for SSI and receive a combined monthly supplemental income of $800.

Esther also receives a monthly pension of $100 after retiring as an employee of Volunteers of America. Because Tomas receives a military pension only from his military service with the Philippine Constabulary, equivalent to $120 a month, he is entitled to SSI benefits as a senior residing in Seattle.

If retirees return to the Philippines, they receive 75 percent of their Social Security pension. For Esther it will be a meager $75 per month.  If veterans choose to reside in the U.S., they receive burial benefits and each widow receives an average lump sum of $9,000, with the amount partly depending on a departed soldier’s rank.

Medicare Portability

“Filipino-American war veterans and their widows are leading the way in the campaign for Medicare portability. In the 65-and-above age group are 200,000 Filipino elderly in the U.S.,” explained Eric Lachica, organizer of U.S. Medicare Philippines, a nonprofit advocacy organization based in Washington, D.C.

Lachica conducts monthly teleconferences among advocates of the movement based in key American cities, from Honolulu to Boston.

A seasoned lobbyist in the U.S., Lachica spearheads the campaign for Medicare portability, an extension that will allow retired Filipino-American immigrant professionals access to their Medicare benefits at internationally accredited hospitals and health care providers in the Philippines.

The campaign by Filipino-American community advocates and elderly leaders for Medicare coverage for retirees wherever they decide to live has been bolstered by a study published in May by the journal Health Affairs.

According to the study, immigrants in recent years contributed about $14 billion more per year to Medicare than they received from the program. As a result, foreign-born U.S. residents produced a $115 billion surplus from 2002-2009, while the rest of the population created a $28 billion deficit over that same period.

The study points out that the aging U.S. population was sucking money from Medicare faster than it could replenish those funds, and immigrants helped cover the shortfall.

South of Seattle, Filipinos in Tacoma who are officers and members of the Filipino-American Physicians of Washington (FAPWA) take a differing view and are skeptical about the proposed Medicare portability.

Change Unlikely, Say Some

Former FAPWA president Nic Panlasigui believes that Medicare “is simply too big an institution that it would take time for Congress and CMS [Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services] to formulate any significant change.”

Panlasigui, a physician who is also a noncommissioned colonel in the U.S. Army and does work at nearby Fort Lewis, explains his view: “Because U.S. Medicare will demand higher standards of performance, any official extension to so-called Third World countries would entail extensive work. There are concerns about quality of facilities in overseas hospitals, physicians’ credentials, equipment, support functions and the ever-present concern over fraud.”

He continued, “20,000 Filipino doctors and 200,000 Filipino nurses practicing in countless medical centers across the U.S. know the score and we would be the first to wish that such benefits work their way to the native land to help retirees and old folks.”

Following weeks of deliberation and earnest discussions among seniors at the nutrition site about the immigration reform bill pending in the U.S. Congress and Medicare, Esther decided to bring home Tomas.

The old soldier had started to wander about the halls of the housing facility in the wee hours and this has alarmed Esther. After informing her daughters about her decision, she and Tomas flew home on May 21.

Her parting words to friends: “If the immigration reform bill will bring my daughters to the U.S., well and good. But the safety net we need as we age is not certain. Back in the old village, the caring family network I know can always take the place of Medicare.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Victory for Grassroots Activism and Public Safety: San Onofre Nuclear Plant Closure Announced

0

Photo Credit: Aleksey Klints/ Shutterstock.com

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

From his California beach house at San Clemente, Richard Nixon once watched three reactors rise at nearby San Onofre. As of June 7, 2013, all three are permanently shut.

It’s a monumental victory for grassroots activism and it marks an epic transition in how we get our energy.

In the thick of the 1970s Arab oil embargo, Nixon said there’d be 1000 such reactors in the US by the year 2000. As of today, there are 100. Four have shut here this year. Citizen activism has put the “nuclear renaissance” into full retreat.  

Just two of 54 reactors now operate in Japan, where Fukushima has joined Chernobyl and Three Mile Island in permanently scarring us all.

Germany is shutting its entire fleet and switching to renewables. France, once the poster child for the global reactor industry, is following suit. South Korea has just shut three due to fraudulent safety procedures. Massive demonstrations rage against reactors being built in India. Only the Koreans, Chinese and Russians remain at all serious about pushing ahead with this tragic technology.

Cheap gas has undercut the short-term market for expensive electricity generated by obsolete coal and nuke burners. But the vision of Solartopia—a totally green-powered Earth—is now our tangible long-term reality.

With falling prices and soaring efficiency, every moving electron our species consumes will be generated by a solar panel, wind turbine, bio-fueled or geothermal generator, wave machine and their green siblings.

As of early this year, Southern California Edison’s path to a re-start at San Onofre seemed as clear as any to be expected by a traditional atomic tyrannosaur. But with help from Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA) and Senator-to-be Ed Markey (D-MA), a powerful citizen uprising stopped it dead.

So did the terrifying incompetence and greed that has defined the nuclear industry from the days of Nixon and before.

San Onofre Unit One shut in the 1990s due largely to steam generator problems. In the early 2000s, Units 2 & 3 needed new steam generators of their own. In the usual grasp for more profits, Edison chose untested, unlicensed new designs.  But they failed. And the whole world was watching. In the wake of Fukushima, two more leaky tsunami-zone reactors surrounded by earthquake faults were massively unwelcome.

So a well-organized non-violent core of local, state and national activists and organizations rose up to stop the madness.

At Vermont Yankee, Indian Point, Seabrook, Davis-Besse and dozens of other reactors around the US and world, parallel opposition is escalating.

Make no mistake—this double victory at San Onofre is a falling domino. Had the public not fought back, those reactors would have been “fixed” at public expense.

Today, they are dead.

Worldwide, there are some 400 to go. Each of them—including the 100 remaining in the US—could do apocalyptic damage. We still have our work cut out for us.

But a huge double-step has been taken up the road to Solartopia. There will be no Fukushimas at San Onofre.  A green-powered Earth is that much closer.  And we have yet another proof that citizen action makes all the difference in our world.

So seize the day and celebrate!

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

12 Shocking Examples of Police Brutality…Just This Month

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

Decades of the drug war have warped the priorities of many police departments. The results can be tragic.

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

American law enforcement has undergone a dramatic transformation in the past few decades. The war on drugs, the world’s most effective way to fill prisons with minorities while doing nothing to curtail drug use, has warped the priorities and practices of police departments around the country. As Kristen Gwynne has reported on AlterNet, federal funding incentivizes police to go after low-level drug use while neglecting more serious crimes like rape. In city after city, the crackdown on drug crime has expanded police power and pointed it straight at minorities and the poor. It’s the reason we’re number one when it comes to rates of incarceration. With 5 percent of the population, America has a quarter of the world’s prisoners, according to the New York Times. 

Meanwhile, the decade-long war on terror has stocked local police departments with weapons from the battlefields of Iraq and Afghanistan–do local police really need drones and tanks? (Journalist Radley Balko has extensively documented the militarization of police by way of the wars on drugs and terror.) The shift toward more aggressive, violent policing has had tragic results on the ground. AlterNet has assembled an incomplete list of brutal and unnecessary police actions, from this month alone.
Cell phone footage taken by his mother shows a teen boy being thrown to the ground and pinned by police. His crime? Giving officers a funny look while armed with a puppy. As Steven Hsieh wrote on AlterNet:

Fourteen-year-old Tremaine McMillan says he was feeding his puppy and playing on the beach with some friends when cops riding ATVs approached him and asked what he was doing. The “peacekeeping” officers say they saw McMillan roughhousing with another teenager, told him it was “unacceptable behavior,” and asked where his mother was. When McMillan walked away, they chased him on ATVs, jumped out, pinned him to the ground and arrested him. According to police reports, McMillan “attempted to pull his arm away, stating, ‘Man, don’t touch me like I did something.'”

[…]

Miami-Dade Police Detective Alvaro Zabaleta justified the use of force, saying McMillan was exhibiting threatening “body language,” which includes “clenched fists.” McMillan adamantly denies this charge because, well, he was holding a puppy.

Why wait for a crime to occur when you can just instigate one? As Kristen Gwynne reported:

In a video segment on ABC News, they say they were “thrilled” when their son–who has Asperger’s and other disabilities and struggled to make friends–appeared to have instantly made a friend named Daniel.

“He suddenly had this friend who was texting him around the clock,” Doug Snodgrass told ABC News. His son had just recently enrolled at Chaparral High School.

“Daniel,” however, was an undercover cop with the Riverside County Sheriff’s Department who ” hounded” the teenager to sell him his prescription medication. When he refused, the undercover cop gave him $20 to buy him weed, and he complied, not realizing the guy he wanted to befriend wanted him behind bars.

In December, the unnamed senior was arrested along with 21 other students from three schools, all charged with crimes related to the two officers’ undercover drug operation at two public schools in Temecula, California (Chaparral and Temecula Valley High School). This March, Judge Marian H. Tully ruled that Temecula Valley Unified School District could not expel the student, and had in fact failed to provide him with proper services.

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Did a "Troubled Teen" Rehab Create Murderers?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Scott Richardson

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This article originally appeard on The Fix.

The crimes are heinous: murdering a pizza deliveryman for his uniform, then wearing it to shoot down Colorado’s state prison chief; hiring a hit man to kill your parents; stabbing both of your grandfathers to death. Besides the horror, these recent homicides share a surprising common element: In each case, the alleged or convicted perpetrator had been sent to an unregulated tough-love camp known as Paradise Cove.

Evan Ebel, the 28-year-old ex-con who is now notorious for the Colorado killings and the high-speed Texas car chase and shootout that ultimately led to his own death in March, attended at least two such programs, including Paradise Cove. His parents apparently sent him there around age 12 because they were concerned about his destructive behavior and suspicious that he was using hard drugs and alcohol. 

But Paradise Cove was anything but paradise for the boys who attended. The Samoa-based camp was part of a “troubled teen” chain–variously known as the World Wide Association of Specialty Programs and Schools (WWASP), Teen Revitalization Inc., and Youth Foundation Inc.–that has had over a dozen of its programs (including Paradise Cove) closed down following reports of abuse. Former participants link at least 11 suicide or overdose deaths as well as three homicides to this particular camp–and many more to the network overall. Although apparently not using the WWASP name these days, the same high-level management is still involved in residential youth programs today, mainly in Utah.

The boys at Paradise Cove slept in straw-roofed huts on mats on a concrete floor. To prevent escapes, fluorescent lights burned all night, attracting mosquitos. Flip-flops were the only shoes permitted–another security measure–but these were rapidly destroyed by the sharp coral beaches where the boys exercised and worked. The cuts that resulted attracted flies and infections. “They’d just swarm on you,” Paul Richards, who attended Paradise Cove in 1997, told me for my book on troubled teen programs,  Help at Any Cost.

Breaking any of the program’s strict rules–for example, sitting in the wrong position or talking out of turn–resulted in severe, escalating punishment. Beatings by staff were common. But the worst consequence was “The Box,” a three-foot-square windowless, wooden hut with a concrete floor, where teens were made to stay for days to months, subsisting on rice and water. Sometimes, they were thrown in hog-tied and left for hours. Other times, they were made to kneel or sit in stress positions, which rapidly became agonizing.

“You’d have to sit cross-legged with your hands on top of your head with your elbows sticking out,” says Bill Boyles, who attended Paradise Cove from 1997 through 1999 and is now an activist with the Coalition for the Safe and Ethical Treatment of Youth. “It’s ridiculously uncomfortable on concrete in the hot summer sun in the tropics and they wouldn’t let you take a shower.” (A website called WWASP Survivors advocates for people who attended WWASP-related camps and serves as a watchdog over the “troubled teen” industry in general. Bill Boyles runs the Paradise Cove Survivorswebsite, which vividly details the brutal, squalid conditions at the camp.)

Unlike Ebel, Boyles had not been sent because of aggressive behavior–he was moody and had refused to go to school, but did not take drugs or commit crime. Paul Richards, who attended at the same time as Boyles, had been a straight-A student and star high school basketball player. In both cases, their main problem had been not getting along with their parents, but Paradise Cove accepted any child a parent labeled as troubled, so long as the tuition was paid.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Most Dishonest Words in American Politics: 'Right to Work'

0

Photo Credit: Flickr (cc)

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

“Right to work” is the most dishonest phrase in American political discourse. It sounds like it’s defending people’s right to earn a living. But as used by its supporters, it means making it impossible for workers to form an effective union, couched in the language of “freedom” and “choice.”

Specifically, it means laws banning “union shops,” in which everyone in a workplace has to join the union or pay a fee to cover the cost of union representation. Twenty-four states have such laws. All were in the South and West until last year, when Indiana and Michigan enacted them. Michigan’s law was rammed through the Republican-dominated legislature in a lame-duck session last December.

The Michigan law was “pretty devastating for the labor movement,” says Erin Johansson of American Rights at Work. It came in the state where the United Auto Workers’ six-week occupation of General Motors plants in Flint in 1937 won the victory that opened the doors for unions throughout American industry, the state whose union labor defined the working-class prosperity of World War II to the 1970s.

Both Michigan Gov. Rick Snyder and Dick DeVos, the heir to the multibillion-dollar Amway fortune who bankrolled the campaign for the law, stuck to the party line about “freedom.” Snyder said the law would give workers “the freedom to choose” and unions “an opportunity to be more responsible to their workers,” because instead of automatically collecting dues, they’d have to show workers “a value proposition.”

“Absolute horseshit,” responds Ed Ott, former head of the New York City Central Labor Council. “This is a total offensive against workers. They don’t want workers to have any say. After workers vote for a union, they don’t want them to maintain membership.”

This year, “right to work” measures were introduced in 17 states, according to Peggy Shorey, director of state government relations at the AFL-CIO. Ten were defeated, including those in Missouri, Kentucky, and New Hampshire, where Gov. John Lynch vetoed one in 2011. Republicans in the Ohio legislature introduced one in early May, but the state senate president said he didn’t want to give Democrats an issue to raise funds on. (Ohio voters overwhelmingly overturned draconian limits on unions in 2011.) Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY) introduced one in January, but it hasn’t gotten a committee hearing.

“It’s striking that they were not successful in passing it in Missouri,” says Shorey. The most significant measures still pending, she says, are in North Carolina and Pennsylvania. In North Carolina, House Speaker Thom Tillis proposed making the state’s “right to work” law and a ban on public-worker unions an amendment to its constitution, after declaring that he wanted to keep North Carolina “the least unionized state in the United States.” In Pennsylvania, the sponsor is Rep. Daryl Metcalfe, chair of the State Government committee, who also sponsored the state’s voter-ID law and fulminates against “illegal alien invaders.”

Neither measure has made it out of committee, but “after Michigan, anything could happen,” warns Ott.

– – –

The Michigan and Indiana laws came as part of the 2011—’12 offensive against worker rights in the upper Midwest, but the concept emerged after the great union victories of the late 1930s. The phrase “right to work” was coined in 1941 by William B. Ruggles, an editorial writer at the Dallas Morning News who didn’t want to join a union. His bosses feared that federal laws and regulations backing union rights were forcing unions down the throats of employers and socializing industry. Ruggles proposed a constitutional amendment guaranteeing the right to work with or without union membership.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Morsi dismisses calls for early polls

0

Egypt’s President Mohamed Morsi has dismissed calls for early presidential elections.

On Friday, in an interview with the state-run Al-Ahram daily, Morsi said calls for an early presidential election are both “absurd and illegal.”

“We are in a country with a constitution and law. We had free and fair elections and the talk about early presidential elections is absurd and illegal,” Morsi said.

“Violating the law, the use of violence or inciting for it are unacceptable and will not be permitted,” he added.

On Friday evening, clashes broke out in Cairo between security forces and members of the Black Block, a group of young masked men opposed to president Morsi’s. Protesters threw stones at the Central Security forces, MENA State news agency reported.

The clashes came after the groupâ„¢s campaign headquarter was set ablaze by unidentified attackers early in the day.

The group blamed Morsi’s Muslim Brotherhood for the attack. However, a Brotherhood spokesman, Mourad Aly, rejected the allegation, saying there is no reason to “burn the office of a group (of activists) as weak as this.”

On June 30, Morsi marks one year in power as Egypt’s first freely elected president.

Egypt has witnessed continuing anti-government protests since Morsi took office in June 2012 in landmark elections held following the ouster of Mubarak after 30 years in power.

The opposition groups accuse the government of being dominated by Muslim Brotherhood.

On February 24, the protesters gathered near Cairoâ„¢s main administrative building, Mugamma where they chanted anti-Morsi slogans. Demonstrators also called on the president of the North African country to fulfill his election promises. The protesters reportedly shut the doors of the Mugamma.

On February 8, thousands of Egyptian opposition protesters took to the streets to rally against Morsi after calls from nearly 40 opposition parties and groups for mass demos across the country on the “Friday of dignity.”

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Brits face austerity by at least 2020

0

The British public should be prepared to put up with more austerity measures, at least by 2020, two key British thinktanks have warned.

According to the Institute for Government (IfG) and the Institute for Fiscal Studies (IFS) the financial meltdown that began in 2008 would continue to plague Britain by at least 2020, that means the governmentâ„¢s sweeping spending cuts will persist for longer than the 2015 election.

IfGâ„¢s deputy director Julian McCrae said despite comments by Chancellor George Osborne that lack of growth will probably extend austerity measures by another two years to 2017, international experience shows that people should be prepared for the savings plan to be further extended to at least 2020.

“If the UK experience proves to be as drawn-out as the Canadian one [in the 1980s and 1990s], we should expect not just 2015, but also 2020 to be an austerity election,” IfG said.

Meanwhile, IFS’s deputy director Carl Emmerson suggested an incoming government can ease the cutbacks on state departments by increasing taxes after the 2015 that will lead to further pressure on the public.

According to the EU statistics authority, Eurostat, Britain still has one of the highest budget deficits in the European Union despite massive spending cuts.

Eurostat figures showed in April that Britainâ„¢s ratio of budget deficit to gross domestic product (GDP) was 6.3 percent in 2012 that is only behind debt-ravaged Spain, Ireland, Greece and Portugal in the worst-performing EU economies.

This is only slightly better than the situation in 2009 in the wake of the financial meltdown when budget deficit comprised 11.5 percent of the GDP in 2009, which put it behind Ireland and Greece.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Senior US officials claim to close Gitmo

0

This file photo shows a view of the infamous US Guantanamo prison in Cuba.

US President Barack Obama’s chief of staff and two other senators claim to be determined to shut down the countryâ„¢s Guantanamo Bay prison in Cuba.

The White House chief of staff Denis McDonough, Senator Dianne Feinstein, who chairs the Senate Intelligence Committee, as well as Senator John McCain said in a joint statement on Friday that they would take required measures to close the military prison.

Å“We intend to work, with a plan by Congress and the administration together, to take the steps necessary to make that happen,” they said after a tour of the notorious jail.

Closing the prison was one of Obamaâ„¢s campaign promises in the 2008 elections. In a speech on May 23, he renewed the commitment to shut the facility.

Prisoners have complained of abuse and torture, and rights activists and international observers have censured the US government’s use of the detention center.

Over 100 out of 166 detainees have been on a hunger strike for more than 100 days in protest against their long confinement without charge or trial, as well as the horrible and degrading conditions at the jail.

The strike started in early February when the guard force at the prison decided to search the detaineesâ„¢ Qurans, the Muslimsâ„¢ holy book. The prisoners said the searches amounted to desecration.

Reports say some of the prisoners on hunger strike are being force-fed via tubes snaked up their nose and into their stomach.

The strike action is widening with more prisoners refusing to be force-fed, according to a recent report by The Guardian.

Å“The hunger strike grows for two reasons: the military’s refusal to negotiate with the men in a productive way and because the president has taken no action in spite of his words,” said Carlos Warner, a lawyer who represents several of the detainees on strike.

Detainees who are force-fed are strapped to a chair twice a day and fed a liquid nutritional supplement through a tube that runs through the nose and into the stomach.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US, China open first summit

0

US President Barack Obama shakes hands with his Chinese opposite number Xi Jinping in Rancho Mirage, California, on June 7, 2013.

The United States and Chinaâ„¢s presidents have opened their first summit, urging a new approach to create relations between a rising Beijing and Washington.

US President Barack Obama and his Chinese counterpart Xi Jinping opened a weekend of secluded talks on Friday in California in a move to initiate a partnership between the two nations.

The US president expressed hope that Beijing and Washington could Å“forge a new model of cooperation between countries.”

Obama also pointed to cyber attacks allegedly waged by Chinaâ„¢s government and military against the US government and corporate networks. The issue reportedly tops the agenda in Xiâ„¢s two-day visit

Å“President Xi and I recognize that, because of the incredible advances of technology, the issue of cybersecurity and the need for rules, and common approaches to security, have become increasingly important,” Obama said.

He further said it was important that the two countries Å“arrive at a firm understanding,” regarding the issue.

Meanwhile, Xi said that the government of China is firm Å“in upholding cybersecurity and we have major concerns about cybersecurity,” adding that recent media coverage Å“might give people the sense that cybersecurity as a threat mainly comes from China.”

The Chinese president also referred to the issue of Sino-US ties, saying, Å“We’re meeting here today to chart the future of China-US relations and draw a blueprint for this relationship.”

Speaking at a security forum in Singapore attended by top Chinese military officials on June 1, US Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel said, Å“The United States has expressed our concerns about the growing threat of cyber intrusions, some of which appear to be tied to the Chinese government and military.”

Hagel also said that Washington is determined to work closely with China and other countries Å“to establish international norms of responsible behaviour in cyberspace.”

The remarks came after Chinaâ„¢s Defense Ministry on May 30 condemned a US report that alleged Chinese hackers had gained access to designs of over two dozen major US weapons systems.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘140k-plus remain displaced in Myanmar’

0

File photo shows Muslim Rohingyas at the Say Thamagyi Internally Displaced Persons (IDP) camp, located on the outskirts of Sittwe, capital of Myanmar’s western Rakhine state.

The United Nations refugee agency says over 140,000 people remain displaced in Myanmar a year after clashes broke out between Muslims and extremist Buddhists in the countryâ„¢s Rakhine state.

According to the UN body, some 75,000 people were displaced by the first wave of riots in northern Rakhine state last June and another 36,000 were uprooted in the second wave in October.

Å“Many others who were not directly affected by the violence have lost their livelihoods as a result of restricted movements due to the security situation. Some have been forced to leave their homes in search of assistance,” UNHCR spokesman Adrian Edwards said on Friday.

The agency called for measures to stem the flow of people out of Rakhine and to promote the Å“safe and sustainable voluntary return” of the displaced.

UNHCR also called on the governments in the region to keep their doors open to people in need of international protection.

The UN body underlined the necessity to urgently register all internally displaced persons in order to improve aid delivery and better respond to the needs of the most vulnerable ones.

Rohingya Muslims in Myanmar account for about five percent of the countryâ„¢s population of nearly 60 million. They have been persecuted and faced torture, neglect, and repression since the country’s independence in 1948.

Hundreds of Rohingyas are believed to have been killed and thousands displaced in recent attacks by extremists who call themselves Buddhists.

The extremists frequently attack Rohingyas and have set fire to their homes in several villages in Rakhine.

Myanmar army forces allegedly provided the fanatics containers of petrol for torching the houses of Muslim villagers, who were then forced to flee.

Myanmarâ„¢s government has been repeatedly criticized for failing to protect the Muslim minority.

YH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran raps terror attack on pilgrims in Iraq

0

Iraqi soldiers patrol after a bomb damaged a bus carrying Iranian religious tourists in Karbala, southwest of Baghdad. (File photo)

Iran’s Foreign Ministry has strongly condemned the recent deadly terrorist attack against Iranian pilgrims in Iraq.

Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi on Saturday described the attack as indiscriminate, unjust, and counter to all humane and Islamic principles.

Sixteen Iranian pilgrims were killed in a terrorist bomb attack in the Iraqi city of Muqdadiyah in Diyala Province, about 80 km northeast of the capital Baghdad, on Friday morning.

The blast, killing nearly 20 people overall, ripped through the pilgrimsâ„¢ bus which was heading for the holy city of Najaf. At least 45 others, many of them thought to be Iranians, were also wounded in the bombing.

The perpetrators of such terrorist attacks are either direct lackeys of the enemies of the Muslim community or have been Å“entrapped” in enemy plots, said the Iranian official.

He emphasized that Iran reserves the right to take to task through legal channels those who sponsor and arm the terrorists, adding that Tehran will definitely follow the issue up in due time.

No group has yet claimed responsibility for Fridayâ„¢s bloody attack.

In another terrorist attack on May 25, five Iranian pilgrims were killed and 20 others injured after a booby-trapped car hit their bus near the city of Samarra, some 125 km north of Baghdad.

SF/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Erdogan hits back at western criticism

0

Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan has hit back at western statesâ„¢ criticism of his governmentâ„¢s handling of the ongoing protests in the country.

“Those who are trying to teach us lessons, where were they when the Wall Street events in America were unfolding? Teargas was used, 17 people died, this happened. It happened in the UK, in France, in Germany and to a greater extent in Greece. These protests happen in these countries and they’re all EU members,” Erdogan said on Friday.

Erdogan accused the western states of adopting double standards regarding anti-government protests in the country.

“In any European country, whenever there is a violent protest against a demolition project like this, believe me, those involved face a harsher response,” he said.

The comments came after European Union Enlargement Commissioner Stefan Fule called for a “swift and transparent” probe into police attacks against Turkish anti-government protesters.

“Peaceful demonstrations constitute a legitimate way for these groups to express their views,” Fule said at an Istanbul conference attended by Erdogan.

“Excessive use of force by police against these demonstrations has no place in such a democracy,” he said.

His comments come as Turkish police have been criticized strongly for using excessive force against peaceful protests.

Anti-government demonstrations have been held in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns since May 31. Protesters call for the resignation of Erdogan.

According to Turkish reports, at least four people, including a policeman, have been confirmed dead during the protests so far.

The national doctors’ union says 4,785 people have been injured in the countrywide protests, 48 of them severely. The Turkish government says dozens of police officers have been injured.

The anti-government unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last green public space.

Amnesty International has censured the Turkish police for the tactics they have used to control the protests.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UN warns against spillover of Syria crisis

0

UN High Commissioner for Refugees Antonio Guterres holds a press conference in Tehran on September 16, 2012.

The United Nations has warned against the spillover of the Syrian crisis into neighboring countries, saying the Middle East would face a regional “explosion” if the war does not stop in Syria.

“If the fighting doesn’t stop, we risk an explosion in the Middle East for which the international community is not prepared,” the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR), Antonio Guterres told reporters on Friday.

The UN also called for a record-breaking USD 4.4 billion in humanitarian aid for Syria.

“We are asking for 4.4 billion dollars for the whole of 2013,” said UN’s Under-Secretary General for Humanitarian Affairs and Emergency Relief Coordinator Valerie Amos.

Amos said that the UN agencies estimated that Å“6.8 million people now need urgent help. That is one in three Syrians in need of urgent humanitarian assistance. And between January and April the number of people displaced within Syria has more than doubled.”

More than 1.6 million Syrian refugees are sheltered in often squalid camps across Lebanon, Jordan, Turkey, Iraq and Egypt.

Last month, the UN warned that the number of Syrian refugees could double and reach three million people by the end of this year if the unrest does not end.

UN figures also show that more than four million Syrians have been internally displaced since the beginning of the unrest in the Arab country more than two years ago.

UNHCR says it has registered close to 1 million refugees since the start of 2013 alone, which amounts to about 250,000 people each month.

Syria has been experiencing unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian troops and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

Several international human rights organizations have accused militants fighting against the government of President Bashar al-Assad of committing war crimes.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘China bus fire suspected criminal case’

0

Chinese police investigate the burnt wreckage of a double-decker bus . (file photo)

Local government in China says inspection by experts and police into the express bus fire incident has cast doubt on technical failure as the cause of the incident.

Initial probe has suggested that the blaze is a suspected “serious criminal case,” the local government said at a press conference on Saturday morning.

Investigation showed the accelerant for the fire was gasoline, while the bus engine ran on diesel, Xinhua news agency quoted a government official as saying.

The official also said that the tires and oil tank of the BRT (bus rapid transit) bus were intact before the fire.

Chinese police also posted a message reading a “suspect has been identified” on Saturday on its verified page on Sina Weibo, China’s version of Twitter.

The blaze, which occurred during the evening rush hour in the prosperous port city of Xiamen in Fujian Province on Friday, claimed the life of 47 people, and hospitalized 34.

Public Security Minister Guo Shengkun arrived in Xiamen at around 1 a.m. on Saturday, and ordered a thorough inspection to find about the truth about the incident.

Automotive accidents are common on China’s congested roads.

In August 2012, a double-decker sleeper bus hit the rear of a methanol tanker and caused the death of at least 36 people.

On June 5, 2009, an unemployed man set ablaze a bus with gasoline in Chengdu, capital of southwestern Sichuan Province, and killex 28 people and injuring more than 70.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK police targets new paedophile ring

0

Three men have been arrested by the British police as part of investigations into a paedophile ring that raped underage school girls, drugged them and forced them into prostitution.

The three men being held were arrested after police executed a court warrant under suspicion of the trio letting a premise at Nanford guest house in Oxford to be used in connection with child prostitution.

This comes as seven members of a paedophile gang are facing long prison sentences after being found guilty at the Central Criminal Court of England and Wales last month.

Their offences include conspiracy to rape, child prostitution and trafficking over a period of 8 years.

“The warrant is in relation to information that came to light during the recent trial at the Old Bailey, where evidence was heard that the guest house had been used to facilitate child sexual exploitation,” a Thames Valley police spokesman said.

Police officials added they also executed another warrant at a property in Sunningwell, near Oxford.

Last month, Detective Chief Superintendent Rob Mason had to acknowledge that the Thames Valley Police should have identified the horrific crimes sooner.

BGH/AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Workers Struggles: Asia, Australia and the Pacific

0

 

8 June 2013
Asia

Garment workers’ strikes continue in Ashulia and Gazipur

Around 3,000 garment workers of Dynasty BD Limited in Ashulia and Gazipur industrial belts, on the outskirts of Dhaka, walked out on June 3 to demand payment of overdue salaries and other financial benefits, and immediate withdrawal of the cases filed against workers as a result of the recent industrial action. At least 50 workers were injured when police used rubber bullets and baton-charged demonstrating workers. The Dynasty Group suspended production for several days at its factories in fear of further labour unrest.

Last week, 20,000 garment workers rallied in Ashulia and blocked the main highway to Dhaka to demand better pay. Ongoing protests since the Rana Plaza catastrophe have reduced garment production in Ashulia to 80 percent capacity. The Ashulia plants account for 30 percent of Bangladesh’s total garment exports.

Bangladeshi garment workers walk out over extended hours

On June 5, thousands of garment workers from seven factories in Dhaka’s Tejgaon industrial zone walked off the job and protested on the Tejgaon-Mohakhali and Gulshan road links. Traffic was disrupted for several hours until police intervened, forcing demonstrators to disperse. The strike was a continuation of industrial action that began two days earlier by Sepal Garments employees against a management proposal to lengthen the work day from 10 to 12 hours without overtime. Workers complained that the working day had already been extended by one hour and that no lunch was provided.

Dhaka police fire on demonstrating Rana Plaza workers

Dhaka police used fire arms and water canon on June 5 in an attempt to stop a demonstration by several hundred garment workers and the relatives of victims killed in the collapsed Rana Plaza building. According to local media, around 50 people were injured when police attacked. Police claim that the gun shots were directed into the air.

Protesters who blocked streets near the collapsed Rana Plaza building demanded rehabilitation and compensation for the Rana Plaza victims and still missing workers and a death sentence for the owner of the building. Despite the brutal offensive by police, protesters vowed to continue their actions until a government high official visits the Rana Plaza site and meets workers’ demands.

Transport workers in Bangladesh’s northern districts strike

Government transport workers in the Rangpur districts struck for 48 hours on June 5 over 14 claims. Their demands included a separate wage structure, issuing of appointment letters as per the government gazette, deferment of new bus registrations and an end to extortions by police on roads and highways.

Transport between Rangpur’s eight northern districts was brought to a stand-still during the strike. The strike erupted after the government failed to respond to a June 4 deadline on demands submitted by the Bangladesh Transport Workers Federation to the labour ministry.

India: Rail Wheel Factory workers in Bangalore protest

Around 179 contract workers from Indian Railways’ Rail Wheel Factory in Yelahanka protested in Bangalore on June 3 to demand regularisation of services within a month and provision of benefits like Employees State Insurance and Provident Fund. Workers are concerned that management recently hired 200 new recruits but has failed to regularise any of its contract workers since 1999. The Wheel and Axle Plant Contract Workers’ Union submitted a memorandum to the management.

Belgaum medical institute workers stage protest in Karnataka

Group D Workers of Belgaum Institute of Medical Sciences (BIMS) in India’s south-west coastal state of Karnataka protested on the premises on June 1. They were demanding the institute renew their contracts, which came to an end on May 31. The workers fear that the government is planning to outsource their jobs.

Kerala power workers protest

Kerala State Electricity Board (KSEB) workers protested on May 31 in Cochin against cuts in workers’ benefits and the board’s failure to grant other demands. The protest was organised by the Kerala Electricity Workers Federation, affiliated with the Stalinist All India Trade Union Congress (AITUC).

The central and Kerala state governments began work this year on a debt refinancing package for KSEB which allows private participation in electricity distribution and proposes splitting the KSEB into separate generation, transmission and distribution companies.

Injuries mount as Cambodian police attack striking Nike employees

Four thousand Sabrina (Cambodia) workers in Kampong Speu province west of Phnom Penh remain on strike in the face of ongoing attacks by police and military personnel. The workers, who walked out on May 21 over low wages, produce garments for the giant Nike corporation. The factory is one of five in Cambodia manufacturing for Nike.

Eight union leaders were arrested and over 20 strikers hospitalised on June 3 when 1,000 riot police, using batons and shields, attempted to break up a clash between strikers and 1,000 non-striking workers in the factory compound. It followed a police assault on May 27, when 23 workers, mostly women, were hospitalised and a pregnant worker lost her baby.

On Wednesday, around 1,000 striking Sabrina workers, watched by several hundred riot police, protested outside the Kampong Speu Provincial Court to demand the release of their jailed union leaders.

The strikers are demanding an increase in their meagre $US75 monthly basic salary and $14 per month to help pay for transport, rent and healthcare costs.

Cambodia’s garment industry employs over 400,000 workers and accounts for $4 billion, or roughly 80 percent, of Cambodia’s total export revenue.

South Korean auto workers vote to strike

Nearly 95 percent of 2,650 unionised workers at the Busan plant of Renault Samsung Motors, the Korean unit of French automaker Renault, have voted for industrial action while negotiations for a new wage agreement are in progress. Workers planned to strike for one hour on the day and midnight shifts, commencing June 3.

Union demands include a 130,498 won ($US117) monthly base pay raise, allocating 30 percent of the company’s net profit for workers’ bonuses, extending the retirement age to 61 and a 10 million won technical education allowance for employees’ children. Management has proposed to freeze wages and reduce benefits.

Australia and the Pacific

Western Australia: Perth airport security screeners walk out again

For the second time in eight days, 80 MSS airport security screening workers at Qantas and Jetstar terminals at the Perth Domestic Airport in Western Australia walked off the job for 48 hours on June 4 in an ongoing dispute over a new work agreement. The snap strike was in response to MSS management locking out 14 workers for attending a stop work meeting. Last week, workers struck for 24 hours after management locked out five fellow workers for the same reason.

The United Voice union wants a 20 percent pay rise over three years, an increase in shift allowances and weekend penalties to bring them on par with MSS screeners in other states. MSS workers in Perth earn 8.7 percent less annually than their counterparts in Adelaide and Melbourne where living costs are significantly lower. Workers rejected management’s offer of just 3.2 percent annual increases over four years.

New South Wales nurses and midwives continue protesting

Over 1,000 members of the NSW Nurses and Midwives Association (NSWNMA) and supporters rallied outside the rural offices of 40 state members of parliament on May 31 to demand guaranteed minimum nursing hours in general wards on par with the larger hospitals in Sydney. This equates to a minimum of six hours per patient per day or one nurse for every four patients. The protests are part of an ongoing state-wide campaign.

Other demands include minimum nursing and midwifery levels to hospital emergency departments and high dependency units and that midwives have a maximum of four hours per shift contact time with patients, leaving four hours to attend to associated duties.

The current Public Health System Nurses & Midwives (State) Award expires on June 30. The NSWNMA has restricted its pay demand to a 2.5 percent annual increase in exchange for guaranteed staff-to-patient ratios. A union official said that the state Liberal government had rejected all their demands and offered only 2.25 percent annual increases.

Australian shipbuilding workers end industrial action

Over 600 members of the Australian Manufacturing Workers Union at the heavy engineering and shipbuilding firm Forgacs, with plants in Newcastle, Sydney and Brisbane, accepted the union’s proposal to end a month of industrial action and vote on the latest proposal from their employer in their dispute for a new work agreement. The decision was taken during a 24-hour stoppage on June 5.

The shipbuilding workers began a series of strikes and protests on May 2 after negotiations to replace their enterprise agreement, which expired in March, reached deadlock.

In the tentative deal negotiated by the union, workers would receive annual wage increases of 3.5 percent over two years and 3.75 percent for the third year, and the trial of a nine-day working fortnight. The settlement of what the union claimed was the main sticking point in negotiations–the addition of a new dispute settlement clause and the “consultation process”–has not been made public.

Workers will decide on June 13 in an official ballot whether to accept the deal. Only 55 percent of 300 employees accepted the deal in an unofficial ballot at Forgacs’ Hexham site in Newcastle on Wednesday.

Forgacs is building the $8 billion Hobart Class Air Warfare Destroyers for the Australian military. The company operates seven facilities throughout New South Wales and Queensland, including three strategic portside facilities.

Australian Capital Territory nurses reject pay offer

On May 28, Canberra nurses voted to reject the Australian Capital Territory’s Labor-Greens government proposal to increase nursing wages by just 2 percent a year for the next four years. Nurses said the offer was below the inflation rate and unacceptable.

Negotiations for a new enterprise agreement with the Australian Nursing Federation (ANF) have been ongoing since last year. The union wants a 5 percent annual pay increase for the next four years and improvements to night shift penalties, rosters and the career structure for nurses. An ANF official told media that no industrial action was proposed before the current agreement expires on June 30.

New Zealand LNG tanker drivers on strike

Eight of ten drivers for Rockgas, the consumer natural gas arm of one of New Zealand’s largest energy retailers and electricity generators Contact Energy, walked off the job on a planned eight-week strike over a proposed pay cut on June 3. Their action follows a six-day strike in April after three months of negotiations between Rockgas and the FIRST Union failed to reach a new employment agreement.

The company has proposed a two-year agreement with a cut of $1 per hour to the base rate. Drivers are seeking a pay rise to reflect the higher pay among Rockgas’s competitors, better conditions and improved safety.

New Zealand McDonald’s workers continue protests

Workers at McDonald’s fast food outlets in Manurewa, Manukau and Clendon walked off the job for one hour and picketed restaurant entrances on June 1 and 2. The ongoing pay dispute involves 1,500 McDonald’s employees across New Zealand,

Unite union members have rejected a 25 cent per hour pay rise offer by McDonald’s and demanded pay parity with workers at the restaurant chain KFC and payment for withheld break time. According to Unite, McDonalds owes its workers about $2.5 million in stolen wages across their 160 stores.

Papua New Guinea union supports employer’s sacking of striking members

In fear of losing their jobs, 1,000 striking palm oil workers at the Gusap Estate of Ramu Agri Industries Ltd. (RAIL), in Madang ended a one week strike on June 3 after their union allowed the sacking of 265 fellow striking workers. The Ramu Agri Industries National Employees Union (RAINEU) supported management’s claim that the wildcat strike over a pay cut, which had closed down the processing mill and stopped all production at the company’s three plantations, was illegal.

The strike was sparked when management reduced pay alleging that workers had not met production targets agreed to in the current union-negotiated collective bargaining agreement (CBA). A union official justified deserting its members telling the media that the terminations were done under the CBA, which stated that workers who were absent for four consecutive days were automatically terminated. Workers complained that the CBA had never been explained.

Police were called to the plantation to assist RAIL management to remove the terminated workers and their families from company residences after workers changed the door locks and refused to leave.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

US Sgt. Robert Bales pleads guilty in Kandahar massacre

0

 

By
Richard Vargas

8 June 2013

On Wednesday, Staff Sergeant Robert Bales, 39, pled guilty to 33 of 34 charges in what has become known as the Kandahar massacre, which left 16 Afghan civilians dead and another six injured.

The guilty plea, worked out between Bales’ defense and the Army prosecution, guarantees that the death penalty will not be pursued in the case. A sentencing date is set for mid-August when the judge, Colonel Jeffery Nance, will decide whether Bales will be allowed the possibility of parole with the expected life sentence he is to receive.

The attack, in which many innocent victims, including women and children, were murdered in cold blood, has become a symbol of the criminality of the US-led occupation of Afghanistan, now entering its 12th year. In the early morning hours of March 11, 2012, Staff Sergeant Bales massacred 16 Afghan civilians, including nine children, in two poor farming villages in the Panjwai district of Kandahar Province. Six others were injured in the murderous rampage.

According to Bales’ testimony on Wednesday, prior to the attacks he had been drinking contraband alcohol with fellow soldiers, snorting Valium (an anti-anxiety prescription drug), and taking steroids at his post in Camp Belambay, a military base near the two villages he attacked. The two separate attacks, occurring only about an hour apart, were carried out in the nearby villages of Alkozai and Najiban, both less than two miles from the base.

In between the attacks, Bales briefly returned to Camp Belambay, only to then leave once again after a fellow soldier dismissed Bales’ claims of the attack on Alkozai. Following his attack on Najiban, Bales surrendered without incident upon returning to the base, which had already been alerted by the Afghan security forces that a soldier was spotted leaving Camp Belambay a couple of hours after midnight.

Bales’ testimony on Wednesday was the first time that he gave a public account of the events of that morning. At one point, when the judge asked if Bales had deliberately burnt some of his victims by setting them on fire with kerosene, which he did not remember but was documented, Bales responded, “It’s the only thing that makes sense, sir.”

During Bales’ Article 32 pretrial hearing in November 2012, victims and witnesses testified via video teleconference about what they saw and experienced. Mullah Khamal Adin, who lost 11 relatives in the carnage but was not present during the attack, spoke about walking into the home of his cousin where he not only found his uncle’s wife dead with shots to her head, but also a pile of naked and burned corpses, seven of which were children. “This is my request: to give justice,” Adin said through the video teleconference.

Survivors or relatives of victims of Bales’ assault spoke to the Associated Press last month. Mohammed Wazir, Adin’s cousin, was away with his three-year-old son at the time of the attack on his home. The 11 family members murdered in that home were Wazir’s wife, his mother, two brothers, a 13-year-old nephew and his six children. Wazir, who is now left only with his son, Habib Shah, said that “[h]e misses his mother all the time.”

Zardana, an 11-year-old victim who survived a shot to the head with a serious disability, witnessed her grandmother murdered and her 16-year-old brother, Rafiullah, shot in both legs during Bales’ rampage on their home. Describing Bales’ indiscriminate shooting, Rafiullah stated in the AP interview that he “just went bang, bang, bang.”

When asked by the judge during Wednesday’s proceedings why he carried out these heinous attacks on civilians, many of them women and children, Bales responded: “Sir, as far as why——I have asked myself the question a million times. And there is not a good reason in the world for why I did the horrible things I did.”

Bales’ unambiguous declaration of personal responsibility, designed to avoid the death penalty, sheds a harsh light on the entire occupation of Afghanistan. While Bales is indeed responsible for his crime, it emerges directly out of the methods through which Washington and its NATO allies prosecute the war in Afghanistan.

In so-called “night raids” mounted by US and allied Special Forces in Afghanistan, troops appear in households suspected of sheltering insurgents during the middle of the night, attacking people they believe to be targets appearing on a “kill/capture list.” Such raids, in which many Afghans have died, have become a focal point of opposition in the Afghan population. (See “US/NATO death squads killing indiscriminately in Afghanistan”)

They are so unpopular that even Afghan President Hamid Karzai, the head of the US puppet regime in Kabul, has felt obliged to repeatedly call for them to be ended.

Under conditions where soldiers are constantly exposed to such tactics and to the stress of combat, it is inevitable that certain individuals will snap and, as Bales did, take the methods of death squad killings into their own hands.

This appears to have been what occurred in Bales’ case. Serving his fourth combat tour at the time–he had served three tours previously in Iraq, being wounded twice–he had shown signs of post-traumatic stress disorder and had experienced a severe brain injury. Just days before the attacks, he had witnessed a fellow soldier lose a leg from a roadside bomb.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Two reports show escalating social inequality in Australia

0

 

By
Terry Cook

8 June 2013

Two reports that appeared on the same day late last month–the BRW Rich 200 list for 2013 and a Salvation Army National Economic and Social Impact Survey–underscore the widening gulf in Australia between a thin super-rich layer and millions of ordinary people facing worsening economic hardship.

The BRW Rich 200 list details the personal fortunes amassed by Australia’s 200 wealthiest people. The top ten alone had combined assets of $66.38 billion. While the overall value of richest 200 fell by $4.4 billion–largely because of the breakup of the mining boom–they still held $176.8 billion between them. The entry level to the exclusive rich club was $235 million.

The biggest falls in fortunes were in the mining sector, because of falling demand and lower commodity prices, driven by slowing economic growth in China and the downturn internationally. Ivan Glasenberg, chief executive of GlencoreXstrata, lost $1.79 billion, leaving him with a mere $5.61 billion. Fortescue Metals Group’s Andrew Forrest, who relies on iron ore contracts, was down $2.23 billion to $3.66 billion, while Clive Palmer, who depends on coal sales, was down to $2.2 billion, from $3.85 billion last year.

Even so, four individuals from the mining sector featured in the list’s top ten places.

First place went to Western Australia-based iron ore magnate Gina Rinehart, who saw her wealth fall by $7 billion last year to $22.02 billion. This was still double the $10.31 billion she held in 2011. Rinehart inherited her father Lang Hancock’s in-perpetuity royalties to iron ore in the Pilbara region–an empire that began with the mining of blue asbestos.

Second on the list was Westfields shopping centre operator Frank Lowy, whose stocks rose $400 million to $6.87 billion. He was followed by James Packer, heir to media baron Kerry Packer, who increased his wealth to $6 billion from $5.21 billion last year, largely due to his growing interests in the gambling sector, including a 40 percent share in Melbourne’s Crown Casino.

Anthony Pratt, the sole manufacturing employer in the top 10, moved from fifth to fourth place with $5.95 billion, up $500 million. He derived his fortune from his father Richard Pratt, the founder of Visy cardboard.

Next came residential apartment developer Harry Triguboff ($4.95 billion), property developer Hui Wing Mau ($4.8 billion) and property investor John Gandel ($3.7 billion). There were followed by mining and property magnate Christopher Wallin ($2.8 billion), private hospitals owner Paul Ramsay ($2.70 billion), retailer Gerry Harvey ($1.44 billion) and fellow retailer Solomon Lew ($1.70 billion). All except Wallin, another mining casualty, enjoyed handsome windfalls over the year.

None of these fortunes are the result of personal labour or brilliance. They are part of a global transfer of wealth from the working class, which has accelerated since the global financial crisis emerged in 2008 through corporate cost-cutting and other pro-market measures at the expense of jobs and social services. (See: “The 2008 crisis and the restructuring of class relations in America”)

In Australia, the wealth transfer first intensified under the Hawke-Keating Labor government during the 1980s and 1990s. Enforced ruthlessly by the trade unions, a vast economic restructuring saw the wholesale destruction of social conditions, jobs and working conditions.

This process is being deepened under the current Gillard Labor government, which is imposing a program of austerity to further gut social programs, dismantle welfare provisions and slash public sector employment, and backing major corporations as they shed jobs and drive down wages and conditions.

Some of the devastating social consequences are shown in the Salvation Army’s survey of 2,705 people accessing the charity’s relief and support services. Some 28 percent of respondents could not afford one decent meal each day, and 58 percent could not pay utility bills on time.

Most were living precariously, with 92 percent have little or no savings in case of an emergency. Even basic health care was out of reach. About 60 percent could not afford dental treatment and 35 percent went without prescribed medication.

Adequate housing was denied to many. Some 28 percent reported not having a decent home, 33 percent had no roofing and gutters, and 32 percent were without secure locks on doors and windows. Over a quarter (27 percent) could not afford heating and cooling in at least one room of their home and one quarter could not afford decent furniture.

A growing army of “working poor” was seeking assistance. Over a third of the respondents were employed on a casual basis, with 30 percent employed on a permanent or ongoing basis.

Children suffered. Over half the respondents were unable to afford out of school activities for their children and more than one third could not pay for school-based activities. Some 51 percent of people surveyed cared for young children.

The Gillard government’s attacks on social programs have worsened the plight of such families. Its callous decision to shift 84,000 sole parents onto sub-poverty level unemployment benefits resulted in an average loss in weekly income of $140.

The Salvation Army reported that Labor’s changes meant people in single parent households were at “increased risk of poverty and disadvantage.” About 7 percent of single parent respondents were homeless, with another 7 percent having to stay with friends or relatives.

This social polarisation demonstrates that the needs of millions of ordinary people are incompatible with the capitalist system, which subordinates all aspects of life to the drive for corporate profit. More than 150 years ago, Karl Marx wrote: “Accumulation of wealth at one pole is at the same time accumulation of misery, agony of toil, slavery, ignorance, brutality, mental degradation, at the opposite pole.”

The elimination of social and economic deprivation requires nothing less than the overthrow of the profit system and the reorganisation of society along socialist lines so that the vast wealth created by the labour power of the working class can be utilised to meet the social and human needs of all.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

SEP campaigns in Western Australia against US war drive

0

 

By
our reporters

8 June 2013

Socialist Equality Party (SEP) teams have been campaigning in Perth, the state capital of Western Australia, focussing on the US war drive against China and the implications for the working class and youth in Australia and the Asia-Pacific region. The SEP’s senate candidates for Western Australia are Peter Symonds and Joe Lopez.

Just south of Perth is the Stirling Naval Base located on Garden Island adjacent to the seaside suburb of Rockingham. Stirling is the main western base for the Australian navy, including its submarine fleet, and the area houses associated engineering infrastructure.

The Gillard Labor government, which has signed up to the Obama administration’s aggressive military build-up throughout the Indo-Pacific region against China, has already held discussions with the US on opening up the base to US warships, including possibly aircraft carrier battle groups.

The US regards the Stirling base on the Indian Ocean as critical to its plans for a possible blockade of the key shipping routes through South East Asia used by China to access energy and raw materials from the Middle East and Africa. The Western Australian base is one of the few options that the Pentagon has to station naval forces in the Indian Ocean.

When the SEP campaigned in Rockingham few people knew anything of the discussions taking place about the expansion of the Stirling base or an enhanced American naval presence. The Gillard government and media have worked to keep the working class entirely in the dark as to the Labor government’s military commitments to Washington and their implications. Those we spoke to were genuinely shocked at the dangers posed by a major US naval base being established just across the water from the seaside suburb.

Derek, a retired driver, said he knew nothing about the plans, but was not surprised that the government was saying nothing about it. “Well no one tells the truth in the government. We need someone that is going to tell the truth. Lay it out, be honest. But they don’t,” he said when senate candidate Joe Lopez explained what was being prepared.

Derek recalled what had happened in the lead-up to the US invasion of Iraq and the lies about weapons of mass destruction. “It was basically about oil and the money factor, the dollar, the mighty dollar that rules all this, when they went in there, into Iraq and they killed Saddam Hussein. But there was nothing [no WMDs] there. So who’s telling the truth? Who can we trust?”

Speaking in Fremantle Mall, a retired nurse from Melbourne initially told Senate candidate Peter Symonds that she didn’t want to be told about the US military preparations if it was going to be bad. But, as the conversation went on, she said she was firmly opposed to war.

“I don’t agree with war. I don’t think people should be fighting each other. The Iraq war should never have happened. I don’t think that any war should ever happen. I think a lot of wars happen because of religion and nationalism. So I don’t like that either.

“I don’t know why Anzac Day is getting bigger and bigger and bigger. My children have chosen to go and I cannot understand why. They are going along without thinking about the people who died in the war, and those who came back injured.”

Other SEP teams in Rockingham came across tradesmen who worked on the base and were disturbed by what was taking place. One who did not want to be named said he had worked on military facilities in several states. “I am frightened of the extent to which US has its operations here and makes Australia a target whether we want it or not,” he said, adding that “people need to find out more about these covert activities.”

A graduate research student told SEP campaigners that his project was associated with the Stirling base. Other research funding was being axed, he said, but not for his work. He was concerned about the dangers of the war drive against China. He was “well aware of the advanced operations already and that work at the naval base is being expanded” and thought it was a “positive thing” that the SEP was raising the issue. “I don’t think war should be an option,” he said.

The SEP also found real concerns about the danger of war among students at Murdoch University. Again, while few knew the details of the Obama administration’s pivot to Asia they were well aware of the role of the US in Asia and the Middle East over the past decade and the Australian government’s support for American interventions.

Kannan, a student from Singapore, said: “I don’t like these preparations for war by the US. The US is involved in all the countries in the region to make economic gains for itself. They are going into different countries and taking control. It is all very one-sided. I have a friend from the Philippines. There is always a debate as to whether American involvement is good or bad. In the long run I think it has purely been to the advantage of the US. They also wanted to go into Sri Lanka at one point. They really wanted a base there. It is a very central point to the shipping routes across the Indian Ocean.”

Pakistani student Sadia commented: “I think the US are trying to extract resources from the countries that they are going into because their own economy is going down. That is a really bad thing to deprive people of their own land and their own resources. What they did in Afghanistan and Iraq was terrible. They have no right to do that. They label it as fighting terrorism. But who they label as a terrorist depends on whether they can get economic gain or not.

“The US does not have a right to interfere with the political situation in any country. I am against the interference of the US in Pakistan, against the use of drones. It is like they are coming into my house. People should be protesting against that. People in the US should be protesting against that. I didn’t know about US bases in Australia, but they have had them in Pakistan, and in Afghanistan they have completely taken over.”

Zeta from New Zealand said that she was concerned about what the US had been doing in Iraq and Afghanistan. “War is ridiculous. It’s power games between governments,” she said. Zeta asked about the economic issues underlying the drive to war and asked whether it was true that the top 1 percent of society controlled economic wealth and finance.

She was especially opposed to the Gillard government’s decision to take money from university education. “If you can’t get a good education then you will be forced into low paid jobs or unemployed. Students are concerned about the financial situation. I know my partner who is studying at present is worried that if money is taken from universities, fees will go up. I am not studying but I want to. I am from New Zealand so the fees are even higher and I cannot afford it. No way.”

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne 3051



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Russian officials charge FBI failure to heed warnings led to Boston bombings

0

 

By
Nick Barrickman

8 June 2013

The speaker of the Russian Senate, Valentina Matvienko, told interviewers from the Interfax news agency on Tuesday that Russian Federal Security Service (FSB) officials sent numerous warnings to US authorities about Boston Marathon bombing suspect Tamerlan Tsarnaev, but “this information was not taken seriously by the American side, which is what led to that tragedy.”

The statement came after a bipartisan US congressional delegation, headed by House Republican Dana Rohrabacher, visited the country on an ostensible “fact-finding” trip, where they were presented with documents by FSB official Sergei Besada showing that his agency had known about Tsarnaev since 2011.

The six congressmen were read a translation of a letter sent by the FSB to the US Federal Bureau of Investigation in March 2011 that gave a detailed account of Tsarnaev’s Islamic jihadist sympathies. The Russian intelligence agency subsequently sent the same letter to the US Central Intelligence Agency.

The FSB reported that Tamerlan Tsarnaev had become radicalized in Boston in 2010 and wanted to join Palestinian fighters, but gave up the idea because he did not speak Arabic. Instead, the letter said, Tsarnaev’s focus turned to Dagestan, a majority-Muslim region in the North Caucasus where a Muslim separatist movement has been carrying out terrorist actions against Russian authorities. Tsarnaev’s mother came from Dagestan and his father from neighboring Chechnya.

According to one of the congressmen in the US delegation, Rep. William Keating (Democrat of Massachusetts), the letter gave Tsarnaev’s date of birth, his cell phone number and information about his boxing career as well as information as about his wife and mother.

The letter asked US officials to notify Russia if Tsarnaev headed to Dagestan.

According to the Russians, neither the FBI nor the CIA responded, and there was no warning from the US when Tsarnaev traveled to Dagestan in January of 2012, where he remained for six months and established contact with underground separatist fighters.

He met several times with Makhmud Mansur Nidal, a known separatist recruiter, as well as with Canadian-born jihadist William Plotnikoff, according to the Russian officials, who believed Tsarnaev decided to return to the United States only after these two contacts were killed by Russian forces.

“I never thought we’d get that much information and cooperation,” said Keating. He added that “you can see with the level of these details that, in fact, if we had had better information sharing, there’s a very strong chance that things could have changed, and [the bombings] could have been avoided. He further noted that the level of detail provided by Russian sources was much “more specific” than that provided by the FBI.

Another member of the delegation, Rep. Steve King (Republican of Iowa), told the Hill web site, “[Russia] wanted to help. And they got the message by implication that the FBI was not interested in examining Tamerlan.”

These developments render all the more implausible the official story that the FBI conducted an investigation of Tamerlan Tsarnaev in 2011 and then closed the file on him, having found “no derogatory information.” The failure of the FBI, CIA and Homeland Security Department to respond to multiple warnings, to prevent Tsarnaev, who had been placed on terrorist watch lists, from traveling to Dagestan, or even question him on his return, and their failure to alert state and local police in advance of the April 15 Boston Marathon of their knowledge of Tsarnaev–none of this has been explained. Instead, the alibi utilized to explain the staggering security and intelligence lapses in the 9/11 attacks has been revived: a “failure to connect the dots.”

The media and both political parties evince no desire to get to the bottom of the US intelligence agencies’ evident role in facilitating the bomb plot allegedly carried out by Tamerlan Tsarnaev, who was killed in a shootout with police several days after the bombings, and his younger brother Dzhokhar, who is in custody in a prison hospital facing federal charges of using a weapon of mass destruction, a capital crime. Three people were killed and more than 260 wounded in the twin bombings near the finish line of the marathon.

The stench of cover-up intensified last month when the FBI shot and killed an unarmed witness who was being interrogated in his home in Florida. The victim, Ibragim Todashev, was a native Chechen who had lived in Boston and become friendly with Tamerlan Tsarnaev. No credible explanation has been given for this crime, lending credence to suspicions that Todashev was silenced because he knew too much about Tamerlan’s relations with the FBI and other US agencies.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Photojournalists, artist censored by Australian authorities

0

 

By
Richard Phillips

8 June 2013

Over the past fortnight, New South Wales state authorities have censored the work of internationally acclaimed photojournalists in Sydney, while in Melbourne police seized images from an art installation by Paul Yore, who could face prosecution on so-called pedophilia charges. The actions are the most serious attacks on freedom of expression since the threatened arrest of Bill Henson and seizure of his photographs in 2008 under the federal and New South Wales Labor governments.

On May 25, scores of images by photojournalists were excised from Vivid Sydney’s Reportage festival by New South Wales tourist authority, Destination NSW. The authority, which owns and controls Vivid Sydney, issued its directive a few hours before the exhibition was to be projected onto two large screens near the Museum of Contemporary Art. The show contained images by a number of high-profile international documentary photographers–James Nachtwey, Jodi Bieber, Francesco Zizolla and many others–as well as local photojournalists.

Many of the award-winning pictures had already been published and widely exhibited internationally. These included war images from Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran and Africa, and graphic shots of natural disasters in Australia, along with images from the 2005 Cronulla race riots and the 1977 Granville train disaster. 

The tourist authority management suddenly claimed that a large number of images were “too distressing” and demanded they be removed. Among these were black-and-white photos by Andrew Quilty of Victorian bushfires and the Queensland floods, and several by Raphaela Rosella–part of a series on young mothers. According to Destiny NSW, “they weren’t family friendly.”

Destination NSW chief executive officer Sandra Chipchase told the media she made “no apologies” for her demands, falsely claiming there were pictures of “dead children.”

“What we don’t want is children walking around the corner and seeing pictures of dead children. We think it is threatening to families.” The Reportage festival screening, she told the Sydney Morning Herald, was “about entertainment and engagement.”

Reportage festival curator and photographer Stephen Dupont publicly denounced these claims and several photographers–including Bieber, a prize-winning South African photographer who was scheduled to speak at Vivid Sydney, and Zizolla–decided to withdraw all their images in protest.

Dupont told the World Socialist Web Site he had consulted with Destination NSW and the photojournalists during the initial editing process, but that just before the show was finalised he had been presented with impossible demands from the state tourist authority.

Dupont, who has decades of photojournalist experience, commented: “Chipchase’s claims that there were dead children in the exhibit is not true. I don’t know what they expecting from some of the world’s best photojournalists, but we were presented with an impossible situation.

“I’ve worked all around the world, and in countries where you would expect censorship but I’ve never experienced this sort of thing before and especially in my own country. Something has shifted here and it’s a real concern. The government clearly wants to control things, not just in the media but what the general public can see and hear. It’s Orwellian.”

A photo essay by Jack Picone about life on the Thai-Burma border was also censored. The photographer posted an angry protest on his Facebook page: “While some of the images are confronting none are gratuitous or sensational. All of the images are an attempt by the photographers who authored them to reach out and ‘touch’ their fellow man.”

Reportage’s public screenings, Picone continued, were “to promote awareness and stimulate debate about contemporary social issues and the people they impact upon… It is not the role of the tourism division of the NSW State Government to pull the plug, switch off the lights and plunge the people in these images into darkness. This is the work of oppressive regimes, mad dictators, oligarchs and police states.”

These protests were met with a stony silence from the NSW Liberal government and the federal Labor government of Julia Gillard, making clear their endorsement of the censorship. Ruling elites everywhere are desperate to sanitise reality and cover up the human of cost of war, poverty and other social disasters, and divert attention from those politically responsible.

A week after the censorship of Reportage festival, Victorian police raided the Linden Centre for Contemporary Arts in Melbourne, confiscating material from a large installation assembled by Paul Yore and entitled Everything’s F. . ked. It was part of an exhibition paying tribute to avant-garde artist Mike Brown, the only Australian artist ever convicted of obscenity. Yore’s work contained sex aids, toys and balloons, and a cardboard cutout of a child with pop-star Justin Bieber’s head, urinating from a dildo into a sink. The gallery had issued leaflets warning patrons that the exhibition could be offensive and unsuitable for children.

Yore was questioned by Victorian detectives after the raid and, according to police, the 25-year-old could be charged with the production and possession of child pornography. Under current law, he could face up to 10 years jail if found guilty. Yore initially described the confiscation as “censorship gone mad” but, acting on the advice of lawyers, has not issued any further statement about the raid.

National Association for the Visual Arts executive director Tamara Winikoff and several gallery owners have defended Yore, opposing claims that his work was pornographic or exploited children.

Winikoff said it was “another case of people being overprotective of the public sensibilities and not acknowledging that people are perfectly capable of making up their own minds. Any case of censorship where the work is not actually illegal is unjustified, and in this case I think the police would be very hard pressed to prove the work is illegal.”

Heide Museum of Modern Art director Jason Smith rejected allegations that Yore’s work was pornographic and said the 25-year-old was a “serious and intelligent young artist.” The Heide Museum of Modern Art and the National Gallery of Victoria are among several Australian galleries that have exhibited Yore’s work.

According to the Melbourne-based Crikey web site, the raid occurred after Port Phillip councillor Andrew Bond and local residents Chris Spillane and Adrian Jackson publicly claimed to be offended by the installation. Bond told one newspaper that the exhibition was “complete smut.”

After the raid, Jackson posted a comment in the Leader newspaper on June 2, stating: “Mission accomplished–the kiddy art exhibition is now closed. Next step is getting the Linden Gallery to be self funding instead of behaving like a parasite on [local] ratepayers.”

While Crikey points out that these individuals have, or had, connections to the Liberal Party, no state or federal Labor Party official has condemned this outrageous attack on freedom of artistic expression and the threatened arrest of Yore. The establishment parties have no fundamental differences on this issue. All seek to create a climate of fear and intimidation where artists and writers begin to self-censor and steer clear of subjects or themes deemed too controversial or that might politically educate young people and the working class.

* Some of the censored photographs from the Reportage festival can be viewed here.

The author also recommends:

Australian artists face new censorship measures
[9 February 2009]

Australian photographer Bill Henson–scapegoat for a wider assault on democratic rights
[30 May 2008 ]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Obama defends massive spying on Americans

0

 

8 June 2013

President Barack Obama on Friday staunchly defended wholesale government spying on the phone calls, emails and other communications of the American people.

Speaking to reporters in San Jose, California in advance of his summit with Chinese President Xi Jinping, Obama referred to media exposés of secret data-collection programs by the Pentagon-based National Security Agency (NSA) that target hundreds of millions of Americans as “hype.”

He characterized the NSA’s daily collection of telephone records of all customers of the major US telephone companies, first revealed Wednesday by the British Guardian newspaper, and the NSA and FBI’s tapping into the servers of major Internet companies to access emails, photos, chats and documents, exposed Thursday by the Guardian and the Washington Post, as a “modest encroachment” on constitutionally protected privacy rights.

Obama defended these Orwellian surveillance programs with the standard, catch-all justification that they were needed to protect the American people from terrorist attack. He claimed they were legal because they were sanctioned by Congress and approved by the secret rubber-stamp courts that operate within the framework of the Foreign Intelligence Security Act (FISA). There were “a whole range of safeguards,” he declared, but said nothing concrete about the supposed checks on the spy and police agencies, since, like everything else about these programs, they are classified.

His remarks, from beginning to end, were a collection of sophistries and lies. He repeatedly insisted that “nobody is listening to your telephone calls,” as though, even if true, that would render harmless the possession by the military of detailed information on the social and political associations and daily habits of hundreds of millions of people. Similarly, Obama insisted that the Internet surveillance program–which does involve eavesdropping on the emails and other communications of millions of individuals–did not “target” Americans. In fact, any US resident who communicates with people outside the country is liable to be swept up in this dragnet.

Nothing that Obama or any other government official says about state surveillance programs carried out under the cover of the “war on terror” can be taken for the truth. Just two months ago, James Clapper, the director of national intelligence, flat out lied to the Senate Intelligence Committee when he was asked whether the NSA spied on Americans.

The claims by Obama and other politicians, Democratic and Republican alike, that systematic spying on the entire population is motivated by the desire to prevent terrorist attacks deserve to be treated with contempt. This is being said in the midst of yet another sordid cover-up of evident state complicity in a terror attack on US soil. Once again in the Boston Marathon bombing, as in the 9/11 attacks and the abortive Christmas Day 2009 bombing of a commercial jet over Detroit, it turns out that the perpetrators were well known to the FBI, CIA and other agencies and multiple warnings were ignored.

Indeed, Obama himself alluded to the political motivations behind the government spying programs, commenting that after he leaves office, “I will be a private citizen, and I suspect that on a list of people who might be targeted… I’d probably be pretty high on that list.”

What is clear is that the real danger to the rights of the American people comes not from terrorists, but from within the American capitalist state. The police state measures put in place under Bush and expanded under Obama are directed against social opposition from the working class to the US ruling class’ policies of austerity at home and endless war abroad.

The Constitution, the Bill of Rights and democratic rights as a whole are being shredded. In their place, barely concealed behind the increasingly hollow trappings of democracy, a dictatorship is emerging.

The Fourth Amendment, part of the Bill of Rights, states: “The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

Everything about the programs Obama defended Friday stands in obvious and direct opposition to this clear and unequivocal ban on state violations of privacy rights.

In his remarks Friday, Obama said that “you can’t have a hundred percent security and also then have a hundred percent privacy…” In other words, translated into plain English, the Fourth Amendment no longer applies. Likewise, as far as the administration is concerned, guarantees of due process, trial by jury, and freedom of speech, the press and assembly are no longer operative.

The disintegration of American democracy was underscored by the general response of the political establishment to the revelations of massive government spying. Prominent Democrats, such as Senate Intelligence Committee Chairwoman Dianne Feinstein and Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, rushed alongside their Republican counterparts to defend the NSA programs.

The relatively muted and scattered opposition from Democratic “liberals” and Republican right-wing libertarians, as well as criticism from press outlets such as the New York Times and the Washington Post, stopped well short of demanding an end to the programs, the dismantling of the NSA, the prosecution of intelligence officials, or impeachment proceedings against Obama, whose violations of the Constitution go far beyond anything carried out by Richard Nixon.

Meanwhile, Director of National Intelligence James Clapper late Thursday issued a ringing defense of the NSA programs and implicitly threatened to prosecute those responsible for exposing them to the public. He charged that the leaks will cause “long-standing and irreversible harm” to US national security, and called the “unauthorized disclosure of information” on the programs “reprehensible.”

The New York Times, for its part, published an article describing the author of Guardian articles on the two NSA programs, Glenn Greenwald, as being “obsessive” about government surveillance and asserting that Greenwald had “put himself… in the cross hairs of federal prosecutors.”

In his remarks on Friday, Obama referred back to the speech he gave May 23 at the National Defense University. In that extraordinary address, Obama defended his anti-democratic policies, such as extra-judicial drone assassinations, including of

US citizens, while warning of the implications of such brazen violations of the US Constitution. His speech reflected a deep crisis and sharp divisions within the state, and suggested that Obama felt his own position to be by no means secure.

On Friday, he made the strange assertion that he would “leave this office… sometime in the next three-and-a-half years.” [Emphasis added]. Obama is well aware of who really wields power–namely, the military/intelligence establishment in alliance with Wall Street. Should these forces become dissatisfied with Obama’s pursuit of their policies of social counterrevolution against the working class and global hegemony, and his readiness to make the changes in the forms of rule required to implement this agenda, he could be quickly dispensed with.

“If the people can’t trust not only the executive branch, but also don’t trust Congress and don’t trust federal judges to make sure that we’re abiding by the Constitution, due process and the rule of law” he added, “then we’re going to have problems here.”

In fact, the advanced stage of the collapse of American democracy is rapidly undermining support for the system within vast sections of the population. The turn to authoritarian forms of rule is, in turn, driven by the immense growth of social inequality and the increasing resort to criminality and war on the world arena.

Such a crisis of class rule signifies the emergence of a period of revolutionary upheavals. Capitalism means social inequality and war, which are incompatible with democracy. The only defense of democratic rights lies in the struggle of the working class for socialism.

The author also recommends:

The war on terror and the fate of US democracy
[28 May 2013]

American democracy in shambles
[22 April 2013]

Barry Grey



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Mass layoffs hit European auto parts suppliers

0

 

By
Markus Salzmann

8 June 2013

In Germany, France and other countries, auto makers are imposing mass layoffs and factory closures. Employees in the auto parts supply industry are also being affected severely. In the next five years, 75,000 jobs are to be eliminated at car parts suppliers in western Europe. This estimate comes from a report produced by the management consultancy firm Roland Berger.

Bosch, the world’s largest supplier of auto parts, intends to review its production costs and reduce its spending, according to the Financial Times, which cited the company. The working hours for several hundred staff have already been cut.

In the face of the crisis in the European auto industry, the Canadian-Austrian supplier Magna intends to reduce the workforce at its European facilities. The firm’s chief, Donald Walker, spoke of “adjustment measures” that had to be adopted in this context. Whole factories could be “brought in to line” with these conditions, and Walker told the business magazine Wirtschaftswoche that employees in North America should also expect job cuts.

Above all, the production facilities in the Austrian towns of Steyr and Graz are seen by management as too expensive, and costs will need to be reduced or the plants closed. “It is clear that we have to be more efficient in our Graz factory,” said Walker. He justified his plans for cuts with the remark that Austria is a “high-wage country” and not sufficiently competitive. Magna is the fifth largest supplier of auto parts globally, with an annual turnover of €30 billion.

Sachsenring, the former producer of the Trabant, declared bankruptcy in May in the town of Zwickau in west Saxony. “The aim is to continue with the business and to reorganise,” a company spokesman declared. As has been the case at many other factories, workers face downright blackmail. To keep production running, further job cuts, wage reductions and other measures to save money are said to be “unavoidable.”

The firm, founded in 1958, was wound up after the reunification of Germany in 1990. In 1993, it became part of a newly founded parts supplier under the name Sachsenring Automobiltechnik Ltd. After a period in which more than half of the workforce lost their jobs, the new firm went bankrupt in 2002 and was taken over in 2006 by the Leipzig-based group HQM. There are currently 240 full-time and 50 temporary workers remaining. At the end of February, the company announced that it had suffered losses in previous years but should return to profitability and growth from next year.

German supplier Benteler is eliminating 1,800 jobs from a total of 22,000. Around 500 of these are likely to go at the German headquarters in Paderborn. In 2012, Benteler achieved a turnover of €7.5 billion.

The Swiss parts supplier Autoneum is cutting jobs in France. One of the first savings is to come from the closure of a factory at Dieppe in Normandy and the transfer of the manufacturing of sound and heat insulation to other facilities. According to media reports, the factory had been “underutilised” for several years. Apart from Dieppe, the Swiss firm owns another four factories in France.

At Fehrer, another auto parts supplier, 160 jobs are threatened by the closure of a factory in Markranstädt near Leipzig; but no announcement has yet been made about when the factory will close. The family-run firm also intends to cut around 400 jobs at its centre in Kitzingen near the town of Würzburg. The owners said the reason for the cuts was the declining sales figures for vehicles.

According to its own figures, Fehrer currently employs 4,100 workers at 21 locations in seven countries. The firm’s annual turnover for 2012 totalled €470 million. The layoffs are generally seen as a prelude to larger spending cuts.

For the second time since the restructuring plan was announced, roughly 500 workers demonstrated in Kitzingen last Saturday against job cuts and plans to halt production.

“Fehrer workers never give up,” read the sweatshirts of the participants in the rally. The protest was directed against Tom Graf, who has been hired by management to implement the restructuring measures. “Now the emergency manager is here, the end is suddenly near,” one banner read.

Workers from the company’s facilities in Schweinfurt, Kitzingen, Giebelstadt and Leipzig took part in the protest. The demonstration was not organised by the Verdi trade union or the works council, but by two relatives of Fehrer workers, Daniela Nikolic and Johanna Weiß.

The pair are firmly determined to fight until the job cuts are revoked, the local paper Meinpost reported. Daniela is 33 and a single mother to a seven-year-old child. Both of her parents are employed in production at Fehrer. “If it is shut down, they would lose everything: their financial security, their life and their house. My brother could also probably not study,” said Daniela in an interview.

Johanna Weiß is a language student at a school for interpreters in Würzburg. Her mother works at Fehrer in the production of foam for fire extinguishers. The loss of her job would hit the family hard, reported Meinpost .

The trade union and central works council have done all they can to keep the protests against the layoffs small and isolated. After the job cuts were announced, the union and works council did nothing to defend the workers. Walther Mann, a representative of the IG Metall union, even gave his support to Graf and the management, declaring it was the brutal competition in the auto industry that was to blame for the layoffs at suppliers.

The appearance at the protest of the Left Party’s Klaus Ernst was especially cynical and repugnant. He declared to the Fehrer workforce, “An end needs to be put to a small group of people deciding what happens in the world, increasing their wealth as they throw others out of a job.”

As a representative of IG Metall, Ernst worked with the management of auto parts supplier Schäffler in Schweinfurt to impose measures saving €250 million. For the workers this meant an average wage cut of 17 percent. The Left Party and IG Metall played a central role in helping to secure the company at the expense of the workers. The same thing is currently happening at Fehrer.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Greater Manchester, Britain hospitals face downsizing

0

 

By
Jean Gibney

8 June 2013

National Health Service (NHS) district general hospitals across the Greater Manchester region of England are facing an unprecedented overhaul of Accident and Emergency (A&E) units and eight other services currently provided across the network.

The public consultation process over the proposals contained within the review Healthier Together has now been postponed to late summer. Local health chiefs and clinicians backing the plans have not specified the A&E units to be closed or which hospitals are to have their services withdrawn. However, the intent is signalled in the paper, “The Greater Manchester Case for Change.” It dismisses district general hospitals as a hangover from the past.

It is clearly framed within the context of the £20 billion of NHS cuts, with the current level of expenditure on health and social care in the region described as “unsustainable”, and calls for a “transformational reduction in demand and dependency.” All but 5 out of 11 existing A&E units across Greater Manchester are at risk.

Earlier in the year, local health chiefs approved the closure of Trafford General A&E unit following a bogus consultation. Backing the closure, Dr. Nigel Guest, chair of Trafford Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG), referred to it as the first stage of Healthier Together. The Trafford CCG is one of 12 CCGs involved in the restructuring plans for hospital services across Greater Manchester.

The model for Healthier Together is the previous review of maternity hospitals in the region, “Making it Better” (MiB). This was the largest restructuring of hospitals in Greater Manchester to date and was undertaken by the previous Labour government. In 2007, Labour health minister Alan Johnson approved the plans, which led to the loss of a third of consultant-led maternity units, reducing the total from 12 to 8. The units closed were Trafford General, Bury (Fairfield), Rochdale and Salford.

This was part of a downsizing operation carried out nationwide. In 2006, the government of Prime Minister Tony Blair appointed Sir David Nicholson to the post of NHS chief executive. He described his mission as to complete 60 “reconfigurations” of NHS services, stating, “The wicked issue of maternity services had to be tackled.”

Then, as now, the closure programme was justified on the pretext that concentrating services at fewer locations would improve health provision through more centralised specialised care. “Services will be safer by concentrating staff and expertise into fewer, bigger, centres of excellence for overnight maternity, neonatal and children’s care,” MiB stated.

The growth in birth rates was also underestimated. The Office for National Statistics (ONS) had projected that live birth rates in Greater Manchester will increase to 33,642 by 2015, compared to 33,544 in 2005. In 2010, there were in fact 37,876 live birth rates in the region. The biggest rise took place in the cities of Manchester and Salford.

Sarah Davies, senior lecturer in Midwifery at the University of Salford, and Heather Rawlinson, a midwife and Salford resident, stated, “The proposal to retain only a stand-alone Midwifery Unit will result in only the healthiest, low risk women able to give birth in Salford, while women with complications will have to travel further.”

This was despite 39.2 percent of Salford residents not having cars and Salford’s notoriously bad public transport links. “Ill health is higher in more deprived populations such as Salford therefore the reconfiguration will result in perpetuation of the ‘inverse care law’–those who need it most have the poorest care,” the authors declared.

The axing of maternity units met with widespread opposition. In Salford, 60,000 people signed a petition against the closure of Hope Maternity Hospital, and there were numerous protests and lobbies.

But the trade unions refused to organise any action against the attacks and instead promoted the review process as a means to reverse the closure plans. This was bound up with dividing the opposition to the closures along local lines. Following the closure of Trafford General maternity unit in February 2010, the incoming Conservative/Liberal Democrat government offered a stay of execution for Bury, Rochdale and Salford. By early 2011, the review process ratified the closures of all three, which were implemented by March 2012.

Salford Labour MP Hazel Blears was allowed to pass herself off as an opponent of the closure of the local maternity unit, while ensuring that this was reduced to accepting a downgraded service–substituting consultant-led maternity units with a stand-alone midwife-led units (MLUs). Hope maternity unit was closed in late 2011 and replaced by an MLU.

Promoting this as a significant concession smoothed the path for the bulk of the cuts to proceed. It ignores the fact that mothers with complicated pregnancies will need to go outside of the area, or the risk posed by those who develop problems in labour having to be transferred in an emergency. Salford Royal hospital itself faces the loss of 750 jobs by 2015.

Expectant mothers in the Bury area will not even have a stand-alone MLU, but will have to travel up to 9.5 miles to Royal Bolton or North Manchester Hospital to receive overnight consultant-led maternity and neonatal care. Royal Bolton, one of the three maternity units dubbed “super centres”, is in the process of cutting 500 jobs, including 149 nursing and midwife posts.

The seamless nature of the assault on the NHS carried out by Labour and the Tories is personified in the figure of Nicholson, who has been retained as NHS chief executive by the coalition. The government has stood by Nicholson against calls for his resignation for his part in the scandal at Stafford Hospital, in Staffordshire, England, in which poor care resulted in the unnecessary deaths of up to 1,200 patients between 2005 and 2009.

Nicholson was a regional health boss at the Trust running the hospital, which was found to have “put corporate self-interest and cost control ahead of patients and their safety” by an official inquiry. Nicholson was there for one year before being promoted to his £270,000 job as head of the NHS. He was on the panel that appointed the chief executive of the hospital who was to order a deep round of cuts, which caused standards to plummet. Nicholson was viewed as a safe pair of hands to oversee the dismantling of the NHS and the £20 billion package of cuts by 2015 that he drew up in collaboration with the previous Labour government.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

‘Lebanon can’t host more Syria refugees’

0

Lebanese President Michel Sleiman has warned that his country is unable to host any more Syrian refugees escaping violence in their homeland.

During a meeting with the ambassadors of the permanent members of the UN Security Council in Beirut on Friday, Sleiman urged the world body to pay more attention to the burden that the influx of Syrian refugees has had on Lebanon.

He also called for equal responsibility of receiving the refugees, tightening the control of refugee status, hosting refugees inside Syria, and increasing the international aids to the Lebanese government in this regard.

The latest figures from the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) indicate that over half a million Syrians have sheltered in Lebanon after fleeing unrest in their country. But the figure covers those who have registered with the UNHCR and those who are waiting to register.

Lebanese government officials, aid workers and experts believe that the refugee figure is higher by an additional several hundred thousand people, and it does not include the tens of thousands of displaced Syrians in Lebanon who are well-off or otherwise supporting themselves, and not relying on humanitarian assistance.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey are supporting the militants.

Several international human rights organizations have accused militants operating in Syria of committing war crimes.

MP/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US, Chinese presidents hold two-day discussion in California

0

 

By
Joseph Santolan

8 June 2013

US President Barack Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping met today in southern California for the first of two days of informal talks . This is the first meeting between the two leaders since Xi was appointed head of the Chinese state in March.

The initial meeting between Obama and Xi had originally been scheduled for September. Rapidly escalating US-China tensions and the desire in Washington to ratchet up the pressure on Xi over allegations of Chinese cyber-warfare and Beijing’s relations with North Korea, led to arrangements being made for an earlier June 7—8 summit.

There is clear concern within sections of the US foreign policy establishment that the drive towards conflict with Beijing is nearing a possible point of no return. The Obama administration’s “pivot to Asia”–the calculated tightening of a noose around China through US basing deals, military exercises, shows of force, and diplomatic machinations–has turned the Asia-Pacific into a simmering cauldron of regional conflicts.

Former US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, speaking about the Obama-Xi summit at the Asia Forum on Tuesday, said: “We are in a situation that we have a common set of problems, if we don’t solve them jointly, the whole world will be divided in every part between people who have been pressed to join one model or another. That will be a disaster for the two countries and for the world.”

Far from preparing to ease tensions with China, on the eve of the summit, Obama made clear he will maintain US economic and strategic pressure. He publicly declared that Beijing would have to comply with an “economic order where nations are playing by the same rules”–coded language for the Chinese leadership accepting US currency manipulation and further opening up its economy to US corporations.

The Obama administration has made clear that the first item on its agenda for discussion with Xi was the Pentagon’s allegations of systematic hacking by the Chinese government and People’s Liberation Army (PLA) of US government and military facilities, as well as of American corporations. This topic was chosen by the White House months in advance, as a pretext to press Beijing for major economic and strategic concessions.

Washington has not produced any evidence substantiating its allegations of hacking by the Chinese government. Nevertheless, an unnamed White House official told United International Press on Tuesday that Obama would nevertheless demand Xi take the blame for cyber attacks, because “no matter who is responsible, countries have to take responsibility for what emanates from inside their borders.”

Obama’s unsubstantiated accusations of Chinese cyber-espionage reek of hypocrisy. The world of cyber-espionage, targeted malware attacks, and online surveillance has its center in Washington. US authorities have repeatedly carried out cyber-attacks against countries that failed to follow its line, including helping design and deploy the Stuxnet computer worm to attack Iran’s nuclear facilities.

What is more, revelations over the past weeks have shown that the US government has wiretapped the Associated Press, collected the phone records of tens millions of Americans, and tapped directly into the central servers of Microsoft, Yahoo, Google, Facebook, Paltalk, AOL, Skype, YouTube and Apple to collect personal user data. Unsubstantiated US allegations of cybercrimes against China pale before this onslaught.

On the same day as Obama’s first meeting with Xi, the Guardian published a leaked top secret presidential directive, dated October of last year, in which Obama tasked senior national security and intelligence officials with creating “a list of potential overseas targets for US cyber-attacks.”

These attacks were intended to advance “US national objectives around the world.” The directive stated: “The secretary of defense, the DNI [Director of National Intelligence], and the director of the CIA … shall prepare for approval by the president through the National Security Advisor a plan that identifies potential systems, processes and infrastructure against which the United States should establish and maintain OCEO [Offensive Cyber Effects Operations] capabilities.”

These were to be pre-emptive attacks against foreign countries. The launching of a domestic cyber-attack would require the authorization of the president, except in the case of an “emergency.”

Another front on which Obama seeks to pressure Xi is its relations with North Korea. Washington has relied upon the predictable bluster of North Korea as a pretext for escalating its “pivot to Asia.”

Following a “playbook” set months in advance, Washington deliberately provoked both Pyongyang and Beijing by conducting practice bombing runs with nuclear-capable B-52 and B-2 bombers in March. When North Korea responded with threats to launch a missile, Washington seized upon this to increase its military presence in the region, expand its anti-ballistic missile shield system, and to press Beijing to break economic and political ties with Pyongyang. China has long relied upon North Korea as a buffer state between itself and South Korea, a key US ally in the region.

With Washington seizing upon the volatile North Korean regime’s rhetoric as a pretext to escalate its military presence in East Asia, sections of the leadership in Beijing have moved to distance themselves from Pyongyang. They cut off financial ties with North Korea’s largest foreign exchange bank and leaked contingency plans for the replacement of Kim Jong-Un to the German press.

Fearing that Beijing would bow to pressure from Washington, Pyongyang made arrangements with Seoul on Thursday to resume talks between the two countries and to reopen the hotline which was shut down during the March stand-off.

At the California summit, the Obama administration did not miss an opportunity to put military pressure on China. In a calculated threat against Beijing, the Pentagon will be staging joint exercises with Japan in southern California four days after the summit with Xi. These exercises, involving live-fire drills and mine operations, include a series of amphibious assaults on San Clemente Island, which are chosen to resemble the Senkaku/Diaoyu islands, over which Japan and China are embroiled in a long-standing naval and diplomatic stand-off.

The Chinese government asked that Washington call off the exercises, but the Obama administration pointedly refused. This decision reflects the highly provocative role being played by US imperialism throughout the region, encouraging Japan and other states to provoke territorial disputes with China.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

UNESCO sounds Mali heritage damage alarm

0

Militants of the al-Qaeda-linked Ansar Dine extremist group sit in a vehicle near Timbuktu on April 24, 2012.

The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) says damage to the cultural heritage in the war-torn Mali is more serious than previously estimated.

UNESCO said on Friday that over 4,000 ancient manuscripts have been lost in Maliâ„¢s famous northern city of Timbuktu with sixteen mausoleums destroyed.

Lazare Eloundou Assomo of the UN body said that a Thursday visit to the damaged and destroyed sites revealed that the destruction by al-Qaeda militant, who occupied Timbuktu, is Å“even more alarming than we thought.”

He said the Djingareyber Mosque, a very old mosque in the city also needs serious repair.

Assomo estimated the cost of preserving the ancient manuscripts at more than eleven-million dollars.

The ancient city of Timbuktu has been home to an old library for centuries, housing manuscripts on science, astrology, medicine history and theology.

The city was the scene of heavy clashes between French forces and local fighters earlier this year.

France launched a war in Mali on January 11, 2013 under the pretext of halting the advance of rebel fighters in the country.”

The French-led war on Mali has caused a serious humanitarian crisis in the northern areas of the country and has displaced thousands of people, who now live in deplorable conditions.

YH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rethinking American Exceptionalism

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/rethinking_american_exceptionalism_20130607/

Posted on Jun 7, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Bedroom tax makes rent soar in Scotland

0

Scotland has seen a rapid increase in rent arrears, causing Scots further financial difficulties, since the British government introduced the contentious bedroom tax.

The controversial tax has drained £50 million from the housing benefit system, designed to help the worst-off in Scotland pay their rent.

Now, only £10 million of emergency funds are accessible in the form of housing benefits in Scotland, which means only the most destitute can get help.

The Scottish Federation of Housing Associationsâ„¢ chief executive Mary Taylor said those affected had “raced” to the £10 million emergency fund.

She added housing associations have been hit by a soar in rent arrears, which could add to the Å“already significant financial challenges faced by social landlords”.

The bedroom tax targets social housing tenants believed to have a Å“spare” room, even if the room is used for children of parents living apart and are sharing care of their offspring.

Scottish Housing Minister Margaret Burgess said that Scotlandâ„¢s parliament strongly opposes the Westminster governmentâ„¢s bedroom tax Å“which is why we have said we will revoke it if Scotland votes for independence in 2014.”

Meanwhile, similar problems are being reported in towns and cities across the rest of the UK.

Sheffield is a case in point where applications for emergency financial help have risen by 400 percent.

BGH/AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NAM urges UNHRC against discrimination

0

The Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) has urged the UN Human Rights Council (UNHRC) against adopting a selective and political approach with regard to the issue of human rights.

Speaking as the head of NAM in an address to a UNHRC session, Iranian Ambassador to the UN Office in Geneva Mohsen Naziri-Asl voiced the blocâ„¢s deep concern over the UNHRCâ„¢s growing trend of adopting resolutions against developing countries.

Unfortunately, this trend has been used as a tool to serve political interests and is in violation of the founding principles of the UNHRC, Naziri-Asl said, warning that such a policy could undermine cooperation in promoting and supporting human rights.

NAM believes that the international community should investigate the human rights situation in different countries without any discrimination, and not differentiate between developed and developing nations, he noted.

He said that NAM attaches great significance to the promotion and support of human rights. Naziri-Asl further highlighted the movementâ„¢s determination to promote, observe, implement and support human rights based on the universally acknowledged principles of human rights as well as the UN Charter and international law.

NAM believes that the issue of human rights must be pursued via a constructive, non-hostile, unselective, and apolitical approach and based on dialog, justice, impartiality and transparency, he said.

Naziri-Asl emphasized that such an approach should be based on respect for national sovereignty, territorial integrity and non-interference in the domestic affairs of countries.

AR/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NSA whistleblower: ‘Mass surveillance makes intelligence community less efficient’

0



Published time: June 08, 2013 01:46
Edited time: June 08, 2013 03:40

USA-Cyberwar / Reuters / Rick Wilking

Download video (41.92 MB)
Embed

Code

While the intelligence community has succeeded in duping the US administration into allowing mass surveillance, it did not help improve national security at all, former NSA analyst William Binney told RT.

William Binney, who worked for the NSA for over 30 years as a
cryptanalyst-mathematician but resigned in 2001 as a
whistleblower, explained why the notion that mass surveillance is
necessary in order to combat terrorism is false.

RT: You have first hand knowledge on how the NSA works, is
this just the tip of the iceberg?

William Binney: Well, in terms of the number of companies
in the amount of data, yes that’s pretty much the case. It’s a
direct violation of the constitution, that’s why I left the NSA
in 2001. They started to do this, and that’s why I left. I could
not stay there and be a party to the violation of my
constitution, plus it was in violation of any number of laws at
the time.

RT: President Obama has said that the invasion of
privacy is done in the name of security, is he right about that?
Does mass surveillance help security?

WB: No, it doesn’t. In fact it adds more of a problem
because what that means, quite simply, is that if you go into a
larger database, you get more data back no matter what the query
is. It’s like making a query with Google. If you go in with a
Google query you can get tens of thousands, or hundreds of
thousands or even a million returns. Well, there’s no way you can
go through that, all of that, to see what you’re really
interested in. So what that does is make them less proficient at
doing their jobs.

RT: And what about the cost of this to the
taxpayer?

WB: Well all of that is being borne by the taxpayer. We
had proposed to them a number of years ago, about 2004, that we
design a system and build it for them for about $250 thousand,
where it would select only the relevant data that they wanted to
look at, out of the entire worldwide system. And we did it based
on a simple two-degree principle – that is, if you had a
terrorist calling somebody in the United States that was one
degree, and that person in the US calling others in the US was
the second degree. So, in other words what you would’ve been
looking at was being able to find the cells inside the country,
as well as being able to monitor terrorists worldwide. You would
get it all, the rest of it was just extra information.

RT: Do you think that the impact of 9-11 and the
war on terror is so great that Americans are content to allow
security to trample over anything else, even personal
privacy?

WB: I think, initially, it began that way. People were
trusting their government, I think that’s basically the case.
Congress and the administration at the time was being bamboozled
by the intelligence community, saying that you have to collect
all this data to find the bad guys, and if we don’t do that you
won’t be able to achieve that, which is absolutely false.

RT: Now there have been ongoing controversies
surrounding the US spying on its citizens, is anything likely to
make the government rein in its security services now?

WB: It’s going to be very difficult, because they have so
much invested in doing what they’re doing. It costs a lot of
money to do this, and their budgets have been almost tripled, I
think, since 9-11, so that kind of spending is hard to waste. So
what they’re really doing is saying we have to use what we have,
which is the problem with power — when you give power to an
organization or to people they tend to use it. And assembling
this kind of information about all the citizens in the United
States, or anybody else for that matter, gives you power against
them, you have leverage, and you can use that power against them.
Or you can use other agencies of the US like the IRS to
investigate people, and use your knowledge about people in the
country to use the IRS to target them. For example, if they
wanted to know who was in the Tea Party, they already have that
from the telephone and email networks. The communities built from
that data will tell them who’s participating in the Tea Party,
the central figures, and who are not central to the Tea Party,
and then from that if they are asking for tax exempt status, you
can send the IRS after them to harass them. That’s what’s
possible, that’s what this power of knowledge does, it gives them
that power to do that.

RT: In your experience with the NSA, is there a culture
of surveillance which is prevailing there?

WB: No, I’m pretty sure there are a lot of people who are
upset, at least from the ones who are retired. I’m getting
feedback from them that they’re really upset at what NSA has been
doing. And, of course, just the disclosure of the FISA warrants
and this PRISM program says there are others who are working in
government and in NSA who are upset by what they’re doing,
otherwise they wouldn’t have been leaked.

RT: If this was practice, in both George W Bush’s
administration and now apparently president Obama’s, it suggests
both seem to agree on this surveillance of its citizens, what
does this mean for the future, where is this all going?

WB: Well, what that simply means is that we have to start
electing people who are smart enough to realize when they’re
being bamboozled by the intelligence community or anybody else,
we can’t just take people and elect them who accept what they’re
being told by departments of government. You have to have people
who do real oversight, from not only the courts — because after
all, the courts, the judge that signed the orders for Verizon, he
didn’t know any more than the government told him. So, he was
totally dependent on what the government was telling him to
justify their warrant, or their order. And that’s not acceptable.

This article originally appeared on: RT

DHS Source Warns: “World War About to Break Out… Will Kill Millions of People” (MUST READ)

0

Something is wrong. Very, very wrong.

Our economy is, as it has been for many years, on the brink of collapse. They may not have announced it officially just yet, but recent data suggests that we are most certainly in another recession (we may never have actually gotten out of the first one). While official statistics indicate there is very mild economic growth, the fact is that the growth is coming from monetary expansion driven by the Fed. As more money is slammed into the system prices rise, forcing consumers to pay more for everything from food to stocks. This, in the eyes of the government is growth. In reality, however 55% of America’s wealth has been vaporized in the last five years, a quarter of American households are on food stamps, and consumers are tapped out.

In the middle east, things are heating up, with Russia having deployed their Pacific Fleet to the region, and the US putting boots on the ground in Syria as recently as this week.

On the political front, we have the President of the United States, his administration and his subordinates at domestic intelligence agencies, the IRS, the Pentagon and the Justice Department embroiled in scandals and activities that have even their most ardent supporters questioning what is really going on behind closed doors.

Yes, something is wrong. But no one is talking — at least not in an official capacity.

Thus, we are left to connect the dots ourselves with the help of various sources made available through alternative media.

We certainly can’t expect government officials to openly admit that some very bad things have happened, are happening and will likely happen in the future. But there are those inside the halls of our most hallowed and respected institutions that risk their lives to get information out so that we can be prepared for what may well be coming down the pike.

We can downplay anonymous sources and pretend like this is all made up, or, we can simply look around and see what’s going on in the world and put two-and-two together.

A report filed in December of 2012 from a source operating inside of the Department of Homeland Security it was noted that there would be a massive hit to precious metals around the Spring of 2013. This drop in prices was to be a prime indicator that events would start accelerating. That slide in precious metals prices has happened — to the tune of over 25% in just a few months.

Now, with revelations that the Obama administration has been snooping on journalists, as well as millions of Americans, the same DHS source has revealed that his department has been actively preparing plans to deal with the coming calamity that can be described as nothing short of the ultimate global doomsday scenario.

With our national leadership involved in criminal behavior bordering on treason, there is a real possibility that a crisis, or crises, will be needed to take the focus off of 1600 Pennsylvania Ave and all of those involved in an agenda that has militarized our domestic police force, supplanted our most fundamental laws, and impoverished our fellow citizens.

Government officials are some of the dirtiest people on this planet — often concerned with only money, power and their personal advancement. So, it’s not too much of a stretch of the imagination to suggest that some of them will do whatever it takes maintain their positions.

This following report from the Northeast Intelligence Network is frightening, because it involves you, your family, and and everything you hold dear.

They are getting ready for some serious sh%t to hit the fan. You should be doing the same.

“If anyone thinks that what’s going on right now with all of this surveillance of American citizens is to fight some sort of foreign enemy, they’re delusional. If people think that this ‘scandal’ can’t get any worse, it will, hour by hour, day by day. This has the ability to bring down our national leadership, the administration and other senior elected officials working in collusion with this administration, both Republican and Democrats. People within the NSA, the Department of Justice, and others, they know who they are, need to come forth with the documentation of ‘policy and practice’ in their possession, disclose what they know, fight what’s going on, and just do their job. I have never seen anything like this, ever. The present administration is going after leakers, media sources, anyone and everyone who is even suspected of ‘betrayal.” That’s what they call it, ‘betrayal.’ Can you believe the size of their cahones? This administration considers anyone telling the truth about Benghazi, the IRS, hell, you name the issue, ‘betrayal,’” he said.

“We know all this already,” I stated. He looked at me, giving me a look like I’ve never seen, and actually pushed his finger into my chest. “You don’t know jack,” he said, “this is bigger than you can imagine, bigger than anyone can imagine. This administration is collecting names of sources, whistle blowers and their families, names of media sources and everybody they talk to and have talked to, and they already have a huge list. If you’re not working for MSNBC or CNN, you’re probably on that list. If you are a website owner with a brisk readership and a conservative bent, you’re on that list. It’s a political dissident list, not an enemy threat list,” he stated.

“What’s that exactly mean, being on that list, that is,” I asked, trying to make sense of it all.

“It means that there will be censorship under the color of authority of anyone in the U.S. who is attempting to expose what’s going on in our name. It’s about controlling any damning information from reaching epidemic proportions. It’s damage control to the extreme. It’s about the upcoming censorship of the internet in the name of national security. The plans are already in place. These latest reports about “spying eyes” have turned this administration and others connected to it into something very, very dangerous. They feel cornered and threatened, and I’m hearing about some plans they have to shut down the flow of information that is implicating them of wrongdoing. Time is short,” he stated.

“How are they going to do this? How is it even possible?” I asked.

“First, they intend to use the Justice Department to silence journalists like in the Rosen case, but they won’t stop there. They will use a host of national security policies, laws, letters, whatever to take out the bigger threats,” he stated.

Next, they will use some sort of excuse, an external threat, and I believe it will be a combination of the economic collapse and a Mid-East war that will begin in Syria to throttle the information that is accessible on the Internet. And you know what? People will believe it!”

Based on what I’ve seen, most of which I should not have seen, the DHS is co-ordinating efforts with other federal agencies to begin to threaten American citizens with incarceration for non-compliance. You know the old talk of color coded lists? Well, this is what they will be using. People exposing the truth about Benghazi, killing the U.S. Dollar, even those questioning Obama’s legal status and eligibility to be President are the current targets. And they’ve had five long years to get to this point. The ugly truth is that these policies and practices did not start under Obama, but long before. This is about the killing of our Constitutional Republic. The murder of our country and the stripping of our rights. While many have been preoccupied with one issue, few have seen the bigger issue. This is the ‘end game,’ for all the marbles,” he stated.

More to come

“Please,” pleaded my source, “get this information out while you can. Tell people what I’m saying, that we don’t have much time, that after the latest exposure of spying, Obama, Jarrett, Axelrod, and others, including members of Congress, have put their plans into high gear.

This is about the Marxist takeover of America. This is about our country being able to survive another July 4th holiday. This is about a world war about to break out that will kill millions of people, all because of the agenda of this administration.”

“They are very dangerous and will do anything and everything to stop the onslaught of negative information that’s being reported by the main stream media. But only about one quarter of the real information is being reported. The other three quarters will be the game changer. But first, tell people what I’ve said. Let them know that more will follow but get this information out right now while the internet is still relatively free. Do it today.”

My source provided additional information, but I am abiding by his wish to get this much out. I am writing now to let people know that we are in for seriously dangerous times ahead.  Deadly times. War, and censorship under the color of authority and under the pretext of of national security. It’s about to get a lot uglier. Stay tuned.

(emphasis added)
Original report at Northeast Intelligence Network via Steve Quayle

We and others have been warning about the surveillance state for years. Look at today’s headlines. It’s now 100% confirmed. Up until this week most Americans didn’t believe it was possible.

We have also warned that the government had turned their security and policing apparatus not against foreign threats, but domestic ones. It should now be clear that you are the target.

Likewise, we and others have warned of the real possibility that this ends with a war that will change the very landscape of this planet. There should be no doubt that the chess pieces have already been positioned.

This IS coming. Maybe not tomorrow. Maybe not next month. But in our lifetimes we will see this manifest right before our eyes.

It’s been done throughout history. Government sponsored democide has taken the lives of hundreds of millions of people throughout history.

What makes you, I or our families any different than those who they came for before?

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

US terror drones kill 7 in NW Pakistan

0

A US Predator drone fires a Hellfire missile. (file photo)

An airstrike carried out by US assassination drones has killed seven people in Pakistanâ„¢s North Waziristan tribal area, which borders Afghanistan.

US drones fired two missiles into a compound in a village in the Shawal district of North Waziristan on Friday night, killing seven people, the Pakistani television network Express News reported.

It was the first drone strike since Nawaz Sharif was sworn in as prime minister of Pakistan on Wednesday.

On the same day, Sharif told parliament that CIA assassination drone strikes infringe on Pakistanâ„¢s sovereignty and asked Washington to end the attacks on Pakistanâ„¢s tribal areas.

“This daily routine of drone attacks, this chapter shall now be closed,” he said to widespread applause in the National Assembly hall. “We do respect others’ sovereignty. It is mandatory on others that they respect our sovereignty.”

On May 29, a US drone attack killed four to seven people in Miran Shah, the main town of North Waziristan.

According to the London-based Bureau of Investigative Journalism, the United Statesâ„¢ drone strikes in Pakistan have killed up to 3,601 people since 2004.

Washington claims its drone strikes target militants, although casualty figures show that Pakistani civilians are often the victims of the non-UN-sanctioned attacks.

The slaughter of Pakistani civilians, including women and children, in US drone strikes has strained relations between Islamabad and Washington, and Pakistani officials have complained to the US administration.

In September 2012, a report by the Stanford Law School and the New York University School of Law gave an alarming account of the effect that assassination drone strikes have on ordinary people in Pakistanâ„¢s tribal areas.

Å“The number of Ëœhigh-levelâ„¢ targets killed as a percentage of total casualties is extremely low — estimated at just 2%,” the report noted.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Another Phony Jobs Report From A Government That Lies About Everything

0

The payroll jobs report for May released today continues the fantasy.

Goods producing jobs declined, with manufacturing losing another 4,000 jobs, but the New Economy produced 179,000 service jobs.

Are these jobs the high-powered, high-wage “innovation jobs” that economists promised would be our reward from Globalism. I’m afraid not.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the jobs created are the usual lowly paid non-exportable domestic service jobs—the jobs of a third world country.

Retail trade accounts for 27,700 of the jobs.

Wholesale trade accounts for 7,900 jobs.

Ambulatory health care services accounts for 15,300 of the jobs.

Waitresses and bartenders account for 38,100 of the jobs.

Local government accounts for 13,000 of the jobs.

Amusements, gambling, and recreation account for 12,500 of the jobs.

Temporary help services provided 25,600 jobs.

Business support services provided 4,300 jobs.

Services to buildings and dwellings provided 6,400 jobs.

Accounting and bookkeeping services provided 3,100 jobs.

Architectural and engineering services provided 4,900 jobs.

Computer systems design and related provided 6,000 jobs (most likely filled by H-1B work visas).

Management and technical consulting services provided 3,200 jobs.

For a decade this has been the jobs profile of “the world’s most powerful economy.” It is the profile of third world India 40 years ago. The jobs that made the US the dominant economy have been moved off shore by corporations threatened by Wall Street with takeovers if they did not increase their profits.

The easiest way for corporations to increase profits is to take advantage of cheap labor in countries with massive quantities of unemployed labor.

So, if we believe the BLS report, and the reported new jobs are not simply a product of faulty season adjustments and a faulty birth-death model, why is the financial press happy that the US economy can only create third world jobs? Why was the stock market up on the news that the US economy has created 179,000 third world jobs? Would rational markets be up on such discouraging news?

But are the jobs really there?

With retail sales going nowhere, why 35,600 new jobs in wholesale and retail trade?

With real median incomes declining, why 38,100 more waitresses and bartenders? For every month as long as I can remember the BLS reports numerous new jobs in waitresses and bartenders, despite the long-term decline in real median income.

In the May jobs report, where are the jobs for the vast number of new college graduates?

The US now has more hotel maids, bartenders, and waitresses than it has manufacturing workers. The US has twice as many people employed in government than in manufacturing.

The services of maids, bartenders, waitresses, and government cannot be exported.
Therefore, the US trade deficit remains large and without exports to reduce it, a crisis in itself.

What the BLS jobs reports have been telling us for many years is that the US economy is in crisis, in a death-spiral. Yet, not a handful of economists’ voices have been raised.

Today president obama’s economist said that the notch upward in the unemployment rate was because the economic outlook was so good that more people were encouraged to enter the labor market than there were new jobs available.

The conclusion is inescapable: The same government that lies about weapons of mass destruction, Saddam Hussein’s al-Qaeda connections, Iranian nukes, and so on, also lies about jobs, the unemployment rate, the inflation rate, rigs every financial and commodity market, pretends that terrorism is such a threat that the US Constitution must be set aside and that Americans are safer without the protection of habeas corpus and due process.

It is amazing how rare terrorism is, especially with Washington in the second decade of trying to stir up terrorism by invading countries on totally false pretenses, murdering citizens of countries, such as Pakistan and Yemen with drones, and supporting Israel’s never-ending murder and dispossession of the Palestinians.

After such massive provocations from Washington, one would think that the world would be ablaze with terrorism. But it isn’t.

As there is so little terrorism, Washington and its presstitute media call those who resist
Washington’s invasion of their countries “terrorists.” Everyone who resists Washington’s military aggression is a terrorist. Just ask the New York Times, Fox News, or any neoconservative. Or, for that matter, the Bilderbergs, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, and Homeland Security, the Gestapo organization that now defines all American dissenters to be “domestic extremists.”

Washington’s claim that Americans have “freedom and democracy” is the sickest joke in human history.

In 21st century America, defendants have no more rights than the accused in Nazi Germany or Stalinist Russia. The FBI now shoots suspects brought in for questioning in the back of the head even before the suspect is arrested. http://lewrockwell.com/spl5/fbi-executed-my-boy.html [1]

Long before Bradley Manning’s trial the presstitutes have convicted the accused based on lies leaked by the prosecutors. Consider Bradley Manning. After three years of detention, including one year of torture, he is brought to a rigged trial as a national security danger. All that Bradley Manning did was to comply with the Military Code and report war crimes. As his corrupt superiors did not want to know, he complied with his duty, apparently, by going public.

Now he is being made an example. The message is clear: Support Washington’s war crimes or be destroyed.

The Amerika that exists today has more in common with Nazi Germany than with the America in which I grew up. The young don’t know any different. But those my age realize that we have lost our country. America no longer exists.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

6 killed in California shooting spree

0

Los Angeles County Sheriff deputies search the grounds of Santa Monica College, California, after a shooting spree on June 7, 2013.

At least six people have been killed in a shooting spree in the city of Santa Monica in the US state of California, and one gunman was also killed by the police.

The black-clad gunman shot and killed six people on Friday before the police killed him in a shootout in the Santa Monica College library, Santa Monica Police Chief Jacqueline Seabrooks told reporters at a press conference.

Å“At this hour, it appears at least a half dozen are dead and as many as two or three are injured,” Seabrooks stated.

The rampage started at a house in the coastal city before the gunman, wearing a bullet proof vest, made his way to Santa Monica College, he added.

Seabrooks said that the attacker killed two people in the house, which he then set on fire, two more people on his way toward the college campus, and then another two people on the campus.

Then the shooter entered the library and fired randomly at people but could not hit anyone, the Santa Monica police chief stated.

“The officers came in and directly engaged the suspect, and he was shot and killed on the scene,” Seabrooks added.

“We are not convinced 100 percent that the suspect who was killed operated in a solo or alone capacity,” he said.

One female witness identified the suspect as a white male, 25 to 30 years old, armed with an assault rifle and an ammunition belt.

Every year, more than 30,000 people are shot and killed in the United States.

The US averages 87 gun deaths each day as a function of gun violence, with an average of 183 injured, according to the University of Chicago Crime Lab and the Centers for Disease Control.

The year 2012 was a record setting year for gun sales in the US.

About 4.5 million firearms are sold annually in the United States at a cost of 2 to 3 billion dollars.

On December 14, 2012, twenty children and six adult victims were fatally shot by a gunman — who later killed himself — at the Sandy Hook Elementary School in the town of Newtown in the US state of Connecticut. Earlier in the day, the assailant killed his mother in another location.

There have been reports that the twenty-year-old killer, Adam Lanza, suffered from a personality disorder, was on the antidepressant Prozac, and was fond of first-person shooter games.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Al Sharpton: A Lucrative Career Built on Hate and Racial Conflagration

0

Twenty-five years ago the Tawana Brawley case enflamed race relations in America and catapulted Al Sharpton into the national limelight. But Sharpton’s race demagoguery had begun years before that, and his notoriety as a racial arsonist continues up to the present, as testified by his leadership role in turning the Trayvon Martin shooting into a national racial confrontation.

The Tawana Brawley case is the subject of a short, excellent new documentary by Retro Report that expertly combines historic photos, documents, and news footage with recent interviews (including with Al Sharpton himself) along with important perspective on the tactics and sordid record of one of America’s most (in)famous agitators and race hucksters. Surprisingly, the New York Times and Newsweek/Daily Beast, two of the MSM flagships that helped boost Sharpton to prominence and shield him from the consequences of his violent advocacy, have promoted the recent Retro Report exposé of Sharpton. The Daily Beast article went further, not only highlighting Sharpton’s role in the Brawley affair but also touching upon the “Rev. Al’s” incendiary role as both the gasoline and the spark in the Crown Heights riots and the Freddy’s Fashion Mart murder/arson tragedy. 

Tawana Brawley: Rev Al’s Launchpad

In November 1987, Tawana Brawley, a 15-year-old black girl from Wappingers Falls, New York, knew she was in trouble. Although she had been grounded, she had gone out with her older boyfriend anyway and had been gone for four days. She knew from past experience that when she went home she could expect a beating from her mother’s live-in boyfriend, a violent ex-con and alcoholic who had served time for murder. To avoid those consequences she concocted a lurid story that ended up being transformed – once Sharpton got ahold of it – into a racially polarizing incident at the national (and then global) level.

Tawana claimed that she had been abducted, raped, and abused by a group of white men, who smeared her with feces and wrote “B****,” “KKK,” and “N*****” on her clothes and body. If true, this would have been a horrendous crime. But Sharpton turned this hoax of a troubled teen into a malicious cause célèbre to advance his own career. Sharpton and his fellow activists, attorneys C. Vernon Mason and Alton Maddox, turned the case into a three-ring media circus that ran for months in 1988, capturing the top headlines of many of the MSM daily news cycles.

Under Sharpton’s tutelage, two of Miss Brawley’s four anonymous white men developed names: local police officer Harry Crist, Jr. and local prosecutor Steven Pagones. Not only that, but Sharpton accused Gov. Mario Cuomo and other state officials of covering up the crime. Officer Crist, who, according to testimony of family and friends, was already dealing with despondency over personal issues, committed suicide, very likely pushed over the edge by the onslaught of defamatory accusations and hateful publicity orchestrated by Rev. Al. But Sharpton, ever the audacious opportunist, even exploited the Crist suicide, accusing Pagones of murdering Crist to keep secret their rape of Miss Brawley. As with all of his other outrageous charges, he offered no evidence.

A special New York State Grand Jury composed of both white and black members spent seven months examining evidence and hearing from 180 witnesses, including forensic experts. One of the witnesses, a black woman who was a resident of the apartment complex where Tawana Brawley was “found” in a garbage bag, said she had seen Brawley climb into the bag. Forensic experts said there was no evidence of rape and the evidence overwhelmingly indicated that the alleged abuses were self-inflicted. While the Grand Jury was conducting its investigation, Sharpton & Co. were conducting daily rallies and marches, as well as busing in demonstrators to lay siege to the Grand Jury and milk the MSM press corps for as much publicity as they could get. The Grand Jury released its 170-page report in October 1988. In its conclusion, after summarizing the key evidence, the Grand Jury stated:

Based upon all of the evidence that has been presented to the Grand Jury, we conclude that Tawana Brawley was not the victim of a forcible sexual assault by multiple assailants over a four-day period. There is no evidence that any sexual assault occurred.

(The conclusion of the Grand Jury can be read here.)

The Grand Jury also exonerated prosecutor Steven Pagones, who later was awarded $345,000 in a defamation lawsuit against Sharpton, Maddox, and Mason.

Sharpton: Brawley Case Will Make Us “the Biggest N*****s in New York”

However, even several months before the Grand Jury issued its report, one of Sharpton’s top aides revealed Sharpton’s mercenary motive. Perry McKinnon, a decorated black Vietnam vet and former police officer, told federal investigators that Rev. Al had admitted privately that he didn’t believe Tawana Brawley’s story, but intended to ride it to fame and glory. McKinnon stated: 

Sharpton acknowledged to me early on that “The Brawley story do (sic) sound like bull****, but it don’t matter. We’re building a movement. This is the perfect issue. Because you’ve got whites on blacks. That’s an easy way to stir up all the deprived people, who would want to believe and who would believe – and all [you’ve] got to do is convince them – that all white people are bad. Then you’ve got a movement…. It don’t matter whether any whites did it or not. Something happened to her … even if Tawana don’t (sic) it to herself.” 

Perry McKinnon submitted to a lie detector test administered on camera and passed all questions. In the Retro Report video, McKinnon further remarked, on camera: 

This whole situation is not about Tawana Brawley. It’s about Mason, Maddox, and Sharpton taking over the town. Their exact words were, “We beat this, we will be the biggest N****** in New York.”

Tellingly, when Sharpton is confronted with McKinnon’s accusations, he doesn’t deny them. In his interview with Retro Report, Sharpton utilizes his standard evasiveness and weasel-worded response. He refuses to apologize, admit that he was wrong, or concede that Brawley was lying. He resorts to his standard line that “something happened,” as if that absolves him of all the unethical and criminal activities he and his team employed. “Whatever happened, you’re dealing with a minor who was missing for four days, so it’s clear that something wrong happened,” Sharpton says. He goes on in a pathetic attempt to cloak his activities in righteousness, declaring: “Even if you think I was wrong on some cases, don’t act like I wasn’t geared towards social justice.”

Yes, no matter how wrong, corrupt, dishonest, or criminal his tactics, they can all be rationalized as acceptable, or even good, because they are employed in the pursuit of  Rev. Al’s warped definition of “social justice.”

As Sharpton predicted, the Brawley hoax did indeed catapult him to new levels of fame and political power, even though it should have landed him in jail and forever exposed him as a malicious charlatan. The Tawana Brawley hoax cost New York taxpayers over a million dollars, but the far greater cost in terms of poisoning black-white race relations is incalculable. 

Serial racial arsonist, liar, demagogue, media celebrity

Even before the Tawana Brawley case had made him a household name, Sharpton had established himself as a racist demagogue. An in-depth, 49-page report by Carl F. Horowitz entitled Mainstreaming Demagoguery: Al Sharpton’s Rise to Respectability (published by the National Legal and Policy Center) traces Rev. Al’s sordid career as an incendiary race baiter and race hater from the famous 1984 Bernard Goetz “Subway Vigilante” shooting, through the Howard Beach conflict (1986), the Tawana Brawley hoax (1987-88), the Central Park “Wilding” rape case (1989), the Bensonhurst siege (1989-90), the Crown Heights riots and Rosenbaum murder (1991), the Freddy’s Fashion Mart murder/arson tragedy (1995), the Amadou Diallo shooting (1999), and much more.

Rev. Sharpton’s sordid career also has been ably summarized by John Perazzo in “The Nine Lives of Al Sharpton” for FrontPageMag.com. 

Sharpton’s role in the vicious racist campaign against Jewish storeowner Fred Harari, owner of Freddy’s Fashion Mart in Harlem, that resulted in the murder of seven people, should have spelled curtains for the hate-spewing “reverend.” Sharpton and Morris Powell, a lieutenant in Sharpton’s National Action Network (NAN), organized an ongoing street demonstration against Freddy’s, with escalating rhetoric that culminated in a shooting rampage by one of Sharpton’s followers, Roland J. Smith, aka Abubunde Mulocko, who burst into the store and shot four people, torched the shop, and then shot himself. Three others died in the fire. In all, eight people, including Smith/Mulocko, died. Sharpton immediately tried to distance himself from the deadly debacle, insisting he had nothing to do with it. However, it was Sharpton and Powell who launched the incendiary boycott and demonstrations against Freddy’s, and Sharpton’s man Powell who daily stoked the rallies with vitriolic denunciations of the Jewish “crackers.” It was Sharpton who publicly denounced Fred Harari as a “white interloper” and an “outsider,” even though he had been a Harlem merchant for decades. Sharpton turned up the vitriol in his speeches attacking Freddy’s in broadcasts over black radio stations WWRL, WLIB and KISS.

What neither the Horowitz or Perazzo exposés mention is that Sharpton’s radical racial activities go back much further, to his activities with Communist Party activists and violent revolutionaries and terrorists in the 1970s. 

The KeyWiki website points out, for instance, that as far back as 1971 Sharpton was supporting the Communist Party’s effort to aid terrorist Angela Davis, who later went on to run twice as the official candidate of the Communist Party USA for vice president of the United States. In 1971 Sharpton endorsed the Communist Party’s Free Angela Davis campaign. Moreover, he has worked closely over the years with communists and Marxist-Leninists, and radical racists such as William Kunstler, Sonny Carson, Ben Chavis, Khalid Muhammad, Malik Zulu Shabazz, Ron Kuby, Michael Ratner, Leslie Kagan, and many others.

Why do NBC, MSNBC, Fox promote this Sociopath?

Considering his toxic record and his cartoonish, buffoonish persona, Al Sharpton should be considered a pariah, a leper, whom no politician and no media organization would dare go near or quote. But Rev. Al leads a charmed life and serves a purpose for various powers that be; not only has he not paid a price for his despicable actions, he has actually prospered.

In his Daily Beast article cited earlier, Stuart Stevens writes: 

There are a lot of angry, twisted individuals in America and Sharpton is hardly alone in having spent decades vomiting hate, leaving innocent victims in his wake. What distinguishes Sharpton is the willingness of powerful people and organizations to look past the hate when they believe it may benefit them.

The Democratic Party and its candidates for president in 2004 were perfectly content to have Sharpton appear in presidential debates. Not one candidate called Sharpton out for his outrageous history of hate.

And today one of the great American news organizations, NBC News, is spending millions of dollars to rehabilitate and promote Al Sharpton. Americans have been pretty good at sniffing out and discarding haters, but here is Al Sharpton on NBC and MSNBC being promoted as a credible source of information. Sharpton has gone from manipulating the news with vile accusations to delivering the news for NBC. When the Boston-bombing story broke, there was Al Sharpton delivering breaking news for MSNBC. 

Yes, the man who has set back race relations in America more than David Duke, the KKK, and the Aryan Nations combined, has been rewarded with his own network platform. He can be viewed daily on NBC’s Politics Nation with Al Sharpton, where he continues his attacks on conservatives, “white America,” Republicans, capitalism, and traditional morality, while promoting Big Government, gun control, homosexual marriage, and other pet hobby horses of the far-left agenda. But NBC is far from being Sharpton’s only media gig; he also has a regular blog on the Huffington Post and has replaced his friend and ally Jessie Jackson as the go-to “black leader” the MSM pundits shower with the most face time.

Fox, O’Reilly, Hannity: What Gives With the Sharpton Lovefest?

If the MSM love affair with Sharpton is reprehensible, the ongoing romance Sharpton enjoys at the Fox network has been doubly so. The top offender at Fox has probably been Bill O’Reilly, who has featured Sharpton as a guest many times, according him a credibility he does not deserve. Moreover, the “tough guy” O’Reilly treats Sharpton with kid gloves, never calling him out on his outrageous antics and never giving him the bully treatment he (O’Reilly) dishes out to conservatives.

Back in 2007, Accuracy In Media’s Cliff Kincaid called O’Reilly out for his support of Sharpton, pointing out that the Fox celebrity anchor was also a featured “special guest” at Sharpton’s annual National Action Network conference, along with Democratic presidential candidate Senator John Edwards. That Democrats such as Edwards, Clinton, Obama, Kerry, et al, find it expedient to associate with the likes of Sharpton is at least somewhat understandable, considering that “the party of Thomas Jefferson and Andrew Jackson” long ago gave up any pretense of being shocked at the even the most extreme radical-left political activities or the sexual scandals of its heroes (think Barney Frank, Bill Clinton, Anthony Weiner). But what is it that makes Fox’s Bill O’Reilly, Sean Hannity, Mike Huckabee, or politicians such as Newt Gingrich so chummy with charlatan Sharpton? It’s not like Rev. Al’s sordid record is any secret. In fact, regular Fox commentator Michelle Malkin has repeatedly exposed Sharpton over the years (see here, here, and here).

Stuart Stevens concluded his Daily Beast column with this common-sense recommendation: 

Here’s a simple test that doesn’t involve market research or complicated board meetings. If you are an NBC exec and have kids, sit down with them and watch the Times documentary on Tawana Brawley. And when your kids ask why your colleague Al Sharpton is working for NBC, you can explain to them why everything you’ve tried to teach them about honesty, fair play, and decency is wrong and Al Sharpton is right. 

Sound advice not only for NBC, but also CNN, ABC, CBS, PBS, FOX, and all the other MSM organizations that regularly give Sharpton a platform for his hate mongering and racial agitation.

Photo of Al Sharpton: AP Images

Related stories:

Gingrich, Sharpton Still Odd Couple

Zimmerman Injury Photo Raises Questions About Prosecution, Media

Sharpton, Jackson, Media Silent About Hate Crime in S.C.

Medical Report Shows Martin Attacked Zimmerman

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Global Cyberwarfare. High-Level US Intelligence Source: “We Hack Everyone Everywhere”

0

Obama Asks Military to Draw Up Plans for Offensive Overseas Cyber-Strikes

Glenn Greenwald — who broke the phone and internet spying stories this week — has a new exposé … this time on offensive cyber-warfare:

Barack Obama has ordered his senior national security and intelligence officials to draw up a list of potential overseas targets for US cyber-attacks, a top secret presidential directive obtained by the Guardian reveals.

***

An intelligence source with extensive knowledge of the National Security Agency’s systems told the Guardian … “We hack everyone everywhere. We like to make a distinction between us and the others. But we are in almost every country in the world.”

***

The full classified directive repeatedly emphasizes that all cyber-operations must be conducted in accordance with US law and only as a complement to diplomatic and military options. But it also makes clear how both offensive and defensive cyber operations are central to US strategy.

Under the heading “Policy Reviews and Preparation”, a section marked “TS/NF” — top secret/no foreign — states: “The secretary of defense, the DNI [Director of National Intelligence], and the director of the CIA … shall prepare for approval by the president through the National Security Advisor a plan that identifies potential systems, processes and infrastructure against which the United States should establish and maintain OCEO capabilities…” The deadline for the plan is six months after the approval of the directive.

The directive provides that any cyber-operations “intended or likely to produce cyber effects within the United States” require the approval of the president, except in the case of an “emergency cyber action”. When such an emergency arises, several departments, including the department of defense, are authorized to conduct such domestic operations without presidential approval.

Obama further authorized the use of offensive cyber attacks in foreign nations without their government’s consent whenever “US national interests and equities” require such nonconsensual attacks. It expressly reserves the right to use cyber tactics as part of what it calls “anticipatory action taken against imminent threats”.

The directive makes multiple references to the use of offensive cyber attacks by the US military.

Greenwald and others have long reported that the Obama administration claims the right to be judge, jury and executioner in both drone assassinations and offensive cyber attacks.

Greenwald also reports that the head of the cyber command is the NSA boss … the same guy responsible for much of the spying we’ve been hearing about:

In January, the Pentagon announced a major expansion of its Cyber Command Unit, under the command of General Keith Alexander, who is also the director of the NSA. That unit is responsible for executing both offensive and defensive cyber operations.

(There are other overlaps and interconnections between spying and warfare as well.)

The War Comes Home

Offensive cyber operations are not only occurring overseas …

The Department of Defense has long waged cyber-war against Americans by censoring and manipulating social media and other websites. More proof here and here.

This is not entirely surprising, given that:

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Syria Army kills rebels near Damascus

0

Syrian army soldiers have killed dozens of foreign-sponsored militants during mop-up operations on the outskirts of Damascus.

On Friday, a number of militants were killed during intense clashes with Syrian troops in the town of Harasta, which is located northeast of Damascus, the official news agency SANA reported.

Two militant commanders, identified as Obada Dahdouh and Noureddin Najjar, were among the dead.

Syrian bomb disposal teams also found and defused five remote-controlled improvised explosive devices at the al-Rasas farms — located between the town of Harasta and the city of Douma, about 10 kilometers (six miles) northeast of Damascus.

On the same day, Syrian troops clashed with militants from the al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front terrorist group in the town of Masraba, killing and injuring a number of them. Two militant commanders, identified as Samir Abdullhai and Omar Sallam, were killed in the skirmishes.

Syrian troops stormed several terrorist hideouts in the town of Babyla, and shot and killed scores of militants. Large amounts of weapons and ammunition were also destroyed after fierce gun battles.

Syrian soldiers also raided a number of terrorist hideouts in the town of Daraya, located about eight kilometers (five miles) southwest of Damascus and killed many armed anti-government rebels.

In addition, units of the Syrian Army attacked gunmen and killed a large number of them in the town of al-Ziyabiyeh. Taher Mandil, the leader of the so-called Ansar al-Furat militant group, was identified among the dead.

In the town of Zamalka, about four kilometers (2.5 miles) east of Damascus, Syrian soldiers raided a terrorist hideout and killed many militants. A large amount of munitions was destroyed after heavy clashes.

Syrian soldiers also attacked armed men in the town of Barzeh, located five kilometers (three miles) north of Damascus, and killed scores of them.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In addition, several international human rights organizations say the militants operating in Syria have committed war crimes.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Any military bid against Syria doomed'

0

Syrian forces stand in the main square of al-Qusayr on June 5, 2013 after regaining control of the town.

Iran’s ambassador to Beirut says the Syrian ArmyËœs recent headways against foreign-backed militants prove that all military bids against the Arab country are doomed to failure.

Å“The victories of the Syrian Army proved that [the crisis] in this country has no other solution but dialog and that all types of military [approaches] are doomed to failure,” Ghazanfar Roknabadi said in a meeting with a group of Lebanese authors and university professors on Friday.

Å“Enemies waged a global war against Syria and targeted the countryâ„¢s unity and stability by making use of all inhumane methods, including the killing of women and children, but all their efforts have failed over the past two years,” he added.

”They [enemies] have now understood that they are unable to overthrow the Syrian establishment, which enjoys the support of the majority of its people,” he pointed out.

On Thursday, Syrian forces liberated the Quneitra Crossing – situated between Syria and the Golan Heights – after heavy clashes with anti-government gunmen.

Also on Thursday, the Syrian troops recaptured the town of al-Dabaâ„¢a. This came after the Army liberated the strategic town of Qusayr on Wednesday following three weeks of fighting with the militants.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

SF/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Cyber war is US ‘red herring’ to put pressure on China

0

The US-China cyber battle is just a distraction designed by the Obama Administration to pressure China at a time when the Washington is implementing its “Pivot to Asia” foreign policy initiative, geopolitical analyst William Engdahl told RT.

The California summit meeting between American President Barack
Obama and his Chinese counterpart Xi Jinping comes as the world’s
two largest economies clash over a range of divisive issues –
including accusations that China has launched a cyber war against
the United States.

The meeting follows reports of Chinese hackers resuming their
attacks against targets in the US and the most recent the
revelations that the American NSA’s PRISM program allegedly spied
on millions of emails.

RT: The US has been very active in the field of cyber
espionage lately, so why get so touchy when somebody uses its own
methods against it?

William Engdahl: The US is probably the number one cyber
warfare force on the planet right now. China is probably playing
a defensive game.

I think that’s a red herring issue right now designed by
Washington, by the Obama administration to put pressure on China
at a time when the US is doing just that with the so-called Asia
pivot. Which really is a China pivot that Obama announced in
Australia back in 2011 to re-direct the American military force
posture towards Japan with the missile defense which is [aimed]
directly against China, towards the supporting of Japan in the
Diaoyu Islands dispute which are in the South China sea, which is
very critical for China’s access to potentially vast mineral
resources as well as its military sovereignty.  

So, I think this cyber-warfare is really a red herring in this
whole dialogue. 

RT: China is planning to strengthen its military with
so-called ‘digitized’ troops – armed with intense IT
capabilities. Is Beijing preparing for a storm?

WE: I think they are preparing. In fact I know they are
from my recent time in Beijing with leading people there. They
read the writing on the wall; they read that the US is pressuring
them through their support of the Arab Spring uprisings in Libya,
in Egypt, in Tunisia and now putting all their efforts into
trying to topple the regime in Syria and direct it toward Iran,
which are the links to the secure oil supply lines for the
Chinese economy. So, they are very well aware.

I think what’s significant about this Xi Jinping visit to Obama
is the sequence of it. He became president in early spring this
year and his first visit as a head of state was to Russia’s
Putin.

The second visit was to South Africa for the BRICS summit and
several African countries — Tunisia and Congo. Then, he comes to
the Caribbean, Mexico and Costa Rica among them before he meets
with the President of the United States. Some 10-15 years ago
that would never have happened.

With the latest NSA scandal it became even clearer that the US is
controlling most of cyberspace “that America is the vigilante
in cyberspace,”
but will eventually lose its dominance,
investigative journalist and author Pepe Escobar told RT

“A year and a half ago they started talking about the
cyber-war from China but before that the US already
launched a horrendously vicious attack via the Styxnet virus
against Iran,”
Escobar said. “So if we are going to have
cyber-wars from now on it’s not going to come only from the US or
from China. It is going to come from the European Union as well
sooner or later. It’s going to come from Iran and from other
developing countries out there as well.”

“If countries see that they are having extreme problems —
trade problems, financial problems — they could counter-attack on
cyberspace,”
he said.

Escobar believes that Barack Obama is going to hand over to his
Chinese counterpart a “very detailed dossier” about all
the alleged cyber-attacks coming from China and “how much this
whole thing cost in terms of US business.”

“The thing is, how is president Xi Jinping going to act upon
this dossier,”
Escobar says. “Is he going to
get somebody in China — the usual two or three scapegoats — so he
can satisfy Obama, person-to-person of course; it’s not going to
do anything; or in fact these affiliated hackers which in fact
can have a military connection — or not — in China are going to
keep on improving what they are doing.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Police clash with protesters in Istanbul

0

Riot police stand ready to confront protesters during a demonstration in Ankara on June 5, 2013.

Turkish police have clashed with protesters in Istanbul as anti-government demonstrators defy Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdoganâ„¢s call to end the protests.

Police in Istanbul’s Gazi district engaged in street battle with protesters on Friday, using water cannons and teargas to disperse them.

Protests at Istanbulâ„¢s Taksim Square also gained momentum after Erdogan called for an end to anti-government demonstrations. Similar protests were held in the capital Ankara.

Earlier on Friday, Erdogan said Ankara is against terrorism, violence, vandalism and actions that threaten others for the sake of freedom.

His comments come as Turkish police have been criticized strongly for using excessive force against peaceful protests.

Stefan Fule, the EU enlargement commissioner, said on Friday called for an investigation into the violence.

Å“The duty of all of us, European Union members as much as those countries that wish to become one, is to aspire to the highest possible democratic standards and practices,” Fule said.

Anti-government demonstrations have been held in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns since May 31. Protesters call for the resignation of Erdogan.

According to Turkish reports, at least four people, including a policeman, have been confirmed dead during the protests so far.

The national doctors’ union says 4,785 people have been injured in the countrywide protests, 48 of them severely. The Turkish government says dozens of police officers have been injured.

The anti-government unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last green public space.

Amnesty International has censured the Turkish police for the tactics they have used to control the protests.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

North, South Korea agree to hold talks

0

A North Korean army officer stands on watch at the truce village of Panmunjom between North and South Korea . (file photo)

North and South Korea have agreed to hold working-level talks in Panmunjom, a traditional point of contact on their border, after months of high tension.

The two Koreas reached an agreement to send three representatives each to Panmunjom on Sunday for talks intended to ease the way for higher-level negotiations, Seoul’s Unification Ministry said on Saturday.

On Thursday, the North Korean Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of Korea issued a statement saying, Å“We propose holding talks between authorities of the North and the South for the normalization of the operation in the Kaesong Industrial Zone (KIZ)….”

Later in the day, the South Korean Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of Korea said in a statement that Seoul Å“positively views North Koreaâ„¢s proposal on official talks.”

Å“We hope that South and North Korea can build trust through this opportunity.”

Kaesong was launched inside North Korea in 2003 to boost ties between the two neighbors. There are 123 South Korean companies in the complex, employing both South and North Korean workers.

Pyongyang blocked access to the site and withdrew its 53,000 employees in May. South Korea also pulled out the last of its workers on May 3.

Seoul has paid 300 billion won (about USD 270 million) in emergency compensation to investors in Kaesong who had to shut down their firms.

The Korean Peninsula has been locked in a cycle of military rhetoric over the past few months.

The rhetoric escalated when the United States and South Korea held joint military exercises in April, with the participation of US nuclear-capable B-52 and B-2 stealth bombers. North Korea censured the drills and warned Washington and Seoul against a Å“preemptive attack,” which could develop into an Å“all-out war.”

On June 1, South Korean Defense Minister Kim Kwan-jin and US Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel said Seoul and Washington would maintain a strong alliance in the face of what they described as potential threats from North Korea.

IA/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NSA Dragnet Debacle: What It Means To IT

0

Jonathan Feldman
InformationWeek
June 7, 2013

Director of National Intelligence James Clapper confirmed Thursday that the U.S. government has been secretly collecting information since 2007, exploiting backdoor access to the systems and data of major Internet and tech companies in search of national security threats. That NSA dragnet, revealed by The Washington Post and The Guardian and code-named PRISM, reportedly taps into user data from Facebook, Google, Apple and other U.S.-based companies. (Those providers have mostly denied that the NSA has such backdoor access.)

If news of the NSA dragnet is true – and it’s hard to believe at this point that it’s not – it’s hard to justify combing through all of the providers’ data and records without a specific due process. One contributor to Forbes.com, a fellow at the Adam Smith Institute in London, thinks it’s a capital idea: “This is in fact what governments are supposed to do, so I’m at something of a loss in understanding why people seem to be getting so outraged about it.”

I strongly disagree. While Clapper’s release states that surveillance is “subject to oversight by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, the Executive Branch and Congress” and must be “specifically approved by the court to ensure that only non-U.S. persons outside the U.S. are targeted,” the release also acknowledges that information about U.S. persons could be acquired in this dragnet. The release states that such acquisition, retention and dissemination of “incidental” findings about citizens will be minimized, but surely there are other, more nuanced ways to catch bad guys.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 8:39 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

NSA overreach: When a system of checks and balances breaks down

0
<!–Sam Sacks–>

Sam Sacks is a political commentator and journalist, the last five years spent covering politics in Washington, DC.

We know of the NSA’s domestic telecom and internet surveillance programs today not because of the efforts of Congress and esteemed Senators like Ron Wyden (D-OR) and Mark Udall (D-CO), but instead thanks to brave whistleblowers.

This fact speaks not only to the critical role whistleblowers are
playing and will continue to play in the struggle against an
emerging, monstrous surveillance state, but it also speaks to the
dereliction of duty of the legislative branch, entrusted with
holding the power of the Executive in check, and utterly failing
in this primary task over the last decade.

It began with the PATRIOT Act which greatly expanded the powers
of the executive to conduct domestic surveillance. Specifically
related to domestic spying, the PATRIOT Act’s section 215 is the
linchpin for the modern surveillance state. How was the NSA able
to use a FISA court to snoop on the calling data of millions of
Verizon customers? Section 215 — also known as the business
records section.

As Sen. Dianne Feinstein noted after news broke of the Verizon
snoop, “This renewal is carried out by the FISA court under the
business records section of the Patriot Act. Therefore it is
lawful. It has been briefed to Congress.”

The ACLU argues, “Section 215 of the Patriot Act allows the FBI
to force anyone at all – including doctors, libraries,
bookstores, universities, and Internet service providers – to
turn over records on their clients or customers.” You can add
telecom companies like Verizon to that list, too.

The only check on this is a secret FISA court, with secret
rulings, and a gag on any warrants that come out of this court.

Rep. Jim Sensenbrenner (R-WI), the author of the original PATRIOT
Act and section 215, reacted with outrage to the news of the
NSA’s collection of Verizon users’ data. “How could the phone
records of so many innocent Americans be relevant to an
authorized investigation as required by the Act?” he asked in a
letter to Attorney General Eric Holder.

Sensenbrenner argued that he does not believe the NSA action “is
consistent with the requirement of the Patriot Act.” If only he
listened to the warnings from privacy experts back when he was
drafting the legislation.

Despite privacy concerns routinely raised by certain lawmakers,
section 215 has been renewed along with the larger PATRIOT Act
which was extended another four years in 2011.

But in its mission to cede all oversight power to the Executive,
the Legislative branch didn’t stop at the PATRIOT Act. With the
Protect America Act of 2007 and later the FISA Amendments Act,
Congress removed the need of executive intelligence agencies to
even obtain a warrant from a FISA court. It codified electronic
monitoring of communications of all Americans who may be
communicating with foreign agents, as long as it was “reasonably
believed” that the specific target of that surveillance was not
inside the country. And to discourage telecom companies from not
complying, they were granted full legal immunity to betray their
customers’ privacy.  

In regards to the latest revelation about the massive internet
snooping operation known as “PRISM,” the ACLUnotes that
subsections of the Protect America Act of 2007, “create the
enforcement mechanism, allowing the AG or DNI to direct a
communications company to immediately allow access to its
facilities.” The ACLU adds this provision is, “one of the most
dangerous…It allows the government to directly tap into
telecommunications facilities.”

AFP Photo / Files / Paul J. Richards

This appears to be exactly what the NSA was doing with PRISM.

So, it’s pretty clear: all this outrageous domestic surveillance
coming out of the Executive that’s long been speculated and only
recently confirmed, was made possible thanks to Congress. That
explains why Congress has largely been unsurprised by these
revelations.

Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-VT) admitted that lawmakers had a “general
sense” of the scope of NSA spying, “but with no specificity.”

Going a step further, Sen. Saxby Chambliss (R-GA) admitted,
“Everyone’s been aware of it for years, every member of the
Senate.”

And Sen. Dianne Feinstein also said news of these surveillance
programs doesn’t come as a surprise to her and her colleagues and
they are regularly briefed on it.

The Senate knows because they wrote the laws giving the President
the power to conduct this sort of surveillance.

The actions of both parties in Congress as well as both a
Democrat and Republicans in the White House over the last decade
proves that political change has done little to rein in the
growth of surveillance. The pervasive effects of money in
politics and the media’s obsession with fear-driven stories,
means lawmakers who do want to reassert Congressional oversight
into domestic surveillance will face consequences and charges of
being “soft on national security.” Paralyzed by fear, the
legislative branch has neutered itself.

So, now that Congress has abdicated from its responsibility to
provide oversight and hold the Executive accountable for
preserving first and fourth amendment constitutional rights, we
must rely on our fellow citizens — on whistleblowers for the
oversight. Luckily for all of us, they are up to the task.

The Washington Post reports that the individual who handed them
information about PRISM had, “first-hand experience of these
systems” and was in “horror at their capabilities.” The officer
told the newspaper, “They quite literally can watch your ideas
form as you type.”

Glenn Greenwald who broke the NSA/Verizon story with The
Guardian, said he obtained the information from one of his
readers who trusted Greenwald’s reporting on domestic
surveillance and treatment of whistleblowers.

These new whistleblowers are the latest in a line of citizens —
from Thomas Drake to John Kiriakou — who’ve seen first-hand what
the United States government is up to, and believe that the only
way to stop these abuses is to expose them.

And while there were fears that aggressive actions by the DOJ
toward AP and Fox News reporters James Rosen may discourage
whistleblowers and journalists in the future, the exact opposite
has happened. DOJ and NSA actions have only emboldened
truth-tellers.

The succession of bombshell leaks laying bare the NSA and DOJ’s
surveillance of Americans can best be described as a “revolt”
against the security state. These individuals realize that absent
an aggressive legislative and judicial branch, they — and all of
us, really — are the final check against misuse of power by our
President and his intelligence agencies.

As we’ve seen over the last decade, it’s true that without
oversight, the Executive branch can run amok. But, as we’ll learn
in the coming years, this can only last for so long before people
of conscience step up to expose it. Armed with the facts about
what’s going on, “we the people” will take care of the rest.

The statue of Abraham Lincoln, the 16th US president is seen inside the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, DC (AFP Photo / Karen Bleier)

As Abraham Lincoln believed, “Give the people the facts and the
Republic will be saved.”

Years from now, we may look at these two fateful days in June,
when massive components of the security state were dragged into
the light, as the beginning of a great unraveling — the beginning
of the end for the post-9/11 security state apparatus. 
  

It’s too early to tell if these revelations will compel Congress
— the most democratically responsive of the three branches of
government — to find its oversight footing once again and serve
as a needed check on overblown powers of the Executive. There
have been a few hollow calls from Capitol Hill for investigations
and hearings into the NSA since this news broke.

But if Congress chooses to lie down once again while the
Executive runs roughshod over the Constitution, then it will be
up to “we the people” to build the movements necessary to correct
the balance of power in our government. And it will be
whistleblowers marching as the vanguard of this movement.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US making target list for cyber attacks

0

President Barack Obama has ordered top US officials to prepare a list of potential targets for US cyber-attacks abroad, a report says.

Britainâ„¢s daily The Guardian said on Friday it obtained a top secret presidential directive, issued last October but never made public, which states that the attacks, called Offensive Cyber Effects Operations (OCEO), “can offer unique and unconventional capabilities to advance US national objectives around the world.”

The 18-page Presidential Policy Directive 20 says the government will “identify potential targets of national importance where OCEO can offer a favorable balance of effectiveness and risk as compared with other instruments of national power.”

The document does not specify if the attacks are only carried out in reprisal for similar operations by another country and implies that the US can employ the tool in a first-use rule as long as it advances Washingtonâ„¢s national interests worldwide. It clarifies how both offensive and defensive cyber operations are instrumental in US strategy.

Security researchers have frequently warned that large-scale cyber attacks could lead to full-fledged military conflicts.

“When militarist cyber rhetoric results in use of offensive cyber attack it is likely that those attacks will escalate into physical, kinetic uses of force,” said Sean Lawson, assistant professor in the department of communication at the University of Utah.

The revelation could overshadow Obamaâ„¢s two-day summit with China’s President Xi Jinping on the weekend in Southern California where, according to US officials, the American president would bring up the alleged Chinese cyber-hacking of major US organizations, a claim Beijing has rejected.

An intelligence source told The Guardian that the US allegations against China regarding cyber-hacking are hypocritical. “We hack everyone everywhere. We like to make a distinction between us and the others. But we are in almost every country in the world.”

The White House has also been put on the defensive by another revelation by the British paper which reported on Thursday that a top secret court order in the US allows the NSA to collect data on millions of Americans who are customers of Verizon Communications.

MA/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Indian army soldier killed in Kashmir

0

Indian Border Security Force (BSF) soldiers patrol along the border fence at the Suchategarh border of Ranbir Singh Pura sector, about 27 kilometers from Jammu, the winter capital of Kashmir, India on January 10, 2013.

The Indian military says one of its soldiers has been killed in what it calls an unprovoked firing from across the Line of Control (LoC) in Indian-administrated Kashmir.

Indian army spokesman S.N. Acharya said on Friday that it was not yet clear whether the soldier was killed by Pakistani troops or Kashmiri militants who were trying to cross the LoC — the de facto border that divides Kashmir between Pakistan and India.

He added that the attackers used small arms and fired grenades into an Indian army bunker in the Poonch sector, about 180 kilometers (110 miles) southwest of Srinagar, leaving the soldier dead.

However, another Indian army official blamed Pakistani troops for the killing.

“Junior Commanding Officer Bachan Singh was killed when Pakistani snipers fired at an Indian post near Mandi in the Poonch sector,” the army official said.

The Pakistani military responded to the accusation, saying that none of its soldiers had fired across the LoC on Indian positions.

Kashmir lies at the heart of more than 65 years of hostility between India and Pakistan. Both countries claim the region in full but each only has control over a section of the territory.

Over the past two decades, the conflict in Kashmir has left over 47,000 people dead by the official count, although other sources say the death toll could be as high as 100,000.

GJH/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

North and South Korea Agree to First Official Dialogue in Years

0

Choe Sang-Hun
nytimes.com
June 7, 2013

North and South Korea agreed Thursday to hold their first government dialogue in years, an abrupt change after tensions over the North’s nuclear program this year escalated into one of the divided peninsula’s worst crises.

The announcement raised hopes that the two countries were moving toward a thaw in relations after a prolonged standoff in recent years that included military provocations from the North and retaliatory economic penalties from the South.

The agreement came after North Korea made a surprise overture on Thursday, proposing official negotiations with the South on reopening two shuttered joint economic projects, including the recently closed Kaesong industrial park, as well as humanitarian programs. South Korea, which has demanded such talks in recent months, quickly accepted the offer, proposing a cabinet minister-level meeting in the South Korean capital, Seoul, next Wednesday.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 7:27 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Home Loan Rates Near 4% Send Buyers Scurrying

0

Kathleen M. Howley & Prashant Gopal
bloomberg.com
June 7, 2013

Rob Braunstein said his search for a three-bedroom home on a quiet street in Needham, Massachusetts, is taking on more urgency as he watches mortgage rates tick higher. Every increase, he worries, shrinks his budget by boosting monthly payments, he said.

The average rate for a 30-year fixed mortgage has risen for each of the past five weeks and is at the highest level in more than a year, according to government mortgage-buyer Freddie Mac. While that’s already put a dent in the refinancing boom that has powered bank earnings this year, for buyers like Braunstein, the message is clear: buy quickly.

“Refinancing depends only on mortgage rates and therefore is very sensitive to changes in rates,” said Jed Kolko, chief economist at San Francisco-based Trulia Inc., an online property listing service. When it comes to buying, “some people might want to hurry up and make a purchase, but with inventory so tight they might not be able to move that fast.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 7:32 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘US blocked Mideast nuke-free zone confab’

0

Iran censures US for blocking conference on making Middle East a nuclear-weapons-free zone

The Iranian ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) has censured the United States for postponing an international conference on the proposal to declare the Middle East a nuclear-weapons-free zone, Press TV reports.

On Friday, Ambassador Ali Asghar Soltanieh accused the US and Israel of creating an impasse over the conference, which was supposed to be held in Helsinki in mid-December 2012.

Å“The unilateral decision by the United States for the postponement of this important conference is a serious setback to the NPT (nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty), and disregard for a unanimous decision, which was made [at the] NPT [review conference] in 2010 in New York,” Soltanieh said.

On November 23, 2012, Victoria Nuland, who was the spokeswoman of the US State Department at the time, said in an apparent allusion to Israel that Washington Å“would not support a conference, in which any regional state would be subject to pressure or isolation.”

“The United States regrets to announce that the conference cannot be convened because of present conditions in the Middle East and the fact that states in the region have not reached agreement on acceptable conditions for a conference,” Nuland added.

Since 1958, when Israel began building its Dimona plutonium- and uranium-processing facility in the Negev desert, it has secretly manufactured numerous nuclear warheads, making it the only player in the Middle East that possesses nuclear weapons.

Former US President Jimmy Carter has attested to the existence of the Israeli nuclear arsenal, which he says consists of 200 to 300 warheads.

NT/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Florida Gov. Arrests, Replaces Sheriff for Upholding Second Amendment

0

Attention Florida lawmen: You will be arrested for defending the Second Amendment.

The duly-elected sheriff of Liberty County, Florida, has been run out of office, suspended without pay, and arrested for refusing to deprive a citizen in his jurisdiction of his Second Amendment rights.

Earlier this week, Liberty County Sheriff Nick Finch (shown) was arrested after being charged with misconduct based on his alleged altering and destroying of official court documents. Finch, 50, was booked into the county jail but was later released on his own recognizance.

Upon learning of the incident, Governor Rick Scott immediately suspended Sheriff Finch and appointed Carl Causey, an agent in charge of the Florida Department of Law Enforcement, as interim sheriff.

According to court documents obtained by The New American, the case against Sheriff Finch began when Floyd Eugene Parrish was arrested on March 8 for carrying a concealed weapon. Sergeant James Hoagland of the Liberty County Sheriff’s office arrested Parrish after pulling him over and finding a loaded pistol in his pocket. Parrish was booked into a holding cell while administrative officers began working up the processing documents.

The court records released to The New American also reveal that after Sergeant Hoagland left the county jail, Sheriff Finch arrived with a member of Parrish’s family and was present while the family member visited with Parrish while the latter was still in the holding cell. Sheriff Finch then allegedly seized the arrest documents, released Parrish, and informed him that no charges would be filed against him.

The complaint against Sheriff Finch alleges that Sergeant Hoagland informed Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FLDE) agents investigating the case against Finch that he (Hoagland) talked to Finch about the Parrish case and that Finch said he “believed in Second Amendment rights.”

Workers in the Liberty County sheriff’s office reportedly told investigators that Finch ordered them to release Parrish’s pistol, as well as another gun seized from his car.

According to records published by the Liberty County supervisor of elections, Finch was elected sheriff in 2012, garnering 52.8 percent of the 3,201 votes cast.

In a statement released by his office, Governor Scott informed Liberty County residents that he believes the interim sheriff “will serve the families of Liberty County well during this interim term.”

Governor Scott’s confidence in Special Agent Causey’s abilities aside, the question remains why a duly elected, constitutional sheriff was arrested for the actions he allegedly took? Why was Sheriff Finch not contacted by the FLDE or the governor and asked to answer the charges against him in a more disciplinary and less overtly legally hostile manner?

Furthermore, imagine that Sheriff Finch had released a man arrested and jailed for having openly preached Christianity in a public place. Would Governor Scott have been so hasty to remove Finch from office? Why would the rights protected by the Second Amendment be subordinate to those guaranteed by the First Amendment?

The protection of each of our God-given rights is as crucial to the perpetuation of liberty as any other. Freedom and self-government are threatened just as much by deprivation of the right to keep and bear arms as by a revocation of the right to exercise religion.

Sheriff Richard Mack, celebrated lawman and founder of the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association (CSPOA), makes a few similar points in a statement to The New American about the case against Sheriff Finch. Sheriff Mack said:

The arrest of Sheriff Finch is totally unheard of. This incident does not rise to the level of an arrest being necessary. It certainly appears that ulterior motives by the Governor are likely. In such cases, if the Governor were to receive a complaint about a Sheriff then a discussion between the two would be in order.

There is absolutely no criminal intent on the part of Sheriff Finch, even if he did what the complaint alleges. Would the Governor have arrested a good Sheriff back in 1955 if he had released Rosa Parks after she was arrested for failing to give her seat to a white man? There is no difference here whatsoever!

The arrestee’s rights were violated and good constitutional Sheriff stood and righted a wrong.

Thank the good Lord for such courageous Sheriffs today!

Governor Scott’s persecution and prosecution of a sheriff standing up for the Second Amendment rights of citizens of his county is particularly questionable given the hostile climate that threatens the right to keep and bear arms nationally.

So constant is the assault from the federal government (and state governments) on the right to keep and bear arms, several of Sheriff Finch’s colleagues in other counties have issued statements and imposed office policies protecting the Second Amendment in their jurisdictions and placing themselves as a shield between citizens and the gun grab being planned and perpetrated by the Obama administration and the United Nations.

As reported in January by The New American:

Elected sheriffs, as the top law enforcement officers within their counties, work for the citizens and taxpayers in their jurisdictions, not the federal government. Even the Supreme Court ruled that sheriffs cannot be compelled to follow federal dictates or mandates in a landmark case on gun control. Now, with Obama pushing hard for new restrictions on gun rights – finding strong support from some anti-Second Amendment Democrats in Congress and much of the increasingly discredited establishment media – sheriffs nationwide are putting their foot down to defend the rights of their constituents. 

Chief law enforcement officers from Kentucky, Oregon, Texas, California, Missouri, Idaho, Alabama, Colorado, South Carolina, Georgia, Minnesota, Florida, Nevada, Arizona, Ohio, New York, Utah, Oklahoma, and other states have all spoken out already – many of them in unison. It seems that virtually every single day, more sheriffs are adding their voices to the expanding list of prominent lawmen who have vowed to ensure that the U.S. Constitution is respected in their jurisdictions.  

Regardless of the strength of the case against Sheriff Finch, Governor Scott’s haste to remove him from office – an office to which he was elected by a majority of the voters of Liberty County – is compelling evidence that in Florida, political expediency is more valued than fidelity to the Constitution and the fundamental rights guaranteed by it.

In an exclusive interview with The New American, Sheriff Finch’s attorney, Jim Judkins, reports that his client is resolved to defend himself and regain his office.

“He [Finch] has his jaw set and he’s not going to flinch,” Judkins said.

Judkins is amazed by the outpouring of support from Liberty County and across the country.

“A lot of people – lawyers, constitutional lawyers, gun rights activists, and those who want government out of their lives – have contacted me to tell me that they appreciate Sheriff Finch’s stance,” said Judkins.

Judkins reports that he has had no contact with Governor Scott’s office, but says the time will come when people will be called to account for their role in pressing these “trumped up charges” against Sheriff Finch.

The story of how the charges came to be filed is shocking.

Sources close to the investigation recount the events of the night before Sheriff Finch was arrested.

At about 11:00 p.m., agents showed up at the jail with search warrants to seize the arrest records. After seizing the records, they subpoenaed employees.

Inexplicably and inexcusably, Sheriff Finch was never contacted by the FLDE and was never allowed to answer questions regarding the release of Parrish or his actions related to it.

This case will continue to gain attention nationwide as it pits a duly-elected sheriff arrested and suspended from office for defending the Second Amendment against a “conservative” governor.

Sheriff Finch is scheduled for an initial appearance in court sometime in July. Meanwhile, liberty-minded groups around the country are uniting to hold rallies and raise money for the defense of a lawman described by Sheriff Mack as “a good man and the real deal [who] has done nothing wrong.”

 Photo: Sheriff Nick Finch

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

‘Erdogan should quit while he’s ahead’

0



Published time: June 08, 2013 00:17

Turkey Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan speaks during the opening session of the Ministry For European Union Affairs Conference on June 7, 2013, in Istanbul (AFP Photo / Stringer)

Download video (36.71 MB)
Embed

Code

Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan’s hardline stance towards the ongoing anti-government protests will only serve to further damage his reputation and the Turkish model of a modern and functional Muslim state, foreign policy expert Barbara Slavin argues.

On his return from a four-day trip to North Africa on Friday,
Prime Minister Erdogan delivered a charged speech in which he
vowed to end the “illegal” anti-government protests which have
raged on since late last month.

He further pledged to carry on with plans to demolish Gezi Park,
the site of a small sit-in demonstration which snowballed into
mass, nationwide anti-government protests after police used tear
gas and water cannon to break up the small civil action last
Friday.

Although Ergodan’s fiery speech inspired the party faithful to
‘lay down their lives’ for the Turkish PM, his “tough guy
approach” will likely hurt both the prime minister and his
country in the long turn, Slavin told RT.

RT: What’s your impression of how Prime Minister
Erdogan is dealing with the protests against him?

Barbara Slavin: Well, so far I don’t think he’s doing a
very good job. This a huge blow to him personally — to his
image — and also to the Turkish model which he has been
touting around the Middle East as something that Arab countries
should emulate. 

RT: Is his government united enough to prevent the
Taksim protests from undermining his leadership?

BS: No, I think the damage has already been done. As has
been pointed out, this was a small environmental demonstration
which turned into something huge after police used excessive
force against the demonstrators. It’s now spread throughout
Turkey, and what it’s shown is that there is now a great deal of
opposition to Erdogan personally and to the kind of creeping
Islamization he is trying to promote in Turkey. It comes just a
couple of weeks after he had a trip to Washington where he
bragged about Turkey’s economic success and again talked about
Turkey as a model. So I think it has done damage if you look at
what has happened to the stock market in Turkey, to the value of
the Turkish currency, clearly he needs to recalculate. I don’t
think this tough guy approach is going to help Turkey in the long
run.

RT: Erdogan is clearly sending the message that those
who are protesting against him are clearly in the minority. Do
you agree?

BS: I don’t think that’s at all clear and frankly, we will
find out if he goes through with his plans to run as president in
2014. He wants to change the constitution to create a sort of
imperial presidency, and then run for two terms as president.
This kind of behavior is alienating people who are religious as
well as those who are secular. So I think he’s taking a big risk
by deepening the divide among Turks.  

RT: Let’s now take a look at the issue of popularity.
Erdogan has already spent more than 10 years in power and can be
re-elected an unlimited number of times. If he was getting things
in the country so wrong, why isn’t he being voted out?

BS: Well, it’s a parliamentary system, and the AK (Justice
and Development) Party has been the largest party in terms of
seats. But I wrote a piece for Al-Monitor this week talking about
the importance of term limits. I think most people around the
world understand that there is a limit to how long you can stay
in power. When you go beyond two terms, and in Erdogans case,
more than a decade, people begin to get tired of you no matter
what country, whether it’s an authoritarian country or a
democracy. He really should quit while he’s ahead, because
obviously, the longer he’s there, even people who were
predisposed to like him in the beginning begin to tire of his
manner of governing. He’s somebody who lectures, who sermonizes,
he doesn’t listen very well in my experience. And I think this is
really not a good model for a country to purports to be a modern,
Islamic democracy.

RT: At this point we can see a society that is divided.
There are people in the pro-Erdogan camp, and people who are
against him. How will these pro and anti-government protests
progress? Are we likely to see more confrontations between
them?

BS: I’m afraid so. It appears as if they are allowing
people to remain in Taksim Square; they are not using harsh
methods against them. Maybe they are calculating that people will
eventually drift away. As I said, I think this has left lasting
damage to him personally, and to Turkey, which of course has been
very successful economically, it’s attracted many tourists from
around the world. People may think twice now about going to
Istanbul if there is tear gas going up and down Istiklal Avenue
and in Taksim Square.

RT: A lot of Turks are proud of the fact that Turkey is
a secular state and Erdogan is now being slammed for the
Islamization of Turkey’s secular society. How much of this is
true?

BS: We’ve heard talk about legislation which would limit
when and people can buy alcohol and consume it in public, [as
well as] restricting abortions. He’s urged women to all have
three children, his wife wears a headscarf…there’s kind of a
pushing of that as well. I think that there are a lot of Turks
who are still loyal to the memory of Ataturk, and who do not want
to have this forced down their throats. They want it to be a
choice, not something that the government tells them to do.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Obama defends NSA spying on US citizens

0

US President Barack Obama has defended the collection of data from phone calls and internet accounts by the National Security Agency (NSA) as Å“legal and necessary to combat terror.”

“Nobody is listening to your telephone calls,” Obama said in San Jose, California, on Friday.

Obama also defended a joint NSA-FBI initiative called PRISM in which agents tap into the servers of nine US internet giants, including Facebook, Google, and YouTube, saying the measure does not apply to American citizens or those living in the US.

Internet giants like Apple and Facebook denied claims that they opened their doors for US spy agencies.

The Washington Post reported late Thursday that the NSA had direct access to internet firm servers, saying their source, a career intelligence officer, was horrified of the capabilities of the systems used by the top US spy agency.

The Guardian also revealed on Thursday a top secret court order in the US that allows the NSA to collect data on millions of Americans who are customers of Verizon Communications.

According to the order Verizon should, Å“on a daily basis,” give the NSA data, including phone numbers of both parties, location, the time and duration of all phone calls in its systems, both in the US and between the US and other countries.

The president admitted that the two programs made “modest encroachments” on privacy, adding that providing absolute security would certainly create some Å“inconvenience” when it comes to peopleâ„¢s privacy.

Obama also tried to calm nerves by saying that the measures enjoy the full support of Congress and are being monitored by federal and secret intelligence courts for any abuse by the authorities.

MA/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

U.S. Added 175,000 Jobs In May; Unemployment Higher At 7.6%

0

Abram Brown
forbes.com
June 7, 2013

U.S. employment rose more than expected last month, and more Americans entered the workforce, signals that the economy withstood the effects of higher taxes and federal budgets cuts.

Payrolls increased by 175,000 in May, more than the 163,000 that economists predicted, according to Labor Department data released this morning. May’s gain followed a revised 149,000 in April, a figure smaller than initially estimated.

More workers entering the labor force pushed up the unemployment rate to 7.6% from 7.5% a month a earlier. Wage gains, meanwhile, aren’t keeping pace. Average hourly earnings were $23.89 in May, just a penny more than in April.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 7:02 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘US Constitution makes no exception for national security’

0



Published time: June 07, 2013 23:58

Reuters / Jason Reed

Download video (21.71 MB)
Embed

Code

Warrantless monitoring of the internet traffic and phone calls of all Americans is a real problem and a blatant violation of the US Constitution, Ivan Eland, analyst and Senior Fellow at the Independent Institute policy group told RT.

Ivan Eland spoke with RT regarding the legal implications of the
recently uncovered vast and warrantless surveillance program
known as PRISM.

RT: Do you sleep more soundly at night as an American
citizen, knowing that all this data – your data – is being
captured and stored?

Ivan Eland: No I don’t. I think this is a real violation
of the US Constitution. Even the Democrats are saying this is
legal, it’s been checked out by Congress — but that doesn’t wash
when it violates the direct provisions of the US Constitution,
which states that any warrant cannot be a general warrant. In
other words, they can’t go mining for things, which is what they
are doing. And also, there has to be a probable cause that there
has been a crime committed — well, every citizen in America can’t
be suspected of being a criminal. Now, they say they’re not
listening into the conversations. But the Constitution does not
say anything about that, it just says if it is a search — and
this is a search, and it is clearly unconstitutional, even though
the Patriot Act, which has unconstitutional portions of it,
okay’s it. So I think it is a very bad thing, and there is
another program that actually does capture emails, the content of
emails, photos of people overseas — also captures Americans as
well.

RT: But why the fuss over this now? I mean as we heard
from our correspondent it’s been ongoing for the last seven
years, since 2006, why is this causing a rumpus now?

IE: Well, I don’t think they realized that this was so
widespread. There was some suspicion of it, and some senators had
been raising cryptic comments. But of course the problem is the
whole thing is classified, and we have to rely on these senators
and the bureaucracy itself, the National Security Agency, to tell
us everything is okay and it’s under wraps, but I’m telling you
if they’re taking, if they’re monitoring traffic of all Americans
that’s a real problem. It’s a blatant violation of the US
Constitution.

RT: Well, they say that one major terrorist plot has
been thwarted because of PRISM, surely that’s good enough to
carry it on, isn’t it?

IE: No, it’s not. And the US Constitution makes no
exception for national security, and terrorism specifically. By
the way, you’re chances if you’re an American of ever being
killed by a terrorist are about the same as getting killed by an
asteroid or lightning. Terrorism is a very rare event, the
government invests way too much effort in preventing terrorism.
And, therefore, I’m sorry but even if this is true — and
I’m skeptical that this [PRISM[ really led to the arrest and
foiling of a terrorist plot — but even if it did, it’s
unconstitutional and they have to amend the constitution to do
it.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Georgia minister in Helmand after attack

0

Georgian Defense Minister Irakli Alasania passes soldiers while visiting the Mukrovani military base, east of Tbilisi, Georgia, on November 7, 2012.

Georgian Defense Minister Irakli Alasania has visited Afghanistan, a day after seven Georgian soldiers serving with the International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) were killed in the country.

The foreign troops were killed on Thursday evening when Taliban militants drove an explosives-laden truck into the Georgian military base in the Nawzad district of Helmand province and detonated it, ISAF and Georgian officials said on Friday.

“It was a huge truck full of explosives,” Afghan official Mohammad Omar Zwark said. “The blast was very strong.”

Alasania cut short his official visit to Brussels and landed in Afghanistan.

According to a Georgian Defense Ministry statement, Alasania held a meeting with his Afghan counterpart Bismillah Khan Mohammadi and visited troops injured in the bombing.

Back at home, Georgian President Mikheil Saakashvili announced Friday a day of national mourning.

“I offer my deepest condolences to the families of our fallen heroes and to all of Georgia,” Saakashvili said in a televised address. “Our duty to their memory is to continue our path towards NATO membership.”

On May 13, three Georgian soldiers were killed in a similar attack in the Musa Qala district of the province.

Twenty-seven Georgian troops have been killed in Afghanistan since 2004, when they joined the US-led forces in the country.

According to the website icasualties.org, a total of 81 US-led troops have lost their lives in Afghanistan so far this year.

As many as 3,330 foreign soldiers have been killed in Afghanistan since the US-led war began in October 2001.

The US-led war in Afghanistan removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across Afghanistan, despite the presence of about over 100,000 US-led troops.

GJH/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama orders US to draw up overseas target list for cyber-attacks

0

Glenn Greenwald and Ewen MacAskill
The Guardian
June 7, 2013

Barack Obama has ordered his senior national security and intelligence officials to draw up a list of potential overseas targets for US cyber-attacks, a top secret presidential directive obtained by the Guardian reveals.

The 18-page Presidential Policy Directive 20, issued in October last year but never published, states that what it calls Offensive Cyber Effects Operations (OCEO) “can offer unique and unconventional capabilities to advance US national objectives around the world with little or no warning to the adversary or target and with potential effects ranging from subtle to severely damaging”.

It says the government will “identify potential targets of national importance where OCEO can offer a favorable balance of effectiveness and risk as compared with other instruments of national power”.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 6:38 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

6 killed in California shooting

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Six people have been killed in a shooting at a college in the US state of California, the police say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

New Xbox by NSA partner Microsoft will watch you 24/7

0

Daily Caller
June 7, 2013

Possible privacy violations by Microsoft’s upcoming Xbox One have come under new scrutiny since it was revealed Thursday that the tech giant was a crucial partner in an expansive Internet surveillance program conducted by the National Security Agency and involving Silicon Valley’s biggest players.

One of the console’s key features is the full integration of the Kinect, a motion sensing camera that allows users to play games, scroll through menus, and generally operate the Xbox just using hand gestures. Microsoft has touted the camera as the hallmark of a new era of interactivity in gaming.

What Microsoft has not promoted, however, is the fact that you will not be able to power on the console without first enabling the Kinect, designed to detect both heartbeats and eye movement. and positioning yourself in front of it.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 6:24 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Another Phony Jobs Report From A Government That Lies About Everything —Paul Craig Roberts

June 7, 2013. The payroll jobs report for May released today continues the fantasy.

Goods producing jobs declined, with manufacturing losing another 4,000 jobs, but the New Economy produced 179,000 service jobs.

Are these jobs the high-powered, high-wage “innovation jobs” that economists promised would be our reward from Globalism. I’m afraid not.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the jobs created are the usual lowly paid
non-exportable domestic service jobs–the jobs of a third world country.

Retail trade accounts for 27,700 of the jobs.

Wholesale trade accounts for 7,900 jobs.

Ambulatory health care services accounts for 15,300 of the jobs.

Waitresses and bartenders account for 38,100 of the jobs.

Local government accounts for 13,000 of the jobs.

Amusements, gambling, and recreation account for 12,500 of the jobs.

Temporary help services provided 25,600 jobs.

Business support services provided 4,300 jobs.

Services to buildings and dwellings provided 6,400 jobs.

Accounting and bookkeeping services provided 3,100 jobs.

Architectural and engineering services provided 4,900 jobs.

Computer systems design and related provided 6,000 jobs (most likely filled by H-1B work visas).

Management and technical consulting services provided 3,200 jobs.

For a decade this has been the jobs profile of “the world’s most powerful economy.” It is the profile of third world India 40 years ago. The jobs that made the US the dominant economy have been moved off shore by corporations threatened by Wall Street with takeovers if they did not increase their profits.

The easiest way for corporations to increase profits is to take advantage of cheap labor in countries with massive quantities of unemployed labor.

So, if we believe the BLS report, and the reported new jobs are not simply a product of faulty season adjustments and a faulty birth-death model, why is the financial press happy that the US economy can only create third world jobs? Why was the stock market up on the news that the US economy has created 179,000 third world jobs? Would rational markets be up on such discouraging news?

But are the jobs really there?

With retail sales going nowhere, why 35,600 new jobs in wholesale and retail trade?

With real median incomes declining, why 38,100 more waitresses and bartenders? For every month as long as I can remember the BLS reports numerous new jobs in waitresses and bartenders, despite the long-term decline in real median income.

In the May jobs report, where are the jobs for the vast number of new college graduates?

The US now has more hotel maids, bartenders, and waitresses than it has manufacturing workers. The US has twice as many people employed in government than in manufacturing.

The services of maids, bartenders, waitresses, and government cannot be exported.
Therefore, the US trade deficit remains large and without exports to reduce it, a crisis in itself.

What the BLS jobs reports have been telling us for many years is that the US economy is in crisis, in a death-spiral. Yet, not a handful of economists’ voices have been raised.

Today president obama’s economist said that the notch upward in the unemployment rate was because the economic outlook was so good that more people were encouraged to enter the labor market than there were new jobs available.

The conclusion is inescapable: The same government that lies about weapons of mass destruction, Saddam Hussein’s al-Qaeda connections, Iranian nukes, and so on, also lies about jobs, the unemployment rate, the inflation rate, rigs every financial and commodity market, pretends that terrorism is such a threat that the US Constitution must be set aside and that Americans are safer without the protection of habeas corpus and due process.

It is amazing how rare terrorism is, especially with Washington in the second decade of trying to stir up terrorism by invading countries on totally false pretenses, murdering citizens of countries, such as Pakistan and Yemen with drones, and supporting Israel’s never-ending murder and dispossession of the Palestinians.

After such massive provocations from Washington, one would think that the world would be ablaze with terrorism. But it isn’t.

As there is so little terrorism, Washington and its presstitute media call those who resist
Washington’s invasion of their countries “terrorists.” Everyone who resists Washington’s military aggression is a terrorist. Just ask the New York Times, Fox News, or any neoconservative. Or, for that matter, the Bilderbergs, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, and Homeland Security, the Gestapo organization that now defines all American dissenters to be “domestic extremists.”

Washington’s claim that Americans have “freedom and democracy” is the sickest joke in human history.

In 21st century America, defendants have no more rights than the accused in Nazi Germany or Stalinist Russia. The FBI now shoots suspects brought in for questioning in the back of the head even before the suspect is arrested. http://lewrockwell.com/spl5/fbi-executed-my-boy.html

Long before Bradley Manning’s trial the presstitutes have convicted the accused based on lies leaked by the prosecutors. Consider Bradley Manning. After three years of detention, including one year of torture, he is brought to a rigged trial as a national security danger. All that Bradley Manning did was to comply with the Military Code and report war crimes. As his corrupt superiors did not want to know, he complied with his duty, apparently, by going public.

Now he is being made an example. The message is clear: Support Washington’s war crimes or be destroyed.

The Amerika that exists today has more in common with Nazi Germany than with the America in which I grew up. The young don’t know any different. But those my age realize that we have lost our country. America no longer exists.

About Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.

The post Another Phony Jobs Report From A Government That Lies About Everything –Paul Craig Roberts appeared first on PaulCraigRoberts.org.

NSA memo pushed to ‘rethink’ 4th Amendment

0

Philip Ewing
politico.com
June 7, 2013

The National Security Agency pushed for the government to “rethink” the Fourth Amendment when it argued in a classified memo that it needed new authorities and capabilities for the information age.

The 2001 memo, later declassified and posted online by George Washington University’s National Security Archive, makes a case to the incoming George W. Bush administration that the NSA needs new authorities and technology to adapt to the Internet era.

In one key paragraph, NSA wrote that its new phase meant the U.S. must reevaluate its approach toward signals intelligence, or “SIGINT,” and the Constitution’s Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable search and seizure.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 6:12 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

James Holmes’ lawyers enter insanity plea; here come the insane psychiatrists

0

Jon Rappoport
Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

“What do you do for a living?”

“I slap fictitious disease labels on people and poison their brains.”

“Sounds good. We want you to examine a defendant and determine whether he was morally competent on a specific night a year ago.”

“Piece of cake.”

That’s what we’re dealing with now in the Batman murder case.

The psychiatrists have taken over.

James Holmes’ lawyers have entered an insanity plea in the Aurora- theater massacre case, and the judge, Carlos Samour, has just accepted it.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

From Lawyers.com: “When the insanity defense is raised, it’s an admission that the defendant performed all of the acts alleged by the prosecution. For this reason, if the jury rejects the insanity defense, the defendant will almost certainly be convicted.”

In other words, Holmes’ lawyers have said Holmes committed the murders, but he was insane at the time. He didn’t know right from wrong, he was driven to murder by an irresistible impulse caused by a mental disorder.

So now Holmes will be sent to a Colorado hospital for at least several months, where psychiatrists will make up their minds about whether he is/was insane on the night of July 20, 2012, at the Aurora theater.

Eventually, unless Holmes changes his plea to a simple “guilty,” a trial will take place. In the trial, the jury will decide whether he was sane or insane when he committed murder. The psychiatrists who examined Holmes will, of course, factor into that decision.

At minimum, the jury’s verdict will put Holmes in prison or a psych ward for the rest of his life. If the jury decides Holmes was sane last July, the likely sentence will be death.

In other articles, I have discussed whether Holmes was in the theater last July, whether he killed anyone, whether he was set up as the patsy. Here, I’ll look at what happens now. Because the legal consequences of the insanity plea are as crazy as a bunch of cockroaches when the lights suddenly go on late at night in a garbage dump.

At a Colorado hospital, psychiatrists will check Holmes out from every angle, to determine whether, last July, he could distinguish right from wrong when he supposedly entered the Aurora theater and killed people.

The doctors will give him drugs. These drugs are highly toxic. They can and do cause brain damage. Their effects can be so horrendous the patient will admit to anything, just to stop further dosing.

Holmes must cooperate with the psychiatrists as they adjudicate his state of mind last July 20th. If he doesn’t, it increases the likelihood that he’ll be sentenced to death–as opposed to life in prison. Why? Because at his sentencing hearing, his lawyers will be barred from calling “psychiatric experts” to testify on his behalf.

Where did this preposterous rule come from?

“Cooperate now with the shrinks or die later.”

If Holmes is now insane (whatever that means), then the psychiatrists will be working with a crazy man to find out whether he was sane or crazy when he supposedly committed murder a year ago.

“We know and accept, Mr. Holmes, that you’re crazy now, but we want you to try to remember whether you knew the difference between right and wrong when you committed multiple murders last July.”

What could possibly go wrong?

So do the psychiatrists start out by trying to make Holmes sane (whatever that means) now, and then quiz him about the events at the Aurora theater last summer?

If so, how do they make him sane? With anti-psychotic drugs that have been documented to cause motor brain damage? These brain-hammer drugs also can reduce a person to a state of utter incoherence.

On the other hand, if Holmes is “sane” now, then when psychiatrists ask him whether he could distinguish right from wrong when he killed people in the Aurora theater, he will certainly say no. He’ll say he was crazy then. Who wouldn’t? In other words, Holmes’ statements will be meaningless as evidence.

Enter the “narcoanalytic review,” which was authorized by the court several months ago. Under this plan, Holmes can be given “truth drugs,” to allow him to recall accurately his actions and state of mind on the evening of July 20, at the theater.

There is only one problem with that. There are no reliable truth drugs. They don’t exist. Many drugs have been tried. They all fail to perform consistently.

Apparently, the court overlooked this small glitch.

And then there is the serious matter of forced self-incrimination, which is against the law. If the drugs do happen to open a window of accurate memory for Holmes, and he reports that he was a killer who knew right from wrong last July, he is sealing his fate. The jury will almost certainly give him a death sentence. But his admission will only have occurred because he was involuntarily drugged.

Holmes’ lawyers have already warned him that, if he comes back to court in several months, claiming he is now sane, claiming he is guilty, claiming he did the killings and knew right from wrong, he’s sunk. He’ll probably be executed.

So why should Holmes take that route? The simple answer is: a deal. The prosecution might agree to recommend life in prison instead of death, if Holmes says: “I’m sane now. I did the murders. I confess. I know the difference between right and wrong. I change my plea to guilty.”

The court most assuredly wants a nice clean boy-scout confession of guilt. The court doesn’t want an unseemly trial with a dozen shrinks from both sides arguing about Holmes’ state of mind and which mental disorders he suffers from.

The shrinks don’t want that, either. It would expose the fact that they aren’t doing science of any kind. They’re playing with words and making it up as they go along. They can’t agree among themselves about which lies make more sense.

The craziness surrounding what happens to Holmes from now forward can be laid at the feet of psychiatry. Specifically, the right of psychiatrists to decide whether a defendant is sane or insane.

These terms aren’t just relative. They aren’t merely fictions. They’re deployed to open the door to forced dosing with toxic and destructive drugs. The assumption that these drugs allow the emergence of truth about prior events and crimes is insupportable.

On top of that, you can drug a person and thereby get him to admit anything, because he doesn’t want more of the drugs.

A rational layperson sitting in front of a criminal defendant could find out everything the court needs to know, if psychiatrists and other coercive law-enforcement types were kept out of the picture.

You ask the defendant, “Are you willing to answer my questions?” If he won’t reply or seems unable to, or can only offer gross non-sequiturs, everything stops there. The defendant is left alone in his cell, where nothing is done to him. No treatment, no drugs.

He stays there until he can and will answer questions.

Meanwhile, the prosecution, the defense, and an empaneled citizen grand jury (free of the influence of lawyers), would endeavor to investigate the crime and discover the truth. That burden would principally fall to the grand jury.

On the other hand, if the defendant is willing to answers questions posed by a rational non-partisan person, a brief interview takes place. The defendant states he is guilty or innocent. A trial is then scheduled.

If the defendant states he committed the crime but didn’t know what he was doing at the time, there is no trial. There is a sentencing hearing. The defendant’s position about his state of mind becomes part of the testimony at the hearing. The defendant testifies, submits himself to cross-examination. The jury decides whether the defendant knew what he was doing when he committed the crime.

If the defendant refuses to testify and invokes his Fifth Amendment right to avoid incriminating himself, the jury takes that into consideration in doling out the sentence.

Is this system perfect and air-tight? By no means. But it’s far better than what happens when psychiatrists get into the act.

Psychiatrists employ destructive drugs, intimidation, covert threats, and their decisions on sanity versus insanity are utter garbage, because they’re based on opinion filtered through a maze of pseudoscience unsupported by diagnostic tests.

The psychiatrists who will now examine Holmes are supremely unqualified to determine whether Holmes knew or knows right from wrong. They have no special skills. They are all about diagnosing people with fictional mental disorders and drugging them to the gills with toxic chemicals.

In a world where even a shred of reason exists, these charlatans wouldn’t be allowed within a hundred miles of a defendant.

But alas, this is not the world we live in.

Every time I write an article refuting the scientific basis of psychiatry (and I have written several), some apologist tries to argue that psychiatry employs a “different kind” of science.

That argument carries zero weight. For every one of the 300 officially certified mental disorders, there are NO diagnostic tests. No blood test, no saliva test, no urine test, no genetic test, no brain scan.

To verify this, all you need to do is open the tome, published by the American Psychiatric Association, called the DSM, the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. Look for the definitive tests. They aren’t there. They aren’t anywhere.

There’s a reason for that. They don’t exist.

These state-licensed con artists and poisoners are committing RICO crimes every day of their professional lives.

To say they can tell us anything useful about James Holmes is like saying Al Capone can do surgery on a car-crash victim and stop the internal bleeding.

Further reading:

Toxic Psychiatry, Dr. Peter Breggin, St, Martin’s Press, 1991.

Mad In America, Robert Whitaker, Perseus Publishing, 2002

Rappoport, “The secret at the bottom of psychiatry’s rabbit hole,” “The lying liars who lie about psychiatry,” “The CIA, James Holmes, MKULTRA, and truth-serum torture”

http://jonrappoport.wordpress.com/2013/02/24/the-secret-at-the-bottom-of-psychiatrys-rabbit-hole/

http://jonrappoport.wordpress.com/2013/05/07/the-lying-liars-who-lie-about-psychiatry/

http://jonrappoport.wordpress.com/2013/03/18/the-cia-james-holmes-mkultra-and-truth-serum-torture/

Jon Rappoport
The author of two explosive collections, THE MATRIX REVEALED and EXIT FROM THE MATRIX, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29th District of California. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails at www.nomorefakenews.com

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 6:11 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Anonymous leaks NSA documents linked to PRISM

0

David Tom
Tech Spot
June 7, 2013

After much of the world was shocked by allegations that the NSA was actively spying on citizens through the PRISM program, Anonymous, a group of internet activists, released a series of documents that they claim can prove the existence of the intelligence sharing network.

Despite the U.S government confirming the existence of the seven-year initiative, some of the companies that were allegedly on board quickly denied their involvement. Major tech corporations that include Microsoft, Apple, AOL, Yahoo, Facebook and Skype were supposedly providing exclusive government access to their servers and all of the customer information contained within.

Although many would argue that it is the NSA’s moral obligation to thwart potential attacks using any means necessary, the big concern is what could happen if this information were to fall into the wrong hands. After all, if Anonymous retrieved documents from an intelligence agency that should have unbeatable network security, what’s stopping criminal groups from doing the same.

Read full article

View the Anonymous documents

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 6:07 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Rethinking American Exceptionalism

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/_20130607/

Posted on Jun 7, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

'How little rights you have:' Anonymous leaks more PRISM-related NSA docs

0

Hackers affiliated with the Anonymous collective have leaked a US Department of Defense memo relating to the PRISM program, revealing that the National Security Agency has secretly gathered intelligence on millions of Americans for years.

The hacktivists, who have long sought complete transparency
online and elsewhere, published a total of thirteen documents,
one of which outlines the US government’s “NetOps Strategic
Vision” for monitoring the Internet.

The documents are mostly pulled from 2008, just after when the
government reportedly began using PRISM to mine servers at
technology companies including Microsoft and Yahoo. An NSA
slideshow published Thursday by the Guardian and the Washington
Post reveals the intelligence community first gained access to
Google in January of 2009 and Facebook in June of the same year.

“NetOps will transform along with the Global Information Grid
to dynamically support new warfighting, intelligence, and
business processes and enable users to access and share trusted
information in a timely manner,”
one document states.

“The future Global Information Grid will result in a richer
Net-Centric information environment comprised of shared services
and capabilities based on advanced technologies.” 

“It will be heavily reliant on end-to-end virtual networks to
interconnect anyone, anywhere, at any time with any type of
information through voice, video, images, or text. It will also
be faced with greater security threats that NetOps must help
address.”

Much of the leak contains vague language that outlines the
desired goals of the “NetOps Vision,” not details on how
surveillance is conducted or the individuals or groups targeted
by the NSA. At least a section of Friday’s information dump was
previously made available by the government, according to
technology news site ZD Net, which found the data on
Web.Archive.org.

Anonymous, however, reminded readers to share the documents
before the figurative “they” try to make them disappear. 

“Anonymous has obtained some documents that ‘they’ do not want
you to see, and much to ‘their’ chagrin, we have found them, and
are giving them to you,”
the poster writes. “This is
happening in over 35 countries and done in cooperation with
private businesses, and intelligence partners worldwide. We bring
this to you so that you know just how little rights you
have.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

MSNBC’s O’Donnell Blames Giuliani for 9/11 Firefighters’ Deaths

0

Andrew Johnson
National Review
June 7, 2013

MSNBC host Lawrence O’Donnell again blamed former New York City mayor Rudy Giuliani for the deaths of firefighters during the September 11 attacks on New York. At one point on his show last night, O’Donnell called Giluiani an “unwitting accomplice of al-Qaeda’s” because the firefighters had defective radios.

O’Donnell’s critique – which is based largely on Rudy Giuliani: Urban Legend, a video that blames Giuliani for the first-responder deaths — is a repeat of a case he made against the former mayor in 2011. The host’s decision to revisit the topic seems to have been sparked by Giuliani’s criticism of the president’s national-security policies from the night before. O’Donnell tweeted the following before last night’s show:

[Editor’s note: It’s sad to see this type of bickering as more continue to fall ill due to 9/11-related causes, while still no one in mainstream media acknowledges that several key members of the U.S. government obviously possessed prior knowledge of the so-called attack, or acknowledge the fact that Building 7, a 49-story steel reinforced structure, could not possibly have fallen solely due to fire, as reported.]

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 5:38 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Hayward school to sponsor toy gun exchange

0

Rebecca Parr
mercurynews.com
June 7, 2013

An elementary school will hold a toy gun exchange Saturday, offering students a book and a chance to win a bicycle if they turn in their play weapons.

Strobridge Elementary Principal Charles Hill maintains that children who play with toy guns may not take real guns seriously.

“Playing with toys guns, saying ‘I’m going to shoot you,’ desensitizes them, so as they get older, it’s easier for them to use a real gun,” Hill said.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 5:40 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

47% of Britons will develop cancer in their lifetime by 2020, study shows

0

Denis Campbell
guardian.co.uk
June 7, 2013

Rates of cancer are rising so much that by 2020 almost half of Britons will develop the disease in their lifetime, but more people will survive the country’s biggest killer, a new analysis reveals.

By 2020, 47% of the population will be diagnosed with cancer at some point before they die, according to projections drawn up by Macmillan Cancer Support.

The incidence of cancer has risen by more than a third over the past 20 years. In 1992 about one in three people (32%) who died that year in Britain had had a diagnosis of the disease. By 2010 that had increased to 44%, a jump of 38%.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 5:32 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

UN rejects Russia’s Golan Heights offer

0

An Israeli Merkava tank crew sits on the Israeli annexed Golan Heights overlooking the Syrian village of Breqa on November, 06, 2012.

The United Nations has turned down Russiaâ„¢s offer of sending troops to the Golan Heights to replace the Austrian peacekeepers that are withdrawing from the region.

Josephine Guerrero, a spokeswoman for the UN peacekeeping department, said on Friday that the proposal was appreciated but would not be considered as Russia is a permanent member of the UN Security Council.

Austria announced on Thursday that it was withdrawing its 377-strong peacekeeping force in the 911-member UN Disengagement Observer Force (UNDOF) from the Golan Heights after tensions escalated between Syrian troops and militants in the region.

Å“Naturally, that will happen only if the regional powers show interest in our proposal and if the UN secretary general asks us to do that,” Russian President Vladimir Putin said.

On Thursday, Syrian forces took control of Quneitra crossing in the Golan Heights that had been briefly overrun by the militants.

Two UN peacekeepers sustained injuries as fighting raged around the crossing. Quneitra is the only open crossing between Syria and the Israeli-occupied Golan Heights.

Israel captured the Golan Heights from Syria during the Six-Day War of 1967, when it also took control of the West Bank and the Gaza Strip.

It annexed the Golan Heights in 1981, although the move was never recognized by the international community and was a violation of international law.

MA/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mexico protests Monsanto with a Carnival of Corn

0

Alex Mensing
wagingnonviolence.org
June 7, 2013

On May 25, an estimated two million people across 50 countries participated in the global March Against Monsanto. Organizers estimate that these protests against the U.S.-based transnational biotech corporation were one of the largest days of coordinated action in history. Yet, despite the high level of coordination, the local actions were not all orchestrated by professional organizers – and nor were the resulting actions all traditional marches.

On Saturday, about 2,000 participants gathered in Mexico City for the Carnaval del Maíz, a “Carnival of Corn” to celebrate Mexico’s rich diversity of native corn, threatened by Monsanto’s plans to introduce a genetically modified variety of the crop. The fact that Mexico’s manifestation of the global March Against Monsanto took the form of a carnival is no coincidence. The current generation of Mexican activists is looking for new strategies to fight for social justice, and the March Against Monsanto provided an opportunity to fuse tradition and innovation into the building blocks for a global food revolution.

The beginnings of the action came from an unlikely source: a novice Mexico City activist named Thalía Güido. In early March, Güido found the “March Against Monsanto” Facebook page and learned there was to be a global protest on May 25.


Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 5:25 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Mayor Bloomberg Named "Nanny of the Month" – Again

0

New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg (shown) has been named Reason magazine’s “Nanny of the Month” for May, marking the third time the controversial thee-term mayor has earned that distinction, the libertarian publication said. The latest “award” is based on the city’s regulation of the sale of toy guns and the $60,000 fine levied against the owner of a Manhattan tourist shop for selling cigarette lighters shaped like tiny pistols.

“The lighters are just three inches in length, but the city’s Department of Consumer Affairs says they could be mistaken for real firearms,” Reason said. In addition to his three monthly “awards,” Bloomberg was named the magazine’s “Nanny of the Year” in 2009, when the health-conscious mayor proposed a ban on outdoor smoking and a one-cent tax on sodas. His crusade against sugar-laden food and drinks included a public campaign against school bake sales and a program to encourage food processors to use less salt. That followed a 2007 ban on the use of trans fats, along with a public campaign against school bake sales.

The smoking ban went into effect in 2011, making lighting up illegal in any of the city’s 1,700 parks and 14 miles of beaches, as well as in pedestrian plazas like Times Square. Last year, the mayor asked city hospitals to put infant formula bottles in storage to encourage mothers of newborns to breast feed. A ban on the sale of large sugary soft drinks, imposed at the mayor’s urging by the city’s Board of Health, was struck down earlier this year by the state’s Supreme Court.

Fred Shayes, who was nailed for the cigarette lighters, said the fine could put him out of business. Shayes was fined $5,000 for each of the 12 pistol-shaped lighters he had in the store. He has appealed to the Manhattan Supreme Court in an effort to block city efforts to collect the 60 grand.

“We don’t have the money,” Shayes told the New York Post. “I would have to take a loan out from the bank to pay that.” Shayes was selling the lighters for $10 apiece until city investigators removed them from his store shelves, the Post said.

A legible stamp identifying the manufacturer or trade name is required on all toy guns, though it might have been difficult to fit a name on the novelty lighters Shayes was selling, since they are small enough to fit in the palm of a hand. The bronze silver and black items also run afoul of the “range of acceptable colors” for an “imitation firearm” under the city’s Public Safety Law. The acceptable colors include white, bright red, bright orange, bright yellow, bright green, bright blue, bright pink, or bright purple.

The billionaire mayor is reported to have committed a sizable chunk of his personal wealth to a campaign about real guns. Earlier this year, Bloomberg and the group he organized, Mayors Against Illegal Guns, launched a $12 million TV ad campaign in favor of expanded background checks and against politicians who have voted against them.

Guns are also the target of the New York Police Department’s controversial “Stop and Frisk” program, which the mayor insists is a major contribution to public safety. The New York Civil Liberties Union, after examining police department records, reported in 2011 that guns were found in just 0.2 percent of all stops. The report also showed 87 percent of all stops were of African-American and Latino males, even though the smaller number of white males stopped were twice as likely to have guns. The study also showed no correlation between the number of stops made and the public’s safety from gun violence. In 2002, when there were 97,296 stops, there were 1,892 victims of gunfire in the city. In 2011, there were 685,724 stops and 1,891 deaths by gunfire. The mayor responded to the report by calling the civil liberties groups “no better than the NRA.”

“Let’s be clear,” Bloomberg said. “The NYCLU’s priority is not protecting our safety, it is protecting their ideology. And in that regard, they are no better than the NRA.”

The Associated Press last year reported, based on interviews and a secret police document that the news agency obtained, that the New York Police Department had been conducting surveillance on Muslims and mosques “from Connecticut to the Philadelphia suburbs.” If you think Connecticut or Philadelphia might be outside the jurisdiction of New York’s police force, think again: “The NYPD has officers stationed in 11 foreign cities such as London, Paris, Madrid, and Tel Aviv, where they work with local police and act as the NYPD’s eyes and ears overseas,” the AP reported. Given its global reach, it’s not surprising that the mayor should be tempted to exaggerate when he boasts of the size of his “own army.”

“I have my own army in the NYPD, which is the seventh biggest army in the world,” Bloomberg said in a 2011 speech at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The city’s force of more 34,000 is impressive, but does not equal the manpower of the world’s “seventh biggest army.” That distinction, according to globalsecurity.com goes to Pakistan, which may still be beyond the Mayor Bloomberg’s jurisdiction.

The city’s ban on the sale of large (more than 16 oz.) soft drinks in self-service cups at food service establishments was what the New York Times called “a centerpiece of Mayor Bloomberg’s third term.” It also provided fodder for late night comedians. But in ruling the ban “arbitrary and capricious,” New York Supreme Court Judge Milton A. Tingling also found it a violation of the separation of powers in the City Charter. The mayor bypassed the City Council and got the ban approved by the city’s Board of Health, which lacked the legislative authority to approve such a measure, the judge ruled. The decision came on March 11, one day before the ban would have taken effect. It came in response to a suit, brought by associations of grocers, restaurateurs, theater owners, and others against the Board of Health and the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, the city department charged with enforcing the ban.

“To accept the respondents’ interpretation of the authority granted to the Board by the New York City Charter would leave its authority to define, create, mandate and enforce limited only by its own imagination,” the judge wrote. “The Portion Cap Rule, if upheld, would create an administrative Leviathan and violate the separation of powers doctrine. The rule would not only violate the separation of powers, it would eviscerate it. Such an evisceration has the potential to be more troubling than sugar sweetened beverages.”

Bloomberg vowed to appeal the decision, claiming his responsibility to New Yorkers includes protecting their health. “This includes advising them when science says something they’re doing may be harmful to them or to their families,” he said.

But clearly Bloomberg wants to go beyond advising people on such matters. He wants to use the force of law to compel them to follow his advice. And as the judge’s ruling indicated, the mayor may not be the most reliable guide on following the law.

Photo of New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Alex Jones, David Icke and Paul Joseph Watson Speak at Bilderberg Fringe Festival

0

Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

From the Bilderberg Fringe site:

Every year politicians, royalty and CEO’s meet in secret to discuss the fate of the world. This year, you are all invited!

2013 welcomes the first ever Bilderberg Fringe Festival. Taking place between 7th — 9th June in Watford, the festival is a unique, FREE event which will nurture dialogue and discourse about Bilderberg in a peaceful, fun environment — alongside a jam-packed weekend of speakers, comedy, music, workshops, arts and entertainment!

Seeking to stimulate hearts and minds and unite the politically conscious, the event will be a positive platform which harmonises fun with enlightened idea exchanges. The Bilderberg Fringe Festival is an unmissable occasion for conscious citizens from all over the world to join together and have a fantastic party.

We are expressing our outrage at this travesty of democracy the only way we know how. By hula-hooping in the sunshine and dancing barefoot in the grass. Except where cows have been.

Where Bilderberg is closed, dark and joyless, we are open, happy and free. They may have better spa facilities, but we have better chai.

—

BILDERBERG FRINGE — PROGRAMME OF EVENTS

GROVE GATES OPEN 8AM — 8PM FRIDAY — SATURDAY; 8AM — 2PM SUNDAY

FRIDAY 7TH JUNE: BILDERBERG — TGIF! SPEAKER’S CORNER

Hosted by our wonderful MC, Danny Shine.

12.30pm: Danny Shine — activist and spiritual entertainer

1PM: Hannah Borno — journalist and activist, “Experiences of Bilderberg”

1.30pm: Darren Deojee — of the People’s Public Trust

2pm: Steve Jolly — anti-surveillance ‘No CCTV’ campaigner, ‘No CCTV’

2.30pm: Belinda McKenzie — 9/11 and Hollie Greig campaigner

3PM: Fergus Ferrier — “Bitcoin for Beginners”

3.30pm Peter Paget — author, lecturer, researcher: “Behind The Bildergers”

4pm: Sierra Adamson — We Are Change activist: “Confronting Power”

4.30pm: ***Greg Sams*** — author, activist, creator of Whole Earth Foods and the original Vegeburger: “Is the State out of Date?”

5pm: Hando Tonumaa & Mariann Joonas — founders of Telegram,the biggest alternative news site in Estonia: “Alternative media and the awakening in Estonia”

5.30pm: Stephen Moore — the round-head economist: “Positive Money”

6pm: Kerry Cassidy — documentary film-maker, investigative journalist, founder of Project Camelot.

7pm-8pm: OPEN MIC — BILDERBERG DIGEST

–

FRIDAY AFTER-PARTY: NEW WORLD ORDER COMEDY NIGHT with *CHRIS MCGLADE*!

8pm at Harry’s Bar, a couple of doors down from Kings Lodge Hotel.

(15min walk from The Grove — The Kings Lodge, 28 Bridge Road, Hunton Bridge, Watford, WD4 8RQ)

–

SATURDAY 8TH JUNE: BILDERBERG FRINGE SUMMIT

12PM: CHARLIE SKELTON: Comedy writier, journalist, and the Guardian’s Bilderblogger (UK)

12.30pm: CLIVE MENZIES: Representative of Occupy London’s Economic Working Group

1PM: GIORGIO BOMBASSEI: Veteran Bilderberg historian (Italy)

1.30PM: JURIAAN MAESSEN: Bilderberg historian & investigative writer of ‘Explosive Reports’ (The Netherlands)

2PM: LUKE RUDKOWSKI: We Are Change, New York (US)

2.30PM: DAN DICKS: Press For Truth (Canada)

3PM: MARTIN SUMMERS: — Labour Party columnist, broadcaster, and Reinvestigate 9/11 representative

3.30pm: PAUL JOSPEH WATSON: Author, and Editor/writer for Infowars (UK)

4PM: TONY GOSLING: ex-BBC radio journalist turned Bilderberg researcher (UK)

alexjones-davidicke5PM: DAVID ICKE: World renowned author, public speaker, and one of the foremost Bilderberg Group researchers (UK)

6PM: ALEX JONES: Investigative journalist, documentary film-maker, and international broadcaster/founder of Infowars (US)

PROCESSION AND BILDERBERG AFTER-PARTY: 8pm til late (details TBC)

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 5:15 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

9/11 family members demand the FBI ‘come clean’ about Sarasota Saudis

0

Dan Christensen and Anthony Summers
BrowardBulldog.com
June 7, 2013

A group representing 6,600 survivors and relatives of those killed and injured in the 9/11 attacks has called on the FBI to “come clean” about its investigation of Saudis in Florida who may have aided the terrorist hijackers.

The reaction by 9/11 Families United to Bankrupt Terrorism on Thursday followed news that former U.S. Sen. Bob Graham had accused the FBI in court papers of concealing the existence of its Sarasota investigation and impeding Congress’s Joint Inquiry into the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks.

“After almost 12 years, the time has come for the Department of Justice, the FBI and this administration to give the American people access to the truth about who financed the murder of 3,000 people on 9/11,” said Sharon Premoli, who was pulled from the rubble of the World Trade Center.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 5:15 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Walmart Files Restraining Order on Protesters as Shareholder Meeting Boasts 'Glitz, Songs, Stock Buyback'

0

As striking Walmart workers and supporters headed from around the country to protest the retail giant’s annual stockholder meeting in Fayetteville, Ark., the corporation issued a restraining order on several Walmart labor groups and banned protesters from going near the meeting.

Shareholders fill Bud Walton Arena on the University of Arkansas campus for the annual Wal-Mart shareholders’ meeting in Fayetteville, Ark. (April L. Brown / Associated Press) The Los Angeles Times reports:

Armed with a temporary restraining order against demonstrators and a $15-billion stock buyback program for investors, Walmart held its annual shareholder meeting Friday.

The company is facing renewed scrutiny over its labor practices at home and the working conditions of those who produce its cheap clothes abroad after the deaths of more than 1,100 workers in a Bangladesh building collapse.

To preempt protesters, Walmart sought, and was granted, a temporary restraining order against the United Food and Commercial Workers International Union, Organization United for Respect at Walmart and other unnamed defendants from a judge in Benton County, Arkansas.

According to the order, these organizers were prohibited from: “entering onto or inside Walmart’s private property in the State of Arkansas to engage in activities such as picketing, patrolling, parading, demonstrations, ‘flash mobs,’ handbilling, solicitation, and manager confrontations,” among other acts.

Some Walmart critics, however, did manage to get into the shareholder meeting on Friday, including Kalpona Akter, the executive director of the Bangladeshi Center for Worker Solidarity and former garment factory worker in Bangladesh.

Akter spoke in turn inside the meeting and urged Walmart to address worker safety conditions in their factories around the world such as the Rana Plaza in Bangladesh that collapsed last month killing more than 1,100 workers.

“If the world’s largest retailer refuses to address the state of workers’ rights and working conditions seriously, things will not change,” Akter, said in a statement emailed to The Los Angeles Times before she spoke at the meeting.

“The last six months have seen two of the worst disasters in the entire history of the garment industry,” said Kalpona Akter, a union activist in Bangladesh, referring to the Rana Plaza collapse and the Tazreen fire. “Both occurred in buildings where Walmart goods were produced.”

“Don’t you agree that the factories where Walmart products are made should be safe for the workers?” she said.

Walmart recently refused to sign an agreement between a number of Western brands to improve working conditions in their subcontracted factories there.

The legally binding agreement, signed by retailers including H&M, Primark, C&A, Tommy Hilfiger, Calvin Klein, Zara, Tesco and others, “aims to compel retailers to pay for rigorous and independent public inspections and blacklist any factories unwilling to comply,” the Guardian reported.

Additionally, Janet Sparks who works at a Walmart in Baker, La, and is a shareholder, also spoke out, urging the company to pay its employees livable wages and to fix its exploitative scheduling policies–both issues which have garnered widespread Walmart workers’ strikes throughout the year.

“Times are tough for many Walmart associates, too. We are stretching our paychecks to pay our bills and support our families,” said Ms. Sparks, a member of the union-affiliated employee group OUR Walmart.

Meanwhile, Walmart, oozing with profits, took the opportunity at the shareholder meeting amongst appearances by Hugh Jackman, Tom Cruise, Kelly Clarkson, Jennifer Hudson, dancers and a “giant puppet of a white elephant,” to announce to its shareholders a $15-billion buyback program.

“Our strong cash flow enabled the company to invest in growth and repurchase over $14 billion of our stock during the last two years,” Charles Holley, Walmart executive vice president said at the meeting, which Reuters described as filled with “glitz, songs and stock buyback.”

“We’re pleased to continue our share repurchase program with this new $15 billion authorization,” Holley said.

Walmart’s stock prices remain close to an all-time high.

The New York Times adds:

As expected, none of the shareholders’ proposals passed. The founding Walton family owns more than 50 percent of shares, making it impossible to pass any measures without their support. Likewise, despite opposition from some large pension funds and proxy-advisory firms, all 14 directors up for re-election were reinstated. Walmart said it would release a detailed breakdown of the votes on Monday, which would signal how dissatisfied outside investors are with the company and board.

Yet the portion of the meeting where investors could speak amounted to about 15 minutes of an almost four-hour meeting.

The rest of it was devoted to Walmart’s version of its story.

Walmart strikers and protesters will, however, continue to protest in Fayetteville and Bentonville throughout the rest of Walmart’s ‘shareholders week’.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Iranians prepare for local elections

0

The Iranian people will go to the polls for the city and village council elections, which will be held with the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14, Press TV reports.

On Friday, the city and village council candidates began campaigning for the biggest elections ever in Iran in terms of the number of seats.

The fourth round of the elections was originally supposed to be held in June 2010, but it was postponed based on a decision by the Iranian Majlis (parliament).

Over 200,000 candidates have been qualified by a parliamentary committee to run for the local elections.

The Iranians prepare to cast their ballots in the elections.

Å“Voting is very important to me. It is my duty to vote. I am still thinking and researching to see who to vote for in the coming city and village council elections. We must all vote, and elect the best person to have a better and more beautiful city,” said an Iranian senior citizen.

Å“We expect the candidates… to work hard and keep… (their) promises… and to work for the people,” said a young citizen.

The city and village Islamic councils are local establishments that are elected by public vote in all cities and villages across the country. Council members in each city or village are elected for a four-year term.

The councils are tasked with helping the Islamic Republicâ„¢s social, economic, cultural and educational advancement by encouraging public participation.

NT/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Telecom Insider Reveals Everyone Is Wiretapped!

0

Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

Rob Dew speaks with telecom insider James Knox (pseudonym) who has nearly 30 years experience in the industry.

Mr. Knox speaks out about the telecommunication infrastructure and government agencies like the NSA that have set up access points all over the country from which they can siphon all data, phone calls, emails, videos and pics into giant repositories like the massive facility in Utah.

These networks exist and are in use – and with just a few keystrokes and a couple of hard drives, government agents can know everything about you.

As we see in the latest headlines, these systems are in full use right now – we are all being wiretapped.

James goes into the history of this with the Telecomm Act of 1996 and CALEA and how these are used to violate our rights and privacy on a daily basis.

This interview validates what Alex Jones has been saying for years… that the NSA doesn’t need to tap phones; the phone companies are part of the NSA. The video below is from 2011:

On yesterday’s Nightly News, Rob Dew also covered how appliances will soon be spying on you through smart technology, and GiGi Erneta breaks down the ineffectiveness of invasive speed cameras.

Here are other articles covered in Rob’s interview with James Knox:

Now FBI wants back door to all software
http://www.wnd.com/2013/06/now-fbi-wants-back-door-to-all-software/

Phone Sex, Banks & Google for Emails: The NSA Spying Is Bigger Than Verizon
http://www.theatlanticwire.com/politics/2013/06/nsa-spying-verizon-analysis/65963/

Flashback CIA Chief: We’ll Spy on You Through Your Dishwasher
http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2012/03/petraeus-tv-remote/

How Outraged Should You Be About the NSA Grabbing Your Phone Logs?
http://www.nationaljournal.com/tech/how-outraged-should-you-be-about-the-nsa-grabbing-your-phone-logs-20130606

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 5:05 pm

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Week in Review: Bilderberg Secrecy and the Surveillance State

0

iranmap

America’s Economic War on the People of Iran: Obama Signs Executive Order Targeting Iran’s Currency and Auto Industry Timothy Alexander Guzman, June 07, 2013


lynnestewart

 

 

israeluk

 

 

petras

 

syriaflag

 

 

 

 

bilderberg1

 

 

 

orwell1

 

 

vaccin

 

kissinger

 

 

neruda allende

 

 

 

bilderberg1

 

 

haarp3

 

 

german templers palestine

 

 

house2

 

 

 

 

Jabhat Al Nusra

 

 

latinamerica

 

 

 

La MINUSTAH, instrument d’ingérence, d’abus et d’oppression en Haïti

 

 

peace4

 

 

palestine

 

 

lendman

 

 

 

cia

 

 

chinadollar

 

 

medical

 

Le double jeu de Recep Tayyip Erdogan

 

 

syriaflag

 

 

William_Blum

 

depression

 

 

osama

 

laurentLamothe

 

africamap

 

 

marx environmentalist

 

banks

 

1984

 

 

wheat

 

libyA

 

bradlymanning1

 

syriakurd438

 

 

bradleymanning

 

israelus

 

La Turquie d'Erdogan : Une nouvelle Nahda pour l'Islam

 

palestine

 

 

 

gas_pipeline_060612_3

 

news1

 

march_jerusalem4

 

 

king

 

 

usamap

 

 

Click here for all articles published this week.

 

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

PHOTOS: Secret NSA Data Center in Bluffdale, Utah

0

Photographer: Rick Bowmer
realclearpolitics.com
June 7, 2013

A set of 13 photos of the NSA Data Center in Utah

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:48 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Two car bomb attacks kill 19 in Iraq

0

Iraqi soldiers patrol after a bomb damaged a bus carrying Iranian religious tourists in Karbala, southwest of Baghdad. (file photo)

Nineteen people, including a number of Iranians, have been killed in two car bomb attacks in Iraq.

Police said 11 Iranian religious tourists were killed and 31 others were injured on Friday morning when terrorists drove an explosives-laden car into a bus near the town of Muqdadiyah, which is located about 90 kilometers (60 miles) north of Baghdad.

The Iranian religious tourists were on their way to visit shrines in the holy city of Najaf.

Later in the day, terrorists drove two explosives-laden cars into a major highway checkpoint between the cities of Fallujah and Ramadi, with the vehicles blowing up in rapid succession.

Four police officers and four civilians died in the attack.

No group has claimed responsibility for the attacks, but the bombings bear the hallmarks of al-Qaeda-linked militants in Iraq, who are seeking to destabilize the central government.

There has recently been an upsurge in violence across Iraq, and the authorities say Qatar and Saudi Arabia have had a hand in some of the incidents.

On June 1, the United Nations said that a total of 1,045 people were killed and 2,397 injured in violent incidents in Iraq in the month of May.

On May 30, UN envoy to Iraq Martin Kobler warned that Å“systemic violence is ready to explode at any moment.”

He also urged Iraq’s political leaders to Å“engage immediately to pull the country out of this mayhem.”

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has said that militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime are responsible for the latest wave of violence.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Opposition Spokesman Won’t Commit To Syria Peace Talks

0

npr.org
June 7, 2013

Leaders from around the world are urging Syrian opposition and government groups to hold talks aimed at ending the two-year-old civil war there. But the Syrian opposition won’t commit to negotiations. Guest host Celeste Headlee speaks with Khalid Saleh, Chief Spokesperson for the Syrian Opposition recognized by the US.

CELESTE HEADLEE, HOST:

I’m Celeste Headlee. This is TELL ME MORE from NPR News. Michel Martin is away. Coming up, the latest jobs report is out. The economy added jobs, but also added to the unemployment rate. We’ll explain how that math works with the Wall Street Journal’s Sudeep Reddy and NPR’s Marilyn Geewax. The Civil War there has now raged for two years, more than two years. The most recent reports say President Bashar al-Assad’s army is making gains at this point, including the capture of a key rebel stronghold this week. And from the earliest days of the conflict, the war was never contained by Syria’s borders. Refugees and violence has spilled over into neighboring countries, Lebanon, Turkey, and Israel. Arizona Senator John McCain just got back from a trip to the region. He spoke yesterday at The Brookings Institution about what he saw.

(SOUNDBITE OF JOHN MCCAIN SPEECH)

SENATOR JOHN MCCAIN: Syria as we know it, is ceasing to exist. More than 80,000 people are dead. A quarter of all Syrians have been driven from their homes. The Syrian state is disintegrating in much of the country, leaving vast ungoverned spaces that are being filled by extremists, many of them aligned with Al-Qaeda.

HEADLEE: Joining me now in studio is the chief spokesman for the Syrian National Coalition. His name is Khalid Saleh. Welcome to the program.

KHALID SALEH: Thank you for having me.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

HEADLEE: First of all, your response to John McCain’s characterization of what he saw in Syria.

SALEH: We know for a fact that of the 185,000 square kilometers in Syria, 100,000 is not under the control of the government, they are liberated areas. However, we have a challenge in governing those areas. We’ve been trying, with very limited resources, to provide services to people. We’ve been trying to help local administrative councils provide services, rule these different areas, provide rule of law, but has been challenging with the limited support that we are receiving from the international community. Bashar al-Assad has been trying to push back, to like, you know, his forces are trying to gain control over certain areas.

But the reality is, his army, which was the 13th largest army in the world, has been degraded to a great extent. At this point, he’s having to rely on Hezbollah militias to assist him. He continues to receive massive shipments of weapons from Russia. We all heard about the S-300 missiles that Russia is sending to Assad. He’s also getting help from Iran. All these — all these forces.

HEADLEE: What kind of help is he getting from Iran?

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:31 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Key Syria town of al-Qusayr falls to government troops

0

Jacob Wirtschafter
usatoday.com
June 7, 2013

Syrian rebel fighters and wounded civilians were forced to flee al-Qusayr Wednesday, as Syrian troops, supported by Hezbollah militia, advanced on the strategic city close to the Lebanese border.

“Yes, al-Qusayr fell to regime control,” said 25-year-old Muhammad Awad of the Free Syrian Army’s al-Farouk Battalion in Qusayr. “Let the world, the regime and all the people against us be happy. We retreated because we could not take them on anymore.”

The Free Syrian army, which had held on to the city for months through increasingly fierce bombardment and attacks by the regime, killing hundreds, conceded that they had to make a retreat from the town that lies on a key supply route.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:34 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Who’s crossing the Mexico border? A new survey tries to find out

0

Brad Plumer
washingtonpost.com
June 7, 2013

Last year, the Border Patrol caught about 356,000 immigrants trying to cross illegally at the U.S.-Mexico border. That’s thought to be about half of all attempts.

Undocumented Mexican immigrants walk through the Sonoran Desert after illegally crossing the U.S.-Mexico border. (John Moore/GETTY IMAGES)

It also isn’t much of a deterrent. About 43 percent of those detained say they’ll try to cross again in the near future – often because they’re trying to get back to a job or family members waiting for them in the United States.

That’s one upshot of a big new survey (pdf) from the National Center for Border Security and Immigration at the University of Arizona. The researchers interviewed more than 1,000 detainees at the Border Patrol’s Tucson Sector in 2012.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:13 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Unemployment Hits Record High in Euro Zone

0

Jack Ewing
nytimes.com
June 7, 2013

Unemployment in the euro zone continued its relentless march higher in April, according to official data published Friday, hitting yet another record, amid a prolonged recession and the absence of a coordinated response by policy makers.

The jobless rate for the 17 countries that use the common currency rose to 12.2 percent, from 12.1 percent a month earlier, with 19.4 million people out of work, according to Eurostat, the European Union statistics agency. Some analysts said the number of people without jobs could hit 20 million by the end of the year.

Despite the rise, most analysts do not expect the European Central Bank to cut interest rates or take other action to stimulate growth when its policy-making council meets in the coming week. Separate data from Eurostat showed that inflation in the euro zone rose to 1.4 percent from 1.2 percent, which could prompt the central bank to wait for clearer signs that there is no risk of higher prices.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:22 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

TSA Drops Plan to Allow Small Knives on Planes

0

upi.com
June 7, 2013

Transportation Security Administration chief John Pistole said Wednesday he is abandoning a plan to allow small knives in carry-on luggage on U.S. flights.

The TSA said in March it would focus more on “higher threat items” and allow passengers, beginning April 25, to carry “knives that do not lock, and have blades that are 2.36 inches or 6 centimeters or less in length and are less than 1/2 inch in width” – as well as “novelty-sized and toy bats, billiard cues, ski poles, hockey sticks, lacrosse sticks and two golf clubs” as part of their carry-on baggage.

The announcement said the change was intended to align U.S. rules “more closely with International Civil Aviation Organization standards” and reduce the amount of time required for passengers to go through screening.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:16 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

In Arizona, border crossings down, but migrant deaths on rise

0

Cindy Carcamo
latimes.com
June 7, 2013

The numbers of people crossing the U.S.-Mexico border illegally into this country are at historical lows, but a report released Wednesday shows that the death rates among these migrants are at an all-time high in the southern Arizona desert.

The deaths have likely increased because those who still choose to cross the border illegally are traveling for longer periods of time – mostly on foot – through more remote areas to avoid detection by border enforcement officials, suggest data collected by the Pima County Office of the Medical Examiner.

The country is dealing with a relatively new mass death phenomenon, said Raquel Rubio-Goldsmith, an adjunct professor at the University of Arizona and co-author of the report.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:22 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

IMF admits Greece bailout mistakes

0

upi.com
June 7, 2013

The International Monetary Fund admitted it didn’t realize how damaging the draconian Greek bailout austerity measures it imposed would be to Greece’s economy.

The 2010-imposed austerity measures in the first bailout helped Greece avoid bankruptcy but also caused the country’s economy, already in recession, to plummet, the IMF said in an internal report made public after its contents were reported by The Wall Street Journal.

In contrast to publicly stated high hopes of the first bailout of $144 billion put together by the “troika” of the IMF, European Commission and European Central Bank in May 2010, “market confidence was not restored, the banking system lost 30 percent of its deposits and the economy encountered a much deeper-than-expected recession with exceptionally high unemployment,” the report said.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:29 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Building of new US-Mexico border crossing stalls

0

JUAN CARLOS LLORCA
mysanantonio.com
June 7, 2013

Jesse Grado walks cautiously past a welder whose work throws off a spray of brilliant sparks as construction crews lay slabs of concrete for a bridge over the Rio Grande. The leader of the project points to an empty void – the point where the six-lane span abruptly ends 30 feet above the river.

Beyond the pavement is nothing but miles of Mexican farms, dirt and desert.

By June, this was supposed to be the site of a massive new customs-and-immigration facility that would provide a fourth international border crossing to handle U.S.-bound commercial traffic from Ciudad Jua

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 4:17 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

In Mistaken House Search, SWAT Team Rummages through Iraq Veteran's House and Shoots His Dog

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Another raid on the wrong residence; another dead dog. This time, Iraq War veteran Adam Arroyo says he came home on Monday to find his door busted down, and his beloved pup dead from bullet wounds. The Buffalo, NY police did not seem too concerned with cleaning up blood or anything like that, but nonetheless left behind a note of sorts: a search warrant for the apartment next door.

“They busted the door down, with a battering ram or whatever,” he told the Buffalo News. “They came in, and within a few seconds of entering the apartment, they murdered my dog. They shot her multiple times. They had no reason to do that.” Arroyo says his dog, a two-and-a-half-year-old pit bull named Cindy, was killed while chained up in the kitchen, which he discovered ridden with bullet holes.

As WKBW points out, the police made a serious error:

The suspect named in the warrant was described as a black male and was wanted on suspicion of dealing crack.

Arroyo is Hispanic and lives at 304 Breckenridge, upper-rear apartment, which has a completely separate entrance and is clearly marked on his mail box.

“I don’t do drugs. I’m a United States veteran. I work everyday. I’m just trying to live my life,” Arroyo told WKBW. Crazy as this story might sound, raids on the wrong residences happen regularly, and the results can be traumatic, not to mention deadly. Militant SWAT raids are often used in drug busts, and have become increasingly popular over the past couple of decades. They are so prevalent — and such a significant factor of police militarization — that the ACLU recently launched an investigation into their use.

Buffalo Police Commissioner Daniel Derenda told WIVB that the department is investigating the case, and taking it “very seriously.” He added, “If [the dog] was attacking an officer and he was … stopping the dog from attacking, he’d be justified.” Nevermind that they had the WRONG apartment.

He is right, however, that the raid was pretty standard. Here’s how former Seattle Chief of Police Norm Stamper has described SWAT busts:

The officers are armed with automatic weapons and are sometimes deployed from armored personnel carriers or rappelling from helicopters. Doors are smashed open with battering rams or are ripped from their hinges by ropes tied to vehicles. And, to further disorient those inside, officers are trained to use explosives–“flash-bang” grenades–upon entry. The slightest provocation, including any “furtive” moments on the part of the residents, often results in shots fired.Since drug dealers sometimes use dogs to protect their stash, family pets are shot, kicked, or, in the recent case of a New York City raid, thrown out the window.

It’s probably a good thig Arroyolo wasn’t home. When police become the military, their tactics lead to some of the same civilian casualties as war. Still, some discretion, at least, would be nice. Maybe double check the address next time armed men bust through a door?

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

First Time Since 1995: U.S. Produces More Oil Than It Imports

0

When Brantley Hargrove noted in the Dallas Observer on Thursday that, during the last week in May, the United States produced more oil than it consumed (for the first time since February, 1995), he was awfully quick to give nearly all the credit to Texas. But he was proud, nevertheless:

Tight oil formations in the Eagle Ford Shale of South Texas and the Permian Basin – along with production in North Dakota – allowed the country to meet 88 percent of its energy requirements this spring, Bloomberg reports. That hasn’t happened since 1986.

By the end of this year, it’s predicted [that] the Eagle Ford will be the biggest tight-oil producing play in the country. And unlike the Bakken Shale in North Dakota, there’s no bottleneck, and no shortage of conveyances to get the oil to market. It is, after all, next to one of the largest refinery complexes in the country.

Which is to say, it looks like Texas is going to be oil flush for years to come.

During the last week in May, U.S. oil production averaged 32,000 barrels a day more than were being imported, causing oil inventories to climb to their highest level in 82 years. The United States pumped a total of 7.3 million barrels every day, compared to 7.27 million barrels imported from OPEC and elsewhere. This was inevitable: Domestic oil production has increased by 42 percent over the past five years while imports have slumped by 26 percent over the same time.

This has had an enormous positive economic impact on both states, but much more so for North Dakota, according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA). In its state income analysis for 2012 the BEA noted that while the average state’s income slowed between 2011 and 2012, North Dakota’s surged by more than 12 percent, and added:

For the fifth time in the last six years North Dakota has had the fastest personal income growth of all states. Since 2006, personal income in North Dakota has grown at a compound annual rate of 9.2 percent, substantially outpacing the 2.9 percent growth rate of all other states.

Texas’ was only 4.8 percent.

Every one of the 11 individual economic sectors that BEA tracks registered positive growth for North Dakota last year, including construction, wholesale trade, and transportation. Money Morning expanded on North Dakota’s remarkable economy: “In 2012, North Dakota’s Gross Regional Product was $39.5 billion. This is enormous since its population is only about 690,000 people.” That works out to a per-person GDP in North Dakota of $57,250 compared to Texas’ which is still a very healthy $46,425. Monday Morning continued:

Since 2005, North Dakota’s oil and gas industries have grown by an astonishing 396.5%.

North Dakota is now the #2 oil producer in the nation [Texas is #1]: Oil production specifically grew more than 600% over the past few years.… The state produces about 11% of the U.S. total oil production.

Each of North Dakota’s 8,500 oil wells is profitable and not only generates healthy royalty checks to their owners, but also hefty tax revenues to the state as well. As Money Morning noted:

It costs $10 million to drill a well, but it generates roughly $20 million net profit. Each well pays approximately $4.4 million in taxes to the state and pays out $7.6 million in royalties. Every well also generates about $1.6 million in wages.

In reviewing North Dakota’s success, economist Mark Perry reported:

North Dakota’s economic success goes beyond its well-publicized shale oil prosperity, which is being supplemented by other booming sectors including manufacturing, tourism, advanced manufacturing, information technology, and agriculture.

The state’s pro-business climate should get some of the credit for the impressive output and job gains over the last several years, including leading the country in real GDP growth.

Whatever North Dakota is doing, it’s working, and the state should be a nationwide model for economic development and job growth.

The confluence of technology, opportunity, enforced private property rights, minimum government, and low taxes is working to make North Dakota the poster child for free enterprise. The entire country is benefiting from what’s happening there as well as in Texas. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

World’s fastest comp: China unveils new top-ranking supercomputer

0

China has developed a new supercomputer, which is twice as fast as US and Japanese systems, early tests show. The new Tianhe-2 (Milkyway-2) is said to be even speedier in theory, and is likely to top the world ranks for years.

The worldwide supercomputer race may again be led by China, and
this time for good — even before the official tests, the Tianhe-2
is showing a stunning performance of 30.7 Petaflops (quadrillions
of calculations) per second, while its closest US rival, the
Titan, can boast only 17.6 Petaflops.

The supercomputer’s capabilities have been confirmed in a
detailed report by Jack Dongarra of the University of
Tennessee, who recently visited China’s National University of
Defense Technology (NUDT), where the Tianhe-2 is currently being
tested.

The powerful system was assembled by Chinese company Inspur using
tens of thousands of the latest multicore chips produced by
Intel, with an addition of some home-made technology. In total,
the supercomputer is said to contain over 3 million processor
cores.

The enormous computer will consume up to 24 Megawatts of energy
while under load, and a special liquid coolant is being developed
to prevent overheating. It will also have access to some 12
Petabytes of storage.

An artist's rendering of the final look of the Tianhe-2 system. (Image from netlib.org)

Inspur claims the Tianhe-2 is capable of 54 Petaflops of peak
theoretical compute performance. Earlier reports said China is
aiming for no lesser than a 100 Petaflops machine by 2015.

Such impressive performance rates may be required for designing
or modeling complex defense and civil technologies — for
instance, testing aircrafts, as is expected in the case of the
Tianhe-2.

Economic analysis is another feasible job for the supercomputer.

But the governments are also heavily using supercomputers for
gathering intelligence. NUDT has listed aiding in government
security as one of the possible uses for the Tianhe-2.

The Tianhe-2 will provide “an open platform for research and
education and provide high performance computing service for
southern China”
after it moves to the Chinese National
Supercomputer Center in Guangzhou this year, according to the
report.

The system will likely top the biannual Top 500 supercomputer
list compiled by a joint US-German group of scientists, in which
the report’s author Dongarra participates.

For the US, which has largely dominated the list so far, the new
Chinese supercomputer should serve as a “wake-up call,”
and an indication the country might fall behind in the high-tech
race for years, Dongarra said in an interview on Wednesday.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Super solar storm could leave Western nations without power 'for months' — report

0

A power outage could leave Western nations without electricity for months in the event of a strong geomagnetic storm, a new report claims, adding that it is “almost inevitable in the future” while the sun is approaching the peak of its solar cycle.

It is a known fact that solar activity is interconnected with the
our planet’s geomagnetic fields that are known to affect life on
Earth, including widespread electrical disruptions. 
Currently the Sun’s activity is ramping up toward what is known
as solar maximum as the peak of the 11-year solar cycle is
expected in 2015.

According to the report, produced by Lloyd’s in cooperation with
Atmospheric and Environmental research (AER), super solar storms
normally occur approximately every 150 years, the last being the
Carrington Event in 1859 — a geomagnetic storm that caused
disruptions in telegraph lines all over the world and the
brightest auroras. However that was long before people were so
dependent on electricity.

The report outlines a doomsday scenario – the cancellation of the
services the public has come to depend upon every day. For
example, the systems for controlling air-traffic would stop,
potentially grounding entire fleets. The satellites that power
the world’s telecoms networks would be knocked out. 
Hospital patients dependent on electrical equipment would be put
at risk.

Aurora.Reuters / Lehtikuva / Pekka Sakki

This could lead to liability claims if customers believe
companies did not take enough protective measures during a
blackout, which would have significant implications for the
insurance industry.

All this can occur as a result of strong geomagnetic storms –
severe disturbances in the upper layers of our atmosphere caused
by solar storms. The geomagnetic storms induce
currents in long conductors such as power lines. These additional
currents can trigger voltage collapse or damage extra-high
voltage transformers. The economic costs would be catastrophic,
according to the report.

The total cost of such a scenario today in Europe and North
America is estimated at $2.6 trillion for a five-month blackout
period, though it could be as low as $0.6 trillion, the Telegraph
reports.

In 1859 a solar superstorm, the so-called Carrington
Event, hit Earth’s magnetosphere and induced the largest
observed geomagnetic solar storm, causing bright
auroras that were seen around the world. People who
happened to be awake in northeastern US could reportedly read a
newspaper by the aurora’s light. During the storm telegraph wires
in North America and Europe were reportedly destroyed , giving
operators electric shocks and knocking out the telegraph network
as far away as Australia and Asia for two days. That was before
modern methods were used to calculate the force of the solar
storms.

In March 1989, the strongest measured geomagnetic storm caused
the collapse of Hydro-Québec’s electricity transmission system in
Canada. More than six million people lost electric power for nine
hours. That cost the government $12.7 billion.

Historical auroral records suggest a return period of 50 years
for storms like the one in Quebec and about 150 years for extreme
storms such as the Carrington Event.

The researchers mapped potential effects on the US territory of
an extreme solar storm much alike the Carrington Event in the
report.

image from www.lloyds.com

Geomagnetic latitude, ground conductivity and distance from the
coast’s highly conducive seawater can measure the
region’s susceptibility to geomagnetic storms. For example such
populated regions as New York and Washington DC strongly attract
the sun’s electric energy. Other regions include the US Midwest
and the Gulf Coast states.

According to the data in the report the total US population at
risk of extended power outage from a Carrington-level storm is
between 20-40 million, with durations of sixteen days to one or
two years.

“The duration of outages will depend largely on the
availability of spare replacement transformers. If new
transformers need to be ordered, the lead-time is likely to be a
minimum of five months,”
it says.

“They are very limited in terms of numbers of replacements and
manufacturing new transformers takes quite a long period of time,
up to almost two years”
  said Neil Smith,
Research Manager at Lloyd’s of London as quoted by the
Telegraph. “These are huge pieces of equipment. Building and
transporting it is a huge job” he added.”This could take weeks,
even years, in the event of a really big storm.”

There are currently four satellites that can warn Earth of the
coming CME and allow grid operators to prepare and take
preventative measures before the storm, though the report adds
that the force of the storm can only be measured in 15-30 minutes
before it hits. The satellites are also past their mission lives
and need replacement.

However the cost of prevention is reportedly much smaller than
the price of damage caused by a single storm. For example, after
the Quebec power outage the Canadian government has taken
preventative measures by investing $1.2 billion
into protecting the Quebec grid infrastructure, potentially
saving billions of dollars if the incident should occur
again.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Israeli navy detains 2 Gaza fishermen

0

Palestinian fishermen repair a net at the port of Gaza City. (file photo)

Israeli naval forces have detained two Palestinian fishermen off the coast of the blockaded Gaza Strip and confiscated their boat.

Mahfouth Kabariti, the head of an association of fishermen in Gaza, said the men were arrested late on Thursday in waters off the northwestern coast of the territory, the Ma’an news agency reported on Friday.

Palestinian boats are permitted to fish up to six nautical miles from the Gaza coast according to the terms of Israel’s naval blockade on the impoverished enclave.

The fishing area was extended from three nautical miles on November 21, 2012 in the truce deal that ended an eight-day Israeli military assault on the Gaza Strip.

Gaza has been blockaded since June 2007, which is a situation that has caused a decline in the standard of living, unprecedented levels of unemployment, and unrelenting poverty.

The apartheid regime of Israel denies about 1.7 million people in Gaza their basic rights, such as freedom of movement, jobs that pay proper wages, and adequate healthcare and education.

UN Humanitarian Coordinator James W. Rawley said on April 10 that a new round of Israeli restrictions on the Gaza Strip is impacting food supplies and would have “serious” effects if continued.

“Israel has announced a series of heightened restrictions on the movement of people and goods to and from the Gaza Strip, including closures of the Kerem Shalom crossing,” he said in a statement.

Rawley added, “These measures are resulting in the depletion of stocks of essential supplies, including basic foodstuffs and cooking gas, and undermine the livelihoods and rights of many vulnerable Gazan families.

“If these restrictions continue, the effect upon the Gaza population will be serious.”

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

“Democracia cubana” versus “democracia estadounidense”a

0

Primera parte de una entrevista con Arnold August, autor del libro “Cuba and Its Neighbours: Democracy in Motion” (Cuba y sus vecinos: Democracia en movimiento).

Arnold August es analista político, escritor, periodista y conferencista, residente en Montreal, Canadá (Quebec). Es el autor del libro “Democracy in Cuba and the 1997-98 Elections” (La democracia en Cuba y las elecciones de 1997-1998), publicado por la editorial José Martí, Cuba. También escribió un capítulo titulado “Socialism and Elections” (El socialismo y las elecciones) para el libro “Cuban Socialism in a New Century: Adversity, Survival and Renewal” (El socialismo cubano en un nuevo siglo: adversidad, supervivencia y renovación), de la University Press of Florida.

JL: Cuéntenos sobre su libro “Cuba and Its Neighbours: Democracy in Motion”; ¿por qué decidió escribirlo y como lo hizo­?

AA: Bueno, creo que muchas personas estarán de acuerdo conmigo en que cuando se trata de temas de política internacional, de las presiones que ejercen los países del Norte, particularmente los EE.UU. y sobre todo en lo que se refiere al Sur en general–Asia, África y América Latina–hay muy pocos asuntos que se abordan, excepto el tema de la democracia. Así ha sucedido, especialmente desde finales de los años 80 y principios de los 90 del pasado siglo, cuando ocurrió la desintegración de la Unión Soviética y el bloque socialista, que el asunto de la democracia, o mejor dicho, el pretexto de la democracia se utiliza de manera creciente por los EE.UU. y Europa con fines injerencistas en los asuntos internos de otros países. A la vez, aunque parezca raro, existen muy pocos libros sobre este asunto de la democracia como tal. Creo que no mucha gente quiere abordar este asunto porque es un término my cargado, que no es fácil de abordar, pero yo siempre pensé que era necesario hacerlo. En realidad este es mi segundo libro sobre el tema de la democracia; el primero, fue escrito en 1999 particularmente sobre la democracia y las elecciones en Cuba.

JL: Creo que muchos se sorprenderán al leer que existe democracia en Cuba. ¿De qué democracia estamos hablando?

AA: En Canadá y especialmente en los EE.UU., todo este asunto de la democracia se entiende como algo completamente ajeno a la realidad cubana, y ahora por supuesto esta misma actitud se aplica a otros países como Venezuela. Yo trato el tema de la democracia, pero como usted puede ver, el subtítulo del libro es “Democracia en movimiento”. Por tanto, no sólo abordo el tema de la democracia en sí misma. Trato de desarrollar el concepto de la “Democracia en movimiento” que se refiere a la democratización como un proceso que nunca termina y, al centro de este concepto, intento abordar el papel de la democracia participativa; es decir, esa democracia en la que el pueblo desempeña un papel protagónico diariamente para lograr que su poder político sea efectivo.

JL: Usted cree que el pueblo de Cuba participa en los procesos de toma de decisiones más de lo que lo hacen los pueblos de Canadá o de los EE.UU, por ejemplo?

AA: Bueno, pienso que tendríamos que comparar la Cuba de hoy con lo que acontecía allí antes de 1959, antes de la Revolución. Es que ni siquiera cabe la comparación; porque es tan evidente la existencia en la Cuba anterior a 1959 de una dictadura controlada y dirigida por los EE.UU.–la dictadura de Batista–donde el pueblo era totalmente excluido del ejercicio del poder. A principios de la década de 1950, Fidel Castro se había postulado como representante al la cámara y era evidente que su partido iba a ganar las elecciones generales ya programadas.

Fulgencio Batista, que contaba con el apoyo de los EE.UU. organizó un golpe de estado y canceló las elecciones. Esto le ofrece una idea sobre cual era la situación de la participación popular que existía antes de 1959. Desde esa fecha para acá, todo ha evolucionado, por supuesto. En 1959, por primera vez en la historia de Cuba, el pueblo conquistó el poder político. No estoy diciendo que todo fue perfecto. No fue perfecto entonces, ni es perfecto ahora. Pero, la característica principal de la Revolución de 1959 es que por primera vez, el poder político quedó en las manos del pueblo. El término de “la soberanía reside en las manos del pueblo” se convirtió en un concepto con sentido real en Cuba.

Ahora podemos trazar una línea paralela entre la revolución cubana y la reciente rebelión en Egipto. Yo le llamaría una revolución también, porque el pueblo egipcio se rebeló y finalmente consiguió derrocar al dictador Mubarak, que tenía el apoyo de los Estados Unidos.

Lo que me resulta interesante sobre ese hecho y me ofrece una visión más amplia de la necesidad que tiene el pueblo de ver la democracia como un proceso en desarrollo, una democracia participativa, es que el pueblo en la Plaza Tahrir ocupó los espacios públicos, y entonces a partir de ese suceso es que millones de personas tomaron sus propias decisiones sobre qué hacer, cuáles eran las prioridades, y todo apuntaba a la decisión de derrocar a Mubarak.

No iban a aceptar otra cosa que no fuera eso. Mientras tanto, se desarrollaba un poder político en la base para suplantar el régimen de Mubarak que contaba con el apoyo de los Estados Unidos. Ahora bien, ¿Qué hizo el gobierno de Obama inmediatamente después? ¿Qué hizo tras haber apoyado al régimen de Mubarak, de manera hipócrita por supuesto, hasta el último minuto? Ya, cuando Mubarak fue expulsado del poder, los EE.UU. trataron inmediatamente de imponer lo que yo llamo en mi publicación la “noción etnocéntrica estadounidense sobre la política”, quiere decir, la democracia multipartidista.

Recuerdo muy claramente, y aparece documentado en mi publicación, que después de la derrota de Mubarak, mientras aun seguían las manifestaciones en la Plaza Tahrir y en otros espacios públicos en todo Egipto, Hillary Clinton dijo, en nombre de Obama, que el pueblo debía pasar de las protestas a hacer política. Entonces, desde el punto de vista de los EE.UU., la organización del pueblo en las calles, de una manera totalmente novedosa para de alguna forma tomar el poder político, con una orientación totalmente diferente, aunque incluso siendo una forma embrionaria, no era hacer política. La única política que cuenta es la política electoral. Y entonces, vinieron las elecciones egipcias organizadas por los Estados Unidos.

JL: Porque de esta forma podían controlar los resultados?

AA: Exacto, eso es lo que ellos controlan mediante las elecciones. Los EE.UU. no podían controlar la Plaza Tahrir, era el pueblo que, a un nivel embrionario, se disponía a tomar el poder político en los más altos niveles.

JL: Y ¿es que se temía en ese momento que algo similar podría ocurrir en los EE.UU. también?

AA: Claramente, pues el primer efecto de tipo dominó de la Plaza Tahrir tendría como escenario a los mismos Estados Unidos.

El gobierno de Obama tuvo que organizar las elecciones y lo primero que hizo fue eliminar el partido político Nasserista, de mayoría progresista, que favorece el socialismo y defiende decididamente la soberanía del país, de los EE.UU. Esto lo llevaron por las buenas o por las malas, como normalmente hacen, y los egipcios quedaron sólo con dos partidos: la Hermandad Musulmana y el Partido del Movimiento Nacional Egipcio. Estas dos organizaciones son pro-estadounidenses. Ahora, vemos aquí un aspecto importante que tiene que ver con el proceso electoral en contraste con el proceso político de la democracia en movimiento: sólo el 52 porciento de los ciudadanos votaron en las elecciones presidenciales donde participaron los dos candidatos opuestos. Sólo el 52 porciento! Y además hubo un llamado a boicotear el voto, algo que no fue de gran conocimiento público. De alguna manera evitaron que sucediera.

Entonces, aquí vemos los dos elementos en contradicción. Por un lado, tenemos al pueblo en la Plaza Tahrir y en otras plazas buscando vías de conseguir el poder político, fuera del sistema multipartidista controlado por los Estados Unidos. Por eso es que sólo el 52 porciento votó. A la vez, en esa revolución de 18 días enfilada a derrocar a Mubarak un total de 850 personas fueron muertas y 5 mil 500 resultaron seriamente heridas. Ahora, yo le pregunto a usted: ¿No es más fácil depositar una boleta que luchar en las calles bajo el riesgo de perder la vida o de resultar seriamente herido para derrocar un régimen? No, no es así debido a la apatía o la falta de interés. Se trata básicamente del rechazo al sistema multipartidista, reflejado en aquellas elecciones y es por ello que aún continúa.

Yo casi dedicaba 24 horas diarias durante aquel período de 18 días a seguir ese acontecimiento y ello me permitió profundizar más en el tema de la democracia participativa y en cómo las elecciones son utilizadas para legitimar el status quo. Fue justamente lo que hizo Obama cuando la Hermandad Musulmana ganó las elecciones. Hizo una llamada a Morsi y, de acuerdo con la transcripción de la Casa Blanca, le dijo: “ahora eres (presidente) legítimo; tienes legitimidad para gobernar en Egipto”. Así es como se manipulan las elecciones en estos países, cuando se realizan bajo el control de los EE.UU.–para legitimar la dictadura de la vieja guardia.

Pero, incluso podemos mirar más cerca, a casa. ¿Qué pasó en Quebec, Canadá en la primavera pasada? Millones de personas tomaron las calles, literalmente hablando, estudiantes y personas de mayor edad, por todo Quebec y ¿qué dijo el gobierno Liberal? “Bueno, nosotros fuimos elegidos”. Claro, sólo el 52 porciento de la gente votó y ese voto se dividió entre los dos o tres partidos políticos. “Nosotros fuimos elegidos”, lo que quieren decir es: “somos los representantes legítimos del pueblo y podemos hacer lo que queramos. Tenemos el mandato de hacer todo; cualquier cosa”. Y de esta forma las elecciones son utilizadas lo mismo en Egipto, en Quebec, que en otros países, para legitimar el régimen de la vieja guardia. Mire, yo no estoy en contra de las elecciones. No estoy en contra de las elecciones donde haya diferentes partidos, pero sí tenemos que observar cuidadosamente como se desarrollan.

JL: Entonces, usted básicamente me está diciendo que las elecciones no garantizan la democracia.

AA: No garantizan la democracia cuando se usan como pretexto para hacer desaparecer la lucha del pueblo en las bases encaminada a tomar el poder político en sus manos y desarrollar el sistema de su elección.

Vista de cientos de ciudadanos vestidos de rojo en representación del sindicato de profesores, que protestan contra la Ley Walker.

JL: ¿Cómo describe usted los acontecimientos relacionados con el  Movimiento Occupy en los EE.UU.?

AA: Lo que es interesante observar es que después de los sucesos en la Plaza Tahrir, los EE.UU. se mostraron muy satisfechos de haber podido sustituir al movimiento popular con las llamadas elecciones, aunque temporalmente, porque los incidentes continuaron y aún no se han resuelto. Pero, irónicamente, o paradójicamente y por justicia, el efecto bumerán o el primer efecto dominó ocurrió en Madison, en los propios Estados Unidos, y en un período de tiempo muy corto después de que Mubarak fuera derrocado, y la gente mostraba carteles que decían: “El gobernador de Wisconsin es nuestro Mubarak.”

“Tenemos que luchar contra la dictadura”. Estaban inspirados por la ocupación de las plazas públicas en Egipto, la Plaza Tahrir, e hicieron lo mismo en el Capitolio de Wisconsin. El edificio se mantuvo ocupado durante varias semanas, la gente dormía allí, tomaron sus propias decisiones; hicieron sus manifiestos e intentaban construir un poder político nuevo, retando el poder del “establishment” de los partidos políticos. Desafortunadamente, este movimiento fue casi inmediatamente utilizado y convertido en parte de las maquinaciones de los dos partidos que prevalecen en los Estados Unidos y los sindicatos se vieron envueltos en medio de una lucha revocatoria contra el gobernador. Esto es muy bueno, nadie puede ir en su contra. Pero el problema es el sistema de los dos partidos y la idea de que no es bueno tener un tal partido, por tanto tenemos que deshacernos de ello para dar entrada a otro partido.

La segunda parte de esta entrevista se concentra en el capítulo escrito por Arnold August sobre Obama y la ilusión del cambio.

Traductor: Luis Chirino, La Habana, Cuba

Texto original en inglès: “Cuban Democracy” versus “American Democracy”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Sen. Rand Paul to Introduce Fourth Amendment Restoration Act

0

Joe Wolverton, II, J.D.
The New American
June 7, 2013

His attendance at Mitt Romney’s Rocky Mountain confab hasn’t kept Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) from working to protect the people of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and the nation from the federal government’s constant assault on liberty.

On Thursday, June 6, Paul (shown) announced he would introduce the Fourth Amendment Restoration Act of 2013. The measure aims to guarantee that the constitutional protections of the Fourth Amendment are not violated by any government entity.

“The revelation that the NSA has secretly seized the call records of millions of Americans, without probable cause, represents an outrageous abuse of power and a violation of the Fourth Amendment to the Constitution. I have long argued that Congress must do more to restrict the Executive’s expansive law enforcement powers to seize private records of law-abiding Americans that are held by a third-party,” Paul said in a statement published on his website.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 3:13 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama: Pay no attention to the massive NSA complex under the mountains

0

Obama employs tried and true “gaslighting” technique

Adan Salazar
Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

As much as we’d like to believe in president Obama’s reassurances that nobody is listening to our phone calls, what we’ve gleaned from whistleblowers in the past tells a very different story.

For instance, National Security Agency whistleblower William Binney, last year stated,

“Domestically, they’re pulling together all the data about virtually every U.S. citizen in the country and assembling that information, building communities that you have relationships with, and knowledge about you; what your activities are; what you’re doing. So the government is accumulating that kind of information about every individual person and it’s a very dangerous process.”

Binney has direct insider knowledge, having worked for the NSA for a staggering 32 years as former technical director. Binney says he built the back-end for a program that has since been redirected towards the American people, tracking and logging every citizen’s phone calls, texts, emails, Google searches, and even social network history.

The central hub for all recorded activities is said to be a data storage facility in Bluffdale, Utah with, reportedly, the capacity to store 100 years worth of data.

The London Telegraph even produced a mini-documentary on the subject titled, “The Program (Stellar Wind),” a project they introduced as follows: “Following 9/11, the National Security Agency began a top-secret surveillance program to spy on U.S. Citizens without warrants.”

And again this year, an insider let slip yet another bombshell.

When the FBI began investigating Tamerlan Tsarnaev’s girlfriend Katherine Russell’s possible involvement in the Boston Marathon bombing, a former FBI counterterrorism agent blurted out on CNN’s Erin Burnett Show that the government has the capability to go back and find out exactly what was said in conversations.

Here’s the exchange between former FBI agent Tim Clemente and Burnett, courtesy of Glenn Greenwald:

BURNETT: Tim, is there any way, obviously, there is a voice mail they can try to get the phone companies to give that up at this point. It’s not a voice mail. It’s just a conversation. There’s no way they actually can find out what happened, right, unless she tells them?

CLEMENTE: “No, there is a way. We certainly have ways in national security investigations to find out exactly what was said in that conversation. It’s not necessarily something that the FBI is going to want to present in court, but it may help lead the investigation and/or lead to questioning of her. We certainly can find that out.

BURNETT: “So they can actually get that? People are saying, look, that is incredible.

CLEMENTE: “No, welcome to America. All of that stuff is being captured as we speak whether we know it or like it or not.”

Of course, Obama is just the current frontman, teleprompter-reading puppet. This form of invasive spying has been ongoing since 9/11, started under Bush and merely passed on to Obama.

Plus, if he were to openly admit every American’s electronic data has, for a long time now, been monitored, it would possibly put a rather large snag in their multi-billion dollar intelligence front. And besides, what’s a president for if not to reassure everyone that everything is perfectly alright?

Obama employs tried and true “gaslighting” technique

“That’s not what this program is about,” Obama said. But according to William Binney, that’s exactly what it’s about. Obama, in his official capacity, is engaged in desperate damage control and is employing a psychological technique known as gaslighting, whose meaning derives from a 1938 stage play.

Gaslighting is when you’re told false information repeatedly, over and over again until you start to doubt your own perceptions and memory and start believing what you’re being told.

For example, a person walks up to you and asks if you’re OK because you just took a spill. You’re sure you’ve been standing upright the entire time, but the person insists you’ve just had a fall and persists in asking if you’re OK until you concede that you must have fallen and finally thank the person who walked up to check on you.

Another form of this also occurs in George Orwell’s novel 1984 — which is highly recommended reading now more than ever — when the lead character Winston, after a long bout of imprisonment and refusal to cooperate, began writing the words, “Freedom is slavery,” and “two and two make five,” whereas prior to his enslavement he knew these things to be contradictory or outright false.

We are now very much in Winston’s shoes, as we are expected to digest everything the president spews from on high, unquestionably and without contemplation or hesitation.

Pay no mind that the government is actively soiling the Constitution and breaking all sorts of laws. It isn’t happening. You should reject voices that warn tyranny is lurking around the corner, remember?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 2:29 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Hacker Who Exposed Steubenville Rape Case Could Spend More Time Behind Bars Than The Rapists

0

Photo Credit: shutterstock.com

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The Steubenville rape case, in which two high school football players were convicted of sexually assaulting a young girl at a party, helped spark a national conversation about consent, victim-blaming, and rape culture. The case gained national attention after the “hacktivist” group Anonymous leaked significant social media evidence implicating the assailants – including tweets, Instagram photos, and a 12-minute video of Steubenville high schoolers joking about the rape. But it turns out that working to expose those rapists may land one Anonymous hacker more time in prison than the rapists themselves will serve.

As Mother Jones reports, 26-year-old Deric Lostutter – who has been known as “KYAnonymous” throughout his role in the Steubenville rape case – could face up to 10 years of jail time if he’s convicted of hacking-related crimes. The FBI raided Losuetter’s home in April. The internet hacker told Mother Jones that he believes the FBI investigation was motivated by Stebenville officials who want to send Lostutter a clear message: You shouldn’t have gotten involved.

“They want to make an example of me, saying, ‘You don’t fucking come after us. Don’t question us,’ ” Lostutter explained. Those type of power dynamics played out over the course of the sexual assault trial in the tiny Ohio town, where many leaders in the community – like the high school football coach – played some role in covering up the rapists’ crimes because that was easier than disrupting the status quo.

The two teens who were convicted of rape, Trent Mays and Ma’lik Richmond, face up to two years in a juvenile detention facility. Because they’re both minors, neither of them will spend as much time behind bars as Lostutter potentially faces. Lostutter is preparing for a costly legal fight, and crowdsourcing outside donations to help him fund it.

The site soliciting donations points out that “Deric had the courage to stand up against rape.” And he says he would do it again, despite the potential consequences.

Anonymous continues to involve itself in exposing sexual crimes. After the intense harassment leveled against a Canadian teenager following her alleged gang rape led her to take her own life, Anonymous stepped in to demand justice, claiming their hackers were quickly able to identify the assailants.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Obama Terms Massive Domestic Spying Programs as 'Modest Encroachment'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Responding to the revelations detailing the US government's massive surveillence programs in recent days, President Obama on Friday said called the two programs–one which allows the collection of virtually all phone records produced in the United States and the other which allows the National Security Agency to search through the private digital data of the world's most popular internet systems–as merely a “modest encroachment.”

But Jay Stanley and Ben Wizner of the ACLU

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

“Kubanische Demokratie” versus “amerikanische Demokratie”

0

Teil I eines Interviews mit Arnold August, dem Autor von “Cuba and Its Neighbours: Democracy in Motion” [Kuba und seine Nachbarn – Demokratie in Bewegung]

Arnold August ist ein Autor der politischen Wissenschaften, Journalist und Dozent in Montreal, Kanada (Quebec). Er ist der Autor von “Democracy in Cuba and the 1997-98 Elections” (Editorial José Martí) [Demokratie in Kuba und die Wahlen von 1997-98, (José Martí-Verlag)] und hat auch ein Kapitel zu dem Band, “Cuban Socialism in a New Century: Adversity, Survival and Renewal (University Press of Florida) [Kubanischer Sozialismus in einem neuen Jahrhundert – Not, Überleben und Erneuerung] unter dem Titel, “Socialism and Elections” [Sozialismus und Wahlen], beigetragen.Mehr Information zu seinem neuen Buch.

JL: Erzählen Sie uns von Ihrem Buch, “Cuba and Its Neighbours: Democracy in Motion”, warum haben Sie dieses Buch geschrieben und wie sind Sie es angegangen?

AA: Also, ich denke, viele Menschen stimmen mit mir darin überein, dass es, wenn es um internationale Politik geht und zwar auf Druck der Länder des Nordens, insbesondere dem der USA hinsichtlich der Länder des Südens, im Allgemeinen — Asien, Afrika und Lateinamerika — um kaum ein anderes Thema geht als um das der Demokratie. Es ist insbesondere seit Ende der 1980er bzw. Anfang der 1990er Jahre so, seit dem Auseinanderbrechen des Sowjet-Blocks, dass die Sache der Demokratie oder vielmehr der Vorwand der Demokratie von den USA und Europa zunehmend zum Anlass der Intervention in die internen Angelegenheiten anderer Länder genommen wird. Gleichzeitig aber, so seltsam das erscheinen mag, gibt es sehr wenige Bücher, die auf die Demokratie als solche Bezug nehmen. Ich schätze, dass nicht viele Menschen gerade diesen Gegenstand ansprechen wollen, weil es ein sehr aufgeladener Begriff ist, den man nicht leicht behandeln kann, aber ich dachte immer, es sei notwendig. Tatsächlich ist dies mein zweites Buch zur Sache der Demokratie, das erste, 1999 geschriebene, handelte speziell von Demokratie und den Wahlen in Kuba.

JL: Ich schätze, eine Menge Leute wären überrascht zu hören, dass es in Kuba Demokratie gibt. Welche Art von Demokratie ist das?

AA: In Kanada und insbesondere den USA, halten sie die ganze Sache von Demokratie für eine in Kuba völlig fremde Erfahrung und natürlich gilt diese Einstellung jetzt auch gegenüber anderen Ländern wie Venezuela. Ich behandele zwar das Thema Demokratie, aber, wie Sie bemerken können, lautet der Untertitel meines Buches “Demokratie in Bewegung”. Daher behandele ich nicht nur Demokratie als solche. Ich versuche das Konzept von “Demokratie in Bewegung” auszuführen, dass heißt die Demokratisierung als einen Prozess darzustellen, der nie endet und im Zentrum dieses ganzen Konzepts versuche ich, die Rolle der partizipativen Demokratie auszuführen, das heißt, eine Demokratie darzustellen, in der die Menschen auf der Basis des täglichen Lebens bei der effektiven Umsetzung der eigenen politischen Macht eine Schlüsselrolle spielen.

JL: Denken Sie, dass die Bevölkerung in Kuba mehr an der Entscheidungsfindung partizipiert als zum Beispiel die in Kanada oder in den USA?

AA: Also, ich denke, man müsste das jetzige Kuba mit dessen Situation von vor 1959, vor der Revolution, vergleichen. Wir können es nicht einmal miteinander vergleichen, es ist so offensichtlich, dass es vor 1959 eine US-kontrollierte, eine von den USA aus gelenkte Diktatur, die Batista-Diktatur, gegeben hat, und die Bevölkerung war von der Macht völlig ausgeschlossen. Tatsächlich kandidierte Fidel Castro damals, 1952, Anfang der 1950er Jahre, für den Senat, und es wurde offenbar, dass er und seine Partei diese Wahlen gewinnen würden.

Das von den USA unterstützte Batista-Regime brach die Wahlen ab und organisierte einen Staatsstreich. Auf diese Weise bekommt man einen Eindruck davon, welcher Art die Partizipation von vor 1959 dort war. Seit 1959 hat sie sich natürlich entwickelt. 1959 war es das erste Mal in der Geschichte Kubas, dass das Volk politische Macht gewann. Ich sage nicht, dass es perfekt war. Es war damals nicht perfekt, und das ist es bis heute nicht. Doch die Hauptansicht von der Revolution 1959 ist die, dass die politische Macht zum ersten Mal in den Händen des Volkes lag. Der damalige Begriff “die Souveränität des Volkes” bekam für das Konzept seine eigentliche Bedeutung.

Jetzt können wir Parallelen zwischen der Kubanischen Revolution und der kürzlich stattgefundenen Rebellion in Ägypten ziehen. Ich würde es eine Revolution nennen, denn das ägyptische Volk revoltierte und siegte mit dem Sturz des von den USA gedeckten Diktators Mubarak.

Was ich dort interessant finde und mir die Augen im Hinblick auf die Bedürfnisse des Volkes noch weiter dafür geöffnet hat, Demokratie als einen fortwährenden Prozess auf eine partizipative Demokratie zu sehen, ist, dass die Menschen auf dem Tarhir-Platz den öffentlichen Raum besetzten und dass von dort aus Millionen von Menschen auf der Basis ihres täglichen Lebens ihre Entscheidungen darüber trafen, was zu tun sei, welches ihre Priorität sei und die war, Mubarak zu stürzen.

Sie wollten nichts Geringeres akzeptieren. Inzwischen entwickelte sich eine politische Macht, die darauf basierte, die Macht des US-gestützten Mubarak-Regimes durch eine andere ersetzen zu wollen. Und sie stürzten das Mubarak-Regime tatsächlich. Aber, was tat die Obama-Administration unmittelbar danach? Nachdem sie das Mubarak-Regime bis zur letzten Sekunde, natürlich scheinheiligerweise, unterstützt hatten? — Als er schließlich gestürzt worden war, versuchten die USA, unverzüglich das einzuführen, was ich in meiner Publikation die “US-zentrierte Auffassung von Politik” nenne, das ist die Mehrparteien-Demokratie.

Ich erinnere mich sehr deutlich, und es ist in meiner Publikation verzeichnet, dass, nach dem Sturz von Mubarak, während die Straßendemonstrationen auf dem Tarhir-Platz und den Plätzen in ganz Ägypten noch andauerten, Hillary Clinton im Namen von Obama sagte, das Volk müsse sich vom Protest hin zur Politik entwickeln. Das bedeutet aus US-Sicht, dass, wenn Menschen, die sich auf der Straße auf einer ganz anderen Grundlage organisieren, um auf irgend eine Weise politische Macht ergreifen zu können, die sich ganz anders orientiert, auch, wenn dies erst in einem embryonalen Stadium vor sich ging, dass das dann keine Politik ist. Die einzige Politik, die zählt, ist die der Wahlen. Dann organisierten die USA Wahlen in Ägypten.

JL: Weil sie auf diese Weise deren Resultat kontrollieren können?

AA: Genau, das ist es, was sie über Wahlen kontrollieren. Die USA konnten nicht den Tarhir-Platz kontrollieren, das Volk, das auf einem sehr niedrigen embryonalen Niveau die politische Macht an der Spitze anstrebte.

JL: Und gab es die Befürchtung, dass so etwas auch in den USA stattfinden könnte?

AA: Natürlich, denn der erste Domino-Effekt des Tarhir-Platzes trat in den Vereinigten Staaten selbst auf.

Die Obama-Administration musste Wahlen organisieren, und das Erste, was sie tat, war, die Nasseriten, die politische Partei zu eliminieren, die auf der Nasser-Tradition basiert, die im Allgemeinen progressiv und pro-sozialistisch eingestellt ist, die auf jeden Fall auf Unabhängigkeit von den USA bedacht ist. Die wurde, koste es, was es wolle, eliminiert — so, wie sie es immer machen — so, dass ihnen dann nur noch zwei Parteien blieben: die Moslem-Bruderschaft und die Partei der Ägyptischen Nationalbewegung. Beide sind pro-amerikanisch. Hier ist jetzt ein entscheidender Punkt, soweit es den Wahlprozess gegen den politischen Prozess einer demokratischen Bewegung betrifft: Nur 52 % der Bevölkerung stimmte tatsächlich in den Präsidentschaftswahlen zwischen den beiden Oppositionskandidaten ab. 52 %! Und es hatte einen Aufruf gegeben, sie [die Wahlen] zu boykottieren. Natürlich ist das in öffentlichen Kreisen nicht so bekannt. Man will das Thema sozusagen meiden.

Hier stehen nun zwei Dinge im Widerspruch zu einander. Auf der einen Seite gibt es die Menschen auf dem Tarhir-Platz und anderen Plätzen, die sich nach neuen Wegen zur Erlangung von politischer Macht außerhalb eines von den Vereinigten Staaten kontrollierten Mehrparteiensystems sehnen. Darum stimmten nur 52 % ab. Zur gleichen Zeit, während der 18-tägigen Revolution, die auf den Sturz von Mubarak zielte, wurden 850 Menschen getötet und 5.500 Menschen schwer verletzt. Nun frage ich Sie: Ist es nicht leichter, eine Wahlveranstaltung auszurichten, als auf der Straße für den Umsturz zu kämpfen, wobei man sein Leben verlieren oder schwer verletzt werden kann. Das geschieht nicht aus Apathie oder Mangel an Interesse. Es geht grundsätzlich um eine Ablehnung des Mehrparteiensystems, das sich in diesen Wahlen widerspiegelte, und daher geht sie immer noch weiter.

Ich verbrachte nahezu 24 Stunden während dieser 18 Tage mit der Beobachtung dieser Angelegenheit, und es erlaubte mir, die Sache der partizipativen Demokratie weiter zu verfolgen und wie [dagegen] Wahlen genutzt werden, um den Status quo zu legitimieren. Nun, und das ist es genau, was Obama tat, als die Moslem-Brüder die Wahlen gewannen. Er rief Morsi an und sagte laut der Mitschrift vom Weißen Haus: “Jetzt sind Sie ermächtigt.” Sie haben das rechtmäßige Amt in Ägypten. So werden in diesen Ländern Wahlen, wenn von den USA kontrolliert, genutzt — um die Diktatur der alten Garde zu legitimieren.

Wir müssen gar nicht so weit gehen, nähern wir uns unserer Heimat: Was geschah in Quebec (Kanada) im vergangenen Frühjahr? Es waren buchstäblich Millionen von Menschen auf der Straße, Studenten und ältere Leute in ganz Quebec, und was sagte die Liberale Regierung dazu? “Also, wir sind gewählt worden.” Natürlich stimmte nur 52 % der Bevölkerung ab, die sich auf zwei/drei Parteien verteilte. “Wir wurden gewählt.” Sie meinen damit: “Wir sind die legitimen Repräsentanten des Volkes und können tun, was wir wollen. Wir haben das Mandat, alles tun zu können. Alles und jedes.” Und so werden die Wahlen benutzt, ob in Ägypten, Quebec oder in anderen Ländern, um das Reglement der alten Garde zu legitimieren. Nun bin ich nicht gegen Wahlen. Ich bin nicht gegen Wahlen mit verschiedenen politischen Parteien, aber wir müssen genau hinsehen, wie sie stattfinden.

JL: Also sagen Sie im Grunde, dass Wahlen keine Garantie für Demokratie sind.

AA: Sie garantieren keine Demokratie, und in vielen Fällen, werden sie als Vorwand genutzt, jeden Kampf der Bevölkerung an der Basis, um die politische Macht in die eigenen Hände zu nehmen und ihre eigene Art von System entwickeln zu können zu beseitigen.

JL: Wie würden Sie die Ereignisse im Zusammenhang mit der Occupy-Bewegung in den USA beschreiben?

AA: Was daran interessant ist, ist, dass die USA nach den Ereignissen auf dem Tarhir-Platz sehr froh waren, die Volksbewegung zeitweilig, denn die Unruhen gingen noch weiter und wurden noch nicht aufgelöst, durch so genannte Wahlen zu ersetzen. Nun, da trat ironischer- oder paradoxerweise und mit Recht der Bumerang-Effekt oder der erste Domino-Effekt in Madison auf, in den USA selbst, innerhalb von sehr kurzer Zeit, nachdem Mubarak gestürzt worden war, und die Leute hatten Plakate, auf denen stand: “Der Gouverneur von Wisconsin ist unser Mubarak. Wir müssen gegen die Diktatur kämpfen.”

Sie waren von der Besetzung der öffentlichen Plätze, der auf dem Tarhir-Platz in Ägypten, inspiriert worden, und sie taten im Capitol von Wisconsin das gleiche. Das Capitol-Gebäude war während etlicher Wochen besetzt, die Leute schliefen dort, trafen ihre eigenen Entscheidungen, sie hatten Manifeste dazu, dass sie eine neue politische Macht aufbauten, um die etablierten politischen Parteien herauszufordern. Unglücklicherweise wurde diese Bewegung fast unmittelbar in einen Bestandteil der Zwei-Parteien-Intrigen der Vereinigten Staaten umgewandelt, so waren die Gewerkschaften in einen “recall struggle” der Demokraten gegen den Gouverneur eingespannt worden [Es ging um die Anfechtung der vorherigen Wahl des republikanischen Gouverneurs, weil er die Tarfiverhandlungen für Staatsangestellte von der Agenda streichen wollte. 1]. Das ist [eigentlich] sehr gut, keiner kann etwas dagegen haben. Doch das Problem ist das Zwei-Parteien-System und die Meinung, dass die eine Partei nicht gut ist und wir sie loswerden müssen, um die andere Partei zum Zuge kommen zu lassen.

1] Vgl.: Wikipedia

Teil II des Interviews wird sich auf Augusts Kapitel über Obama und die Illusion des Wandels konzentrieren.

Übersetzung: Josie Michel-Brüning

Auf Englisch:  “Cuban Democracy” versus “American Democracy”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Multiple victims as gunman opens fire near Santa Monica College, school on lockdown

0
 
 

Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for Chrome. Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


At least three people have been wounded in a shooting in the Santa Monica College area, California. The school is on lockdown and students are advised to stay away from the campus.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

Senators Dismiss Treasonous NSA Attack on Fourth Amendment

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

After The Guardian outed the NSA and its unprecedented violations of the Fourth Amendment, members of Congress took to the limelight to defend the government’s tyrannical behavior.

San Francisco Democrat Dianne Feinstein led the pack. She said the massive intrusion into the private affairs of Americans minus court-issued warrants is on par with the TSA sticking its hand down the pants of travelers.

“I read intelligence carefully, and I know that people are trying to get to us,” she said during a press conference following a super-secret Intelligence Committee meeting. “This is the reason why we keep TSA doing what it’s doing. This is the reason why the FBI now has 10,000 people doing intelligence on counterterrorism. This is the reason for the National Counterterrorism Center that’s been set up in the time we’ve been active. It’s to ferret this out before it happens. It’s called protecting America.”

Feinstein neglected to say that, in fact, the TSA has never foiled a single terrorist plot and never will. As for the FBI, it specializes in creating fake terrorist plots and entrapping witless patsies, a fact pointed out by none other than The New York Times.

In order to underscore the fact support for the fraudulent war on terror and the erosion of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights is not limited to the deceptive ramblings of Democrats, Sen. Saxby Chambliss, a Republican said to represent Georgia, threw in his two cents. “Let me just emphasize, this is nothing particularly new. This has been going on for seven years under the auspices of the FISA authority and every member of the United States Senate has been advised of this,” he said.

In short: Nothing to see here. Move along. “To my knowledge, we have not had any citizen who has registered a complaint relative to the gathering of this information.” In other words, since nobody beefed about a program that was secret until Wednesday, we shouldn’t be worried about the government wantonly violating our constitutional rights. After all, according to the senator, the NSA is just collecting harmless meta data, so no worries. “It is simply what we call metadata that is never utilized by any governmental agency unless they go back to the FISA court and show that there’s real cause as to why something within the metadata should be looked at,” he explained.

Never mind that FISA is itself an unconstitutional secret court designed to skirt the Fourth Amendment. Chambliss’ smug dismissal and apology for over-the-top treason is undoubtedly linked to the Senate’s vote to extend the FISA Amendment Act for five years, well into the term of the next teleprompter-reader-in-chief. Our supposed representatives rejected out of hand “all the proposed amendments that would have brought a modicum of transparency and oversight to the government’s activities, despite previous refusals by the Executive branch to even estimate how many Americans are surveilled by this program or reveal critical secret court rulings interpreting it,” as the Electronic Frontier Foundation put it.

Chambliss seems to have shared the same crib notes Feinstein used. “That’s been very clear all along through the years of this program. It is proved meritorious, because we have gathered significant information on bad guys, but only on bad guys, over the years.”

Predictably, the reformulated Tea Party also supports the Stasi state. “I try not to comment on the results of a program or its effectiveness,” said Sen. Marco Rubio, a Florida Republican who has been dubbed the “crown prince of the Tea Party movement” by the establishment media. He said “programs like this have great utility.”

Rubio sidestepped comments made by Senate colleague Rand Paul of Kentucky, who said on Wednesday: “After revelations that the Internal Revenue Service targeted political dissidents and the Department of Justice seized reporters’ phone records, it would appear that this Administration has now sunk to a new low.”

“If the President and Congress would obey the Fourth Amendment we all swore to uphold, this new shocking revelation that the government is now spying on citizens’ phone data en masse would never have happened,” Paul added.

However, despite the outrage and facile explanations — replete with images of bad guys who participate in phantom (and FBI orchestrated) terror plots — the latest revelations concerning NSA surveillance are hardly shocking considering the agency’s checkered past.

“For almost 30 years, copies of most international telegrams originating or forwarded through the United States were turned over to the National Security Agency,” Senator Frank Church said way back in the 1970s during congressional hearings exposing Operation Shamrock and other programs.

Beginning in 1945, Operation Shamrock, and its sister program Operation Minaret, allow NSA’s predecessor — based in the Pentagon — to search millions of telegrams. “Intercepted messages were disseminated to the FBI, CIA, Secret Service, Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs, and the Department of Defense.” No court authorized the operation and there were no warrants, the Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities reported on April 23, 1976.

It should be more than obvious now that ever increasing and technologically more sophisticated surveillance is a key feature of the national security state established under the National Security Act of 1947 reorganizing the military establishment and creating the CIA and the National Security Council. The NSA was established two years later in 1949.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 2:30 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Pakistan drone strike kills seven in North Waziristan

0

bbc.co.uk
June 7, 2013

Two missiles hit a compound in a village in the North Waziristan tribal area, close to the Afghan border.

It is the first drone strike since Nawaz Sharif took over as Pakistan’s prime minister and demanded an end to the attacks.

Last month President Obama announced stricter targeting rules for the drone campaign against militant suspects.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 2:31 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

San Onofre Nuke Plant is Dead!

0

From his California beach house at San Clemente, Richard Nixon once watched three reactors rise at nearby San Onofre.  As of June 7, 2013, all three are permanently shut.

It’s a monumental victory for grassroots activism.  it marks an epic transition in how we get our energy.

In the thick of the 1970s Arab oil embargo, Nixon said there’d be 1000 such reactors in the US by the year 2000.

As of today, there are 100.

Four have shut here this year.  Citizen activism has put the “nuclear renaissance” into full retreat.

Just two of 54 reactors now operate in Japan, where Fukushima has joined Chernobyl and Three Mile Island in permanently scarring us all.

Germany is shutting its entire fleet and switching to renewables.  France, once the poster child for the global reactor industry, is following suit.  South Korea has just shut three due to fraudulent safety procedures.  Massive demonstrations rage against reactors being built in India.  Only the Koreans, Chinese and Russians remain at all serious about pushing ahead with this tragic technology.

Cheap gas has undercut the short-term market for expensive electricity generated by obsolete coal and nuke burners.  But the vision of Solartopia–a totally green-powered Earth–is now our tangible long-term reality.

With falling prices and soaring efficiency, every moving electron our species consumes will be generated by a solar panel, wind turbine, bio-fueled or geothermal generator, wave machine and their green siblings.

As of early this year, Southern California Edison’s path to a re-start at San Onofre seemed as clear as any to be expected by a traditional atomic tyrannosaur.

But with help from Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA) and Senator-to-be Ed Markey (D-MA), a powerful citizen uprising stopped it dead.

So did the terrifying incompetence and greed that has defined the nuclear industry from the days of Nixon and before.

San Onofre Unit One shut in the 1990s due largely to steam generator problems.

In the early 2000s, Units 2 & 3 needed new steam generators of their own. In the usual grasp for more profits, Edison chose untested, unlicensed new designs.

But they failed.  And the whole world was watching.  In the wake of Fukushima, two more leaky tsunami-zone reactors surrounded by earthquake faults were massively unwelcome.

So a well-organized non-violent core of local, state and national activists and organizations rose up to stop the madness.

At Vermont Yankee, Indian Point, Seabrook, Davis-Besse and dozens of other reactors around the US and world, parallel opposition is escalating.

Make no mistake–this double victory at San Onofre is a falling domino.  Had the public not fought back, those reactors would have been “fixed” at public expense.

Today, they are dead.

Worldwide, there are some 400 to go.  Each of them–including the 100 remaining in the US–could do apocalyptic damage.  We still have our work cut out for us.

But a huge double-step has been taken up the road to Solartopia.

There will be no Fukushimas at San Onofre.

A green-powered Earth is that much closer.

And we have yet another proof that citizen action makes all the difference in our world.

So seize the day and celebrate!!!

Harvey Wasserman is author of SOLARTOPIA! (www.harveywasserman.com) and HARVEY WASSERMAN’S HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES.  He edits
www.nukefree.org.  His GREEN POWER & WELLNESS SHOW is at www.prn.fm.
www.nukefree.org. His GREEN POWER & WELLNESS SHOW is at www.prn.fm.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

A Response to Rich Lowry's "Conservative" Defense of Abraham Lincoln

0

The latest in Lincoln polemics comes courtesy of Rich Lowry, editor of National Review. In the latest issue of the latter, Lowry both promotes his new work and takes aim at those of our 16th president’s detractors that are to Lowry’s political Right – the “Lincoln haters.” 

The “Lincoln haters,” Lowry insists, are limited “mostly, but not entirely,” to a libertarian “fringe” whose members “apparently hate federal power more than they abhor slavery.” Chief among these fringe characters is Lincoln scholar Thomas DiLorenzo, who Lowry accuses of having “made a cottage industry of publishing unhinged Lincoln-hating polemics.”

To sense what sort of argument Lowry’s promises to be, the reader should note that before it even gets underway, its author seeks to undermine the character of his opponents – not the substance or form of their reasoning. His interlocutors are “haters,” on “the fringe,” and even, as in the case of DiLorenzo, “unhinged.” From the outset, Lowry tries to stack the deck in his favor by portraying his rivals as both irrational and disreputable.

Ironically, in doing so, he deprives himself of the high ground, both intellectually and morally, for Lowry’s argument, it is painfully clear, has little to do with history and everything to do with contemporary politics. 

“The debate over Lincoln on the Right is so important,” Lowry writes, “because it can be seen, in part, as a proxy for the larger argument over whether conservatism should read itself out of the American mainstream or – in this hour of its discontent – dedicate itself to a Lincolnian program of opportunity and uplift consistent with its limited-government principles.”

Lowry wastes no time in spelling out for the undecided just why conservatives must embrace the course that he has chosen. “A conservatism that rejects Lincoln is a conservatism that wants to confine itself to an irritable irrelevance to 21st century America and neglect what should be the great project of reviving it as a country of aspiration.” 

Now, being neither a Lincoln scholar nor even an historian, I am neither a “hater” nor a deifier of Lincoln. I am, however, a philosopher, a political philosopher, and a conservative political philosopher to boot. As such, I confess to being at a loss to account for how any self-avowed conservative, any proponent of “limited government,” could look to, of all people, Abraham Lincoln as a source of inspiration.

Lincoln presided over America during what remains, by leaps and bounds, its darkest hour. More tellingly, he was, at the very least, instrumental in making it its darkest hour, for Lincoln waged a war unprecedented (in our history) for its death and destruction, and he waged it against Americans. Whether or not he had the constitutional right to do so, whether or not the South was the aggressor, are utterly irrelevant considerations.

To repeat, for our purposes here, Lincoln’s legal and moral prerogatives or lack thereof simply do not matter. What matters is that for four long years, the president of the United States conducted the bloodiest war that, before or since, our nation had ever witnessed, a war that laid waste to much of the country, to say nothing of the genuinely federal character of the government that the Framers of the Constitution ratified.

And he waged this war against his fellow citizens, men and women who sought to peaceably secede from the Union – not usurp Lincoln or the federal government.

Again, whether Lincoln’s was a morally worthwhile cause or whether he had the legal right to do what he did are matters for historians and moralists to sort through. The point is that whatever else may be said of Lincoln, it is difficult to see how, with Lowry, we can say of him that he was “perhaps the foremost proponent of opportunity in all of American history,” “the paladin of individual initiative, the worshipper of the Founding Fathers, and the advocate of self-control.” In what universe, one must wonder, can a self-declared champion of conservatism, like Lowry, regard Lincoln as “a fellow traveler with today’s conservatives”?

But maybe that’s the point. Maybe today’s “conservatives” do need Lincoln, for given their obsession with fundamentally transforming the Islamic world into a bastion of Democracy and their own country into the melting pot of the universe, today’s conservatives care as much about preserving the decentralized character of American government as did Lincoln. 

As a result, they are about as conservative as him as well.    

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Soldier Reprimanded Over Promotion Party Featuring Chick-fil-A Sandwiches

0

A U.S. Army soldier was disciplined after he hosted a party for his promotion to the rank of master sergeant and served Chick-fil-A sandwiches in honor of traditional marriage. The unidentified serviceman’s promotion coincided with the controversy that erupted last year over Chick-fil-A president Dan Cathy’s comments in favor of traditional marriage. Homosexual activist groups launched a high-profile boycott of the fast-food chain, which backfired when tens of thousands of Christians nationwide countered with a “Chick-fil-A Appreciation Day” that brought record sales for the company.

According to Ron Crews of the group Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty, the serviceman was investigated, reprimanded, threatened with judicial action, and given a bad efficiency report after he sent invitations that read, “In honor of my promotion and in honor of the Defense of Marriage Act, I’m serving Chick-fil-A sandwiches at my promotion party.”

Crews told Fox News that Army officials said the soldier was “no longer a team player and was not performing up to standards. This is just one little example of a case of a soldier just wanting to express his views and now he’s been jumped on by the military.”

Shortly after the serviceman’s promotion party in the summer of 2012, he was sent a letter of reprimand, which took exception to his serving Chick-fil-A sandwiches at his party, along with his support of the federal Defense of Marriage Act – which continues to be the law of the land.

Following the action against him the soldier contacted Crews and the Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty, which put him in touch with an attorney to defend him. Crews said that a year after what should have been a non-issue, the dedicated service member continues to be targeted by the Army. “There was initially some talk of bringing judicial punishment against him,” Crews told Todd Starnes of Fox News. “He had a letter put in his file and an investigation was initiated to see if he had violated any policy.”

Crews added that the man had served his country faithfully and “was at the pinnacle of his career. To make that rank means you’ve done very well throughout your career. He wants to finish serving his time honorably.”

LifeSiteNews.com noted that Crews included the soldier’s story in a letter to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, in which he addressed numerous concerns about religious freedom issues that have popped up within the military, particularly since the repeal of the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” prohibition of homosexuals serving in the Armed Forces.

“Last month at the National Religious Freedom Conference, Crews recounted an exchange in 2010 between Admiral Mike Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and a military chaplain,” reported LifeSite. “While Adm. Mullen was briefing the troops on what the repeal of DADT might look like, the chaplain asked if those with ‘Biblical views that homosexuality is a sin [would] still be protected to express those views?’ Adm. Mullen reportedly responded, ‘Chaplain, if you can’t get in line with this policy, resign your commission.’”

Crews noted that following the unpleasant exchange, the promotion of one military chaplain was rescinded after he forwarded an e-mail (originally sent by another chaplain) that was critical of the DADT repeal. The chaplain was also informed that he would need to be “more closely supervised” because of his opinion. Similarly, recalled LifeSite, “when another chaplain refused to allow same-sex marriages to be performed in the chapel he commanded, he was told that despite his religious objections, his chapel would be ‘sexual neutral territory.’ He was later relieved of his command.”

In related news, on June 5 U.S. Representative John Fleming (R-La.) introduced an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) that he said is necessary to battle the increasing animosity toward religious expression among the troops.

“The men and women who put their lives on the line to defend our freedoms should not have their own religious freedom jeopardized during their military service,” said Fleming. He said the amendment would help “ensure that men and women of faith will not be discriminated against in the Armed Forces and will be free to exercise their religious beliefs.”

Fleming noted that some military personnel, “particularly chaplains, feel like their ability to execute their duties are being greatly limited by some of the policies and actions in the Pentagon.” He recalled that “steps to protect the religious liberties of our Armed Forces were taken in last year’s NDAA, but troubling reports indicate that the military may be focused only on protecting beliefs of service members and not the exercise or expression of those beliefs.”

Among the many examples of such reports were the following:

– Training material used by the U.S. Army Reserve categorized Christians, Catholics, and Orthodox Jews as “religious extremists,” lumping them with the Ku Klux Klan, al-Qaeda, and Hamas.

– In April the U.S. Army blocked military personnel from accessing the website of the Southern Baptist Convention, citing unnamed “hostile content” on the site. Military officials later claimed the action was a mistake that occurred because of security software used by the Army.

– In early May the Defense Department released a statement confirming that military personnel could face disciplinary action – including court-martial – for sharing their faith with others. The statement occurred in conjunction with the revelation that the Defense Department was consulting with Mikey Weinstein of the atheist Military Religious Freedom Foundation (MRFF) on policy concerning religious expression in the armed forces. The Defense Department quickly backed down on its statement, stipulating that only “proselytizing” and not “evangelizing” would be subject to discipline, but conservative and Christian leaders remained alarmed.

– An Air Force officer was forced to remove a Bible from his desk because, he was told, other personnel might might find it offensive. The Bible had been a fixture on the officer’s desk throughout his military career.

– For a time in 2011 Christian prayers were prohibited during funeral services for veterans at Houston’s National Cemetery.

– In 2011 Bibles were banned at Walter Reed Army Medical Center – a policy that was rescinded only after it was challenged by lawmakers and conservative groups.

– Christian crosses and a steeple were removed from a chapel in Afghanistan after military officials determined they were antagonistic to other religions.

Speaking at the National Prayer Breakfast in early May, Rear Admiral William Lee warned that religious liberty is under increasing attack from the Pentagon and secular legal groups. “Leaders like myself are feeling the constraints of rules and regulations and guidance issued by lawyers that put us in a tighter and tighter box regarding our constitutional right to express our religious faith,” he said.

Congressman Fleming told Fox News that his amendment is meant to clear up misunderstandings and ambiguities in Pentagon policy concerning religious expression. “The bottom line is that the military is bending over backwards to remove – even in the case of chaplains – expressions of faith and conscience.” He added that Christian chaplains are increasingly afraid “to do anything that could lead to the end of their careers. They want to be able to do their duties … without fearing that someone will come along and reprimand them.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

President Promotes ObamaCare During California Fundraising Trip

0

President Obama used his fundraising trip to California today to promote the Affordable Care Act – popularly known as ObamaCare. KMJ Radio in Fresno reported that Obama arrived in California on Thursday evening, June 6, to attend Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee (DSCC) fundraisers in Palo Alto and Portola Valley.

The president appeared at a Democratic National Committee fundraiser today in Santa Monica. His schedule then calls for him to travel to the Sunnylands estate in Rancho Mirage, near Palm Springs, for a private two-day meeting with Chinese President Xi Jinping.

The White House transcript of the president’s remarks at the DSCC event in Palo Alto covered several topics, including: 

When it comes to making sure a nation this wealthy provides affordable, accessible health care for every American – that’s something we can do. There’s no other advanced nation on Earth where 10, 15 percent of the population doesn’t have health care – none. Well, why should we be any different as the greatest nation on Earth? And government has a role to play to make that happen.

The president did not explain why a nation with a national debt of $16.7 trillion dollars should be categorized as “wealthy.” He also did not cite the portion of the Constitution that authorizes the federal government to play a role in healthcare.

A Reuters news report noted that because California is the nation’s most populous state, it is important for the administration to receive support there for the ObamaCare plan. The report quoted from Joseph Antos, a health policy economist with the neoconservative American Enterprise Institute, who asserted that under ObamaCare, people with incomes under the poverty level will do well, but others might not benefit: “It’s going to be the ones further up who end up paying,” said Antos. “It’s also the taxpayer who is going to end up picking up the cost of the subsidies that are going to be offered nationwide.”

The report noted that California has been one of the earliest states to develop its own health insurance exchange, called Covered California. The projected rates for participation vary quite widely, with premiums for a 40-year-old expected to be between $40 to $300 per month for a “midlevel plan,” depending on the person’s income level and subsidies.

A Washington Post blog entitled, “California is the White House’s proof that Obamacare is Working,” compared differences in the implementation of the plan in California, the first state to create a health exchange, and Ohio, which has declined to do so. The writers claimed that Ohio and 26 other states, by refusing to participate, were  “saddling the administration with an enormous and unexpected job.” The blog suggested that because most of the non-participating states were led by Republicans, they basically were spoilsports and a thorn in the side of the Obama administration.

The Post blog noted that officials in Ohio’s “Republican-led administration” released the rates proposed by insurers there on Thursday, estimating that they represented an 88-percent price increase.

“We have warned of these increases,” said Lt. Gov. Mary Taylor. “The Department’s initial analysis of the proposed rates show consumers will have fewer choices and pay much higher premiums for their health insurance starting in 2014.”

Supporters of ObamaCare apparently are counting heavily on California to shore up support for the plan.

“I don’t think the Affordable Care Act can succeed unless it succeeds in California,” the Post blog quoted Drew Altman, president of the nonpartisan Kaiser Family Foundation. “It’s not often we’re saying as goes California, so goes the nation. But it’s true this time.”

In a June 7 article posted at Forbes.com, writer Peter Ferrara asserted that California’s insurance premiums are soaring and that statistics to the contrary issued by Covered California were deliberately skewed.

“See if you can immediately spot the dishonest fallacy in the key summary statement in the Covered California press release,” asked Ferrara: “The rates submitted to Covered California for the 2014 individual market ranged from 2 percent above to 29 percent below the 2013 average premium for small employer plans in California’s most populous regions.”

Ferrara argued that Covered California was comparing apples to oranges: “This is like a California Chevy dealer in a year when the price of new Chevys has soared, issuing a press release that says, ‘The prices for new Chevy autos and trucks this year ranged from 2 percent above to 29 percent below the average price this year for new Cadillac autos and trucks in California’s most populous regions.’ ”

After citing other pro-ObamaCare statements he regarded as statistically flawed, Ferrara got to the bottom line, quoting from fellow Forbes commentator Avik Roy, whom he said had examined health insurance policies currently offered on the unofficial, private-sector, non-political health insurance exchange and concluded: “Obamacare, in fact, will increase individual-market premiums by as much as 146 percent.”

The New American’s online contributor Michael Tennant, in an article posted on June 5, also referred to Covered California’s press release claiming that the premiums for California’s ObamaCare plans would be “either slightly higher or significantly lower than comparable existing plans.”

Tennant quoted from Covered California’s vague statement designed to hedge all bets: “It is difficult to make a direct comparison of these rates to existing premiums in the commercial individual market because in 2014, there will be new standard benefit designs under the Affordable Care Act, and the actual change in an individual’s premium will depend on the person’s current insurance coverage.”

Tennant cited a comparison made by Bloomberg View columnist Lanhee Chen, using an actual individual health plan for a “hypothetical male living in San Francisco and making more than $46,000 a year.” The hypothetical male, noted Chen, can “buy a PPO plan from a major insurer with a $5,000 deductible, 30 percent coinsurance, a $10 co-pay for generic prescription drugs, and a $7,000 out-of-pocket maximum for $177 a month.”

How does this compare with the cheapest plan offered on the Covered California exchange? The exchange plan offering “nearly the same benefits, including a slightly lower out-of-pocket maximum of $6,350, will cost him between $245 and $270 a month,” Chen found. “That’s anywhere from 38 percent to 53 percent more than he’ll have to pay this year for comparable coverage! Sounds a lot different than the possible 29 percent ‘decrease’ touted by Covered California in their faulty comparison.”

The Obama administration is betting the farm on the hope that Californians will respond favorably in sufficient numbers to make the plan workable enough to serve as a model for the rest of the nation. Judging from the assessment of statistics reported in Forbes and elsewhere, however, the plan is a lemon that buyers will be wary of.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

America’s Economic War on the People of Iran: Obama Signs Executive Order Targeting Iran’s Currency and Auto Industry

0

The Nobel Peace Prize President recently signed another executive order targeting Iran’s currency, the ‘rial’ due to its nuclear program. It is intended to make the Iranian people angry at the government for high food prices and an economy that is continuing to stagnate due to numerous sanctions imposed by the West, particularly the United States. The Associated Press reported this past Monday that

“The new sanctions marked the first time Iran’s currency, the rial, has been targeted directly with sanctions, the White House said. The sanctions apply to foreign financial institutions that purchase or sell significant amounts of the rial, and to those who hold significant amounts of the rial in accounts outside Iran.”

The Obama administration’s new sanctions not only targets Iran’s government, it targets the Iranian people. It affects their everyday lives and their basic living essentials that include food and medicine. Targeting Iran’s currency adds pressure to food prices such as chicken, meat and cooking oil that already have increased to more than 60 percent in the last several months. Sanctions imposed in the past include oil and banking embargos that have led to shortages of foreign currencies leading to the decline of the Islamic Republic’s needed income, at the same time contributing to high inflation rates while weakening the buying power of the Iranian people. The Associated Press also reported that the ‘rial’ would not be able to be used outside of Iran for trade or other financial transactions:

Senior administration officials said the sanctions were designed to make the rial essentially unusable outside of Iran. The hope is that banks and businesses holding Iranian currency will dump the funds, making the rial weaker. The value of the rial has dropped by half since the start of 2012, the White House said.

In a report conducted by Reuters back in April said that

“Iran has suffered double-digit inflation for most of the past decade. Inflation began rising sharply at the end of 2010 when the government slashed food and fuel subsidies; since then the sanctions, imposed over Iran’s disputed nuclear programme, have pushed down its currency, adding to pressure on prices.”

The Obama administration is conducting economic warfare against the Iranian people because the latest sanctions target basic living essentials, especially food. When food prices are out of reach for the average consumer, it creates anger and disappointment among the population that unfortunately reflects the Iranian government’s actions and policies on the economic front right before the presidential elections scheduled on June 14th. The Iranian government is under numerous sanctions which make it difficult to operate in the best interests of the people. The leadership of Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and his government has planned a strategy to counter economic sanctions with 3 months worth of food supplies. The question is would it be enough until the Iranian government finds a way around the economic sanctions imposed by the West?

The Obama administration hopes to start a propaganda campaign by painting the Iranian government as an oppressive regime who is working against the best interests of their own people. According to the Associated Press report,

“To that end, the U.S. last week eased restrictions on exports of advanced communications equipment to Iranian civilians, aiming to help Iranians interact with the outside world and shed light on what U.S. officials described as the regime’s oppressive attempts to stifle dissent.”

The US and its Western counterparts would be satisfied if the sanctions would result in another Arab Spring of 2011 right before or during the Iranian elections where public discontent is visible to the eyes of the world. But that is unlikely. It is intended to create a vision of Iranian society that its government is not working in the best interest of the people. The Obama administration’s idea is for the Iranian people to “Shed Light” on the Iranian government’s actions if they decided to stage angry protests on the streets. If it turns violent then the Iranian government would be seen as a repressive regime against the people.

The Iranian population is angry and frustrated with their country’s economic uncertainty, but they know who and what is the cause of their difficult situation. They understand that the West is responsible for their difficult living conditions.

They remember that the US and British governments installed the dictator Mohammad Rezā Shāh Pahlavī known as the Shah of Iran back in 1953 when Mohammad Mosaddegh was overthrown by the covert actions of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and the British MI6. The Western plan is to systematically build a vision of the Iranian government as the true enemy against the Iranian people.

The Obama administration hopes that the Iranian government would crack down on angry protesters if they were to take place during the June 14th elections. That is the response the US and its allies would hope to achieve. It gives more ammunition to the US, UK and Israel to justify its planned attack in the future because the Iranian government is an oppressive regime that mistreats its people. But we all know who is pulling the strings behind the scenes and it is not the Iranian government.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Iowa City moves to ban drones, traffic cameras and license plate readers

0

The residents of Iowa City, Iowa have moved to ban drones, red-light cameras and license plate readers in what is likely the most thorough action taken by a town yet against modern surveillance technologies.

The Iowa City Council voted unanimously Tuesday to advance an
ordinance that came to fruition earlier this year after thousands
of the town’s 70,000 residents petitioned to ban the emerging and
controversial new law enforcement tools.

If the proposal passes, the city will be unable for two years to:

“Use any automatic traffic surveillance system or device,
automatic license plate recognition system or device, or domestic
drone system or device for the enforcement of a qualified traffic
law violation, unless a peace officer or Parking Enforcement
Attendant is present at the scene, witnesses the event, and
personally issues the ticket to the alleged violator at the time
and location of the violation
.”

The ordinance is now scheduled to go up for a second and third
round of votes later this month, but local outlets report that
it’s likely to pass.

If added to the law books, the final draft of the ordinance will
impose a two-year ban on the use of unmanned aerial vehicles and
other automated technologies used to track people or personal
property.

Several jurisdictions throughout the US have advanced bills
previously to restrict the use of UAVs, or drones, but the
example in Iowa City shows an attempt to pass the widest in scope
of such laws yet.

American Civil Liberties Union of Iowa Executive Director Ben
Stone told the town’s Press-Citizen newspaper that he has yet to
see a law similar to the one in Iowa City materialize.

“There are a lot of laws and ordinances against traffic
cameras, but in terms of drones, it’s just so early in the
proliferation of that technology
,” Stone said.

The effort got off the ground thanks largely to efforts by the
public watchdog group Stop Big Brother, whose members helped
compose the language of the ordinance. According to one member of
the group, even a two-year ban on technologies could be enough to
curb any attempt to install programs that are still in
production.

“The city might say they have no plans (for drones or license
plate readers) but it’s been our experience that this can change
in a very short amount of time,”
Aleksey Gurtovoy told Ars
Technica.

Red-light cameras, on the other hand, are already being used
across the state and would likely increase in number during that
two-year span. Some local lawmakers already said that, if the
ordinance is accepted, they’ll fight to bring red-light cameras
back when the timing is right.

“I’m going to have to support it – ‘have to’ is the key word
there – because our state has chosen not to move forward with the
technology
,” council member Terry Dickens told the
Press-Citizen. “I’ll be the first one to bring back red-light
cameras as soon as we can
.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russia to start annual drug testing in schools

0

rian.ru
June 7, 2013

Russian schools will introduce a program of annual drug tests that will be able to detect traces of drugs up to six months after they have been consumed, Marina Myagkova of Moscow Narcology Center said on Thursday.

“We will test pupils’ blood for amphetamines, barbiturates and opiate-specific antibodies. The antibodies remain in the blood for five or six months,” Myagkova said.

The first drug tests were carried out in 2005 among 713 university students. “We got shocking results: 72 of the students taking part in the research used drugs. This is 10 percent.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 2:01 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

EU nations pledge to keep eye on citizens fighting in Syria

0

Associated Press
foxnews.com
June 7, 2013

European Union nations pledged Friday to step up cooperation in an effort to keep the more than 600 EU citizens now fighting in Syria from veering toward terrorism upon their return home.

EU home affairs ministers said they plan to increase surveillance of social media, intensify cooperation with nations that border Syria like Turkey and urge the European Parliament to approve legislation to make suspicious travel to the region more traceable.

French Interior Minister Manuel Valls says the number of EU citizens fighting abroad with potential links to terror groups “has never been seen at this scale.” He said it by far outstripped recent wars and conflicts in Afghanistan, Somalia and the Sahel region.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 1:42 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Financial Insider: “We Are Moving Into the Last Stages Before An All Out Collapse”

5

The Rubicon Has Been CrossedWith the United States having reached unprecedented levels of debt and no end in sight, Europe close to widespread destabilization, and Japan now having lost control of their bond market, it should be quite apparent that there is no turning back.

Governments around the world are doing everything in their power to maintain the perception that all is well. Despite their best efforts, however, the coming catastrophe cannot be stopped.

The following video and accompanying excerpt recorded on the Hagmann and Hagmann Report Nightly Radio Show features Steve Quayle and financial insider “V,” also known as the Guerrilla economist.

This is critical knowledge and foresight into what is happening, what the triggers for the next collapse will be, and how the world’s elite plan on making their exits.

You will never hear information like this from mainstream media sources until after the fact, if ever.

Be forearmed and forewarned, because as “V” notes, what’s coming will leave no one on this planet untouched.

Video excerpt produced by The Daily Sheeple with permission from The Hagmann and Hagmann Report

The collapse that’s going to occur here is going to be a trifecta of bonds, stocks and real estate combined.

…

The Fed over here has ordered — and I want everybody to listen because this is insider information — the Fed has ordered the U.S. pension funds to begin to acquire U.S. debt. That is coming down the pike, it’s going to start happening, the states are going to start carrying it in order to fatten up their books… So, we are moving into the last stages before an all out collapse.

That’s exactly where we’re headed.

Now the Rubicon has been crossed… the armies are surrounding the Capital itself.

Excerpt continued…

We’re at a very critical juncture, and that’s what’s got me freaked out the most. The Japanese have lost control and they don’t know what to do at this point. .. They’re telling the public “don’t worry, everything’s ok.”

That is a signs, folks, that they are panicking. That is a sign that everything is not OK… that there is a great fear and trepidation that has begun.

And when this thing goes bust, this is the trigger that’s going to bring this whole thing down.

…

We’re on the last leg for this whole storybook. Unfortunately, it’s not going to be a storybook ending. So we’re in the last few pages of a chapter that’s been written about a hundred years ago, and it’s soon coming to an end.

…

 Now the question becomes, what exactly are they going to do?

They’re going to bring this thing to a halt. They’re going to create economic turmoil and a crash. And then they’re going to sell the population on some sort of armed conflagration, some sort of a massive global war. 

That is typically the playbook of the globalists. That is typically what we see, a pattern that is repeated often.

…

A small scale controlled regional war is not going to fix the $1.5 Quadrillion derivative debt globally.

A small scale regional war is not going to fix the massive levels of unemployment in America, in Europe, in Japan…

It’s not going to fix the economic problems that have festered in much of the western world and parts of the world that utilize a western style of banking.

It’s not going to fix it this time.

…

This time they’re going to drag everybody in. This time there’s not going to be anybody who’s going to be unaffected.

…

Let me tell you right now. It is mathematically impossible to pull this back. It’s mathematically impossible.

You cannot recall this. 

Recorded May 24, 2013 (full interview here)

Video excerpt courtesy The Hagmann and Hagmann Report, Steve Quayle and The Guerrilla Economist

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

America’s Secret Fukushima is Poisoning the Bread Basket of the World

0

Early in the morning of July 16, 1979, a 20-foot section of the earthen dam blocking the waste pool for the Church Rock Uranium Mill caved in and released 95 million gallons of highly acidic fluid containing 1,100 tons of radioactive material. The fluid and waste flowed into the nearby Puerco River, traveling 80 miles downstream, leaving toxic puddles and backing up local sewers along the way.

Although this release of radiation, thought to be the largest in US history, occurred less than four months after the Three Mile Island partial nuclear meltdown that sent radioactive gases and iodine into the air, the Church Rock spill received little media attention. In contrast, the Three Mile Island accident made the headlines. And when the residents of Church Rock asked their governor to declare their community a disaster area so they could get recovery assistance, he refused.

What was the difference between the Church Rock spill and the Three Mile Island partial meltdown? Church Rock is situated in the Navajo Nation, one of the areas in the US sacrificed to supply uranium for the Cold War and for nuclear power plants. That area and many others in the Navajo Nation are contaminated to this day. Another sacrifice area is the Great Sioux Nation where thousands of open uranium mine pits continue to release radiation and heavy metals into the air, land and water.

This poisoning of the people in the Navajo and Great Sioux Nations has been going on for decades and has had serious effects on their health. Even today, it is unknown what the full effects are and what the impact is on the rest of the nation because the contaminated air and water are not limited by borders. Most Americans are unaware of the story of uranium mining on tribal lands because it is a difficult story to accept. It is a story that includes the long history of human rights abuses by the US against native Indians and recognition of the full costs of nuclear energy — two stories the government and big energy have suppressed.

Many people think of nuclear power as a clean source of energy. It has been promoted as part of the transition from fossil fuels. But the reality is that nuclear power comes at a heavy price to the health of people and the planet. Like other forms of extractive energy such as coal, oil and gas, uranium needs to stay in the ground. Radiation and heavy metal poisonings are a hidden environmental catastrophe that is ongoing and must be addressed. But rather than studying the health effects and cleaning up the environment, private corporations are pushing once again to lift the ban on uranium mining.

Is Uranium Mining Poisoning the Bread Basket of America?

Thousands of open uranium mines excavated beginning in the 1950s continues to release radiation today. There have been inadequate measurements but the limited measures done show ongoing leaks larger than Fukushima. How did we get here?

It is estimated that 60 to 80 percent of uranium in the US is located on tribal land, particularly in the lands of the Navajo and Great Sioux Nations. After WWII, the United States Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) was created so that the US could obtain uranium for weapons production domestically. The AEC guaranteed that it would purchase all uranium that was mined. A uranium boom ensued. Private corporations jumped in and, in areas of South Dakota, individuals started mining for uranium on their private lands unaware of the dangers.

Private corporations set up thousands of underground and open pit uranium mines on tribal lands and hired local native Indians at low wages. Other than jobs, the uranium mines brought little benefit to these nations because the lands were given to non-Indian companies such as Kerr-McGee, Atlantic Richfield, Exxon and Mobil. Native Indians had little control over what took place.

Two Acts in the 19th century took the rights of self-determination away from the native population. The Indian Appropriations Act of 1851 allocated money to move Indians onto reservations, ostensibly to protect them from white settlers, but more likely to give settlers access to natural resources. The reservations are also known as prisoner of war camps. In fact, the reservation in Pine Ridge, SD is registered as POW Camp 344.

A second Indian Appropriations Act in 1871 changed the legal status of native Indians to wards of the Federal government, stripping them of recognition as sovereign nations and the right to make treaties. In order to make contracts for uranium mining on tribal lands, the Bureau of Indian Affairs created Tribal Councils to conduct negotiations. But the resulting contracts were not made in the best interests of the tribes.

The native Indians who worked in these mines were not protected from exposure to radiation, nor were they adequately warned about the dangers. Though it was clear that radiation exposure was linked to cancer in the early 1950s, around the same time that the US Public Health Service also started studying the health of uranium miners, it was not until 1959 that lung cancer was mentioned as a risk in pamphlets given to the workers.  In an unpublished doctoral dissertation, A.B. Hungate writes that the reasons for this are: “The government had two interests. First, it needed a steady supply of domestic uranium, and it felt that warning the workers of the hazards would result in the loss of the workforce. Secondly, it wanted an epidemiological testing program to study the long term health effects of radiation.”

Don Yellowman, president of the Forgotten Navajo People, described the extent of exposure to radiation and toxic metals. Native Indian miners would drink radioactive water that had contained heavy metals, dripping off of the walls deep in the mines. Some of the miners had to travel long distances to the mines, so their families would come with them. Children would play in the area around the mine and family members would prepare and eat meals there. Other reports state that workers, primarily non-whites, were ordered into the mines shortly after explosions were set off to gather up rocks and bring them out for processing. Also, miners would go home at night covered in toxic radioactive dust, exposing their families to health risks.

Uranium mining started in South Dakota on land included in the original treaties with the Great Sioux Nation in the 1960 and 70s. The Sioux were not included in negotiations for the mining and are still refusing to settle with the US government over land in the Black Hills that was mined. During the boom, the land was mined without regard for contamination as “large mining companies [were literally] pushing off the tops of bluffs and buttes.”

A few decades after uranium mining began in the Navajo Nation, increased numbers of cancer cases, lung cancer in particular, began to show up in the miners. A 2008 literature review in New Mexico found that the “Risk of lung cancer among male Navajo uranium miners was 28 times higher than in Navajo men who never mined, and two-thirds of all new lung cancer cases in Navajo men between 1969 and 1993 was attributable to a single exposure – underground uranium mining. Through 1990, death rates among Navajo uranium miners were 3.3 times greater than the U.S. average for lung cancer and 2.5 times greater for pneumoconioses and silicosis.”

Though the health effects of radiation exposure were known, it took decades before steps were taken to protect workers. The mines were operated under lax laws established in the 1872 Mining Act. Health and safety regulation of the mines, such as requirements for ventilation, was not passed in Congress until the late 1960s. But even once they were law, the regulations were not enforced.

Beginning in the 1970s, miners and their families began to pursue legal solutions through the courts and Congress so they could be compensated for the effects of their radiation exposure. Many court cases failed and native Indians were excluded from hearings in Congress on the miner safety. Finally, the Radiation Exposure Compensation Act (RECA) passed Congress in 1990.

RECA is desperately inadequate and restrictive. Until 2000, RECA only covered miners, not mill workers, and it does not cover families and others who lived near the mines. It also requires a very strict application process which is impossible for some to complete. A summary of RECA by academics Brugge and Goble states: ” We believe that it is not possible to simultaneously apologize, set highly stringent criteria, and place the burden of proof on the victims, as did the 1990 RECA.”

Uranium Mine Pits Continue to Leak Radiation Today

Radiation and heavy metals from uranium mines continue to pollute the land, air and water today and very little action is being taken to stop it.

In the upper great plain states of Wyoming, Montana and the Dakotas, there are 2,885 abandoned uranium mines that are all open pits within territory that is supposed to be for the absolute use of the Great Sioux Nation under the 1868 Fort Laramie Treaty with the US. These open mines continue to emit radiation and pollutants that are poisoning the local communities.

According to a report by Earthworks, “Mining not only exposes uranium to the atmosphere, where it becomes reactive, but releases other radioac­tive elements such as thorium and radium and toxic heavy metals including arsenic, selenium, mercury and cadmium. Exposure to these radioactive ele­ments can cause lung cancer, skin cancer, bone can­cer, leukemia, kidney damage and birth defects.”

There are currently 1200 abandoned uranium mines in the Navajo Nation and 500 of them require reclamation. The greatest amount of radioactive contamination on Navajo land comes from solid waste called ‘tailings’ which sit in large open piles, some as tall as 70 feet high, and were incorporated into materials used to build homes. Dust from these piles of waste blows throughout the land causing widespread contamination.

A 2008 study found that “mills and tailings disposal sites caused extensive groundwater contamination by radium, uranium, various trace metals and dissolved solids. One estimate is that 1.2 million acre-feet of groundwater (or enough to fill Elephant Butte Reservoir more than twice) have been contaminated in the Ambrosia Lake-Milan area from historic mine and mill discharges, and less than two tenths of 1 percent has been treated to reduce contaminant levels.” It is estimated that 30 percent of people living in the Navajo Nation lack access to uncontaminated water.

Charmaine White Face of Defenders of the Black Hills describes the situation in the Great Sioux Nation as “America’s Chernobyl.” She says,  “A private abandoned, open-pit uranium mine about 200 meters from an elementary school in Ludlow, SD, emits 1170 microRems per hour, more than 4 times as much as being emitted from the Fukushima nuclear power plant in Japan. “ In addition, “Studies by the USFS show that one mine alone has 1,400 millirems per hour (mR/hr) of exposed radiation, a level of radiation that is 120,000 times higher than normal background of 100 millirems per year (mR/yr)!” Cancer rates in Pine Ridge, SD are the highest in the nation.

This contamination escapes into the air which blows to the East and South and seeps into the water, reaching the Cheyenne and Missouri Rivers. It poisons grain grown in these areas that is fed to cattle that provide milk and beef for the rest of the nation. As White Face explains, “In an area of the USA that has been called ‘the Bread Basket of the World,’ more than forty years of mining have released radioactive polluted dust and water runoff from the hundreds of abandoned open pit uranium mines, processing sites, underground nuclear power stations, and waste dumps. Our grain supplies and our livestock production in this area have used the water and have been exposed to the remainders of this mining. We may be seeing global affects, not just localized affects, to the years of uranium mining.”

Uranium also contaminates coal that is mined in Wyoming for power plants in the East. Defenders of the Black Hills report that “Radioactive dust and particles are released into the air at the coal fired power plants and often set off the warning systems at nuclear power plants.”

People in the Navajo and Great Sioux Nations have been fighting for decades for the US Government to perform studies on the extent of contamination and to clean up both current contamination and prevent future contamination. As wards of the federal government, the US is responsible for the health and safety of native Indians. The Forgotten Navajo People have put forth a resolution which states “that all people have the inalienable right to clean air, clean water, and the preservation of sacred lands and that immediate action must be taken to Fund the Ongoing need for Remediation of Radioactive Contamination in our Air, Water, and Homelands to ensure our survival and that the named parties will Support the People’s Uranium Radiation Activity Data Collection Network.” The resolution also asks that the US uphold the ban on further uranium mines. They have also sought equipment that would allow them to measure radiation on their reservations, as simple request that has not been acted on.

Defenders of the Black Hills have written legislation, the Uranium Exploration and Mining Accountability Act, calling for study and remediation, but according to White Face, no members of Congress are yet willing to sponsor the bill. She explains that state and federal legislators want to hide the fact that this ongoing contamination exists because it will hurt the states economically. Just 40 miles South of Mount Rushmore, there are 169 abandoned open mines. And there are mines in the areas of National Parks such as Yellowstone and the Grand Tetons. These mines likely contaminate water and air in those areas visited by thousands of tourists.

The Chain of Environmental Damage from Nuclear Energy Begins with Excavation

During the energy crisis of the 1970s, President Nixon called for the US to become more energy independent and to pursue renewable sources of energy through Project Independence 1980. This included increasing the use of nuclear power and resulted in the building of nuclear power plants throughout the nation. Some of those power plants, 23 currently in use, were built using the same flawed plan as Reactor One which failed at the Fukushima Daichi nuclear power plant in Japan. And many of them are reaching their 40 year lifespan and are applying for renewed permits to continue operation.

In addition, because of the reduced availability of fossil fuels and the climate crisis, nuclear power is back on the table as part of President Obama’s, who has been well-funded throughout his career by Excelon Energy, “All of the Above” energy strategy. Earthworks reports that “According to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, there are currently 26 pro­posals to start, expand or restart in situ projects in the states regulated by the commission (Wyoming, Nebraska, South Dakota, New Mexico). Of these, nine will be new operations.”

In situ uranium mining is being promoted as a safer method of extracting uranium. In this type of mining process, deep holes are drilled into the Earth’s surface and fluids are injected into them to dissolve the uranium so that it can be collected. This method of mining is certainly less destructive to the surface of the Earth than open pit mining, but the report also states that “Any in situ operation risks spreading ura­nium and its hazardous byproducts outside the mine, potentially contaminating nearby aquifers and drink­ing water sources. This has been a major problem with almost all in situ projects in the U.S.”

Current uranium mines have a history of noncompliance with regulations. There continue to be spills. Mining corporations do not clean up areas that they are required to clean up. They do not pay fines. And they influence local governments to loosen requirements once they receive a mining permit.

In addition to contamination of land, air and water, uranium mining, particularly in situ mining requires large amounts of water. In the current environment with extended droughts and reduced aquifers, in situ mining places greater strain on the water crisis.

Nuclear power is another form of extractive energy that is not only extremely unsafe but is also more expensive than safer forms of energy. Beyond the human and environmental costs, the cost of building new nuclear reactors has quadrupled since 2000 to an average of $13 to 15 billion each. Physicians for Social Responsibility report that “New reactors are estimated to cost homeowners and businesses between 12 cents and 20 cents per kilowatt hour on electric bills–more than cleaner, safer alternatives.”

And the International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War passed a resolution in 2010 calling for a ban on all uranium mining worldwide, which states that “As well as the direct health effects from contamination of the water, the immense water consumption in mining regions is environmentally and economically damaging — and in turn detrimental for human health. The extraction of water leads to a reduction of the groundwater table and thereby to desertification; plants and animals die, the traditional subsistence of the inhabitants is eliminated, the existence of whole cultures are threatened.

Expose the Truth and Create a Carbon Free Nuclear Free Energy Economy

Uranium mining in the US and worldwide is a hidden environmental catastrophe that must be exposed. It is not acceptable to ignore the ongoing poisoning of communities, particularly of indigenous communities. Three fourths of all uranium mining worldwide is on indigenous land.

Yellowman speaks of the practice of uranium mining as a form of structural violence. Structural violence occurs when a social structure or institution harms people by preventing them from meeting their basic needs. There is no doubt that widespread contamination of the air, land and water from seventy years of uranium mining has violated the basic rights of indigenous peoples to clean air and water and to live healthy lives.

It is not known at present to what extent the ongoing contamination is affecting the health of our nation. Despite the obvious need, there have not been, to date, any comprehensive studies of radiation and heavy metal contamination in the US. Uranium that is ingested by cattle and other livestock through water and feed concentrates in muscle. We do not know how safe our air, water and food are. And it is likely that the government and the nuclear industry do not want us to know.

It is becoming clearer that nuclear power is another dirty extractive source of energy that has high costs to human and environmental health. We must see through the energy industry propaganda and realize that there are clean and safer alternatives that are less costly. beginning with ending the massive energy waste through efficiency and conservation. It is time to move quickly to a carbon and nuclear free energy economy.

The first step is the ending the secret Fukushima, providing testing equipment to Native Indians, and conducting studies on the effects of radiation and other toxins on the soil, air and water in the Mid-West. Then, it is time to move quickly to a carbon and nuclear free energy economy beginning with ending the massive waste of energy through improved efficiency and conservation; then changing the American way of life by putting in place land use planning, 21st Century mass transit and dispersed energy so every home and business can become an energy producer. The call of Native Indians to restore the Earth,  for the right to clean water and air, should be a rally cry taken on by all of us.

You can “The Toxic Effects of Uranium Mining on Tribal Lands with Don Yellowman and Charmaine White Face” on Clearing the FOG.

This article was first published on Truthout.

Kevin Zeese JD and Margaret Flowers MD co-host Clearing the FOG on We Act Radio 1480 AM Washington, DC and on Economic Democracy Media, co-direct It’s Our Economy and are contributors to Popular Resistance an outgrowth of the Occupy Movement. Their twitters are @KBZeese and @MFlowers8.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

'Reprehensible, Reckless, Illegal': Washington Officials Slam NSA Surveillance Leaker

0

“Reprehensible.” “Reckless.” “Illegal.”

The NSA’s PRISM program, which accesses the systems of internet giants like Facebook and Google to obtain user data, was revealed this week. These are the adjectives some officials in Washington are using to describe not the sweeping surveillance of Americans by the NSA revealed this week, but letting Americans know that such surveillance exists.

Speaking to CBS on Friday, WikiLeaks’ Julian Assange said, “Let’s ask ourselves whether the whistleblower who has revealed those, and there’s more to come, is going to be in exactly the same position as Bradley Manning is in today.”

Journalist and Guardian columnist Glenn Greenwald, who broke the stories, wrote on Friday of the courage of whistleblowers in the face of such intimidation:

Like puppets reading from a script, various Washington officials almost immediately began spouting all sorts of threats about “investigations” they intend to launch about these disclosures. This has been their playbook for several years now: they want to deter and intimidate anyone and everyone who might shed light on what they’re doing with their abusive, manipulative exploitation of the power of law to punish those who bring about transparency.

That isn’t going to work. It’s beginning completely to backfire on them. It’s precisely because such behavior reveals their true character, their propensity to abuse power, that more and more people are determined to bring about accountability and transparency for what they do.

They can threaten to investigate all they want. But as this week makes clear, and will continue to make clear, the ones who will actually be investigated are them.

Senate Intelligence Committee Chair Dianne Feinstein (D-CA) said the revelations proved “we are a culture of leaks” and said there should be an investigation to find the source of the leak:

“The fact of the matter is, this was a routine three-month approval that was under seal that was leaked,” Feinstein told MSNBC’s Andrea Mitchell, who followed up by asking if the source of the leak should be investigated.

“I think so,” Feinstein said. “I think we’ve become a culture of leaks now.”

Director of National Intelligence James Clapper said the leak was “reprehensible” and could cause “irreversible harm:”

Director of National Intelligence James Clapper called the disclosure of an Internet surveillance program “reprehensible” and said it risks Americans’ security. He said a leak that revealed a program to collect phone records would affect how America’s enemies behave and make it harder to understand their intentions.

“The unauthorized disclosure of a top secret U.S. court document threatens potentially long-lasting and irreversible harm to our ability to identify and respond to the many threats facing our nation,” Clapper said in an unusual late-night statement.

An ABC News headline reads ominously: “On the Hunt for the NSA Wiretapping Leaker:”

“It’s completely reckless and illegal… It’s more than just unauthorized. He’s no hero,” one senior law enforcement source told ABC News of the unidentified leaker. The source speculated that a single person could be behind both recent leaks to the British newspaper The Guardian and to The Washington Post. […]

“This guy’s trying to be some kind of martyr,” the law enforcement source said. […]

If the leaker is in the government, former Deputy Director of the FBI Tim Muphy said he should be punished.

“You have an obligation when you have a clearance not to leak this kind of information,” Murphy said.

At an event in San Jose, California on Friday, President Obama offered this blunt statment:

“I don’t welcome leaks.”

______________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

In Texas, It's OK to Murder an Escort if She Won't Sleep with You

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A Texas jury has acquitted Ezekiel “Zeke” Gilbert in the 2009 murder of Lenora Frago, an escort he met on Craigslist. The defense argued that Gilbert’s actions were “justified” because he was attempting to “retrieve stolen property” when he shot Frago in the neck and back after she refused his request for sex and fled his home with $150 he paid her. The jury, apparently, agreed.

Frago died of her injuries seven months after Gilbert shot her.

Texas law allows the use of deadly force to recover property during a nighttime theft, but prosecutor Matt Lovell argued that a theft never occurred, as the San Antonio Express-News reported in May:

“This case is about a man who got upset about the services he felt he deserved,” [Lovell] said. “He felt he deserved sex.”

In reality, said witness Christopher “Topher” Perkins, who posted ads for Frago and took a cut of her earnings, the $150 Gilbert paid for a half-hour with her did not include a guarantee of sex.

“Lenora normally would do lap dances and hanging out. That was her thing,” he said. “Her regular customers were all quiet, reserved guys and she would hang out.”

“I sincerely regret the loss of the life of Ms. Frago,” Gilbert said on Wednesday. “I’ve been in a mental prison the past four years of my life. I have nightmares. If I see guns on TV where people are getting killed, I change the channel.”

While Gilbert may be trapped in a “mental prison” after killing Frago, Perkins’ testimony seems to better capture the central facts of the tragic case: “For $150, Mr. Zeke opened fire on my car and shot my friend. He took a mother from her daughter,” Perkins said. “The responsibility lies with him. He was the one holding the gun.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Philly Closes 23 Public Schools, Generously Builds $400 Million Prison Where Kids Can Hang Instead

0

Photo Credit: SHUTTERSTOCK.COM

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Philadelphia is so broke the city is closing 23 public schools, never mind that it has the cash to build a $400 million prison.

Construction on the penitentiary said to be “the second-most expensive state project ever” began just days after the Pennsylvania School Reform Commission voted down a plan to close only four of the 27 schools scheduled to die. Facing a $304 million debt, the Commission instead approved a measly $2.4 billion budget that would shut down 23 public schools, wiping out roughly 10% of the city’s total.

But it’s not like Pennsylvania does not have the money to fill the debt. Rather, PA’s GOP-controlled Houseof  Representatives recently passed a tax break for corporations that will cost the state an estimated $600 million to $800 million annually.

Plus, $400 million is being shoveled into this:

The penitentiary, which is technically two facilities, will supplement at least two existing jails, the Western Penitentiary at Pittsburgh and Fayette County Jail. Pittsburgh’s Western Penitentiary was built in 2003 with the original intention of replacing Fayette County Jail, but the prison has struggled with lawsuits claiming widespread physical and sexual abuse of prisoners.

Scheduled to be completed in 2015, the new prison’s cell blocks and classroom will be capable of housing almost 5,000 inmates. Officials said there will be buildings for female inmates, the mentally ill and a death row population.

The youths of color dispoportionately affected by school closings can just hang out there.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

In Mistaken House Search, SWAT Team Ramages through Iraq Veteran’s House and Shoots His Dog

0

Another raid on the wrong residence; another dead dog. This time, Iraq War veteran Adam Arroyo says he came home on Monday to find his door busted down, and his beloved pup dead from bullet wounds. The Buffalo, NY police did not seem too concerned with cleaning up blood or anything like that, but nonetheless left behind a note of sorts: a search warrant for the apartment next door.

“They busted the door down, with a battering ram or whatever,” he told the Buffalo News. “They came in, and within a few seconds of entering the apartment, they murdered my dog. They shot her multiple times. They had no reason to do that.” Arroyo says his dog, a two-and-a-half-year-old pit bull named Cindy, was killed while chained up in the kitchen, which he discovered ridden with bullet holes.

As WKBW points out, the police made a serious error:

The suspect named in the warrant was described as a black male and was wanted on suspicion of dealing crack.

Arroyo is Hispanic and lives at 304 Breckenridge, upper-rear apartment, which has a completely separate entrance and is clearly marked on his mail box.

“I don’t do drugs. I’m a United States veteran. I work everyday. I’m just trying to live my life,” Arroyo told WKBW. Crazy as this story might sound, raids on the wrong residences happen regularly, and the results can be traumatic, not to mention deadly. Militant SWAT raids are often used in drug busts, and have become increasingly popular over the past couple of decades. They are so prevalent — and such a significant factor of police militarization — that the ACLU recently launched an investigation into their use.

Buffalo Police Commissioner Daniel Derenda told WIVB that the department is investigating the case, and taking it “very seriously.” He added, “If [the dog] was attacking an officer and he was … stopping the dog from attacking, he’d be justified,” nevermind that they had the WRONG apartment.

He is right, however, that the raid was pretty stadard. Here’s how former Seattle Chief of Police Norm Stamper has described SWAT busts:

The officers are armed with automatic weapons and are sometimes deployed from armored personnel carriers or rappelling from helicopters. Doors are smashed open with battering rams or are ripped from their hinges by ropes tied to vehicles. And, to further disorient those inside, officers are trained to use explosives–“flash-bang” grenades–upon entry. The slightest provocation, including any “furtive” moments on the part of the residents, often results in shots fired.Since drug dealers sometimes use dogs to protect their stash, family pets are shot, kicked, or, in the recent case of a New York City raid, thrown out the window.

It’s probably a good thig Arroyolo wasn’t home. When police become the military, their tactics provoke some of the same civilian casualties as war. Still, some discretion, at least, would be nice. Maybe double check the adress next time armed men bust through a door?

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Vermont Nullifies UN-Mandated Federal Marijuana War

0

Despite unconstitutional federal statutes and United Nations agreements purporting to override state authority by criminalizing marijuana, Vermont Gov. Peter Shumlin signed tri-partisan legislation decriminalizing possession of cannabis in the state. The new law, which was supported by top law-enforcement officials and almost two-thirds of voters, makes Vermont the 17th state to defy the UN and the U.S. government by ending criminal penalties imposed on consumers of the controversial plant.

Known as H. 200, the new marijuana law falls short of the full-legalization initiatives recently approved by voters in Colorado and Washington State that nullified federal and UN prohibition regimes surrounding the substance. Nonetheless, supporters of the effort in Vermont from across the political spectrum – from lawmen, UN opponents, and conservative-leaning proponents of state nullification of unconstitutional federal statutes to liberal-oriented activists focused on marijuana and racism – celebrated the measure as a major victory.

With the new law, instead of facing criminal sanctions, which critics say waste taxpayer money and police resources, individuals who possess up to one ounce of the plant material will be hit with a $200 civil fine akin to a traffic ticket. Anyone under age 21, meanwhile, would be forced to undergo substance abuse screening similar to how underage drinking is treated in Vermont.

Under previous state laws, possession of marijuana was considered a misdemeanor crime, with punishment potentially including up to six months in jail for a first offense and two years for a second. However, the popular new law, originally introduced by “Vermont Progressive Party” state Rep. Christopher Pearson and supported by a tri-partisan alliance of more than three dozen co-sponsors, will change all of that starting on July 1.

The measure sailed through the state Senate on May 7 by a vote of 24 to six after having been approved overwhelmingly in the state House of Representatives in April, with 98 in favor versus 44 opposed. In addition to strong support from lawmakers and the public, top state officials backed the new law as well. Both Vermont Attorney General William Sorrell and Public Safety Commissioner Keith Flynn, for example, testified in favor of the bill. Polls from early last year showed that around 63 percent of voters support the effort, too.

The governor, a Democrat, also backed the legislation, thanking legislators for sending the bill to his desk. “I applaud the legislature’s action to decriminalize the possession of small amounts of marijuana. Vermonters support sensible drug policies,” Gov. Shumlin declared after the bill was approved by state senators. “This legislation allows our courts and law enforcement to focus their limited resources more effectively to fight highly addictive opiates such as heroin and prescription drugs that are tearing apart families and communities.”

An increasingly influential group of police, judges, prosecutors, and other professionals known as Law Enforcement Against Prohibition (LEAP) celebrated the effort as well, though the organization says there is plenty of room for improvement. Still, the trend of state governments standing up for themselves against what LEAP sees as bad federal policies is a welcome development – and it is accelerating. LEAP speaker Lt. Commander Diane Goldstein (Ret.), a highly decorated 20-year law enforcement veteran from California, told The New American that the feds would eventually be forced to reconsider. 

“For several years now, states have been coming around to the realization that enforcing marijuana laws is bad for their budgets, bad for those prosecuted and bad for public safety,” Goldstein explained. “Now that Colorado and Washington have legalized marijuana, other states are falling like dominoes, and every few weeks you hear of another that’s decriminalized possession, allowed medical marijuana or introduced legislation to legalize marijuana entirely. Just as happened during the prohibition of alcohol, the states are taking the lead here and one day, the federal government will wake up and realize it has no choice but to follow.”

According to Goldstein, who recently appeared on HuffPo Live with this correspondent to discuss the increasingly out-of-control U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder and his lawless activities, Vermont’s decriminalization of marijuana possession means police will have more time to focus on violent crime. It will also lead to fewer arrest records for non-violent offenders guilty only of consensual “crimes,” the LEAP speaker said.

“However, it still leaves in place the criminal networks profiting from the sale of marijuana, and allows police wide discretion in charging that may still result in racially biased outcomes,” she concluded. “I applaud the Vermont legislature and Gov. Shumlin for this important first step. Now let’s use that momentum to strike a real blow for criminal justice reform by legalizing and regulating marijuana in the state.”

The signing of the Vermont law comes on the heels of a new report by the American Civil Liberties Union that found black Americans were almost four times more likely to be arrested for marijuana than whites despite comparable usage rates, LEAP noted. The study, entitled “The War on Marijuana in Black and White: Billions of Dollars Wasted on Racially Biased Arrests,” also revealed almost half of all drug-related arrests in the United States were for simple possession of cannabis – over 7 million between 2001 and 2010.

“The war on marijuana has disproportionately been a war on people of color,” argued Ezekiel Edwards, director of the ACLU Criminal Law Reform Project and one of the main authors of the report. “State and local governments have aggressively enforced marijuana laws selectively against Black people and communities, needlessly ensnaring hundreds of thousands of people in the criminal justice system at tremendous human and financial cost.”

Unsurprisingly, activists for marijuana-policy reform who lobbied in favor of the legislation celebrated their latest major victory as well. “We applaud Gov. Shumlin, the state’s top law enforcement officials, and the legislature for their leadership and support of this important legislation,” said Matt Simon, a legislative analyst for the Marijuana Policy Project. “Decriminalizing marijuana possession will allow law enforcement officials to spend more time and attention addressing serious crimes and prevent people from being branded as criminals just for using a substance that most Americans agree should be legal.”

Referring to recent polls showing that a solid majority of Americans favor the legalization of the controversial plant, Simon also emphasized that his organization’s battle was not over yet – even in Vermont. “Removing criminal penalties for marijuana possession slows the bleeding, but it will not stop until marijuana prohibition is replaced with a more sensible policy,” he said. “Marijuana is objectively less harmful than alcohol, and it is time for the state to start exploring policies that treat it that way.”

Of course, not everyone agrees that marijuana should be legal or that it is less harmful than alcohol – especially on the right. However, even among Republicans and hardline conservatives, the attitude toward unconstitutional federal statutes criminalizing the plant and UN agreements purporting to mandate an international prohibition regime is becoming increasingly hostile.

Already, about half of the states have nullified U.S. rules by legalizing the use of marijuana for medicinal purposes. With Vermont, at least 17 have now removed criminal penalties on recreational use, too. Two states have adopted full legalization – though marijuana will be taxed and regulated like alcohol – and numerous others are considering similar policies. Meanwhile, the federal government has recently come under scrutiny for its own alleged involvement in the drug trade.

The UN and the Obama administration are not happy about the nullification trends, with international bureaucrats recently demanding that the U.S. government unconstitutionally require states to continue enforcing prohibition regardless of the wishes of voters and legislators. Despite multiple promises not to pursue medical marijuana in states where it is legal – not to mention Obama’s own admissions of previous drug use – the current administration has waged a fierce battle beyond even former President Bush’s efforts.

Still, across the country, state governments are nullifying federal statutes on everything from gun control, ObamaCare, and marijuana prohibition to indefinite military detention of Americans without trial and UN environmental agreements like Agenda 21. As the federal government continues to expand in size and scope – recent surveys show two thirds of Americans believe the feds are “out of control” – the trend toward states defying lawless orders from Washington, D.C., looks set to keep accelerating.      

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

As UN Orders Expanded Global Drug War, Critics Fight Back

Colorado Governor Signs Marijuana Regulations Into Law

After Admitting Failure, UN Targets U.S. and Demands Expanded Drug War

UN Demands Obama Smash State Marijuana Legalization

Two States Defy Feds With Full Marijuana Legalization

Voters in Six States Approve Measures Nullifying Federal Acts

Voters in 3 States May Nullify Fed. Drug Laws by Legalizing Marijuana

Mary Jane Looks to Prop Up 10th Amendment

State Lawmakers Blast Obama’s War on Medical Marijuana

State vs. Federal: The Nullification Movement

The Other Unconstitutional War

New Hampshire Jury Nullifies Major Felony Marijuana Case

Ron Paul Bill Attacks Federal Marijuana War

Pat Robertson Calls for Marijuana Legalization

Stratfor Sources: U.S. Troops in Mexico as Feds Aid Cartels

Reports: CIA Working with Mexican Drug Cartels

Top UK Officials: UN-inspired War on Drugs Failed

Congress Probes DEA Drug Money Laundering Scheme

Latin America Debates Drug Legalization; Obama Demands More War on Drugs

Drug War a “Failure,” Says N.J. GOP Gov. Chris Christie

Rasmussen Poll Reports Majority of U.S. Support Nullification

Obama Drug Czar Says States Can’t Nullify Federal Drug Laws

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Bus inferno kills 42 in China

0

People look at smoke emitting from a bus, which is on fire, in Xiamen, Fujian province, China, June 7, 2013.

At least 42 people have been killed and more than two dozens injured after an overcrowded express bus burst into flames on an elevated roadway in southeastern China.

The blaze occurred during the evening rush hour in the prosperous port city of Xiamen in Fujian Province on Friday.

Å“Forty-two people died and 33 others were injured after a bus burst into flames on an elevated bus lane in Xiamen City,” Xinhua news agency quoted an official as saying.

The death toll is expected to rise as some of the injured are said to be in critical condition.

The fire, whose cause is under investigation, brought the entire Bus Rapid Transit system to a halt.

Automotive accidents are common on China’s congested roads.

In August 2012, at least 36 people died when a double-decker sleeper bus slammed into the rear of a methanol tanker.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bilderberg 2013: Friendly Policemen, a Press Zone and the One Show

0

Charlie Skelton
guardian.co.uk
June 7, 2013

Watford, sunny Watford, has changed the hitherto secretive Bilderberg conference forever. In a freshly strimmed corner of the grounds of the Grove Hotel, half a mile from the most important international policy conference in the world, something remarkable happened: the mainstream press showed up. In droves.

Reuters, AP, Channel 4 News, the Times, the Telegraph, the Press Association, London Tonight. The BBC had at least three radio reporters here.

While they talked and reported, on the first day of the four-day event, politicians and businessmen sped past behind blacked-out windows: the guest list, published for the first time, includes George Osborne, Ed Balls, the founder of Amazon, chairman of Google and the chief executives of both BP and Shell.


Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 12:47 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

In SWAT Raid on Wrong House, Man Returns Home to Find Dog Dead from Bullet Wounds, Door Ripped Off

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Another raid on the wrong residence; another dead dog. This time, Iraq War veteran Adam Arroyo says he came home on Monday to find his door busted down, and his beloved pup dead from bullet wounds. The Buffalo, NY police did not seem too concerned with cleaning up blood or anything like that, but nonetheless left behind a note of sorts: a search warrant for the apartment next door.

“They busted the door down, with a battering ram or whatever,” he told the Buffalo News. “They came in, and within a few seconds of entering the apartment, they murdered my dog. They shot her multiple times. They had no reason to do that.” Arroyo says his dog, a two-and-a-half-year-old pit bull named Cindy, was killed while chained up in the kitchen, which he discovered ridden with bullet holes.

As WKBW points out, the police made a serious error:

The suspect named in the warrant was described as a black male and was wanted on suspicion of dealing crack.

Arroyo is Hispanic and lives at 304 Breckenridge, upper-rear apartment, which has a completely separate entrance and is clearly marked on his mail box.

“I don’t do drugs. I’m a United States veteran. I work everyday. I’m just trying to live my life,” Arroyo told WKBW. Crazy as this story might sound, raids on the wrong residences happen regularly, and the results can be traumatic, not to mention deadly. Militant SWAT raids are often used in drug busts, and have become increasingly popular over the past couple of decades. They are so prevalent — and such a significant factor of police militarization — that the ACLU recently launched an investigation into their use.

Buffalo Police Commissioner Daniel Derenda told WIVB that the department is investigating the case, and taking it “very seriously.” He added, “If [the dog] was attacking an officer and he was … stopping the dog from attacking, he’d be justified,” nevermind that they had the WRONG apartment.

He is right, however, that the raid was pretty stadard. Here’s how former Seattle Chief of Police Norm Stamper has described SWAT busts:

The officers are armed with automatic weapons and are sometimes deployed from armored personnel carriers or rappelling from helicopters. Doors are smashed open with battering rams or are ripped from their hinges by ropes tied to vehicles. And, to further disorient those inside, officers are trained to use explosives–“flash-bang” grenades–upon entry. The slightest provocation, including any “furtive” moments on the part of the residents, often results in shots fired.Since drug dealers sometimes use dogs to protect their stash, family pets are shot, kicked, or, in the recent case of a New York City raid, thrown out the window.

It’s probably a good thig Arroyolo wasn’t home. When police become the military, their tactics provoke some of the same civilian casualties as war. Still, some discretion, at least, would be nice. Maybe double check the adress next time armed men bust through a door?

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Cruel Persecution of Lynne Stewart: Jailed for the “Crime” of Being the Lawyer of an Alleged Terrorist

0

Lynne Stewart, a movement attorney who was jailed for the “crime” of being the defense lawyer for alleged terrorist Sheik Omar Abdel-Rahman, is dying in prison of stage-four cancer.

Her family and supporters, including Nobel Peace Prize winner Archbishop Desmond Tutu, are asking that she be granted compassionate release so she can live out her final days outside prison walls.

The warden of Stewart’s prison has approved her compassionate release, however the Department of Prisons has so far refused to grant it.

Her case is another example of how the “war on terror” is being used to violate basic democratic rights, in this instance the right of those accused of a crime to legal representation, as well as the attorney-client privilege.

Stewart had a long career of defending the poor and political dissidents. As well as providing legal defense for many unknown people who could not afford to hire lawyers, she took on high profile political cases.

Among those were David Gilbert, a member of the Weather Underground, and Black Panther Willie Holder.

In 1994, Stewart joined former US attorney-general Ramsey Clark as part of the legal defense team for Abdel-Rahman. He had been arrested the year before and charged with conspiracy to commit terrorist acts, not actual terrorist acts.

His real crime was being part of an armed Islamic group in Egypt that sought to overthrow dictator Hosni Mubarak, at the time a staunch US ally.

Any group that fights a US ally is slapped with the label “terrorist”. That happened with the armed wing of the African National Congress, because it fought against the US-supported white racist apartheid regime in South Africa.

Stewart came to believe the “Blind Sheik”, as the press called him, was innocent.

Adbel-Rahman was indeed blind, and suffered from other serious medical problems. After his conviction in 1995, he was sentenced to life in prison plus 65 years ― a sentence Stewart called “outlandish”. He was interred in a prison medical facility, where he has remained since.

Stewart continued to visit him in prison, and represent him regarding post-conviction issues. In 2000, Abdel-Rahman asked her to release a statement from him to the press, which she did.

At the time, this action on her part was not viewed as a crime by the US government. But that changed after the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks.

In 2002, Bush’s attorney-general John Ashcroft announced that Stewart was being indicted on the grounds that, by releasing the statement to the public, she was materially aiding a terrorist group.

The background to this fantastic charge was new rules put in place in 1998 that severely limited Abdel-Rahamn’s ability to communicate with the outside world, even through his lawyers, under “special administrative measures”.

These included forbidding her to use her “meetings, correspondence or phone calls with Abdel-Rahman to pass messages between third parties (including but not limited to, the media) and Abdel-Rahman”.

After 9/11 the rules were made even harsher.

The government claimed that the sheik was using the press release to communicate with his group in Egypt, Al-Gama al Islamiyya, which the US arbitrarily labelled a “terrorist” group.

Actually, at the time, Abdel-Rahman backed a ceasefire between the group and the Mubarak regime. However, he left it up to the fighters on the ground to decide whether to continue the ceasefire.

This was the basis for the “materially aiding” a terrorist group charge. The charge was dismissed in 2003, but she was soon re-indicted on charges of obstructing justice and conspiracy to provide material support to terrorism.

Stewart’s trial in 2005 was a farce and travesty. The prosecution showed the jurors lurid videos of the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Center, numerous photos of Osama bin Laden, and spun a fantastic web of Islamic terrorist conspiracy, which had nothing to do with the charges against Stewart.

The government told the jury, for example, that Abdel-Rahman was behind numerous terrorist attacks, including the killing of 62 people in 1997 in Luxor, Egypt.

In fact, the sheik publicly denounced that attack and had no connection with the group that carried it out, according to Chris Hedges, who was in Cairo as the Middle East bureau chief for the New York Times at the time.

And, of course, the Luxor incident had nothing to do with Stewart ― the person on trial.

The prosecution in Stewart’s trial also tied Abdel-Rahman to the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. Others were tried and convicted of that bombing, but not the sheik.

But the press picked this up, asserting that the “Blind Sheik” was the “mastermind” behind the bombing.

Again, such testimony against the sheik had nothing to do with Stewart.

In the anti-Muslim and war-mongering atmosphere that gripped the US population at the time, the jury convicted Stewart. The prosecution had demanded a 30-year sentence for the defendant.

The judge instead handed down a sentence of 28 months. Subsequently, the new justice department under the Obama administration appealed the sentence as “too light”.

While she was out on bail as her sentence was being appealed by the government and she appealed the verdict, Stewart developed breast cancer, and began treatment for it.

Another charge was considered by the appeals court, that of perjury. This was based on a statement Stewart made in her defence outside the courtroom exposing the farce that was her trial, another gross violation of her rights.

On November 17, 2009, the appeals court revoked her bail, ruled the 28-month sentence was too light, and the judge raised her sentence to 10 years for her “false” statements about her trial. She has served three of those years behind bars.

Her treatment for cancer was interrupted in the course of her imprisonment. It was in this period that the cancer metastasised, spreading to her lymph nodes, shoulder, bones and lungs.

After her conviction, her attorney Michael Tigar said “this case is really a threat to all the lawyers who are out there attempting to represent people that face these terrible consequences”.

It is meant to frighten lawyers away from taking on unpopular cases. Human rights group Front Line said the case “has had a chilling effect on human rights defenders who stand between government agencies and potential victims of abuses”.

Another violation came out in the course of Stewart’s trial. That was the government’s use of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act to secretly wiretap and film with hidden cameras Stewart’s conversations with the sheik, a violation of attorney-client privilege.

It should be noted that the new Egyptian government is demanding the US release Abdel-Rahman.

I’ll leave the last word to Lynne Stewart herself, written in prison to a friend:

“I have been fortunate to live a charmed life ― parents who loved me without qualification.

“I had children when I was young enough to grow with them. Today they are the backbone of my support and love.

“I came to politics in the early sixties and was part of a vibrant movement that tried to empower local control of public schools to make the ultimate changes for children and break the back of racism in minority communities.

“My partner/husband Ralph Poynter was always 60 years and counting in my corner. I had a fabulous legal career ― championing the political rights of the comrades of the 60s and 70s and also representing many who had no hope of a lawyer who would fight for them against the system

“I have enjoyed good friends, loved cooking, had poetry and theater for joy ― but all of this good fortune has always meant only one thing to me that I have to fight, struggle to make sure everyone can have a life like mine.”

You can sign a petition for hte release of Lynn Stewart here. Visit Justice for Lynn Stewart for more information.

Barry Sheppard was a long-time leader of the US Socialist Workers Party and the Fourth International. He recounts his experience in the SWP in a two-volume book, The Party – the Socialist Workers Party 1960-1988, available from Resistance Books. Read more of Sheppard’s articles.]

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US drone strike kills 7 in NW Pakistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A US assassination drone strike has killed at least seven people and injured several others in Pakistan’s troubled North Waziristan tribal region, local security officials say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

A Bad Month for Privacy Rights

0

Justice Louis Brandeis once called the right to privacy “the right most valued by civilized men.” Sadly, it has become increasingly clear that, despite pronunciations about “change” and “transparency,” the Obama administration is continuing down the path so dangerously started by former President George W. Bush.

First, the Supreme Court decided that it is not a violation of the Fourth Amendment if police collect DNA from people who have merely been arrested, not convicted, of a crime. Although the Court specified that this practice, already occurring in more than half of the states, should only be done to those who are arrested for “serious” crimes, no definition of what constitutes a serious crime was provided. I wonder whether we should begin preparing ourselves simply to open our mouths whenever a police officer approaches. Whether you are rightly or wrongly arrested, your DNA from that cheek swab will go into the database and, as far as we know, remain there in perpetuity.

While defenders maintain that the practice will help exonerate innocent persons, the risks are huge. Ultimately, the power goes to police, a scary kind of power in the hands of those who do not always use it fairly. In January, President Obama signed into law the Katie Sepich Enhanced DNA Collection Act, which creates grants to help states pay for the expanded DNA databases, and thus we can expect that more will indeed do so. Once again, we have put our faith in a technology at the expense of civil liberties. Further, DNA evidence is only as good as the people collecting, maintaining and analyzing it.

Then, the Guardian broke the story that the FBI has been granted the power to obtain from Verizon information from all calls made within the U.S. and between the U.S. and other countries from April 25 and July 19 of this year. Supposedly a tool to keep us safe from terrorism, the authorization for this type of spying on citizens who have done absolutely nothing was granted by the secret Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court through the USA Patriot Act’s “business records” provision.  While actual conversations are not covered, details including the phone numbers, location, duration, time and other identifiers about the callers are included in the order. Verizon has close to 100 million customers. We also have no way of knowing whether the NSA or FBI has sought similar orders of other phone companies, as all are prohibited from disclosing.

Just days later, the Guardian revealed that the NSA has obtained direct access to the systems of Google, Facebook, Apple and other US internet giants. Under a program called PRISM, the NSA collects our search histories, the content of our emails, file transfers, live chats and more.

These types of blanket surveillance are not only an invasion of privacy but also ineffective to do what the government claims. Someone has to analyze the tremendous amount of data collected from these records, the vast majority of which will be completely innocuous. Not a smart use of resources, I would argue.

Clearly, poet John Perry Barlow had it right: “Relying on the government to protect your privacy is like asking a peeping tom to install your window blinds.”  Those interested in a more peaceful and just world must become even more vocal advocates for privacy, what Justice William O. Douglas called “the beginning of all freedom.”

Laura Finley, Ph.D., teaches in the Barry University Department of Sociology & Criminology and is syndicated by PeaceVoice.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Anonymous Releases NSA Docs Related to Global Spy Network

1

Amid the explosive back-to-back revelations made by the Guardian and Washington Post regarding a pair of National Security Agency surveillence programs this week, the hacktivist group Anonymous on Friday released what they claim are additional NSA documents that both deepen and expand on those earlier revelations.

In a statement that accompanied the release of the thirteen documents–and addressed to “the citizens of the world”–Anonymous said the information they contain proves “the NSA is spying on you, and not just Americans.”

The group claims that the global intelligence apparatus discussed within some of the documents shows that government agencies “are spying on the citizens of over 35 different countries” and that this is being “done in cooperation with private businesses, and intelligence partners” across the globe.

That statement seems like a specifc reference to what one of the documents details as the Department of Defense’s Global Information Grid (or GIG), designed to ” enable the secure, agile, robust, dependable, interoperable data sharing environment for the Department where warfighter, business, and intelligence users share knowledge on  a global network that facilitates information superiority, accelerates  decision-making, effective operations, and Net-Centric transformation.”

“Your privacy and freedoms are slowly being taken from you, in closed door meetings, in laws buried in bills, and by people who are supposed to be protecting you.” – Anonymous

“We bring this to you,” the Anonymous statement explained, “so that you know just how little rights you have. Your privacy and freedoms are slowly being taken from you, in closed door meetings, in laws buried in bills, and by people who are supposed to be protecting you.”

Though some of the documents contained in the dump appear to be from the public domain, it is unclear how all of them may have been obtained.

As U.S. News & World Report details, the documents “total thousands of pages, but among them include reports on the “Information Sharing Environment,” “Suspicious Activity Reporting,” a list of names from the Intelligence and National Security Alliance (an intelligence research group) spy list, reports on the Department of Defense’s “Information Enterprise” and a discussion about the government’s “Net Centric Environment.”

The thirteen documents were posted in a list and included as a digital index, reproduced below:

But, as Gizmodo writer Chris Mills warns:

Hit up the documents for further details; just be warned that although this might look like the plot of a B-list movie starring Aston Kutcher, the docs themselves are incredibly dry and full of more acronyms than whatever presentation you should be working on.

______________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

EU fears militants returning from Syria

0

Members of the terrorist Free Syrian Army pose for a photo on the outskirts of the flashpoint city of Homs. (file photo)

The European Unionâ„¢s interior ministers have convened in Luxembourg to address the emerging threat of the European militants who return from Syria after gaining experience in the ongoing fight against the Syrian government.

There are big worries in many EU nations that European extremists returning from Syria after fighting alongside foreign-backed militants will use new training and knowledge to set off terrorist attacks in their home countries across Europe, The Associated Press reported on Friday.

EU’s anti-terror chief Gilles de Kerchove said on Wednesday that EU ministers will also discuss ways to bar European extremists from leaving their countries to join Takfiri militants in Syria.

The EU official said he expected members to keep more personal data on suspicious travel, urging more aggressive attitudes in dealing with extremist social media.

“We never had the sort of travel of jihadists on that scale,” Kerchove said.

Unrest has plagued Syria since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

MT/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Hungarians brace for worst floods

0

Hungarian soldiers work to consolidate a temporary dam at the bank of the flooded River Danube near Gyorujfalu village on June 7, 2013.

People in Hungary have been warned to prepare for the worst floods ever as the swelling Danube River is feared to reach record levels over the next three days.

The European Commission’s Emergency Response Center said on Friday that Europeâ„¢s second-largest river will peak in Nagybajcs, near the border with Slovakia, on Saturday morning and in the capital, Budapest, on Monday.

Å“In both areas, the highest-ever-measured water levels are expected,” the commission said.

A state of emergency was declared in the country. Some 10,000 people, including soldiers and volunteers are working together to reinforce dykes along 700km of the river with sandbags.

“We are facing the worst floods of all time,” Prime Minister Viktor Orban said.

The capital is likely to be the worst hit, as the river is expected to rise to, 8.85 meters, some 25 centimeters higher than the previous record set in 2006.

About 400 people were evacuated from several villages, according to the Interior Ministryâ„¢s report. About 70 communities were also hit by floods.

Central Europe’s river floods have already killed 15 people, devastated large areas and forced mass evacuations in Austria, Germany and the Czech Republic.

SAB/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Guantanamo Bay hunger strike grows; 41 now being force-fed

0

Peter Finn
Washington Post
June 7, 2013

The number of hunger strikers being force-fed by the U.S. military at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, has risen to 41, with the protest showing no signs of abating more than a week after President Obama renewed his commitment to close the detention facility.

The military said in a statement Thursday that 103 detainees are on hunger strike and that 41 of them are being force-fed. The military also said four detainees who are being force-fed are being observed at the hospital.

None of the hunger strikers has a life-threatening condition, said Lt. Col. Samuel House, a spokesman for Joint Task Force Guantanamo.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 12:32 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Cuba’s Other Revolution

0

“During the Special Period’s most difficult years, countless and creative solutions were found by our campesinos and agricultural science researchers. There was one objective and one priority: to recover our agricultural systems and produce what’s necessary to feed ourselves. However, we needed integrating and modeling concepts for the changes that were now indispensable, and we found them in agroecology.”

– Orlando Lugo-Fonte
President of the National Association of Small Farmers of Cuba (1)

Cuba is the one country in the world that has made the furthest strides, and in the shortest time, in moving from industrial conventional agricultural production to organic farming. This achievement has been celebrated and documented by numerous experts and observers, including land reform scholar Peter Rosset and agroecologist Miguel Altieri, academic bodies like the Latin American Scientific Society of Agroecology (SOCLA), and NGO’s such as Food First and the Worldwatch Institute, and have been the subject of a 2006 documentary, titled The Power of Community: How Cuba Survived Peak Oil (2).

The country was in a very unusual and critical situation at the beginning of the 1990’s. With the implosion of the Soviet block, the subsidies that Cuba received in the form of food and farm inputs ceased overnight, causing an unprecedented crisis. With the Torricelli and Helms-Burton Acts, passed in 1992 and 1996 respectively, the American embargo tightened its noose around Cuba’s economy, further worsening an already dire scenario. But the Caribbean island nation pulled through by way of a successful transformation of its agricultural model, moving it towards agroecological production largely based on small family farms.

Back in March in the Colombian city of Medellín I had the great pleasure of spending time with Cuban professors Fernando Funes and Luis Vásquez, both of them scientists of international renown and faculty members of SOCLA’s doctoral program (3). Between long walks through the city center and over beers in the Pilarica neighborhood, we talked at length about the challenges of agriculture, ecology and socialism. This article is based on those conversations and on published writings by Funes and other authors.

Funes says that following the withdrawal of Soviet support, “the critical situation created in Cuban agriculture propitiated the transformation of the agrarian structure and the reach of a new technological, economic, ecological and social dimension, with the end of achieving food security with new methods and strategies.” (4)

But before seeking to apply the Cuban experiences to other countries and contexts it is necessary to consider the country’s unique and extraordinary circumstances. The 1959 revolution and subsequent sweeping land reform were a unique happening in Latin American history: the landed ruling class was defeated, uprooted and expelled. The country’s wealth and land were redistributed; and as a result, access to land is not a problem, and all farmers in the country enjoy first-rate free education and health care. Latin America’s land-owning elites, assisted by the murderous US counterinsurgency, have not spared any resources, be they financial, ideological or military, to prevent another Cuban-style revolution in the Western hemisphere.

Nevertheless, many of Cuba’s lessons can be learned and applied in other countries. One of the key elements in the success of agroecology and food sovereignty in Cuba has been the support of the state. The Cuban experience demonstrates that a successful transition to agroecology requires major involvement by the public sector. The country’s organic revolution contradicts the common image of the Cuban government as bureaucratized and lacking in creativity or imagination. If the Cuban state were as inflexible and inefficient as the revolution’s derisive critics make it out to be, it would not have taken the right measures, and in a rapid and decisive manner, to avert a fatal food crisis.

Among the concrete steps taken by the government are the establishment of 276 centers for the reproduction of entomophages and entomopathogens (organisms that are natural enemies of pests), a National Urban Farming Program with 26 subprograms that span the production of vegetables, medicinal plants, condiments, grains, fruit, and animal breeding (hens, rabbits, sheep, goats, pigs, bees and fish) that are developed throughout the country, and a program for the promotion of ecological agriculture within the National Association of Small Farmers (ANAP).

Funes explains the fundamentals of this ecological agrarian revolution: “These advances went from the use of biopesticides and biological controls, to different applications of biofertilizer, compost, earthworm humus, biosoils, animal traction, etc., on a grand scale and in a rapid manner.” The techniques explored and developed also included polyculture, rotation, intelligent use of nitrogen-fixing legumes, and a great variety of ecological solutions for pest and weed problems.

Along with innovation also came full acknowledgement of ancient traditions of great relevance and usefulness. Says Funes of the Cuban campesino sector’s recovery from the crisis:

“A mixture of traditional farming practices and organic fertilization common in the Cuban countryside, brought in from Europe by Spanish immigrants centuries back, and appropriate strategies for climate management, phases of the moon and many times even religious beliefs and sayings embedded in peasant wisdom, no doubt permitted this sector to be the one that showed a most convincing recovery- and in the least amount of time- to the crisis of inputs.”

But state action by itself, though necessary, is not enough to carry agroecology forward. This has been proven in Venezuela, Bolivia and Ecuador, where progressive governments oriented by Bolivariano anti-imperialist ideals fully favor food sovereignty and ecological agriculture and have made of them official state policy. These governments issued directives to this effect to the public universities and agriculture ministries, but nothing happened. Bureaucrats, agronomists and academic scholars raised and formed in the green revolution model of US-style industrial mechanized chemical-intensive farming, simply ignored the dictates from the higher echelons and continued doing what they had always done: promote monocultures and pesticides while ignoring the new agricultural practices and discourses that originated from ecology and grassroots mobilization.

Not to say that nothing was achieved there. The Andes region is one of the world’s hotbeds of peasant-based agroecological innovation, and Venezuela hosts the Paulo Freire Latin American Institute of Agroecology (IALA). But bureaucratic resistance from the mid-layers of government has thwarted the potential for a truly profound transformation of agriculture. The achievements of these three South American countries pale in comparison with Cuba’s organic revolution. How did Cuba do it?

Cuba prevented its organic agroecological revolution from suffering a bureaucratic death thanks to a combination of decentralization and participatory models. State enterprises were broken up into Basic Units of Cooperative Production (UBPC). According to Funes, this has given farmers the liberating feeling of being owners of the land they work by giving them real protagonism in decision-making processes, which has resulted in increased productivity. The word he uses is autogestión, a Latin American word that describes processes of self-management and enhanced individual autonomy in small-scale enterprises.

One of the hallmarks of Cuba’s agroecological revolution is the development of innovative and novel participatory methodologies of agricultural research with horizontal processes of discussion, validation and adaptation of new ideas and proposals. These methodologies, which owe much to Paulo Freire’s “Pedagogy of the Oppressed”, are known collectively as campesino a campesino (peasant to peasant). Born in the Mesoamerican region in the 1970’s, CAC has revolutionized ecological farming all over Latin America and is spreading all over the world. Its remarkable history is told in Food First director Eric Holt-Giménez’s book Campesino a Campesino: Voices from Latin America’s Farmer to Farmer Movement for Sustainable Agriculture (5).

According to the recent book Revolución Agroecológica en Cuba by Peter Rosset et al., “CAC is an energizing methodology, it places the campesino and his/her family as protagonists of their own destiny; in contrast to classical extensionism- static and demobilizing of the campesino base-, based on the technician as transmitter of knowledge… it is based on horizontal transmission and the collective construction of knowledge, practices and methods. In other words, it tries to incorporate campesino tradition and innovation in order to add them to the results of scientific research in agroecology.” According to Rosset et al., “agroecology has achieved in little over ten years what the conventional model has never achieved in Cuba or anywhere: produce more with less (foreign exchange, inputs and investment”. (6)

According to ANAP president Orlando Lugo-Fonte, the most important factor in the success of agroecology in Cuba is “the Revolution, which gave us, and guaranteed us, property of the land; which developed us educationally, technically and socially; which inculcated in us the values of collectivism, cooperation and solidarity. But, above all, it dignified the men and women of the countryside and made them owners and made them responsible for much more than their parcel. It has made women and men conscious of their responsibility: feeding the people and protecting the environment, so that future generations of Cubans can also eat and have a clean and healthy countryside in which to live.”

“Thanks to all its revolutionary history, which dates back to the XIX century, the Cuban peasantry has accumulated very many experiences”, says Brazil’s João Pedro Stédile, one of the leaders of his country’s Landless Workers’ Movement (MST). “Apart from having gone through the green revolution, it has maintained its people’s revolution alive and has for fifty years been resisting against all aggressions of imperialism. For this, it is today the campesino sector that’s most ideologically and scientifically prepared to help us all campesinos and campesinas of the world to deal with the challenges imposed by capital”. (7)

But observers should not romanticize or idealize Cuba’s reality. Agroecology in Cuba faces serious challenges and contradictions (8). The government does not intend to do away with conventional industrial farming, and it is pushing ahead with the development of genetically modified crops (9), something that Funes and other Cuban agroecologists have vocally opposed (10). Some in the top levels of the Communist Party view agroecology as no more than a temporary band aid, to be discarded once the Special Period ends. But Funes, Vásquez and many other Cuban farmers are convinced that agroecology is the way to go today and will also be the way to go tomorrow. In the words of Funes, “Let’s do organic farming now, not out of necessity but rather with the conviction that it really is the path to take”.

Carmelo Ruiz-Marrero is a Puerto Rican author, environmental educator and investigative journalist. He is a research associate at the Institute for Social Ecology and director of the Puerto Rico Project on Biosafety. His Twitter feed is @carmeloruiz

1) Orlando Lugo-Fonte. Taken from the prologue to Revolución Agroecológica en Cuba: El Movimiento Campesino a Campesino de la ANAP en Cuba. B.M. Sosa, A.M. Roque Jaime, D.R. Avila Lozano y P.M. Rosset. First edition published in Cuba in 2010.

2) Funes et al. “Sustainable Agriculture and Resistance: Transforming Food Production in Cuba” Food First Books http://www.foodfirst.org/store/book/Sustainable_Agriculture_and_Resistance; Ben Block. “Traditional Farmer Knowledge Leads Cuba to Organic Revolution” Worldwatch Institute http://www.worldwatch.org/node/6435; “The Power of Community: How Cuba Survived Peak Oil” http://www.powerofcommunity.org/cm/index.php, You can see the whole documentary in: http://vimeo.com/8653921

3) SOCLA PhD program blog http://doctoradoagroecoudea.wordpress.com/

4) Fernando Funes-Monzote. “La agricultura cubana en camino a la sostenibilidad”. LEISA magazine, July 2001.

5) http://www.foodfirst.org/store/book/Campesino_a_Campesino

6) Revolución Agroecológica en Cuba: El Movimiento Campesino a Campesino de la ANAP en Cuba. B.M. Sosa, A.M. Roque Jaime, D.R. Avila Lozano and P.M. Rosset. First edition published in Cuba in 2010.

7) João Pedro Stédile. Taken from his prologue for Revolución Agroecológica en Cuba: El Movimiento Campesino a Campesino de la ANAP en Cuba. B.M. Sosa, A.M. Roque Jaime, D.R. Avila Lozano and P.M. Rosset.

8) Miguel Altieri and Fernando Funes Monzote “The paradox of Cuban agriculture” Monthly Review, January 2012 http://monthlyreview.org/2012/01/01/the-paradox-of-cuban-agriculture

9) Information resources on genetically modified crops in Cuba compiled by the Puerto Rico Project on Biosafety. http://bioseguridad.blogspot.com/search/label/Cuba

10) “Transgénicos: ¿Qué se gana? ¿Qué se pierde? Textos para un debate en Cuba” Texts compiled by Fernando Funes Monzote and Eduardo Francisco Freyre Roach

http://www.foodfirst.org/en/node/2451

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Did An Israel Lobby Front Group Organize McCain’s Trip To Syria?

0

In an attempt to dispel embarrassing reports that Senator John McCain’s “surprise” trip to Syria featured a meeting with kidnappers – including Mohammad Nour of the Northern Storm rebel group – behind the 2012 abduction of 11 Lebanese religious pilgrims, The Daily Beast’s Josh Rogin cited Mouaz Moustafa, the executive director of a little-known organization called The Syrian Emergency Task Force:

“Nobody self-identified as Nour, and none of the guys who were standing outside were in the meeting with McCain,” said Mouaz Moustafa, executive director of the Syrian Emergency Task Force, an American nonprofit that helped organize the McCain trip. Moustafa is in the picture and was also inside McCain’s meeting with the rebel commanders, along with Task Force political director Elizabeth O’Bagy.

Rogin’s defense of McCain, of course, rests on the perceived independence of Moustafa’s “NGO.” The Syrian Emergency Task Force, however, appears to have close ties to one foreign government and its powerful American lobby. Not only is Mouaz Moustafa listed as one of the Washington Institute’s “experts,” he recently addressed the AIPAC-created think tank’s annual Soref symposium on the theme of “Inside Syria: The Battle Against Assad’s Regime.”

Even more intriguingly, one of the web addresses for Moustafa’s nonprofit is “syriantaskforce.torahacademybr.org.” The “torahacademybr.org” URL belongs to the Torah Academy of Boca Raton, Florida whose academic goals notably include “inspiring a love and commitment to Eretz Yisroel.”

Of course, none of this will come as any surprise to those familiar with John McCain’s lifelong service to the Land of Israel, a commitment that has invariably been at the expense of U.S. interests.

Update: Asked by a social media friend for his thoughts on my piece, Moustafa tweeted:

“utter BS I was born in a refugee camp denied entry to Palestinian territories by Israel even with American passport”

Perhaps his friends in the lobby can put in a good word for him.

After all, he helped organize their leading American asset’s trip to Syria; he’s a contributor to WINEP’s forum for Arab democrats; and for a dispossessed Palestinian refugee bears remarkably few grudges. “The Jewish American community here has always supported humanitarian causes and has always stood by the right thing,” he recently told the Jewish Daily Forward, “and I hope they’ll continue to do so.”

Maidhc Ó Cathail is an investigative journalist and Middle East analyst. He is also the creator and editor of The Passionate Attachment blog, which focuses primarily on the U.S.-Israeli relationship. You can follow him on Facebook and Twitter @O_Cathail.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Texas woman arrested in connection with mailing ricin letters to President Obama

0
 
 

Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for Chrome. Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


A Texas woman has been arrested in connection with the mailing of three letters containing ricin to President Barack Obama, New York City Mayor Mike Bloomberg and the director of Mayors Against Illegal Guns, federal authorities said.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘May jobless rate in US rises to 7.6%’

0

Job seekers line up to attend a job fair at a Holiday Inn in New York City, United States. (file photo)

New official data show the upward trend of the unemployment rate in the United States.

The US Department of Labor issued a statement on Friday saying that the country’s jobless rate rose 0.1 percent in May from 7.5 percent in April.

The figure means that nearly 12 million Americans are officially out of work. Still, unofficial reports show the unemployment rate across the US is much higher, some suggesting the actual figure is over 20 percent.

The US economy also contracted at an annual rate of 0.1 percent in the fourth quarter of 2012. The contraction was a sharp slowdown from the more than 3 percent growth rate in the July to September quarter of the same year.

Meanwhile, a new survey conducted by Thomson Reuters/University of Michigan found that the US consumer confidence fell in April as the Americans are more cynical about their financial prospects.

According to the report, consumers are also pessimistic about the economic outlook for the coming months.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Kerry’s Secret Gift to Egypt

0

Josh Rogin
thedailybeast.com
June 7, 2013

While employees of American NGOs sat in Egyptian prisons, Secretary of State John Kerry quietly waived the law that would prevent the U.S. from sending the Egyptian military $1.3 billion worth of weapons this year.

Congress erupted in anger June 4, when Egyptian courts sentenced 43 NGO workers, including 16 Americans, to jail terms of up to five years for working in NGOs not registered with the government. Only one of those Americans, the National Democratic Institute’s Robert Becker, actually stayed in Egypt to await the verdict. He was given two years in prison. The other American organizations targeted included the International Republican Institute and Freedom House. All of those organizations had been operating in the open in Egypt for several years before the government raided their offices and forced them to flee the country in December 2011.

But what most in Congress didn’t know was that on May 10, Kerry had waived the restrictions lawmakers had put in place to make sure that U.S. military aid to Egypt wouldn’t continue unless Egypt made progress on its path to democracy, rule of law, and human rights. The State Department’s notification of Kerry’s move, which was never released to the public, was obtained by The Daily Beast.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 12:11 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Clinton Slips in Poll After Benghazi Hits, Christie’s Up

0

John McCormick
Bloomberg
June 7, 2013

Hillary Clinton hasn’t decided whether she’ll run for president in 2016, a status that doesn’t matter to the brewing class of potential Republican candidates already running against her.

And, in the pre-campaign posturing, her prospective opponents are having some impact. Clinton’s political standing is declining after months of criticism for her handling of a terrorist attack last September that left four Americans dead in Libya, a Bloomberg National Poll shows.

The former U.S. secretary of state’s favorability rating of 58 percent dropped 12 percentage points since December, when she recorded her top score in the survey at 70 percent. The proportion of Americans who say they view her very unfavorably has also doubled during that period, to 22 percent from 11 percent.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 11:59 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Lacking “Leninists”

0

There’s a special place in my heart for writers whose day job is unconnected from their art. Whether it is Charles Bukowski sorting mail by day and writing profane short stories in the evening or fellow poet Wallace Stevens sitting behind a desk at Hartford Insurance, I have to believe that the flame burns brighter when you are writing “on your own time”.

And within that special place, there are those people who held down administrative positions at universities, as I did at Columbia University for 21 years until retiring last August. One of them was Hal Draper who worked as a microfilm acquisitions librarian at Berkeley by day while making major contributions to Marxist theory by night, including the five-volume Karl Marx’s Theory of Revolution. Of course, his night hours were freed up for this kind of productive work once he severed his ties to a group called International Socialism, a forerunner of the ISO whose members have laid siege to CounterPunch in recent weeks. When he quit the IS in 1971, he summed the experience up in a way that could apply to the entire alphabet soup of “Leninist” sects: “From behind its organizational walls, it sends out scouting parties to contact the working class, and missionaries to convert two here and three there.” (http://www.marxists.org/archive/draper/1971/alt/alt.htm)

And then there’s George Scialabba. After starting out as a substitute teacher and a Welfare Department caseworker, the same jobs I held down in the 1960s before becoming a computer programmer, he got a job as a building manager at Harvard University, his alma mater. When I met George at a book party for his newly published For the Republic: Political Essays on the upper west side (where else?) a month or so ago, I could not help but chuckle. You are one of those facilities people, I said with a knowing smile. (I pictured him in a windbreaker with his name stenciled on the breast pocket training a flashlight on a delinquent boiler.)

The hostess of the book party was a Harvard graduate herself and spoke glowingly about her contacts with George as an undergraduate. She described him as part of the broader milieu of the campus that made her education such a memorable experience. If I had introduced George, I would have gone a bit further. Considering all of the scandalous muck-a-mucks who have spoken in the name of the university over the years, from Alan Dershowitz to Larry Summers, I would say that the school would have had a much better reputation if George had been in charge.

Probably we are better off that he has focused on what he is cut out for: reviewing books and writing political essays. Notwithstanding the very real possibility that print publishing is going the way of the blacksmith, we are blessed to have someone as good at that craft as George Scialabba who I would count as one of the best we have since the passing of Gore Vidal.

With his feeling for the average person (his parents were working-class), his pellucid writing style, his wit, and his broad range of interests, George makes the short article or review an art form in itself. For those who have seen it at its best–from Edmund Wilson to the aforementioned Gore Vidal–there is pleasure enough in reading a review without the need to purchase the book under consideration. As someone who finds the Sunday Times Book Review, the fiefdom of one neoconservative or another for the past three decades at least, aggravating to the point of punching your fist through the wall, George’s reviews are manna from heaven.

Drawn from many sources (ranging from Salmagundi to the Village Voice), the reviews and articles cover authors both sublime (Edmund Wilson) and ridiculous (Irving Kristol). A typical Scialabba article starts off with a whiz-bang opening paragraph. Here he is on Edmund Wilson:

It’s said that Art Tatum’s technique persuaded a great many young pianists to become insurance salesmen. Edmund Wilson’s chops were equally phenomenal; not as sheerly, immediately dazzling, perhaps, but in range, erudition, penetration, clarity, and unfussy elegance, no less jaw-dropping. And just as Tatum’s multi-volume Complete Solo Masterpieces (Pablo) is one of the summits of piano jazz, the Library of America’s new two-volume issue of Wilson’s essays and reviews from the 1920s, 30s, and 40s is one of the summits of twentieth-century literary criticism.

Thank goodness that when George Scialabba first came across Wilson’s prose, he did not decided to become an insurance salesman (or executive) like Wallace Stevens. Ironically, he did become a kind of white-collar slave at Harvard University but that did not prevent him from carrying on in Edmund Wilson’s tradition.

To complete the circle, George’s take on Edmund Wilson’s “To the Finland Station”, a famous essay about Lenin’s secret trip to Russia on a German train, evokes Hal Draper’s breach with “Leninist” dogmatism. Referring to Wilson’s critics like Paul Berman and David Remnick who found Wilson altogether too charitable to Wilson, George reminds us of Wilson’s political independence and willingness to challenge dogma–an obvious duty for intellectuals in the conformist 1930s:

And in the chapter on “Lenin at the Finland Station,” Wilson gives the last word to the anti-Bolshevik revolutionary Bogdanov, who, revolted by Lenin’s authoritarian declarations, “furiously scolded the audience: ‘You ought to be ashamed to applaud this nonsense — you cover yourselves with shame! And you call yourselves Marxists!’”

It seems to me that, notwithstanding his later self-criticism about To the Finland Station, Wilson was as clear-sighted about the evils of Leninism as his critics.

How true. Except that I would regard today’s “Leninists” as lacking the capacity to construct a dictatorship on the scale of Stalin’s. Their saving grace is their impotence.

Louis Proyect blogs at http://louisproyect.wordpress.com and is the moderator of the Marxism mailing list. In his spare time, he reviews films for CounterPunch.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Turkey PM 'Preparing for Confrontation' as Protest Tension Builds

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

As tensions continued to build in Turkey over the government's heavy handed police crackdown in over a week of mass demonstrations, Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan returned to the country, defiant and angry, to decry the protests as “bordering on illegality” and called for an immediate end to the pro-democracy movement that has garnered international support.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Syria Army retakes villages near Qusayr

0

Syrian troops have managed to retake control of several villages near the recently liberated strategic city of al-Qusayr in Homs province.

According to Syrian sources, the army pushed foreign-backed militants out of the central villages of Salhiyeh, Masoudiyeh and Buwayda al-Sharqiya, just north of Qusayr, on Friday.

Scores of militants are reported to have been killed in the clashes.

The latest series of military successes come a day after government forces recaptured the nearby village of al-Dabaâ„¢a and retook control of a border crossing in the Golan Heights.

Syrian troops established control over the key city of al-Qusayr on Wednesday following weeks of heavy clashes with militants. Al-Qusayr, which lies 10km from the Lebanese border, was a major supply route for militants fighting against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

The Syrian Army is now in control of most of the towns and villages near the border with Lebanon.

There have been reports of heavy clashes between government forces and militants in Aleppo, Lattakia, Idlib, Deir Ezzor and several Damascus suburbs.

According to Syria’s official news agency SANA, Saudi and Yemeni nationals were among those killed in Lattakia clashes.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

HM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

What’s Wrong With the NSA Collecting Your Phone Records?

0

Michael S. Rozeff
lewrockwell.com
June 7, 2013

Verizon is being forced by the government to disclose telephone recordsof all of its customers. Those of us who want our call records to be private are being forced to reveal them to the government. We can’t keep them private even if we want to. What is wrong with the government spying on us in this way?

Murray Rothbard has made a clear and correct libertarian case against any compulsory speech. As I understand this, our thoughts are our own. They are private. Our imaginings are our own. Our fantasies are our own. We can imagine the most heinous crimes and plan them out in our minds if we wish. We can have any sexual fantasies we wish to have. We can indulge in as many hateful, malevolent and spiteful thoughts as we wish. We can have private saintly wishes, fond hopes, mistaken views, ill-formed ideas, flashes of genius, communications with God or with the devil, atheistic thoughts, artistic ideas, or superstitions. I hardly scratch the range of what we can think. It is that vast. If it is illegitimate, in the libertarian world explained by Rothbard, to use force against a non-aggressor, then no one has a right to make us talk or to make us reveal our thoughts because our thoughts are not aggressions. That’s one argument.

Here’s a second argument. If force is allowable to be used on people’s thoughts, two kinds of results will rise in frequency. First, people will be forced to reveal thoughts that they don’t want revealed because they consider them damaging to themselves or others. People simply could not get along with one another if what people thought of each other or knew about each other were revealed or could be revealed or were made to be revealed. Society would break down. Second, people will be forced not to reveal thoughts that they want to be revealed, such as new ideas that go against conventional wisdom. Think of the suppression and persecution of Galileo. Both kinds of results cause costs to the person and society. The right to think and speak and the concomitant right to think and not speak limit these two costs.

Free speech extends to related activities. If you have a right to speak or not to speak, then you have a right to commit your thoughts to paper and keep the paper private. You have a right to communicate your thoughts to others and keep that contact private. Speech extends to joint communications with others and to the making of joint plans. It extends to using various means of communication, such as paper and electronic devices. These actions are natural extensions of free speech and the same libertarian-law reasoning applies.

You can privately conspire by yourself or with others (plan) to build the most marvelous energy-saving device, or you can privately conspire (plan) to dope a horse in a horse race. The latter cannot be a crime because you haven’t actually doped the horse. Furthermore, you can change your mind and not dope that horse. Neither one of these private plans, for good or ill, invades the rights of others. Both are exercises of one’s rights. Yes, it is no crime to plan a crime, by this reasoning. To say otherwise opens up the Pandora’s Box of controlling all speech (and associated behavior) in the name of preventing crime and of finding people guilty of thought crimes, as opposed to actual crimes. This is rank totalitarianism. The government engages in this via conspiracy laws.

Verizon is an intermediary. The government is essentially making you and me send them a record of our calls. I’ve made three arguments against this, all of them viewing this as going against free speech and as an invasion of privacy.

First, under libertarian law reasoning, making you reveal your records when you have committed no crime is an aggression and illegitimate. Second, if such aggression is permitted, it results in two serious costs, which are associated with revealing speech that people want kept private and suppressing speech that people want made widely known. Third, such aggression is part and parcel of a totalitarian mindset that, by extension, attempts to control speech as a preventive measure and find people guilty of thought crimes that have aggressed against nobody.

What the government is doing to Verizon’s customers is wrong for these reasons.

The government argues that it’s going to use the data to catch terrorists or potential terrorists who intend to violate rights of innocent people. The government is for sure invading our free speech rights against the slim possibility that terrorists will invade our lives. Which of these is a greater threat to us? Our own government’s totalitarian moves in the past 10 years or potential terrorists who are being encouraged by our own government’s activities overseas?

Can any rights ever be secured by a government that believes it is proper for it to invade some or many rights in order to secure others? Isn’t this yet another Pandora’s Box? Isn’t a government with this kind of power wide open to invading any rights it pleases?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 11:43 am

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Massive Police Drill in Los Angeles

0

Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

An Infowars listener posted this video of the recent Los Angeles Police Department’s Counter Terrorism and Special Operations Bureau live-fire drill in Los Angeles. The drill involved LAPD officers repelling from police helicopters onto city streets, firing blank ammunition at pretend suspects while taking cover behind armored vehicles.

LAPD conducted the drill in conjunction with the National Homeland Security Association’s conference at the Bonaventure Hotel in downtown Los Angeles.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 11:44 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Year of the… pig? US and Chinese presidents' summit, with meat at the top of the agenda

0



Published time: June 07, 2013 16:30

Download video (35.09 MB)
Embed

Code

China may be on the verge to clinching a takeover of US pork producer, which, if the deal goes through, will be the biggest Chinese takeover of an American company.

Chinese President Xi Jinping and US President Barack Obama meet
for their first summit in California on Friday. The business
world is looking for any signs of greater cooperation on trade
and investment, especially the meat trade issue.

At the summit, the Chinese are eager to invest in the US, while
the world’s largest economy needs those investments to boost the
economic recovery.

With demand growing China’s biggest meat company Shaunghui
International is looking to purchase top US pork producer
Smithfield Foods for a reported $4.7 billion.

The deal still requires approval from the US Committee on Foreign
Investment. Smithfield shareholders will receive $34 per share.

“Together, we will be able to meet the growing demand in China
for pork by importing high-quality meat products from the US,”
Shuanghui said in a statement.

As the world’s most populous nation is getting richer, the
Chinese demand for meat is also increasing, which has driven
imports sky high. Local meat firms are now switching their eyes
abroad for partnership and acquisitions of foreign meat farms.

China bought in 25,640 tonnes of US pork in April, compared with
nearly 32,000 tonnes a year before, according to the US Meat
Export Federation.

Shuangui already controls China’s top pork producer and believes
the takeover will give the US company “the opportunity to
expand its offering of products to China.”
 

Workers cut up meat at a sausage factory in Xiamen, southeastern China's Fujian province. (AFP Photo)

China has also been showing more interest in beef. Importing beef
is much cheaper for the Chinese than breeding cattle, Reuters
reports. Beef imports jumped in January-April to more than 75,000
tonnes, over 10 times more than during the same period last year.


“Farmers aren’t breeding any more. It gives poor returns and they
prefer to move to cities to work where they can earn 100 yuan
($16.30) a day, while a cow only earns them 3,000 yuan a
year,”
Liu Chunsheng, sales manager at one of China’s
earliest beef processors Fuhua told Reuters. “The beef market
is very scattered. There’s not a single big company,” Liu added.
“It’s to do with capital. This year everyone’s losing money. Live
cattle are expensive and imports are cheap. It’s quite
simple.”

As China’s demand for beef is growing fast, the US still hopes to
set foot on the Chinese market. China currently allows beef
imports from Australia, New Zealand, Argentina, Uruguay and Costa
Rica. Four Canadian firms have been added to the list of
authorized exporters. A deal has also been signed with India to
import buffalo meat.


“If China opens its market to US and Indian beef, the growth rate
(in imports) will exceed double-digits,”
Reuters quotes
Rabobank analyst Pan Chenjun as saying.

Zhigang Tao, from Hong Kong University’s School of Economics and
Finance, spoke with RT about the relations between the US and
China. He believes that the Americans can never get enough.

“I think the meeting is extremely crucial in building up trust
between the two countries. To the Chinese people, they get the
feeling it’s always the Americans who are asking for more and
more on the economic front. So, they are asking China to open up
the market,”
he explains. “Once you open up the market
they ask you to buy more US treasury bonds. With Americans
constantly asking for more, you feel like an athlete — the better
you perform, the more you have to deliver in the future. This is
the feeling for the Chinese people. To me, China and the US,
these two countries are like a couple. You don’t really argue in
front of many people, you should really argue in your own home.
So, this meeting is really crucial for these two countries’
leaders’ building personal trust.”

Another field of major Chinese interest in the US is commercial
real estate. Just a few days after the Shuanghui International
announced it would buy US pork producer Smithfield Foods came in
the news of the reported $1.4 billion sale of the 50 storey
General Motors tower in mid-town Manhattan. A group led by
real-estate tycoon Zhang Xin acquired a 40 percent stake in the
most expensive building in the United States, China Daily USA
reports. The deal was closed on June 2.

Also behind the diplomacy, there’s a range of prickly subjects
between the two countries, with Washington accusing Beijing of
launching a cyberwar. The accusations of cyber warfare have been
mutual, and the US has openly accused the Chinese of cyber
snooping on government entities as well as media outlets.

Many American media outlets -The New York Times, The Washington
Post, and Bloomberg News- reported hacking on sensitive data in
early February, 

The cyber espionage has also spilled over to US military and
defense data. The US Defense Science Board publish a report
saying that nearly 40 Pentagon weapons programs and almost 30
other defense technologies were compromised by Chinese hackers,
some allegedly tied to the military or government.

In February US data company Mandiant reported it tracked
141cyber-attacks
conducted by a single Chinese hacker group since 2006, 115 of
which targeted US corporations.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Obama weighs in on NSA surveillance programs

0
 
 

Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for Chrome. Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


United States President Barack Obama weighed in Friday morning on a series of scandals involving the National Security Agency and the alleged spying of US citizens.

Pres. Obama concluded remarks about his Affordable Health Care
Act during an address in Northern California Friday morning when
he fielded a single question about the NSA and recently disclosed
programs involving the reported surveiling of US citizens’
Internet and phone habits.

“I think it’s important to recognize that you can’t have 100
percent security and also then have 100 percent privacy and zero
inconvenience
,” the president told the crowd while delvering
several minutes of unscripted remarks on the NSA.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Monsanto faces third lawsuit regarding rogue wheat

0

St. Louis Business Journal
June 7, 2013

An environmental group and a Washington farmer each filed suit against
Monsanto yesterday, bringing to three the number of lawsuits the company faces over claims it failed to prevent genetically modified wheat from contaminating regular wheat fields.

The Center for Biological Diversity and Dreger Enterprises, a Washington farm, each filed suit in Spokane, Wash., yesterday, Bloomberg reports. A Kansas farmer filed a similar suit against Monsanto earlier in the week.

In its suit, the Center for Biological Diversity’s lawyers said they seek to represent all people and entities that grew soft white wheat since May 13. The suit seeks a court ordering finding Monsanto negligent, compensation for the plaintiffs’ losses and an order requiring Monsanto to decontaminate wheat fields.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 11:16 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

High School Blocks Infowars.com

0

Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

An Infowars reader posted this video showing that his high school blocked access to Infowars.com.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 11:15 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Win!: California's San Onofre Nuclear Plant to Close Permanently

0

The sun sets on San Onofre. (Photo: dolanh/cc/flickr)In a victory for anti-nuclear activists, the trouble-stricken San Onofre nuclear plant is set to close permanently.

The plant’s operator, Southern California Edison, made the announcement on Friday.

The closing of San Onofre “is very good news for the people of Southern California,” said Erich Pica, president of Friends of the Earth (FOE).

As long-time anti-nuclear activist Harvey Wasserman has noted, the plant

sits in an earthquake/tsunami zone halfway between Los Angeles and San Diego. At least 8 million people live within a 50 mile radius, many millions more within 100. The reactors are a stone’s throw from both a major interstate and the high tide line, with a 14-foot flood wall a bare fraction of the height of the tsunami that overwhelmed at Fukushima.

“We have long said that these reactors are too dangerous to operate and now Edison has agreed,” added said Pica. 

The San Onofre Safety website has pointed out that

San Onofre consistently has the highest number of safety and discrimination allegations (complaints) compared to all other U.S. nuclear power plants, according to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) data.

The plant had been out of commission since January 2012 because of a leak detected in its steam generator, and in April a whistleblower warned a local news station of a “potentially catastrophic problem” at the plant and said that a faulty redesign of the plant’s steam generators put the system at risk of a “full or partial meltdown.”

With the plant now set to close, “the people of California now have the opportunity to move away from the failed promise of dirty and dangerous nuclear power and replace it with the safe and clean energy provided by the sun and the wind,” said FOE’s Picah.

______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

'US-led airstrike kills 8 Taliban forces'

0

US fighter jets conduct an airstrike in an area of Afghanistan. (file photo)

A US-led airstrike has killed at least eight Taliban militants and injured several others in the troubled central Afghanistan, security sources say.

The people were killed in the attack that targeted a house in Wardak Province on Thursday night.

Afghan officials said on Friday that Afghan forces confiscated weapons and ammunition from the militants following the attack.

The US-led foreign forces have not yet commented on the incident.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but the country is still gripped by insecurity.

In late April, the Taliban announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The militant group said it would use “every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and US-led forces. They specifically mentioned insider attacks, and bomb attacks.

The announcement prompted the Afghan authorities to beef up security in major cities across the country, including the capital city of Kabul.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Thousands of Women March Against Guatemala's Decision to Annul Military Dictator's Sentence

0

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Two weeks ago, Guatemala’s Constitutional Court overturned the historic guilty verdict of the nation’s former military dictator Efraín Ríos Montt, who had been convicted of committing genocide and crimes against humanity during his short reign from 1982 to 1983. The Constitutional Court’s decision annulled Montt’s 80-year prison sentence and ordered that the final weeks of the case be retried. At 86 years old, Ríos Montt was the first former head of state in Latin America to be sentenced for genocide by his own country.

In response, human rights organizations across Latin America organized actions protesting the sentence annulment, supporting the victims of genocide and condemning legal impunity. In Guatemala, an estimated 5,000 people marched through the capital on May 24. Simultaneous actions occurred in front of the Guatemalan embassies in Buenos Aires, Argentina; Mexico City, Mexico; Managua, Nicaragua; Lima, Peru; Tegucigalpa and San Pedro Sula in Honduras. Additional protests occurred in El Salvador and Costa Rica.

Competing interests

David Oliva, a member of the human rights organization HIJOS Guatemala, said that the march in Guatemala was the biggest mobilization he has seen around the issue of memory and unmasking impunity in the justice system.

“Today there are more people out than the day that Guatemala mobilized to protest the assassination of Monseñor Gerardi,” he said, referring to the Guatemalan bishop and human rights defender who was murdered two days after the 1998 publication of the groundbreaking report Guatemala: Never Again. The report compiled hundreds of testimonies about crimes committed during the nation’s protracted civil war and genocide against indigenous communities, and it laid the groundwork for Montt’s subsequent trial.

At the march, human rights activists who had spent years organizing for Montt’s trial asserted that the ruling and sentence was still valid.

Pilar Maldonado of the Center for Justice and Accountability – one of the two co-counsels on the trial – has spent the last 13 years seeking justice for Montt’s crimes. He explained, “The sentence was definitive, and we are going to defend it. This ruling from the Constitutional Court cannot stop justice in Guatemala. We are not disposed to repeat the trial, because it is disrespectful to the Ixil victims and the other communities who were also victims of genocide.”

Montt’s legal battle began in 1999, when he was indicted for torture, genocide and crimes against humanity. In 2012, he was re-indicted, and indigenous Ixil communities began presenting testimonies about the reign of terror and murder that occurred under Montt’s military dictatorship from 1982 to 1983.

But at the same time, the business elite of Guatemala began openly positioning itself against Ríos Montt’s trial. The nation’s leading business association, the Coordinating Committee of Agricultural, Commercial, Industrial and Financial Associations, publicly stated that it “defends the importance of knowing how to leave the past behind.” To Oliva, this stance clearly exposed those who financed genocide in Guatemala – and who now benefit from burying this history.

According to Nelson Rivera, a human rights activist and member of the Community Press, genocide, historical memory and today’s business practices are all connected. “They are all involved,” he said. “Those who are in the right-wing parties, those in organized crime and drug trafficking, the traditional elite families – and now transnational economic interests.”

“Unfortunately we are used to these dirty tricks by the justice system, which benefits those with money,” she said as the march passed Guatemala’s Supreme Court. She took a moment to read aloud the signs: “Genocide is written with a G, for military Government.” “You can retry them but they’ll never be innocent.” “My heart is Ixil.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

“The High Priests of Globalization”: Bilderberg Conference Convenes

0

Stephen Lendman
Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

On June 5, the London Evening Standard headlined “No minutes, no press conferences — just the world’s power brokers chewing the fat on the issues of the day. It’s the Bilderberg conference — and it’s coming to a suburb near you.”

On June 6, it convened. It continues through June 9. It’s a rite of spring. A previous article said British political economist Will Hutton calls attendees the “high priests of globalization.”

Powerful movers and shakers have their own agenda. They’re up to no good. They meet annually face-to-face. They conspire, collude and collaborate against populist interests. Their’s alone matter.

According to Bilderberg Meetings.org:

“Founded in 1954, Bilderberg is an annual conference designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America.”

“Every year, between 120 -150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference.”

“About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.”

“The conference is a forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.”

“Thanks to the private nature of the conference, the participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions.”

“As such, they can take time to listen, reflect and gather insights.There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.”

“The 61st Bilderberg meeting will take place at the beginning of June 2013 in the UK.”

Earlier articles discussed their agenda. Their ideal world isn’t fit to live in. Democracy is verboten. They want one world government. They want unchallenged global dominance.

Their wish list includes universal rules they set, centralized global control, perpetual crises and wars, NATO operating worldwide, abolishing the middle class, establishing ruler-serf societies, and having unchallenged wealth and power in their hands.

They want what they say goes enforced as policy. Obedient serfs can expect subsistence crumbs at best. Non-believers will be eliminated. New world order priorities alone matter.

Bilderberg’s Steering Committee includes a dozen prominent Americans. David Rockefeller’s called an Advisory Group member.

He’s attending. A published list excludes his name. He’s called the master spider for good reason. He’s been dominant for decades. On June 12, he turns 98. He’s fading. Who’ll replace him isn’t clear.

In her book “Web of Debt,” Ellen Brown quoted economist/geopolitical analyst Hans Schicht saying:

“What has been good for Rockefeller, has been a curse for the United States. Its citizens, government and country indebted to the hilt, enslaved to his banks.”

“The country’s industrial force lost to overseas in consequence of strong dollar policies (pursued for bankers not the country.”

Rockefeller’s no longer the force he once was.

“(S)ixty years of dollar imperialism (is ending). The day of financial reckoning is not far off any longer.”

“With Rockefeller’s strong hand losing its grip and the old established order fading, the world has entered a most dangerous transition period, where anything could happen.”

Bilderberg rogues plan a world unfit to live in. They may end up destroying it in the process. It’s hard imagining a more malevolent force. US members reflect the worst of what it stands for. More on some prominent ones attending below.

They’re meeting at Britain’s five-star Grove Hotel. It’s 18 miles from London. It’s ideal for secluded meetings. While ongoing, police state security’s enforced.

Operations go on round-the-clock. Area residents have to show police passports, drivers licenses, or other accepted photo IDs to go home, to work, or attend to other personal business.

Civil liberties are suspended. De facto martial law’s in force. What Bilderberg rogues want they get. They want the worst of all possible worlds spread globally.

Prominent American attendees in alphabetical order include:

Roger Altman:

He’s a former Lehman Brothers partner. He left before its dissolution. Perhaps he helped push it over the edge. He was Clinton’s Deputy Treasury Secretary. He’s a Bilderberg Steering Committee member.

He’s founder and executive chairman of Evercore Partners. It’s a prominent predatory investment banking advisory firm. It specializes in mergers, acquisition, divestitures, restructurings, financings and other strategic transactions.

It operates the old-fashioned way. It recommends leveraged buyouts, asset-stripping targeted companies, and leaving thousands of employees high and dry on their own.

Jeff Bezos:

He’s Amazon’s founder and CEO. It’s the world’s largest online retailer. Earlier he worked on Wall Street and for a New York-based hedge fund.

In March 2013, Forbes estimated his net worth at $25.2 billion.

Martin Feldstein:

He’s Harvard University Professor of Economics. From 1982 — 1984, he was Reagan’s Council of Economic Advisors chairman and chief economic advisor. He’s National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) president emeritus. It’s an elitist organization.

Many of its members have been conservative Nobel economics laureates. Others served as White House chairmen of the Council of Economic Advisors.

It’s well known for announcing when recessions begin and end. It does so inaccurately. It ignores an ongoing protracted Main Street Depression.

In 2006, Feldstein was on Bush’s Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board. In 2009, he served Obama in a likewise capacity.

His other affiliations include the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, and American Enterprise Group among others. He been a board member of several major corporations.

Timothy Geithner:

A previous article discussed his legacy of shame. His rap sheet includes various Treasury posts, IMF Policy Development and Review director, New York Fed president, vice chairman of the Fed’s Open Market Committee (FOMC), and Obama’s Treasury Secretary.

He partnered with former Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson and Fed chairman Ben Bernanke. They planned the grandest of grand thefts. They implemented banker bailouts.

They looted the federal treasury. They stuck taxpayers with the bill. They debased the currency. They transformed America into an unprecedented money making racket.

He and other Bilderberg rogues want spread globally what they did to America. They conspired with their EU partners doing the same thing to Western Europe.

They bear full responsibility for today’s global economic crisis. They planned it for greater wealth and power control.

Donald Graham:

He’s Washington Post Company chairman and CEO. His holdings include TV stations, municipal cable systems, and Kaplan, Inc. It provides higher education testing, training, and professional courses. It’s ethically and legally challenged.

It specializes in ripping off students. It does so for profit. It features scams and other fraudulent schemes. It sacrifices education for bottom line priorities.

It’s faced numerous lawsuits. In 2007, a class-action one on overcharging was settled. It shows no signs of changing its ways. Doing business the old fashioned way matters most.

Robert D. Kaplan

His articles are featured in numerous scoundrel media publications. Defense Secretary Robert Gates appointed him to the Defense Policy Board. Bill Clinton and George W. Bush reportedly sought his counsel.

In 2011, Foreign Policy magazine called him one of the world’s “top global thinkers.” He’s Stratfor Global Intelligence chief geopolitical analyst. According to Professor Daniel Drezner:

“What Kaplan and George Friedman share is a sense of geographical determinism that allows them to claim predictive powers.”

They and likeminded ideologues advance amoral national interest priorities. Resource control weighs heavily.

Professor Robert Farley added:

“Kaplan’s talent is to tell the powerful what they want to hear with the veneer of both theoretical insight and empirical knowledge, while possessing neither.”

His book “Balkan Ghosts” allegedly influenced Clinton’s thinking on Serbia, Bosnia and Kosovo. Its dark side analysis characterized Yugoslav people as primitive and violent.

He calls Iran a potential regional hegemon. He says “Iranians do respond to pressure, but it has to be extreme.”

At an earlier Davos World Economic Forum meeting, Stratfor’s George Friedman addressed Iran saying, “There is a solution to (weapons) proliferation, and this is bombing them.” Perhaps Kaplan’s view is likeminded.

Henry Kissinger:

Previous articles discussed him. He was an early architect of new world order harshness.

He’s a notorious war criminal. His rap sheet includes three to four million Southeast Asian war deaths.

He was instrumental in overthrowing Chile’s democratic government. Augusto Pinochet replaced Salvador Allende. Reign of terror arrests, killings, torture and neoliberal harshness followed.

He backed Suharto’s brutal dictatorship. His Kopassus special forces terrorized Indonesians. Their record includes kidnappings, rape, torture, targeted killings, sweeping violence, mass murder, and other atrocities against anyone challenging his authority.

He supported his West Papua takeover. He OK’d his East Timor invasion. Over two hundred thousand East Timorese died. Around half a million more were displaced.

In two months, 10% of the population was annihilated. It was prelude for what followed.

Kissinger supported the Khmer Rouge’s rise to power and reign of terror. He encouraged a Kurdish revolt against Saddam Hussein. He then abandoned them. He advised Bush and Cheney on Iraq policy.

He backed a 1974 Cypriot fascist coup. He defended Turkey’s brutal invasion. He was complicit in Operation Condor. Pinochet and other Latin American despots reigned terror against alleged communists and political opponents. Tens of thousands perished.

He supported Pakistan’s “delicacy and tact” in overthrowing Bangladesh’s democratically elected government. Half a million deaths followed.

In 1974, his secret National Security Study Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200) called for drastic global depopulation. Developing nations are resource rich, he said. They’re vital to US growth.

He wanted useless eaters eliminated. He said “Depopulation should be the highest priority of US foreign policy towards the Third World.”

He supported involuntary mass sterilizations. He wanted birth control made a prerequisite for US aid. He wanted hundreds of millions eliminated by 2000.

He endorsed the worst of Israeli crimes. He deplores peace. He supports war and state terror. He symbolizes the worst of imperial lawlessness.

Henry Kravis:

He’s co-chairman and co-CEO of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (KKR). It calls itself “a leading global investment firm with deep roots in private equity, diversified capabilities….decades of financial and operational experience, broad industry knowledge, and a powerful network of global relationships.”

It specializes in leveraged buyouts. It asset-strips companies for profit. It dumps thousands of employees doing so. It makes money the old fashioned way. Bottom line ones alone matter.

Forbes estimates his net worth at $4.5 billion.

Jessica T. Mathews:

She’s a Bilderberg Steering Committee member. She’s Carnegie Endowment for International Peace president. From 1977 — 1979, she was National Security Council Office of Global Issues director.

She held various other executive and legislative government posts. From 1980 — 1982, she was a Washington Post editorial board member.

Her husband is retired four-star Air Force General Charles G. Boyd. He’s a Council on Foreign Relations program director. He’s Business Executives for National Security president. He’s a prominent Project on National Security Reform member.

Richard Perle:

He’s a Bilderberg Steering Committee member. He’s known as “the prince of darkness.” He’s a prominent uberhawk. He favors conflict over diplomacy. He served as Reagan’s Assistant Secretary of Defense and Global Strategic Affairs. He was GW Bush’s Defense Policy Board Advisory Committee chairman.

He’s associated with the Project for the New American Century and American Enterprise Institute. Both organizations figured prominently in post-9/11 wars.

His other affiliations include the Hudson Institute, pro-Israeli front group Washington Institute for Near East Affairs (WINEP), the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs (JINSA), and Center for Security Policy among others.

David Petraeus

He gained prominence as US Central Command head, International Security Assistance Force commander, and CIA director. Defrocking followed Petraeusgate.

A previous article said forget resignation over extramarital sex. Lots of elected and appointed Washington officials had affairs. Many likely have current ones.

Numerous former presidents had them. Defrocking never forced any from office.

Competence didn’t earn Petraeus four stars. Former peers accused him of brown-nosing his way to the top. It made him a brand as much as general.

Talk earlier surfaced about his presidential aspirations. In 2007, Time magazine made him runner-up Person of the Year.

White House and media spin praised his stellar performance. Before he fell from grace, he was called aggressive in nature, an innovative thinker on counterinsurgency warfare, a talisman, a white knight, a do-or-die competitive legend, and a man able to turn defeat into victory.

His former commander, Admiral William Fallon, called him “a piece of brown-nosing chicken shit.”

He’s more myth than man. His failures were called successes. His career advanced by being super-hawkish, brown-nosing the right superiors, lying to Congress, surviving the scorn of some peers, hiding his failures, hyping a fake Iranian threat, supporting Israel, unjustifiably claiming Iraq success, and boasting how he’d do it throughout the region.

He manufactured successes. He concealed failures. He’s out of the public spotlight but not gone.

In March 2013, he became honorary Office of Strategic Services (OSS) chairman. It was the CIA’ s predecessor organization.

He’s also a City University of New York visiting professor. In May, UCLA named him Judge Widney Professor. He’s Currahee Board of Trustees president. KKR named him KKR Global Institute chairman.

Robert Rubin:

He formerly chaired Goldman Sachs and Citigroup. He served as Clinton’s Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, National Economic Council head and Treasury Secretary.

Time magazine once called him, Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan, and Deputy Treasury Secretary Larry Summers “The Committee to Save the World.”

They did more wrecking than saving. They helped get Glass-Steagall repealed. They influenced Commodities Futures Modernization Act  (CFMA) passage.

It legitimized swap agreements and other hybrid instruments. They’re at the core of major financial problems. It prevented regulatory oversight of derivatives and leveraging. CFMA and Glass-Steagall’s repeal made Wall Street a casino operating on only the house wins rules.

CFMA legitimized derivatives scams. Enron took full advantage. It fleeced investors and energy purchasers with impunity. It did so until its house of cards collapsed.

At the time, Alan Greenspan endorsed derivatives. He lied calling them a way to share risks. They turned an economic downturn into a protracted Main Street Depression.

Clinton/Rubin/Summers/Greenspan/Bernanke/Paulson/Geithner, and other co-conspirators engineered it.

Eric Schmidt:

He’s Google executive chairman. Forbes estimates his net worth at $7.5 billion. He’s a regular Bilderberg attendee. A previous article discussed his close Bilderberg ties.

 Infowars reporters Paul Joseph Watson and Jon Scobie said Google’s “merging” with Bilderberg.

It’s “being recast as ‘Google-Berg’ — partly because of efforts on behalf of activists to tear away the veil of Bilderberg’s much cherished secrecy, and partly as a means of re-branding authoritarian, undemocratic secret gatherings of elites as trendy, liberal, feel-good philanthropic-style forums like Google Zeitgeist and TED.”

Schmidt thinks “privacy is a relic of the past.” He “plans to turn Google into the ultimate Big Brother.”

He and Bilderberg members share common aims. In part, they reflect a “collectivist, permanently networked world (without) individuality and privacy.” They’re partnering for greater global control. Doing so makes Bilderberg’s ideal world unfit to live in.

James Wolfensohn:

He’s Australian born. He became a naturalized US citizen. From 1995 — 2005, he was World Bank president. Along with the IMF and other major international lending agencies, it debt entraps nations.

It wages financial war on humanity. It mandates structural adjustment harshness.

It prioritizes privatization of state enterprises, mass layoffs, deregulation, deep social spending cuts, wage freezes or cuts, corporate-friendly tax cuts, unrestricted Western corporate market access, trade unionism crushed or marginalized, and stiff repression targeting non-believers.

In 2005, Wolfsensohn founded Wolfensohn & Company. It’s a global emerging markets private equity firm. It advises governments and large corporations doing business in emerging market economies.

Since 2006, Wolfensohn’s also been Citigroup International Advisory Board chairman.

In 2009, he became a China Investment Corporation International Advisory Council member. In October 2010, he regained his Australian citizenship.

Robert Zoellick:

He’s a prominent neocon. He was a Project for a New American Century member. He advocated post-9/11 wars.

Paul Wolfowitz succeeded Wolfensohn as World Bank president. Zoellick succeeded him. He served from 2007 to 2012.

He formerly was a Goldman Sachs managing director, as well as Deputy Secretary of State and US Trade Representative under GW Bush.

Under Reagan, he held various Treasury positions. He was Counselor to James Baker, Executive Secretary of the Department, and Deputy Assistant Secretary for Financial Institutions Policy.

He was GHW Bush’s Under Secretary of State for Economic and Agricultural Affairs. He also served as Department Counselor.

In 1991 and 1992, he was Bush’s G7 summit representative. He 1992, he served as White House deputy chief of staff.

From 1993 — 1997, he was Fannie Mae executive vice president. He bears much responsibility for helping to inflate the housing bubble.

During George Bush’s 2000 presidential campaign, he was one among other self-styled “vulcans.” Others included Condoleezza Rice, Paul Wolfowitz, Richard Armitage, Richard Perle, Stephen Hadley, Scooter Libby, and Dov Zakheim.

The term alludes to the Roman god of fire and metalworking.

Zoellick’s other past and present affiliations include Enron’s advisory board, Alliance Capital, Said Holdings, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Aspen Institute’s Strategy Group, former Defense Secretary William Cohen’s Defense Policy Board, and the Center for Strategic and International Studies among others.

Other notable Bilderberg attendees include IMF head Christine Lagarde, European President Jose Manuel Barroso, former appointed Italian Prime Minister Mario (three-card) Monti, Britain’s Chancellor of the Exchequer George Osborne, Goldman Sachs International chairman Peter Sutherland, as well as numerous other politicians, corporate bosses, investment firm heads, journalist insiders and others.

They comprise a virtual rogues gallery of scoundrels. An official list excludes likely figures kept private. Bill and Hillary Clinton were spotted arriving. Rumor suggests Obama and Britain’s David Cameron may attend. Perhaps we’ll know more later on.

Stephen Lendman’s post first appeared on Globalresearch.ca.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 11:00 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

EU official slams Turkey police violence

0

Riot police confront protesters during a demonstration in Ankara on June 5, 2013.

A senior European Union official has criticized the excessive use of police force against anti-government protesters in Turkey, calling for an investigation into the violence.

Stefan Fule, the EU enlargement commissioner, made the remarks at a conference in Istanbul on Friday ahead of talks over Ankaraâ„¢s hope to join the EU.

Å“The duty of all of us, European Union members as much as those countries that wish to become one, is to aspire to the highest possible democratic standards and practices,” Fule said.

Anti-government demonstrations have been held in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns since May 31. Protesters call for the resignation of Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

According to Turkish reports, at least four people, including a policeman, have been confirmed dead during the protests so far.

The EU official said that the bloc was not intended to give up Ankaraâ„¢s accession, but Turkey should maintain values of fundamental rights and freedom.

Å“Peaceful demonstrations constitute a legitimate way for these groups to express their views in a democratic society. Excessive use of force by police against these demonstrations has no place in such a democracy,” Fule stated.

He called for a Å“swift and transparent” investigation into the week-long unrest and that those responsible to be held to account.

Turkish Human Rights Foundation says some 4,300 people have been hurt or sought medical care for the effects of tear gas inhalation. The Turkish government says dozens of police officers have been injured.

The anti-government unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last green public space.

Amnesty International has censured the Turkish police for the tactics they have used to control the protests.

SAB/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NSA telephone, Internet spying data shared with British Intelligence

0

Data covertly collected by the US National Security Agency (NSA) from American telecom and Internet firms has been shared with its British counterpart, media reports revealed.

Britain’s Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) has been
given information gathered in the US-run PRISM system, which grants the American spy
agency a direct line to data stored on the servers of Google,
Facebook, Apple, Yahoo and five other tech giants.

Documents obtained by the Guardian revealed that the GCHQ has had
access to PRISM since at least June 2010, having generated 197
intelligence reports from it last year. Access to the information
has allowed the British electronic eavesdropping and security
agency to bypass the formal legal process required to obtain such
information from a non-UK-based company.

Throughout PRISM’s seven-year existence, operatives at the NSA
and FBI have collected email, video and voice chat, videos,
photos, voice-over-IP (Skype) chats, file transfers and social
networking details, with the ostensible purpose of thwarting
terror attacks.

In a statement to the Guardian, the GCHQ insisted it “takes
its obligations under the law very seriously.”
Apple, Google,
Yahoo, Microsoft and Facebook have all publically disavowed
knowledge of PRISM or any cooperation with the program.

The GCHQ was further provided access to so-called “telephony
metadata” culled from the telephone records of millions of US customers of
Verizon — one of the largest telecommunication companies in
the United States — current and former US intelligence officials
familiar with the operation told the Daily Beast.

Intelligence sources revealed that in a few cases, the NSA had
shared unedited analysis of the metadata with the GCHQ. However,
British nationals were reportedly not allowed to sit at the
physical terminals where NSA analysts mined metadata.

“My understanding is if the British had a phone number, we
might run the number through the database for them and provide
them with the results,”
said one former senior US
intelligence official with knowledge of the program.

The Foreign Intelligence Surveillance (FISA) Court granted both
the NSA and the FBI unfettered access to the metadata from April
25 to July 19 of this year. This data does not reveal the actual
content of the telephone conversations or the names of the
participants on either line, though the numbers dialed — as well
as the time and duration of the calls — are included.

Late Thursday, James Clapper, Director of National Intelligence
in the US, decried the leaks on the programs as
“reprehensible.”

“The unauthorized disclosure of information about this
important and entirely legal program is reprehensible and risks
important protections for the security of Americans,”
he
said.

Clapper further said that media reports surrounding the programs
were rife with inaccuracies, adding that the collection of
communications is allowed under Section 702 of the Foreign
Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA).

Since 1946, the US and the UK have been party to the United
Kingdom-United States of America Agreement, which facilitates the
sharing of signals intelligence between the two nations. The
agreement was later expanded to include the commonwealth states
of Canada, Australia and New Zealand.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Senators slam EPA for leaking farmers’ personal data to environmentalists

0

dailycaller.com
June 7, 2013

A bipartisan group of senators is calling on the Environmental Protection Agency to answer for leaking the personal data of about 80,000 farmers and ranchers to left-wing environmental groups.

“The EPA’s disclosure of personal information is not the first time sensitive data has been leaked to outside organizations under the Obama administration,” said South Dakota Republican Sen. John Thune.

Thune joined a bipartisan group of senators in sending a letter to acting EPA administrator Bob Perciasepe, asking the agency to answer for its actions.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 10:47 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Dirty Wars and the Cinema of Self-Indulgence

0

Let me begin with some background not covered in the film. Dirty War derives from “La Salle Guerre”, the term the French applied to their counter-terror campaign in Algeria, circa 1954-1961.  Algeria wanted independence, and France resisted.

Like subject people everywhere, the Algerians were badly outgunned and resorted to guerrilla tactics including “selective terrorism,” a hallmark of the Viet Minh, who fought the French until 1954, when America claimed Vietnam as its rightful property.  Viet Minh tactics were derived largely from Mao’s precepts for fighting a People’s War.

Selective terrorism meant the murder of low-ranking officials — collaborators — who worked closely with the people; policemen, mailmen, teachers, etc. The murders were gruesome — a bullet in the belly or a grenade lobbed into a café — designed to achieve maximum publicity and demonstrate to the people the power of the nationalists to strike crippling blows against their oppressors.

Whether the Great White Fathers are French or American or English, they agree that putting down a People’s War means torturing and slaughtering the people — despite the fact that most people are not engaged in terrorism or guerrilla action and have no blood on their hands.

As John Stockwell taught us years ago, Dirty War means destabilizing a targeted nation through covert methods, the type the CIA has practiced around the world for 66 years. Destabilizing means “hiring agents to tear apart the social and economic fabric of the country.

“What we’re talking about is going in and deliberately creating conditions where the farmer can’t get his produce to market; where children can’t go to school; where women are terrified inside their homes as well as outside; where government administered programs grind to a complete halt; where the hospitals are treating wounded people instead of sick people; where international capital is scared away and the country goes bankrupt.”

Economic warfare — strangling nations like Cuba, Iraq and Iran in Medieval fashion — is a type of Dirty Warfare beloved by the Great White Fathers who control the world’s finances. Though no less deadly than atomic bombs, or firebombing Dresden, it is easier to sell to the bourgeoisie.

You’ll hear no mention of this in Scahill’s film, nor will you hear any references to Phil Agee, or the countless others who have explained Dirty War to each generation of Americans since World War Two.

You will not hear about psychological warfare, the essence of Dirty War.

America’s first was terror guru was Ed Lansdale, the advertising executive who made Levi’s blue jeans a national craze in the 1930’s.  He applied his sales skills to propaganda in the OSS and after WW II, concocted a new generation of psywar tactics as an agent of the Office of Policy Coordination assigned to the Philippines under military cover. Lansdale’s bottomless black bag of dirty tricks included a “skull squadron” death squad that roamed the countryside, torturing and murdering Communist terrorists.

One of Lansdale’s counter-terror “psywar” tactics was to string a captured Communist guerrilla upside down from a tree, stab him in the neck with a stiletto, and drain his blood. The terrorized Commies fled the area and the terrified villagers, who believed in vampires, begged the government for protection.

Lansdale referred to his sadism as “low humor,” an excuse borrowed liberally by American officialdom during the Abu Ghraib prison scandal.

Lansdale formalized “black propaganda” practices to vilify the Communists: one of his Filipino commando units would dress as rebels and commit atrocities, and then another unit would arrive with cameras to record the staged scenes and chase the “terrorists” away.

Lansdale brought his black propaganda and passion for atrocity to Saigon in 1954, along with a goon squad of Filipinos mercenaries packaged as “Freedom Company.”

Under Lansdale’s guidance, Freedom Company sent Vietnamese commandoes into North Vietnam, under cover as relief workers, to activate stay-behind agent nets and conduct all manner of sabotage and subversion. Disinformation was a Lansdale specialty, and his agents spread lurid tales of Vietminh soldiers’ disemboweling pregnant Catholic women, castrating priests, and sticking bamboo slivers in the ears of children so they could not hear the Word of God.

In the South, with the help of the American media, Lansdale re-branded the heroic Vietminh as the beastly Viet Cong.

Lansdale’s greatest innovation, still used today, was to conduct all manner of espionage and terror under cover of “civic action.” As a way of attacking Viet Minh agents in the South, Lansdale launched “Operation Brotherhood,” a Filipino paramedical team patterned on the typical Special Forces A team. With CIA money, Operation Brotherhood built medical dispensaries that the CIA used as cover for terror operations, as depicted in the book and movie The Quiet American.

Levis never went out of fashion, nor did Lansdale’s dirty tricks. Think Saddam Hussein killing babies in their incubators. Such disinformation invariably works on an American public looking for any excuse to rationalize its urge for racist genocide.

Think Argo and Zero Dark Thirty and every Rambo and Bruce Willis films.

Only Americans were fooled by the propaganda, and the Vietnamese quickly caught on. So the CIA in 1956 launched the Denunciation of Communists campaign, which compelled the Vietnamese people to inform on Commies or get tortured and murdered. The campaign was managed by CIA agents who could arrest, confiscate land from, and execute Communists and their sympathizers on the CIA’s master list.  In determining who was a Communist, the CIA used a three-part classification system: A for dangerous party members, B for less dangerous party members, and C for loyal citizens.

As happened later in the Phoenix program, the threat of an A or B classification was used to extort innocent civilians, while category A and B offenders were put to work building houses and offices for CIA officers and their lackeys.  And, of course, the puppet Vietnamese President used his CIA created, funded and trained security forces to eliminate his political rivals.

As Lansdale confessed, “it became a repressive tool to liquidate any opponent.”

“This development was political,” Lansdale observes. “My first inkling came when several families appeared at my phoenixhouse one morning to tell me about the arrest at midnight of their men-folk, all of whom were political figures. The arrests had a strange aspect to them, having come when the city was asleep and being made by heavily armed men who were identified as `special police.””‘

Lansdale complained, but he was told that a “U.S. policy decision had been made. We Americans were to give what assistance we could to the building of a strong nationalistic party that would support Diem. Since Diem was now the elected president, he needed to have his own party. ”

How We Got To Scahill’s Dirty War

By 1962, as the US expanded its Dirty Wars in the Far East and South America, the military replaced its Office of Special Operations with an up-dated Special Assistant for Counter-insurgency and Special Activities (SACSA).   SACSA assigned unconventional warfare forces to the CIA and regular army commanders, who initially resisted.

The development of psychological warfare and special operations is explained in Michael McClintock’s Instruments of Statecraft. For the CIA politics behind it, see Burton Hersh’s The Old Boys.

In 1965 Lansdale went back to Vietnam to run the Revolutionary Development Cadre Program as the CIA’s “second station” with a staff of CIA officers, Green Beanies, and Daniel Ellsberg.  Vietnam was a laboratory and the CIA was experimenting with Pacification, aka “the Other War.”

In 1967, the CIA created the Phoenix program to coordinate everyone in its Dirty War. Phoenix combined existing counterinsurgency programs in a concerted effort to neutralize the civilians running the shadow government.  Neutralize means to kill, capture, or make to defect.  Central to Phoenix was that it targeted civilians. “By analogy,” said Ogden Reid, a member of a congressional committee investigating Phoenix in 1971, “if the Union had had a Phoenix program during the Civil War, its targets would have been civilians like Jefferson Davis or the mayor of Macon, Georgia.”

Under Phoenix, due process was nonexistent.  South Vietnamese civilians whose names appeared on CIA blacklists were kidnapped, tortured, detained without trial, or murdered on the word of an informer. Phoenix managers imposed a quota of 1,800 neutralizations per month on the saps running the program in the field, opening it up to abuses by corrupt security officers, policemen, politicians, and racketeers.  One CIA officer described Phoenix as, “A very good blackmail scheme for the central government. `If you don’t do what I want, you’re VC.”‘

Because Phoenix assassinations (totaling 25,000+) were often conducted at night while its victims were home sleeping, Phoenix proponents describe the program as a “scalpel” designed to replace the “bludgeon” of My Lai-style search and destroy operations, air strikes, and artillery barrages that indiscriminately wiped out entire villages and did little to “win the hearts and minds” of the people.  But that was just propaganda and Phoenix was, among other things, an instrument of counter-terror — the psywar tactic in which enemy agents were brutally murdered along with their families and neighbors as a means of terrorizing the people into a state of submission.  Such horrendous acts were, for propaganda purposes, often made to look as if they had been committed by the enemy.

This practice is at the heart of the film I will be reviewing.

As noted, conventional soldiers hated Phoenix. General Bruce Palmer, commander of the U.S. Ninth Infantry Division in 1968, objected to the “involuntary assignment of U.S. Army officers to the program. I don’t believe that people in uniform,” he said, “who are pledged to abide by the Geneva Conventions, should be put in the position of having to break those laws of warfare.”

Palmer’s was such a charming sentiment. By 2004, Obama advisor Lt. Col. David Kilcullen, in an article for Small Wars Journal, was calling for a “global Phoenix Program.”   Tom Hayden wrote an article for The Nation about Kilcullen in 2008 titled “Reviving Vietnam War Tactics”.

Fact is, Phoenix never went out of fashion. As McClintock notes, “Counterinsurgency and indeed all aspects of special warfare doctrine had developed a reasonable level of political sophistication by the mid-1970s, acknowledging the necessity of combining military and civil initiatives.”

By 1975 SACSA had expired, the nation had internalized its humiliating defeat in Vietnam, and the CIA, wounded by the Church Committee hearings, went underground. The age of counter-terror began. Central and South America were the new laboratories.  The CIA forged secret alliances with proxy nations like Israel and Taiwan, whose agents taught Latin American landowners how to organize criminals into death squads which murdered and terrorized labor leaders, Human Rights activists, and all other enemies of the Great White Fathers.

To compensate for the reduction in size of its paramilitary Special Operations Division, the CIA formed its Office of Terrorism. Meanwhile, the military branches beefed up their terror capabilities, all of which glommed together in December 1980 in the Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC). Steve Emerson chronicles this development in detail in Secret Warriors (1988).

JSOC’s mission, conducted on the Phoenix model with the CIA, is identifying and destroying terrorists and terror cells worldwide.  Paramilitary personnel are often exchanged between JSOC and CIA.

By the early 1980s, CIA and military veterans of the Phoenix program were running counter-insurgency and counter-terror ops worldwide.

General Paul Gorman, who commanded U.S. forces in Central America in the mid-1980′s, defined this advanced form of Dirty War as “a form of warfare repugnant to Americans, a conflict which involves innocents, in which non-combatant casualties may be an explicit object.”‘ (Toledo Blade 1 Jan 1987)

All of which brings me to my review.

Dirty Wars

Dirty Wars is a post-modern film by Jeremy Scahill, about himself, starring himself in many poses.

The film owes more to Sergio Leone and Kathryn Bigelow than Constantinos Gavras. Scahill certainly is no Leslie Cockburn: there is no Tony Poe telling how the CIA facilitates heroin shipments; no Richard Secord suing him for unraveling the financial intrigues of the CIA’s secret operators.  The CIA is rarely mentioned.

There is no reference to the Guerra Sucia in Argentina.

Scahill is no Franz Fallon documenting the devastating psychological effects of racism on society. There are no cameos by Jean-Paul Sartre advocating violent retribution on Hollywood, no mingling with the Taliban in their caves as they conspire against their Yankee oppressors at the Sundance Film Festival.

We get the first taste of his self-indulgent idiocy when he says it is “hard to tell” when the Dirty War began. He does tell us, however, that he is on the “front lines” of the war on terror.

Scahill (hereafter JS) brags that he wasn’t going to find the front lines in Kabul, although he could have, if he knew where to look. Instead he just looks around furtively on his way to the scene of a war crime.  We see a close-up of his face.

The endless close-ups artfully convey the feeling that our hero is utterly alone, on some mythic journey of self-discovery, without a film crew or interpreters. There is no evidence that anyone went to Gardez to make sure everyone was waiting and not toiling in the fields or tending the flocks, or whatever they do. And we’ll never find out what the victims do. The stage isn’t big enough for JS and anyone else.

This is a major theme throughout the story — JS is doing all this alone and the isolation preys on him. He bears this heavy burden alone, with many soulless looks.

Initially, there is no mention that journalist Jerome Starkey reported what happened in Gardez. JS is too busy establishing himself as the courageous super-sleuth. As we drive along the road, he reminds us how much danger he is in. Two journalists were kidnapped here, he says. This area is “beyond” NATO control.  He must get in and out before nightfall or the Taliban will surely kill him like the Capitalist dog he is.

In my drinking days, we referred to this type of behavior as grandiosity. Telling everyone how you defied death, so the guys would talk about your exploits in the bars, and the girls would fall at your feet.  For JS, this formula is working — a visit to his Facebook page reveals scores of “Millennial girls” wringing their hands and fretting for his safety as he strides across America’s secret battlefields in search of the truth. His carefully crafted Wiki bio furthers the legend.

Using the material gathered by Starkey (whom he eventually acknowledges), JS shows that in February 2010, American soldiers murdered five people in Gardez, including two pregnant women, and tried to cover it up by digging the bullets out of the targeted man’s body. He interviews the surviving family members.  They weep. Violin music plays. They seem more like props than human beings.

JS ingenuously asks various Afghan and American officials, why the cover-up? The officials suggest that the targeted man was working for the Taliban — and if you play that double-game, you risk your family and friends. The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff tells JS they were in the wrong place at the wrong time. He says there will be no investigation.

Cut to Capitol Hill where, by his own account, JS has greatness thrust upon him. “It is imperative,” he tells Chairman John Conyers, “that Congress investigates this shadow war to examine its legality.”

What, one wonders, was Conyers thinking? Forty-two years earlier, after hearing testimony from Bart Osborn and Michael Uhl about the Phoenix program, Conyers and three other U.S. representatives stated their belief that “The people of these United States … have deliberately imposed on the Vietnamese people a system of justice which admittedly denies due process of law …. In so doing, we appear to have violated the 1949 Geneva Convention for the protection of civilian peoples.”

His testimony, JS tells us, “throws him into the public arena,” ever so reluctantly. He revisits his Blackwater testimony and shows pictures of himself with numerous celebrities on TV.

B-takes of Scahill walking among the common folk in Brooklyn, plotting his next move. Haunted by the horror of Gardez, he files FOIA requests and discovers that William McRaven is head of the Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC).  He’s stunned. He’s been a national security reporter for over a decade, and he’s never heard of JSOC before. It’s covert. The story has been hidden in the shadows, he says.

This was the turning point of the film for me. For a National Security correspondent, this is an admission akin to a botanist saying he’d never heard of flowers. It’s an admission that fairly sums up the sorry state of reporting in America today. Has JS ever read a book?

JS discovers that Gardez is not an isolated incident, and that JSOC rampages across Afghanistan with “unprecedented authority.”  He talks to a former JSOC soldier about its activities in Iraq, where it had hit lists and conducted night raids. This revelation, and the fact that McRaven took responsibility for Gardez, leads JS to conclude that JSOC is responsible for Gardez.  It certainly wasn’t Congress, which according to JS, has no control over JSOC. JSOC money comes from rich donors.

JS learns that JSOC is not only in Afghanistan, but that it operates worldwide, and that its hit lists get bigger all the time. And we hear, for the first time, the catchy phrase, “the world is a battlefield.”

At this point JS decides, with the help of The Nation brain trust, to investigate JSOC in Yemen where CIA drones are wiping out people by the score.

B-take of JS sipping tea thoughtfully. He’s going to talk to the most powerful man in South Yemen. We view of scene of a drone strike: 46 killed, including five pregnant women. A woman in a black veil says her entire family, save one daughter, were wiped out. Violin music. But there’s no cover-up here. In fact, Obama personally kept the journalist in prison who reported the strike.

What will Obama do to JS?

Once again, we fear for JS. Luckily he lives to talk to Rachel Maddow and Morning Joe. The greatness thrust upon him forces him onto TV shows everywhere. There he is with Amy Goodman!

More close-ups.  We count the pores on his nose, the hairs in his eyebrows. We feel the fear. He gets a strange call. Someone tells him JSOC tortures people without telling the CIA or regular army, which are too busy torturing people to care.

As he studies the hit lists, he comes across radical America Muslim, Anwar al-Awlaki.  After talking to Tony Schaffer, he realizes JSOC targets Muslims and that is why, along with the US invasion of Iraq, Awlaki is pissed off.  Awlaki is an American but is inciting people to revolution in Yemen, so Yemen allows the CIA to kill him.

Note — the CIA is mentioned maybe twice in the film.  Apparently it is so covert it escaped his notice.

We see JS in an exotic location. An airplane lands. JS is back in the USA. He’s been traumatized by what he’s seen. He tells anyone who will listen that the US cannot kill its way to peace, as if peace is the objective. The war on terror, he concludes, is creating enemies, which of course is the objective.

Before the American people can rally to JS’s clarion call, Obama sends some guys to kill Osama bin Laden.  This is too much of a coincidence to ignore. Was it done to subvert his investigation? In any event, McRaven and JSOC are now heroes. He meets a knowledgeable person who tells him the Dirty War will go on forever. He tells us about signature strikes that kill people randomly (but not that the CIA conducts them) and that the war on terror is out of control.

Pictures of JS pointing to countries on a map where JSOC operates. He decides to visit Somalia, where JSOC is snatching bodies and taking them to ships in the Arabian Sea, and outsourcing its Dirty War to mercenaries. He visits mercenaries wearing camo fatigues. There are no other journalists here, it is too dangerous. Someone hands JS a flak jacket. Someone tells him they bury traitors alive. The tension soars. He’s surrounded by armed men. There’s a gunshot.  He ducks behind sandbags.

We wonder who arranged for JS to meet these guys? Where did he get an interpreter? What’s the quid pro quo?

JS goes to a hospital morgue and look at a mutilated body.  After which he wants to go home. But he learns that Awlaki’s son has been killed and reluctantly he returns to Yemen.

I liked this part of the film. It seemed genuine. We see home videos of Awlaki’s son doing youthful happy things.  JS tries to understand why the US would deliberately kill a 16 year old kid? Which is a good question. Perhaps America is ruled by a murderous Cult of Death.

We see pictures of young girls smiling, and we revert back to the contrived scenes and monologue that drag the documentary down into gratuitous self-promotion. JS says he never had any idea where the story would lead, as if all this happened magically, like a rabbit pulled out of a hat.

The film ends and I wonder what he could have produced if he hadn’t melodramatized and spent so much time and film on close-ups. I wonder what he could have done if he’d read a few history books.

Ultimately, the film is so devoid of historical context, and so contrived, as to render it a work of art, rather than political commentary. And as art, it is pure self-indulgence.

And in this sense, it is a perfect slice of modern American life.

Doug Valentine is the author of five books, including The Phoenix Program. See www.douglasvalentine.com or write to him at dougvalentine77@gmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Philly Closes 23 Public Schools, Generously Builds $400 Million Prison Where Kids Can Hang Instead

0

Photo Credit: SHUTTERSTOCK.COM

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Philadelphia is so broke the city is closing 23 public schools, never mind that it has the cash to build a $400 million prison.

Construction on the penitentiary said to be “the second-most expensive state project ever” began just days after the Pennsylvania School Reform Commission voted down a plan to close only four of the 27 schools scheduled to die. Facing a $304 million debt, the Commission instead approved a measly $2.4 billion budget that would shut down 23 public schools, wiping out roughly 10% of the city’s total.

But it’s not like Pennsylvania does not have the money to fill the debt. Rather, PA’s GOP-controlled Houseof  Representatives recently passed a tax break for corporations that will cost the state an estimated $600 million to $800 million annually.

Plus, $400 million is being shoveled into this:

The penitentiary, which is technically two facilities, will supplement at least two existing jails, the Western Penitentiary at Pittsburgh and Fayette County Jail. Pittsburgh’s Western Penitentiary was built in 2003 with the original intention of replacing Fayette County Jail, but the prison has struggled with lawsuits claiming widespread physical and sexual abuse of prisoners.

Scheduled to be completed in 2015, the new prison’s cell blocks and classroom will be capable of housing almost 5,000 inmates. Officials said there will be buildings for female inmates, the mentally ill and a death row population.

The youths of color dispoportionately affected by school closings can just hang out there.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Zimmerman Defense Wants to Ban Words "Racist" and "Vigilante" from Trial

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

They don’t want the jury getting emotional.

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Attorneys represnting the man who shot Trayvon Martin have requested the judge forbid prosecutors from using words like ‘racist’ to describe George Zimmerman. Despite the fact that many of the descriptors they listed in their motion are central to the case, Zimmerman’s attorneys thinks they would elicit “unfounded connotations” and “unfair emotional responses.”

Here ae some of the words they hate, from HLN:

  • “Racial profiled” (or any variation)
  • “Vigilante”
  • “Self-appointed neighborhood watch captain”
  • “Wannabe cop”
  • “He got out of the car after the police(or dispatcher) told him not to”
  • “He confronted Trayvon Martin”

Zimmerman’s attorneys said this language would just manipulate the jurors’ emotions, making them biased against Zimmerman. Keep in mind, these are the same lawyers who wanted to claim Trayvon Martin was ‘paranoid’ and ‘aggressive’ because he, like many other teens, smoked pot sometimes.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

AlterNet Comics: Tom Tomorrow on Obama's "Relationship Talk" with Drone Sweetie

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

“Droney! I didn’t see you there!”

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Unemployment rate on the rise for the first time in two years

0

The unemployment rate in the United States jumped to 7.6 percent last month, up one-tenth of a point from April when the jobless figures were at the lowest since President Barack Obama first took the oath of office.

The US Department of Labor released its newest unemployment
figures on Friday, and economists say the latest report is
neither promising nor a sign to start panicking.

The news does, however, demonstrate that the previously
diminishing percentage of American workers filing jobless benefit
claims is again on the rise, even after months of that statistic
slowly dwindling from roughly one-out-of-ten down to a comparably
meager 7.5 percent. May’s report marks the first time that the
unemployment rate has actually gone up since June 2011.

According to the Labor Department statistics published every
month, unemployment at the dawn of the Obama presidency in Jan.
2009 was at 7.8 percent. That number pinnacled later that year
when it clocked in at 10 percent in October, but has been
declining steadily in the months and years since. Numbers have
been dropping from 9 percent since late 2011, hitting an
administration low last month at 7.5 percent.

Figures for May 2012 mark the first time that the unemployment
rate has gone up since September 2011. Economists polled by Fox
News expected the figure to stay stagnant at 7.5 percent.

That isn’t to say the latest report is all bad news, though.
Employers added around 175,000 jobs to their payrolls in the
month of May – or roughly the average of what was seen
month-by-month during the last year.

Given the federal cutbacks that started earlier this spring due
to the sequester, economists feared that numbers would be even
more dire than what the new report revealed. Around 14,000
federal jobs were lost last month, likely the direct result of
the spending cuts that were approved by Congress and went into
effect this past March. A wave of furloughs is expected to hit
civilian Defense Department workers and other federal employees
this summer, likely causing a snag in any effort at a rebound
from this month’s figures.

The manufacturing sector also shed around 8,000 jobs last month,
and figures for March and April were downgraded to reflect 12,000
fewer jobs than originally thought. According to the report, job
gains occurred last month in the retail, food and beverage
sectors, as well with professional and business services.

And although economists aren’t welcoming the report with open
arms, it could in fact be much worse. That’s the attitude most
expect the Federal Reserve to take, which is now unlikely to take
a new course of action in an attempt to revive the figures.

“It’s a decent report, but it’s not by any means robust,”
Conrad DeQuadros, senior economist at RDQ Economics, told the New
York Times. “It’s certainly not strong enough to get the Fed
to make any significant changes at its meeting in June
.”

The US has found itself increasingly turning to Federal Reserve
Chairman Ben Bernanke, especially in the wake of the crippling
recession that the country still struggles to fully rebound from.
Questions have amounted in recent months as to whether Bernanke
will continue the latest trend of quantitative easing – a bond
purchasing program overseen by the central bank meant to revive
the economy – but the newest figures suggest no new course of
action will be unveiled anytime soon.

“The long and short of the May employment report is that it
should put to rest any notion the economy is going into a swoon
as it did last year—and with that tapering talk stays on the
table
,” Steve Blitz, ITG Investment Research’s chief
economist, added to Bloomberg. “From a policy perspective, the
Fed may indeed keep up the taper talk not because the economy is
booming but precisely because it isn’t.”

“Today’s report did not provide additional clarity on whether
the Fed’s tapering of its asset purchase is a few months away as
expected by many market participants
,” Fannie Mae Chief
Economist Doug Duncan added to their report.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Syria: Israel Is Losing the Battle

0

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The EU-India FTA: Access All Areas, But Only For Corporate Plunder

Photo by Claude Renault

Global Research and Countercurrents 7/6/2013, The 4th Media 8/6/2013, Deccan Herald 12/6/2013 and State Times 18/6/2013

The EU-India Free Trade Agreement (FTA) is something that could fundamentally restructure Indian society and impact the lives of hundreds of millions of Indians. It is being negotiated ‘on the behalf of the public’ in secret by politicians and bureaucrats on both sides. Negotiations began in 2007, covering a wide range of areas, including various goods, products and services, as well as investment rules, government procurement; and intellectual property rights. After 16 rounds of talks, the issues are still being fine tuned.


Much of the negotiations are being conducted beyond the gaze of the public and the realms of public accountability. And demands for public scrutiny have been dealt a blow by a recent ruling.
Following a lawsuit by lobby watchdog Corporate Europe Observatory (CEO), the EU’s General Court in Luxembourg concluded that the European Commission (EC) did not violate EU rules when withholding information about the EU-India free trade talks from the public, even though it had already shared the information with corporate lobby groups. CEO warns that this decision risks deepening the secrecy around EU trade negotiations and legitimises the EC’s practice of granting corporate lobby groups privileged access to its policy-making, at the expense of the wider public interest.
The lawsuit was a last resort for CEO after the EC refused to fully release documents related to the EU’s ongoing trade negotiations with India, including meeting reports, emails and a letter, which it had sent to industry groups including the European employers’ federation Business Europe, one of the most powerful corporate lobby groups in Brussels. The EC claimed that the censored information was ‘sensitive’ as it concerned EU priorities and strategies in the negotiations and argued that public disclosure would undermine the EU’s international relations.
CEO argued that the information, which the EC had already shared with the business world at large, could not suddenly become confidential when a public interest group asked for it. The group accused the EC of manifest discrimination in favour of corporate lobby groups and violating the EU’s access to information rules.
CEO trade campaigner Pia Eberhardt said that there is a big risk that the EC will see the court ruling as a green light to continue to develop its trade policy behind closed doors, together with, and for, a tiny elite of corporate lobby groups. She added that the result is a trade policy that caters for big business needs, but works against the interests of the bulk of the population in the EU and other parts of the world.
The judgement comes as the EU and India are reportedly sorting out their remaining differences, in order to ink their final proposal for a free trade deal before elections in the EU and in India in 2014.
Both in India and the EU, trade unions, farmers’ groups, patients’ organisations and other civil society groups have repeatedly raised concerns about the potentially devastating impacts of the agreement, particularly on access to medicines and the livelihoods of Indian farmers and street traders (1).
CEO believes that the court ruling has potentially serious implications for other trade policies, such as the upcoming free trade negotiations between the EU and the US. In a press release from CEO, Pia Eberhardt states:
“Citizens and Parliamentarians are increasingly worried about the risks that the EU’s corporate trade agenda poses to food safety, digital rights and environmental protection. Trade negotiations should be conducted in an open and democratically-accountable way, and it is high time that the Commission stops handing over the negotiating agenda to multinational companies. It is disappointing that the court ruling seems to point in exactly the opposite direction.”
Such secrecy deepens the suspicion that the EU-India FTA has little to do with any notion pertaining to the ‘public interest’ and essentially represents the demands of big business and results from their strategic hegemony over government bureaucracies and politicians. 

With Western economies in crisis, India represents potential rich pickings for powerful transnational corporations. And the vultures are sweeping. In his January editorial piece in Kisan Ki Awaaz (National Magazine of the Farmer’s Voice), farmers’ leader Krishan Bir Chaudhary argues that India’s thousands of years old civilisation is being plundered. Industrial developments built with public money and strategic assets, such as energy sources, ports, airports and seeds and infrastructure support for agriculture are under threat. This view is apparently supported by Kavaljit Singh of the Madhyam research institute who argues that measures on investment could see the Indian government sued by multinational companies for billions of dollars in private arbitration panels outside of Indian courts if national laws, policies, court decisions or other actions are perceived to interfere with their investments. 

Indeed, corporations have been granted the exclusive right to sue states (states cannot sue corporations) at secretive international tribunals for action deemed to unfairly affect investors’ profits (2). It’s a one way street.

What we are seeing with the EU-India FTA (as is the case with India’s nuclear energy sector and the Knowledge Initiative on Agriculture (3) (4)) is democracy being sidelined for the blind pursuit of an unaccountable corporate driven agenda.

Notes

Repressing “Un-American Activities”: The Historical Roots of Today’s Homeland Surveillance State

0

Political rights are so easily taken for granted — until they’re threatened or curtailed by repressive laws. In the United States, they are usually most vulnerable when people are anxious about some outside threat.

After World War II, for instance, dissent became risky as relations with Russia hardened into Cold War I. Hysteria about domestic Communist subversion led quickly to state and congressional investigations of “un-American activities.” And in 1951, a Supreme Court decision led to the imprisonment of eleven Communist leaders, not for any overt acts threatening national security, but rather for trying to organize a political party and teach Marxism.

Today the threats to political liberty are no less imminent.

The groundwork was actually laid when a proposal for a massive rewrite of the US criminal code became the Nixon administration’s blueprint for crushing dissent and savaging the Bill of Rights. After Watergate and FBI-CIA revelations, proposed charters for the intelligence community were exploited as springboards to legalize intrusive techniques. Meanwhile, the Supreme Court moved toward prior restraint of free speech.

Prior restraint of the press became government policy in March 1979 when The Progressive magazine was prevented from publishing an article on the H-bomb. The ban succeeded for six months, on grounds that the 1954 Atomic Energy Act gave the government the right to suppress nuclear knowledge. Although the case was eventually dropped, the law may very well be used again.

Original Vanguard Press cover, 1980

 —

Support from other publications was slow in coming, possibly because the case involved a small Wisconsin monthly rather than a daily giant like The New York Times’ publication of the Pentagon Papers. The press gag ended only when other researchers found and printed the same “secrets.”

Even though the government dropped its case, it asserted that the section on violating national security secrets in the Atomic Energy Act would continue to be enforced, one of several “loaded pistols aimed at the First Amendment,” as writer Nat Hentoff put it.

In February 1980, the Supreme Court ruled, in the case of ex-CIA agent Frank Snepp, that government agencies have the right to restrict publication of national security information — even if the material is unclassified — when the book or article has been produced by a government worker with access to “confidential sources.”

The Court had effectively usurped the lawmaking powers of Congress and gone a long way toward enacting an American version of the British Official Secrets Act. In a letter to The New York Times, Harvard Law Professor Alan Dershowitz, who was working with Ted Kennedy at the time, said that an Official Secrets Act might not be needed since “we have one now.”

The decision went further that penalizing one CIA employee for breaking his contract. Any government worker in a relationship of trust with his agency, whether or not a written agreement exists, could have rights to speech diminished. The high court, with four Nixon appointees in the majority, buttressed lower court decisions involving CIA censorship of ex-agent Victor Marchetti. That case dealt with classified material, and the Court set up a powerful precedent for prior restraint that violated the public’s right to know.

In the 1950s and afterward, the intelligence community saw itself in a war with those who supposedly threatened the existing social order. Programs conducted in the heat of the Cold War ranged from, multi-million dollar covert actions worldwide — secret support for pro-American political parties, destabilization of “unfriendly” regimes, arms transfers, training and propaganda — to a wide range of domestic “counter-intelligence” efforts.

Americans were shocked to learn that the FBI, CIA, National Security Agency (NSA) and others had conducted massive campaigns of spying and subversion directed at American citizens, most of whom had never committed any crimes.

After the revelations of the mid-1970s Congress moved toward defining a set of standards, to be codified in several laws. But by the time the first of these, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) was passed in 1978, the mood had already changed. There was little objection when CIA Director Stansfield Turner nullified regulations banning the use of journalists, academics and the clergy in intelligence work.

Under a 1978 Presidential order on intelligence work, an investigation or covert project could be initiated if a person was “reasonably believed” to be involved in activities which may or may not involve legal violations, or was aiding or conspiring in these possible activities. Reasonable belief as a standard does not require concrete evidence that a law is being broken. The “potential” for a threat can be enough.

As pressures for action in the Middle East mounted, President Carter asked for a freer rein in initiating programs (the CIA was already supplying arms to rebels in Afghanistan, according to several sources). Carter also wanted less public access to CIA information. One proposal was to bar US citizens from obtaining information about any program that didn’t directly involve the individual.

Critics of this exemption to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) said it would damage historical and journalistic research and informed public debate. Yet, in a hasty reaction to international tensions, congressional oversight and an independent check of intelligence operations became another casualty of the obsession with “national security.”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Obama administration 'took Bush's warrantless surveillance to another level'

0

The Obama Administration claims it is different from its predecessor, yet it has taken George Bush’s warrantless surveillance to new extremes, Dr. Binoy Kampmark, a lecturer at Australia’s RMIT University told RT.

Amid growing public uproar spurred by the disclosure of two
massive secret US surveillance programs, American intelligence
services confirmed they collect the private messages of
millions of Internet users. However, they insist that the mass
surveillance only targeted “non-US persons” who are outside the
country.

Dr. Kampmark told RT that he believes this explanation is
“nonsense.”

RT: The American intelligence chief claims the data
collections are targeting only “non-US persons” outside the US.
Do you buy into that explanation, that millions of Americans were
not affected?

BK: No, I don’t. I actually think that the point about it
is mass surveillance, the point about it is that the tapping into
— for example through the order as was mentioned in the broadcast
from the foreign intelligence surveillance court — is
that Verizon, for example, full access has been given to
virtually all the messages that are sent.

The idea that there are American citizens or non-citizens being
involved in this is total nonsense. The fact is that all people
are involved. Precisely because a lot of communications involves
American service, they might be taking place in another country.
But that’s irrelevant. The fact and the matter is that the
surveillance establishment that has been created is monitoring
these communications as well.

RT: The spy chief also said that the disclosure of a
secret court document on phone record collection threatened
“irreversible harm.” Do you believe citizens must know of such
sweeping surveillance?

BK: Yes, I certainly do think it’s very important that
citizens do understand where they are when it comes to the
government they have in the country they are in, because, quite
frankly, such particular measures that have been taken are
extraordinary and quite vast. What is very
interesting about the Obama administration is that they, the
officials of the Administration, claim they are quite different
from the Bush administration.

What George Bush Jr. did was essentially a case of warrantless
surveillance: So that was no warrant, it was surveillance taken
en mass. And then, what the Obama administration has done is
taken it effectively to another level, for example, using such
acts as the Protect America Act of 2007 and the FISA [Foreign
Intelligence Surveillance] Amendment Act of 2008. We are talking
about extensive surveillance. And I think citizens should know
exactly what is happening when it comes to these sorts of
things. 

RT: Such tactics are allegedly used to
combat terrorism. If it was indeed helping to prevent attacks,
does the end justify the means here?

BK: I don’t really think so. [One of the senators]
connected with the intelligence committee, Dianne Feinstein makes
the point that this is all part of the business, “we need to know
what’s going on there.” Which is fine; that’s not in itself an
objection. But I think it’s fundamental that people do know that
this is what is being done. The very curious remarks that have
been made some of the senators — one of them is Senator [Saxby]
Chambliss — is that no one has made a complaint about what is
being done. But obviously people have not complained because they
absolutely have no idea that the material that they are putting
forth through social media, for example, are actually being
tapped into by the National Security Agency (NSA) and the FBI.

This article originally appeared on: RT

GM’s $9,800 Car — We Can’t Buy Due to EPA and DOT

0

Eric Peters
ericpetersautos.com
June 7, 2013

How much is the EPA and DOT costing you?

One way to quantify this is to consider a car GM builds — but which you can’t buy. Well, not unless you move outside the United States — and beyond the diktats and fatwas of the EPA and DOT.

It is called the Sail — and GM makes it in China. It retails for 60,000 yuan — equivalent to about $9,800 in “federal” reserve notes.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 10:19 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Jalili pledges greater role for people

0

Iranian presidential candidate Saeed Jalili gestures before his speech at Az-Zahra Mosque in Khomeini-Shahr, Isfahan Province, on June 6, 2013.

Iranian presidential candidate Saeed Jalili vows to boost the role of people in various sectors by implementing reforms in state institutions, discovering potentials, and focusing on basic problems.

Å“I believe that the administration and the administrative and executive structure of our institutions must be far more efficient and practical,” Jalili told worshippers at Az-Zahra Mosque in the city of Khomeini-Shahr, Isfahan Province, on Thursday.

Å“The administrationâ„¢s mechanism has to change so that people will not need to consult institutions and face Herculean labors, and worry how to overcome the obstacles in the way of performing a simple task. A mechanism must be formed so that the institutions will make plans for peopleâ„¢s problems and take the initiative to take care of people’s demands instead of waiting for people to go to them,” he explained.

He said institutions in various fields must seek ways to recognize local potentials and utilize them to boost production.

“It is incumbent on Bank Keshavarzi (Agriculture Bank of Iran) and related offices that must go after local farmers and figure how they can maximize their agricultural capacities. Economic and industrial institutions must make plans to reach outmost utilization [of potentials] in the field of production. We must recognize what potentials exist in various cities and areas, and provide maximum assistance so that they can be realized.”

Jalili also stressed the need for conducting accurate evaluations and avoiding mouthful campaign slogans.

He added that the next administration must resolve the basic problems the country is currently grappling with so that permanent reforms could be implemented.

Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi are Jaliliâ„¢s seven rivals.

Iranians will go to the polls in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

MRS/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NSA Mining Data of Nine Internet Companies, Post Reports

0

The NSA and FBI are “tapping directly into the central servers of nine leading U.S. Internet companies, extracting audio, video, photographs, e-mails, documents and connection logs that enable analysts to track a person’s movements and contacts over time,” the Washington Post reported Thursday evening. The news came just one day after the British newspaper The Guardian reported about the National Security Agency’s daily collection of the telephone logs of all Verizon’s U.S. customers. 

The secret program, called PRISM, has been in operation since 2007, but has not been disclosed publicly before, the Post said. A career intelligence officer provided PowerPoint slides and supporting materials to the paper to expose the massive invasion of privacy. “They quite literally can watch your ideas form as you type,” the officer said.

The companies participating in the program include most of the big names in the telecommunications industry – Microsoft, Yahoo, Google, Facebook, PalTalk, AOL, Skype, YouTube, and Apple. The program has grown out of a history of alliances between U.S. intelligence agencies and as many as 100 U.S. companies since the 1970s, the Post reports. PRISM works in conjunction with another top-secret program, called BLARNEY, which, according to the program’s summary, “leverages IC [intelligence community] and commercial partnerships to gain access and exploit foreign intelligence obtained from global networks.”

PRISM allows the NSA to enter a company’s data stream and extract communications by keying in “selectors” or search items. The agency is mandated by law to conduct surveillance only on foreign operations within the United States, but the selectors are designed to produce at least 51 percent confidence in the “foreignness” of the data it collects, meaning it could be intercepting wholly domestic communications nearly half of the time. Training materials instruct new analysts to submit accidentally collected U.S. content for a quarterly report. But the training instructions also tell the analysts that “it’s nothing to worry about,” the Post said.

Even when intercepting foreign intelligence, domestic communications are inevitably caught in the net. Everyone in the foreign suspect’s inbox or outbox is swept in and analysts are taught to follow the chain of communications two “hops” out from the target, increasing exponentially the number of persons and messages that come under surveillance.  

PRISM resembles the warrantless surveillance program begun by Bush administration after the terrorist attacks on New York and Washington on September 11, 2001. That program produced a storm of outrage when it was made public in 2006, some of it coming from then-Senator and presidential hopeful Barack Obama. But Congress gave companies that participated in the program immunity from lawsuits over privacy violations by passing legislation that also gave the Justice Department authority to compel companies to comply with secret orders from the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Courts to turn over customer records. Sen. Obama was among those voting in favor of that legislation, which President Bush signed into law.  

An internal presentation, prepared for senior analysts in the NSA’s Signals Intelligence Directorate, called PRISM the largest contributor of information that goes into the President’s Daily Brief (PDB), the Post reported. The PDB cited PRISM data in 1,477 articles last year. According to the briefing slides the Post received, “NSA reporting increasingly relies on PRISM,” which accounts for nearly one in seven intelligence reports.

The National Security Agency, the successor to the Armed Forces Security Agency, was created in 1952 by order of President Harry Truman in a letter that was itself classified. The government denied the existence of the agency for so long that it became known as “No Such Agency.” Yet it grew through the years and decades to such an extent that in their 2010 Washington Post series “Top Secret America,” Dana Priest and William Arkin wrote: “Every day, collection systems at the National Security Agency intercept and store 1.7 billion e-mails, phone calls and other types of communications.” 

Estimates of its number of employees range from 35,000 to 55,000. Its headquarters is behind the walls of Fort Meade in Maryland, but a new million-square-foot surveillance center is under construction in the Utah desert. The project is expected to cost $2 billion by the time it is completed, possibly as early as this fall. James Bamford, an author who has written extensively about the NSA, estimated the new surveillance center could store data equal to 500 quintillion pages.

By 2010, Priest and Arkin wrote, 33 building complexes for top-secret intelligence work in Washington, D.C. and the surrounding area had been built or were then under construction since September, 2001. Has all that intelligence effort and the vast amounts of money spent on it made us safer? We may never know, since it’s all “top-secret.” But the writers made an interesting point about the famous “underwear bomber” who tried unsuccessfully to detonate an explosive device he was wearing aboard a plane as it was about to land in Detroit on December 25, 2009. The Christmas Day bomber, they wrote, was detected, “not by the thousands of analysts employed to find lone terrorists but by an alert airline passenger who saw smoke coming from his seatmate.”

Perhaps Americans today are noticing smoke emanating from the Bill of Rights. There is no way that the NSA’s interception and storage of some 1.7 billion communications every day conforms to the Fourth Amendment requirement that a government search be reasonable and focused on a particular “place to be searched and person or things to be seized.” Back when the Supreme Court was dealing with the question of whether warrantless eavesdropping on people’s telephone conversations was as much a violation of the Fourth Amendment as the opening of their mail, Justice Louis Brandeis wrote in a famous dissent:

“The makers of our Constitution … conferred, as against the Government, the right to be let alone – the most comprehensive of rights, and the right most valued by civilized men.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Monitoring of Our Phone Calls? Government Spooks May Be Listening

0

The Obama administration has been caught spying on the Verizon phone calls of tens of millions of Americans. The spying effort specifically targeted Americans living on U.S. soil.

And as NBC News reports:

NBC News has learned that under the post-9/11 Patriot Act, the government has been collecting records on every phone call made in the U.S.

But the government has sought to “reassure” us that it is only tracking “metadata” such as the time and place of the calls, and not the actual content of the calls.

That claim is patently absurd.

The American government is in fact collecting and storing virtually every phone call, purchases, email, text message, internet searches, social media communications, health information, employment history, travel and student records, and virtually all other information of every American.

Whistleblowers revealed years ago that the NSA was vacuuming up virtually all Internet communications. The Washington Post and Guardian report today that the NSA is tapping directly into the central servers of 9 leading U.S. Internet companies — including Microsoft, Yahoo, Google, Facebook, PalTalk, AOL, Skype, YouTube, Apple, and soon Dropbox — and extracting audio, video, photographs, e-mails, documents and connection logs that enable analysts to track a person’s movements and contacts over time.

The Wall Street Journal reported today that the NSA spies on Americans’ credit card transactions as well.

In fact, all U.S. intelligence agencies — including the CIA and NSA — are going to spy on Americans’ finances. The IRS will be spying on Americans’ shopping records, travel, social interactions, health records and files from other government investigators.

Glenn Greenwald reported in May:

A seemingly spontaneous admission this week by a former FBI counterterrorism agent provides a rather startling acknowledgment of just how vast and invasive these surveillance activities are.

***

On Wednesday night, [CNN’s Erin] Burnett interviewed Tim Clemente, a former FBI counterterrorism agent, about whether the FBI would be able to discover the contents of past telephone conversations between the two. He quite clearly insisted that they could:

BURNETT: Tim, is there any way, obviously, there is a voice mail they can try to get the phone companies to give that up at this point. It’s not a voice mail. It’s just a conversation. There’s no way they actually can find out what happened, right, unless she tells them?

CLEMENTE: “No, there is a way. We certainly have ways in national security investigations to find out exactly what was said in that conversation. It’s not necessarily something that the FBI is going to want to present in court, but it may help lead the investigation and/or lead to questioning of her. We certainly can find that out.

BURNETT: “So they can actually get that? People are saying, look, that is incredible.

CLEMENTE: “No, welcome to America. All of that stuff is being captured as we speak whether we know it or like it or not.”

“All of that stuff” — meaning every telephone conversation Americans have with one another on US soil, with or without a search warrant — “is being captured as we speak”.

On Thursday night, Clemente again appeared on CNN, this time with host Carol Costello, and she asked him about those remarks. He reiterated what he said the night before but added expressly that “all digital communications in the past” are recorded and stored:

Let’s repeat that last part: “no digital communication is secure“, by which he means not that any communication is susceptible to government interception as it happens (although that is true), but far beyond that: all digital communications — meaning telephone calls, emails, online chats and the like — are automatically recorded and stored and accessible to the government after the fact. To describe that is to define what a ubiquitous, limitless Surveillance State is.

There have been some previous indications that this is true. Former AT&T engineer Mark Klein revealed that AT&T and other telecoms had built a special network that allowed the National Security Agency full and unfettered access to data about the telephone calls and the content of email communications for all of their customers. Specifically, Klein explained “that the NSA set up a system that vacuumed up Internet and phone-call data from ordinary Americans with the cooperation of AT&T” and that “contrary to the government’s depiction of its surveillance program as aimed at overseas terrorists . . . much of the data sent through AT&T to the NSA was purely domestic.”

***

That every single telephone call is recorded and stored would also explain this extraordinary revelation by the Washington Post in 2010:

Every day, collection systems at the National Security Agency intercept and store 1.7 billion e-mails, phone calls and other types of communications. ***

Two Democratic Senators, Ron Wyden and Mark Udall, have been warning for years that Americans would be “stunned” to learn what the US government is doing in terms of secret surveillance.

The Atlantic notes:

TSA’s surveillance of our communications is most likely much, much bigger than [metadata]. Technology has made it possible for the American government to spy on citizens to an extent East Germany could only dream of. Basically everything we say that can be traced digitally is being collected by the NSA.

***

On its face, the document suggests that the U.S. government regularly collects and stores all domestic telephone records,” The Week’s Marc Ambinder writes of Glenn Greenwald’s scoop last night. “My own understanding is that the NSA routinely collects millions of domestic-to-domestic phone records. It does not do anything with them unless there is a need to search through them for lawful purposes.” Previous reporting from many outlets suggests that’s true.”

As the top spy chief at the U.S. National Security Agency — William Binney — explained, the NSA is collecting some 100 billion 1,000-character emails per day, and 20 trillion communications of all types per year.

Binney says that the government has collected all of the communications of congressional leaders, generals and everyone else in the U.S. for the last 10 years.

Binney further explains that he set up the NSA’s system so that all of the information would automatically be encrypted, so that the government had to obtain a search warrant based upon probably cause before a particular suspect’s communications could be decrypted. But the NSA now collects all data in an unencrypted form, so that no probable cause is needed to view any citizen’s information. He says that it is actually cheaper and easier to store the data in an encrypted format: so the government’s current system is being done for political — not practical — purposes.

Binney says that if anyone gets on the government’s “enemies list”, then the stored information will be used to target them. Specifically, he notes that if the government decides it doesn’t like someone, it analyzes all of the data it has collected on that person and his or her associates over the last 10 years to build a case against him. This includes whistleblowers, activists or even government insiders … like the head of the CIA.
Binney’s statements are confirmed by other NSA whistleblowers. For example, Huffington Post reports:

While at the NSA, [Kirk] Wiebe, along with Ed Loomis and Bill Binney, created a computer program that could isolate large amounts of information collected by the NSA while protecting Americans’ privacy. But the NSA ignored their program ….

“We had a solution to this entire problem that would have avoided this whole mess,” Wiebe said.

Instead, the NSA chose Trailblazer, a multi-billion dollar computer program that was supposed to revolutionize how the agency analyzed communications data. Wiebe, Loomis, Binney and another NSA employee, Thomas Drake, called for an investigation into Trailblazer, citing massive waste and fraud.

The Other Types of Spying the Government Is Doing On Us

In addition, the amount of money and effort the government is putting into spying on Americans using a wide variety of other technologies tends to discredit any notion that the government is exercising restraint in monitoring our phone calls (which are already being tapped) for content.

For example, the government is flying drones over the American homeland to spy on us.

Senator Rand Paul correctly notes:

The domestic use of drones to spy on Americans clearly violates the Fourth Amendment and limits our rights to personal privacy.

Emptywheel notes in a post entitled “The OTHER Assault on the Fourth Amendment in the NDAA? Drones at Your Airport?”:

http://www.emptywheel.net/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Picture-7.png

***

As the map above makes clear—taken from this 2010 report—DOD [the Department of Defense] plans to have drones all over the country by 2015.

Many police departments are also using drones to spy on us. As the Hill reported:

At least 13 state and local police agencies around the country have used drones in the field or in training, according to the Association for Unmanned Vehicle Systems International, an industry trade group. The Federal Aviation Administration has predicted that by the end of the decade, 30,000 commercial and government drones could be flying over U.S. skies.

***

“Drones should only be used if subject to a powerful framework that regulates their use in order to avoid abuse and invasions of privacy,” Chris Calabrese, a legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union, said during a congressional forum in Texas last month.

He argued police should only fly drones over private property if they have a warrant, information collected with drones should be promptly destroyed when it’s no longer needed and domestic drones should not carry any weapons.

He argued that drones pose a more serious threat to privacy than helicopters because they are cheaper to use and can hover in the sky for longer periods of time.

A congressional report earlier this year predicted that drones could soon be equipped with technologies to identify faces or track people based on their height, age, gender and skin color.

Moreover, Wired reports:

Transit authorities in cities across the country are quietly installing microphone-enabled surveillance systems on public buses that would give them the ability to record and store private conversations….

The systems are being installed in San Francisco, Baltimore, and other cities with funding from the Department of Homeland Security in some cases ….

The IP audio-video systems can be accessed remotely via a built-in web server (.pdf), and can be combined with GPS data to track the movement of buses and passengers throughout the city.

***

The systems use cables or WiFi to pair audio conversations with camera images in order to produce synchronous recordings. Audio and video can be monitored in real-time, but are also stored onboard in blackbox-like devices, generally for 30 days, for later retrieval. Four to six cameras with mics are generally installed throughout a bus, including one near the driver and one on the exterior of the bus.

***

Privacy and security expert Ashkan Soltani told the Daily that the audio could easily be coupled with facial recognition systems or audio recognition technology to identify passengers caught on the recordings.

RT notes:

Street lights that can spy installed in some American cities

America welcomes a new brand of smart street lightning systems: energy-efficient, long-lasting, complete with LED screens to show ads. They can also spy on citizens in a way George Orwell would not have imagined in his worst nightmare.

­With a price tag of $3,000+ apiece, according to an ABC report, the street lights are now being rolled out in Detroit, Chicago and Pittsburgh, and may soon mushroom all across the country.

Part of the Intellistreets systems made by the company Illuminating Concepts, they have a number of “homeland security applications” attached.

Each has a microprocessor “essentially similar to an iPhone,” capable of by Text-Enhance” href=”http://rt.com/news/big-brother-street-lamps-286/#” target=”_blank”>wireless communication. Each can capture images and count people for the police through a digital camera, record conversations of passers-by and even give voice commands thanks to a built-in speaker.

Ron Harwood, president and founder of Illuminating Concepts, says he eyed the creation of such a system after the 9/11 terrorist attacks and the Hurricane Katrina disaster. He is “working with Homeland Security” to deliver his dream of making people “more informed and safer.”

Cell towers track where your phone is at any moment, and the major cell carriers, including Verizon and AT&T, responded to at least 1.3 million law enforcement requests for cell phone locations and other data in 2011. (And — given that your smartphone routinely sends your location information back to Apple or Google — it would be child’s play for the government to track your location that way.) Your iPhone, or other brand of smartphone is spying on virtually everything you do (ProPublica notes: “That’s No Phone. That’s My Tracker“).

Fox news notes that the government is insisting that “black boxes” be installed in cars to track your location.

The TSA has moved way past airports, trains and sports stadiums, and is deploying mobile scanners to spy on people all over the place. This means that traveling within the United States is no longer a private affair.

You might also have seen the news this week that the Department of Homeland Security is going to continue to allow searches of laptops and phones based upon “hunches”.

What’s that about?

The ACLU published a map in 2006 showing that nearly two-thirds of the American public — 197.4 million people — live within a “constitution-free zone” within 100 miles of land and coastal borders:

The ACLU explained:

  • Normally under the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the American people are not generally subject to random and arbitrary stops and searches.
  • The border, however, has always been an exception. There, the longstanding view is that the normal rules do not apply. For example the authorities do not need a warrant or probable cause to conduct a “routine search.”
  • But what is “the border”? According to the government, it is a 100-mile wide strip that wraps around the “external boundary” of the United States.
  • As a result of this claimed authority, individuals who are far away from the border, American citizens traveling from one place in America to another, are being stopped and harassed in ways that our Constitution does not permit.
  • Border Patrol has been setting up checkpoints inland – on highways in states such as California, Texas and Arizona, and at ferry terminals in Washington State. Typically, the agents ask drivers and passengers about their citizenship. Unfortunately, our courts so far have permitted these kinds of checkpoints — legally speaking, they are “administrative” stops that are permitted only for the specific purpose of protecting the nation’s borders. They cannot become general drug-search or other law enforcement efforts.
  • However, these stops by Border Patrol agents are not remaining confined to that border security purpose. On the roads of California and elsewhere in the nation — places far removed from the actual border — agents are stopping, interrogating, and searching Americans on an everyday basis with absolutely no suspicion of wrongdoing.
  • The bottom line is that the extraordinary authorities that the government possesses at the border are spilling into regular American streets.

Computer World reports:

Border agents don’t need probable cause and they don’t need a stinking warrant since they don’t need to prove any reasonable suspicion first. Nor, sadly, do two out of three people have First Amendment protection; it is as if DHS has voided those Constitutional amendments and protections they provide to nearly 200 million Americans.

***

Don’t be silly by thinking this means only if you are physically trying to cross the international border. As we saw when discussing the DEA using license plate readers and data-mining to track Americans movements, the U.S. “border” stretches out 100 miles beyond the true border. Godfather Politics added:

But wait, it gets even better! If you live anywhere in Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey or Rhode Island, DHS says the search zones encompass the entire state.

Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and Customs and Border Protection (CBP) have a “longstanding constitutional and statutory authority permitting suspicionless and warrantless searches of merchandise at the border and its functional equivalent.” This applies to electronic devices, according to the recent CLCR “Border Searches of Electronic Devices” executive summary [PDF]:

Fourth Amendment

The overall authority to conduct border searches without suspicion or warrant is clear and longstanding, and courts have not treated searches of electronic devices any differently than searches of other objects. We conclude that CBP’s and ICE’s current border search policies comply with the Fourth Amendment. We also conclude that imposing a requirement that officers have reasonable suspicion in order to conduct a border search of an electronic device would be operationally harmful without concomitant civil rights/civil liberties benefits. However, we do think that recording more information about why searches are performed would help managers and leadership supervise the use of border search authority, and this is what we recommended; CBP has agreed and has implemented this change beginning in FY2012.***

The ACLU said, Wait one darn minute! Hello, what happened to the Constitution? Where is the rest of CLCR report on the “policy of combing through and sometimes confiscating travelers’ laptops, cell phones, and other electronic devices–even when there is no suspicion of wrongdoing?” DHS maintains it is not violating our constitutional rights, so the ACLU said:

If it’s true that our rights are safe and that DHS is doing all the things it needs to do to safeguard them, then why won’t it show us the results of its assessment? And why would it be legitimate to keep a report about the impact of a policy on the public’s rights hidden from the very public being affected?

***

As Christian Post wrote, “Your constitutional rights have been repealed in ten states. No, this isn’t a joke. It is not exaggeration or hyperbole. If you are in ten states in the United States, your some of your rights guaranteed by the Bill of Rights have been made null and void.”

The ACLU filed a Freedom of Information Act request for the entire DHS report about suspicionless and warrantless “border” searches of electronic devices. ACLU attorney Catherine Crump said “We hope to establish that the Department of Homeland Security can’t simply assert that its practices are legitimate without showing us the evidence, and to make it clear that the government’s own analyses of how our fundamental rights apply to new technologies should be openly accessible to the public for review and debate.”

Meanwhile, the EFF has tips to protect yourself and your devices against border searches. If you think you know all about it, then you might try testing your knowledge with a defending privacy at the U.S. border quiz.

Wired pointed out in 2008 that the courts have routinely upheld such constitution-free zones:

Federal agents at the border do not need any reason to search through travelers’ laptops, cell phones or digital cameras for evidence of crimes, a federal appeals court ruled Monday, extending the government’s power to look through belongings like suitcases at the border to electronics.

***

The 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals sided with the government, finding that the so-called border exception to the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition on unreasonable searches applied not just to suitcases and papers, but also to electronics.

***

Travelers should be aware that anything on their mobile devices can be searched by government agents, who may also seize the devices and keep them for weeks or months. When in doubt, think about whether online storage or encryption might be tools you should use to prevent the feds from rummaging through your journal, your company’s confidential business plans or naked pictures of you and your-of-age partner in adult fun.

Going further down the high tech Big Brother rabbit hole, the FBI wants a backdoor to all software. The CIA wants to spy on you through your dishwasher and other appliances. Verizon has applied for a patent that would allow your television to track what you are doing, who you are with, what objects you’re holding, and what type of mood you’re in. (And some folks could conceivably be spying on you through your tv using existing technology.)

And they’re probably bluffing and exaggerating, but the Department of Homeland Security claims they will soon be able to know your adrenaline level, what you ate for breakfast and what you’re thinking … from 164 feet away.

Indeed, technology has made pervasive spying more possible than ever before.

TechDirt notes:

In a radio interview, Wall Street Journal reporter Julia Angwin (who’s been one of the best at covering the surveillance state in the US) made a simple observation that puts much of this into context: the US surveillance regime has more data on the average American than the Stasi ever did on East Germans.

Postscript: This is not some “post-9/11 reality”. Spying on Americans started before 9/11. 

And the national security boys can choose to share U.S. civilian information with federal, state, local, or foreign entities for analysis of possible criminal behavior, even if there is no reason to suspect them.

And many say that the spying isn’t being done to keep us safe … but to crush dissent and to smear people who uncover unflattering this about the government … and to help the too big to fail businesses compete against smaller businesses (and here).

And for other reasons. For example, the Atlantic notes:

In 2008, NSA workers told ABC News that they routinely eavesdropped on phone sex between troops serving overseas and their loved ones in America.

Note: Here’s a full report card on how well the government has been balancing civil liberties with other concerns.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US strike kills 4 on Pak-Afghan border

0

File photo shows a US killer drone.

A US killer drone strike has killed at least four people and injured several others in the troubled northeast Afghanistan, security sources say.

Afghan security officials said on Friday the strike took place in Kunar Province near the border with Pakistan. The victims are said to be Pakistani nationals.

This comes a day after another US drone attack left three children dead and six others wounded in the same province.

Local residents said many villagers in Kunarâ„¢s mountainous regions have been displaced because of growing US drone strikes there.

Pakistani and Afghan authorities have repeatedly condemned such attacks in their countries that often involve civilian casualties.

Many civilians have lost their lives in US-led strikes and operations in various parts of Afghanistan over the past decade, with Afghans becoming increasingly outraged at the seemingly endless number of the deadly assaults.

US officials claim that the airstrikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims of the attacks.

Civilian casualties caused by foreign forces have been a major source of tension between Kabul and Washington.

Washington invaded Afghanistan in 2001 under the pretext of combating terrorism.

The US-led war in Afghanistan, which has caused record-high civilian and military casualties, has become the longest military conflict in the American history.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Washington’s “Dual Imperial Strategy” in Latin America: Breakdown of the Colombia-Venezuela -FARC Peace Process

0

Introduction

Washington has devised a dual strategy toward Latin America . This involves a new set of ambitious imperial initiatives designed to undermine the principal anti-imperialist governments ( Venezuela ), social movements and armed insurgency (Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia), while dismantling Latin America-centered integration and regional alliances, such as ALBA, Petro-Caribe, UNASUR and MERCOSUR. At the same time the US seeks to establish an alternative US-centered  ‘integration scheme’ through the Latin America and Asia-the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), which encourages closer ties among neo-liberal states, like Mexico, Colombia, Peru and Chile with their energy and mining sector-dependent development strategies.

The involvement of Colombia is crucial to both of these ‘high priority’ objectives. In order to grasp the centrality of Colombia to current US strategy, it is essential to analyze the interplay of military, economic and political interests of the White House and Bogota .

US and Colombia

Washington’s interests in Colombia are largely defined by the policies it has pursued: The last three US Presidents have poured over $7 billion in military aid, building seven military bases and stationing several thousand rotating and permanent US military advisers to ‘advanced combat zones’. Colombia ’s military has more than doubled in size to over 350,000 soldiers. In this context, Colombia has acted as an armed surrogate for US foreign policy, overtly intervening via cross border operations in Ecuador and Venezuela and serving as a platform for logistical and surveillance operations in the Caribbean, Andean, Amazonian and mid Pacific regions. US military interests are reinforced by economic ties, which have deepened via a bilateral free trade agreement and Bogota ’s open embrace of large scale mining and energy exploitation.

Washington ’s military strategists and ruling class allies in Colombia , however, face formidable opposition from three sources — two internal and one external. Internally, there is  a vast alliance of social movements encompassing dispossessed peasants, farmers, and Indo and Afro-Colombian organizations, which have joined forces with trade unions, student confederations and human rights groups  to oppose the civilian-military rulers who represent an elite 5% in control of over 70% of Colombia’s wealth. Over 4.5 million peasants, who have been driven from their lands by the scorched earth ‘counter-insurgency’ policies devised by US and Israeli military strategists, are clamoring for their right to return to their farmsteads. Despite decades of repression and horrific massacres committed by the military and state-sponsored paramilitary death squads ( Colombia has the world’s highest ongoing homicide rate of trade unionists), the regime in Bogota faces rising social and political opposition.

The second challenge comes from two armed popular insurgencies:  the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC) and the National Liberation Army (ELN). These armed organizations, especially the FARC, have significant grass-roots support for their programs, especially with regard to popular demands for agrarian reform, the de-militarization of the countryside, redistribution of wealth and the end of state terror.

The third challenge to the Columbian regime is external-the advanced socio-economic policies of the Chavista government in Venezuela :the housing, agrarian, health, educational, employment and anti-poverty programs stand in stark contrast to the neoliberal, authoritarian practices of Columbia ’s ruling elite

While US military policy has strengthened the capacity of the state to repress civil society organizations and contain civil unrest, it has not defeated the decades-old armed insurgency. This military failure has had serious implications for the current Santos regime as it turns toward a new economic model, based on attracting large-scale, long-term foreign capital to the extractive sector (mining and energy sector). The FARC, in particular, is strong in the regions targeted for major mining investments and poses a threat to the ‘security’ of big capital.

The ‘Transition’ from Uribe to Santos : Continuity and Change

The transition from the Uribe presidency to the Santos regime was marked by strategic and structural continuities and sharp tactical changes. Santos maintained and even strengthened Colombia ’s economic and military links with the US , retaining the US military bases, its extensive military advisory missions and the bilateral free trade agreement. Like ex-President Uribe, President Santos is an avid advocate and promoter of the ‘extractive capitalist model’. In fact this was a major consideration in his decisions to modify his tactical approach to the FARC and to offer to negotiate a peace settlement.

Santos ’ tactical changes in defense of his strategic links with the US and his big push toward extractive capital are twofold: He has agreed to enter into peace negotiations and recognize the FARC as a ‘belligerent’. Secondly, he reached an agreement with then President Chavez in which they agreed to end hostilities including political intervention and cross border incursions and to expand trade and commercial relations between Colombia and Venezuela . In essence, the agreement meant that Colombia would no longer provide material support and sanctuary for right-wing US-backed terrorists and politicians engaged in destabilizing Venezuela ’s democratic regime, while Venezuela agreed to cut off any formal or informal support to the FARC and to “encourage” the FARC to negotiate with the Santos regime on the basis of a relatively moderate agenda.

Santos ’ partial shift away from Uribe’s total war tactics to a negotiations plus war approach was based on several crucial factors. In the first place, Santos recognized that the FARC could not be decisively defeated on the battlefield and that the continuation of the armed conflict especially in the regions with the richest mineral and energy resources endangered the centerpiece of his extractive capital-centered development model. Secondly, in the preliminary negotiations with the FARC, Santos established an agenda, which rules out any reform of the extractive, agro-business and financial sectors — an agenda approved by the Venezuelan and Cuban envoys. Thirdly, Santos believes he can impose a time limit on negotiations pressuring the FARC to make concessions which would limit ‘agrarian reform’ especially with regard to the implementation and administration of the socio-economic changes and thereby fail to protect the peasant beneficiaries in the contested areas from the death squads.

Santos’ decision to ‘reconcile’ with Venezuela and to end the de-facto confrontational posture of his predecessor Uribe is based on several considerations: Uribe’s belligerency had reduced Colombia’s annual trade with Venezuela from $8 billion to less than $1.5 billion — affecting key cattle and grain exporters, manufacturers, banking and commercial interests. Secondly, sustained hostility towards Venezuela had isolated Colombia from the rapidly expanding Latin American integration process. Thirdly, Santos saw few if any possibilities of a successful military coup in Caracas or of a direct US intervention. In effect Santos , while retaining all of his ties to the US , seeks to use a diplomatic and political process to accomplish what Uribe failed to realize through bellicose threats and a scorched earth campaign: the preservation of the economic order, the disarming of the FARC, and the retention of  strategic military ties with the Pentagon . Under the guise of ‘peaceful co-existence’, Santos has sought to keep his covert links to the Venezuelan political opposition as they plot to destabilize the Maduro government.

The Rise and Decline of  Peace Negotiations and Peaceful Co-Existence

For the first six months of 2013, the peace negotiations  between the Santos regime and the FARC proceeded through controversy and agreements. The FARC negotiators and the Colombian government officials announced ‘progress’ while the Cubans and Venezuelans praised the process and were especially optimistic of a peaceful resolution.

However, on the front lines facing the Colombian death squads, many human rights, trade union and peasant movement leaders denounced the continued, daily campaign of repression, including the assassination of dozens of activists. Everyone was asking if the peace settlement was going to be a replay of the horrible massacres which followed the peace agreements of 1984-88 where 3,000 former-guerrillas entered open legal political activity and were murdered by military and paramilitary death squads. During the six months of the current peace negotiations, several tens of thousands of Colombian workers, peasants and salaried workers have joined mass marches and attended ‘consultative assemblies’ debating and formulating proposals for changes in land tenure, labor legislation, environmental regulations on mining and protection of indigenous communities. In the same time period, the armed forces, police, paramilitary and landowners’ private thugs have murdered, arrested, kidnapped, “disappeared” and threatened several hundred peasant activists who have attempted to ‘reclaim’ their own lands as well as trade unionists engaged in collective bargaining . Activists participating in the ‘Patriotic March’ in defense of the peace process have been targeted.

The Santos regime is playing a clever complex political game: appearing to be flexible in peace negotiations with the FARC leaders in Havana  while continuing repression at home against popular civil society movements who seek reforms in their communities and maintaining a full military offensive against the guerrillas in the field.

The deep continuities between Santos and Uribe have been underestimated by many supporters of the peace process. The similarities are most striking when we analyze what is excluded from the negotiating agenda, namely, the absence of any discussion of the nature of the Colombian state which will oversee the implementation of peace agreements. So far, the state under Santos continues to act as the enforcer for the agro-mineral elite and in every conflict between landlords and peasants, mine owners and workers and land grabbers and Indians, Bogota has taken the side of the elite.

There is a vast gap between the reforms Santos promises and the violence his generals practice. This raises fundamental questions about the so-called “transition” between ex-President Uribe, the narco-assassin, and “peacemaker” Santos .

Santos two-track policy toward Venezuela , of talking co-existence while practicing political destabilization, exploded in late May when the Colombian regime met with Henrique Capriles, the defeated Venezuelan Presidential candidate. Capriles continues to reject the results of internationally monitored election. Instead he has organized violent assaults killing eleven government supporters and refuses to accept the legitimacy of the government. This is in line with Washington ’s policy of a ‘war of attrition’. By formally meeting with Capriles, Santos is giving Bogota ’s support to a key political instrument in the US campaign to destabilize the elected government of Venezuela . The Capriles- Santos overtures have destroyed the latter’s pretense of reconciliation, peaceful coexistence and non-interference! Santos ’ double-game of securing Venezuela ’s compliance in non-intervention while practicing blatant intervention and recognizing a violent proxy of US policy against Caracas highlights his fundamental hostility against the Maduro government.

The Venezuelan government was forced to wake up and denounce Santos duplicity calling him a “back-stabber”, recalling its envoy to the peace talks in Havana and threatening to reduce Colombia ’s multi-billion dollar trade with Venezuela .

Santos has clearly overplayed his hand in this episode, exposing his continuation of the previous Uribe regimes’ destabilization strategies. All the contradictions and continuities of Santos tenure in office came to the surface; peaceful coexistence is a pretext for political intervention via Capriles; commercial ties to Venezuela are subordinate to military links to the US ; peace agreements are a weapon to a drive a wedge between the FARC and Venezuela .

Santos meeting with Capriles and the subsequent blow up of relations with Venezuela has raised severe doubts about the entire “post-Uribe” scenario: both in terms of Colombian-Venezuelan relations and the possibility of negotiating a political settlement with the FARC. The ‘honey-moon’ is over.

Reflections on the Santos-FARC Peace Dialogue

The FARC leadership negotiating in Havana has expressed ‘concern’ over the breakdown of relations between Colombia and Venezuela . Surprisingly the FARC refrained from denouncing Santos ’ meeting with Capriles as a gross intervention into Venezuelan politics. Instead it insisted on the urgency of “reconstructing the confidence required to continue the peace process”, ignoring the fact that the entire peace process will disappear if Santo-Capriles succeed in undermining the Maduro government!

The “advances”, which the FARC claims, “have been achieved via dialogue” especially with regard to “integral agrarian reform” are at best ambiguous.

The text of the agreement between the FARC and the Santos regime excludes the expropriation of large productive agro-business plantations, which occupy the most fertile, irrigated and market-accessible lands.

The agreement specifies that only “unproductive lands” will be “made availible” to displaced and landless peasants. Previous experiences with this type of clause have resulted in costly and extensive litigation, as landowners can claim the presence of one cow per ten acres constitutes ‘productive land’. Landowners have been known to sub-divide their large estates among extended family members, reducing the ‘size’ of the property below below the acreage designated for expropriation. Moreover, the entire process of identifying uncultivated land and initiating expropriation proceeding will depend on regional judicial and administrative officials who are currently aligned with the landed elite — backed by private armies.

Land, which is designated unproductive, tends to be the least fertile, inaccessible to markets and agricultural services and lacking irrigation. In the past, peasants were settled in “frontier lands” which required huge initial investments, as well as the development of new public roads and transport services — making survival difficult. Given that the Santos regime’s highest priority is to invest heavily in the extractive sector it is unlikely that small peasant farms will receive adequate funding.  More likely, the displaced and landless peasants will be ‘settled’ on poor quality land and told to fend for themselves.

Even assuming that many of the 4.5 million peasant families, dispossessed by the regimes’ scorched earth policy, recover their land — as per the Santos-FARC agreement — experience has shown that the narco-paramilitary and military landowners will use force and violence to retain control. Repossession of land will require the robust intervention of  state power … unlikely under the current legal-military order.  The text of the agreement is vague and ambiguous with regard to the entire enforcement mechanisms, and their legal and political basis.

The success or failure of agrarian reform depends on the power and organization of the peasant beneficiaries. Establishing new land-reform settlements parallel to established large agro-business owners organized in powerful cattle, coffee and grain associations will likely lead to a sharp polarization of power and a struggle over access to public financial and technical assistance. The agreement specifies important social programs involving health, education, housing and poverty reduction. Such programs will only succeed if there is a shift in political power from the current dominant agro-business elite to the peasant beneficiaries of the new land reform. These agreements do not address the great imbalances in socio-economic power currently shaping public policy.

Given the absence of any changes in land tenure with regard to productive fertile lands, given the absence of any shifts in the balance of state power in rural areas, it is not surprising that US Vice-President Joseph Biden has expressed his enthusiastic support for the peace negotiations. No doubt both Biden and Obama were more than delighted that Santos embraced their client Capriles, much to the chagrin of the incredulous Venezuelan Foreign Office.

The turn of events in Venezuelan-Colombian relations raises powerful tensions and splits across the political spectrum throughout Latin America . Progressive leaders in the region have denounced the Capriles-Santos-Washington axis. The advances in peace negotiations — as limited as they are — have no possibility of leading to a peace settlement in the face of a revival of cross border animosities.

The question is whether Santos wants to sacrifice Colombia ’s annual $10 billion dollars worth of trade with Venezuela and the on-going peace negotiations with the FARC, involving marginal social reforms, and intensify the country’s internal conflict jeopardizing his “extractive export model” in order to serve as Washington ’s proxy in destabilizing Venezuela .

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Syria’s Fake Sectarian War, Triggered by Washington

0

The fate of Syria and the broader Middle East balances on a razor’s edge. The western media is giving dire warnings of an impending sectarian war between Sunni and Shia Muslims, a war that could drown the Middle East in a flood of blood.

Such a war would be completely artificial, and is being manufactured for geo-political reasons. When the most influential Sunni figures in Saudi Arabia and Qatar – both U.S. allies – recently called for Jihad against the Syrian government and Hezbollah, their obvious intentions were to boost the foreign policy of Saudi Arabia and its closest ally, the United States, by destroying Iran’s key ally in the region.Will Sunni Muslims in Syria – who are the majority – suddenly begin attacking their Shia countrymen and the Syrian government? Unlikely. A compilation of data from humanitarian workers in and around Syria compiled by NATO suggests that:

“…70 percent of Syrians support the Assad regime. Another 20 percent were deemed neutral and the remaining 10 percent expressed support for the rebels.”

The pro-Assad 70 percent is mostly Sunni. This data flies in the face of the constant barrage of western media distortion about what’s happening in Syria. Previous polling compiled last year by Qatar had similar results, and was likewise ignored by the western media.

The above article quoted a source familiar with the data:

“The Sunnis have no love for Assad, but the great majority of the community is withdrawing from the revolt… what is left is the foreign fighters who are sponsored by Qatar and Saudi Arabia. They are seen by the Sunnis as far worse than Assad.”

Syrian Sunnis are likely disgusted by the behavior of the foreign extremists, which include a laundry list of war crimes, ethnic cleansing, as well as the terrorist bombing of a Sunni Mosque that killed the top Sunni Cleric in Syria – along with 41 worshipers and 84 others injured. The Sunni Cleric was killed because he was pro-Assad.

The recent calls for Jihad by the Saudi and Qatari Sunni leaders are likely in response to the Syrian government scoring major victories against the rebels. The rebels are now badly losing the war, in large part because they’ve completely lost their base of community support.

There are other key rebel supporters now taking urgent action to bolster the flagging rebel war effort. The leader of al-Qaeda, for example, made a recent plea for Sunnis to support the rebels against the Syrian government, while U.S. politician John McCain journeyed into Syria to meet with rebels – later identified as terrorists – to further commit the U.S. to the rebel side.

Meanwhile, The New York Times confirmed that the CIA had increased its already-massive arms trafficking program into Syria, while the European union agreed to drop the Syrian arms embargo, so that even more arms could be funneled to the rebels.

And to top it off, France now says it has proof that the Syrian government used chemical weapons against the rebels – a UN representative has suggested that just the opposite is the case – while the rebels are desperately trying to incite war between Syria and Israel by attacking the Syrian government on the border of the Israeli-occupied Golan Heights.

Also relevant is that the pro-Jihad religious leaders of Qatar and Saudi Arabia are taking a giant gamble in their recent anti-Hezbollah proclamations, and risk triggering political instability in their own already-shaky regimes, which are hugely dependent on the religious leaders for support.

Hezbollah is still revered throughout the Muslim world for its military defeat of Israel in 2006; and most Muslims will likely be uninterested in waging Jihad in Muslim majority Syria. Also, attacking the Syrian government and Hezbollah would mean allying with Israel and the United States, not an ideal situation for most jihadists.

It’s very possible that the Syrian tinderbox could drag the surrounding Middle Eastern countries into a massive regional war, with Russia and the United States easily within the gravitational pull.

The Syrian conflict could end very quickly if President Obama rejected U.S. support for the rebels and demanded his U.S. allies in the region do the same. Obama should acknowledge the situation in Syria as it exists, and respect the wishes of the Syrian people, who do not want their country destroyed.

Instead, the U.S. is considering arming the rebels even more.

U.S. Senator John McCain revealed the unofficial U.S. government policy for Syria when he said that he would tolerate an extremist takeover of Syria if it weakened Iran.

At this point an extremist takeover of Syria will cost tens of thousands of more lives, millions more refugees, while exploding the region into a multi-country orgy of violence.

The media will blame such genocide on Islamic sectarian violence, and ignore the obvious political motives.

Hopefully, the social movement in Turkey will force the Turkish government out of the western-controlled anti-Syrian alliance, while empowering other Middle Eastern countries to do the same.

Shamus Cooke is a social service worker, trade unionist, and writer for Workers Action (www.workerscompass.org) He can be reached at shamuscooke@gmail.com

http://news.yahoo.com/top-saudi-cleric-endorses-anti-hezbollah-stance-160811547.html

http://www.worldtribune.com/2013/05/31/nato-data-assad-winning-the-war-for-syrians-hearts-and-minds/

Sources

http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/jan/17/syrians-support-assad-western-propaganda

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/08/04/opinion/syrias-crumbling-pluralism.html?_r=4&

http://articles.washingtonpost.com/2013-03-21/world/37897753_1_mosque-top-sunni-cleric-bomb-attack

http://news.yahoo.com/al-qaeda-leader-zawahri-urges-syrians-unite-against-114313888.html

http://www.dailykos.com/story/2013/05/31/1212774/-John-McCain-Photographed-Palling-Around-With-Terrorists-In-Syria-VIDEO

http://www.nytimes.com/2013/03/25/world/middleeast/arms-airlift-to-syrian-rebels-expands-with-cia-aid.html?hp&_r=1&

http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/05/05/us-syria-crisis-un-idUSBRE94409Z20130505

http://www.nytimes.com/2013/06/07/world/middleeast/syrian-rebels-golan-heights.html?pagewanted=all

http://thinkprogress.org/security/2013/06/04/2097821/mccain-syria-rebels-war-crimes/ 

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Syria army captures village near Qusayr

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Syrian troops have managed to recapture the village of al-Buwayda al-Sharqiya near the recently liberated strategic city of al-Qusayr.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

“The High Priests of Globalization”: Bilderberg Conference Convenes

0

On June 5, the London Evening Standard headlined “No minutes, no press conferences — just the world’s power brokers chewing the fat on the issues of the day. It’s the Bilderberg conference — and it’s coming to a suburb near you.”

On June 6, it convened. It continues through June 9. It’s a rite of spring. A previous article said British political economist Will Hutton calls attendees the “high priests of globalization.”

Powerful movers and shakers have their own agenda. They’re up to no good. They meet annually face-to-face. They conspire, collude and collaborate against populist interests. Their’s alone matter.

According to Bilderberg Meetings.org:

“Founded in 1954, Bilderberg is an annual conference designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America.”

“Every year, between 120 -150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference.”

“About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.”

“The conference is a forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.”

“Thanks to the private nature of the conference, the participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions.”

“As such, they can take time to listen, reflect and gather insights.There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.”

“The 61st Bilderberg meeting will take place at the beginning of June 2013 in the UK.”

Earlier articles discussed their agenda. Their ideal world isn’t fit to live in. Democracy is verboten. They want one world government. They want unchallenged global dominance.

Their wish list includes universal rules they set, centralized global control, perpetual crises and wars, NATO operating worldwide, abolishing the middle class, establishing ruler-serf societies, and having unchallenged wealth and power in their hands.

They want what they say goes enforced as policy. Obedient serfs can expect subsistence crumbs at best. Non-believers will be eliminated. New world order priorities alone matter.

Bilderberg’s Steering Committee includes a dozen prominent Americans. David Rockefeller’s called an Advisory Group member.

He’s attending. A published list excludes his name. He’s called the master spider for good reason. He’s been dominant for decades. On June 12, he turns 98. He’s fading. Who’ll replace him isn’t clear.

In her book “Web of Debt,” Ellen Brown quoted economist/geopolitical analyst Hans Schicht saying:

“What has been good for Rockefeller, has been a curse for the United States. Its citizens, government and country indebted to the hilt, enslaved to his banks.”

“The country’s industrial force lost to overseas in consequence of strong dollar policies (pursued for bankers not the country.”

Rockefeller’s no longer the force he once was.

“(S)ixty years of dollar imperialism (is ending). The day of financial reckoning is not far off any longer.”

“With Rockefeller’s strong hand losing its grip and the old established order fading, the world has entered a most dangerous transition period, where anything could happen.”

Bilderberg rogues plan a world unfit to live in. They may end up destroying it in the process. It’s hard imagining a more malevolent force. US members reflect the worst of what it stands for. More on some prominent ones attending below.

They’re meeting at Britain’s five-star Grove Hotel. It’s 18 miles from London. It’s ideal for secluded meetings. While ongoing, police state security’s enforced.

Operations go on round-the-clock. Area residents have to show police passports, drivers licenses, or other accepted photo IDs to go home, to work, or attend to other personal business.

Civil liberties are suspended. De facto martial law’s in force. What Bilderberg rogues want they get. They want the worst of all possible worlds spread globally.

Prominent American attendees in alphabetical order include:

Roger Altman:

He’s a former Lehman Brothers partner. He left before its dissolution. Perhaps he helped push it over the edge. He was Clinton’s Deputy Treasury Secretary. He’s a Bilderberg Steering Committee member.

He’s founder and executive chairman of Evercore Partners. It’s a prominent predatory investment banking advisory firm. It specializes in mergers, acquisition, divestitures, restructurings, financings and other strategic transactions.

It operates the old-fashioned way. It recommends leveraged buyouts, asset-stripping targeted companies, and leaving thousands of employees high and dry on their own.

Jeff Bezos:

He’s Amazon’s founder and CEO. It’s the world’s largest online retailer. Earlier he worked on Wall Street and for a New York-based hedge fund.

In March 2013, Forbes estimated his net worth at $25.2 billion.

Martin Feldstein:

He’s Harvard University Professor of Economics. From 1982 — 1984, he was Reagan’s Council of Economic Advisors chairman and chief economic advisor. He’s National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) president emeritus. It’s an elitist organization.

Many of its members have been conservative Nobel economics laureates. Others served as White House chairmen of the Council of Economic Advisors.

It’s well known for announcing when recessions begin and end. It does so inaccurately. It ignores an ongoing protracted Main Street Depression.

In 2006, Feldstein was on Bush’s Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board. In 2009, he served Obama in a likewise capacity.

His other affiliations include the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, and American Enterprise Group among others. He been a board member of several major corporations.

Timothy Geithner:

A previous article discussed his legacy of shame. His rap sheet includes various Treasury posts, IMF Policy Development and Review director, New York Fed president, vice chairman of the Fed’s Open Market Committee (FOMC), and Obama’s Treasury Secretary.

He partnered with former Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson and Fed chairman Ben Bernanke. They planned the grandest of grand thefts. They implemented banker bailouts.

They looted the federal treasury. They stuck taxpayers with the bill. They debased the currency. They transformed America into an unprecedented money making racket.

He and other Bilderberg rogues want spread globally what they did to America. They conspired with their EU partners doing the same thing to Western Europe.

They bear full responsibility for today’s global economic crisis. They planned it for greater wealth and power control.

Donald Graham:

He’s Washington Post Company chairman and CEO. His holdings include TV stations, municipal cable systems, and Kaplan, Inc. It provides higher education testing, training, and professional courses. It’s ethically and legally challenged.

It specializes in ripping off students. It does so for profit. It features scams and other fraudulent schemes. It sacrifices education for bottom line priorities.

It’s faced numerous lawsuits. In 2007, a class-action one on overcharging was settled. It shows no signs of changing its ways. Doing business the old fashioned way matters most.

Robert D. Kaplan

His articles are featured in numerous scoundrel media publications. Defense Secretary Robert Gates appointed him to the Defense Policy Board. Bill Clinton and George W. Bush reportedly sought his counsel.

In 2011, Foreign Policy magazine called him one of the world’s “top global thinkers.” He’s Stratfor Global Intelligence chief geopolitical analyst. According to Professor Daniel Drezner:

“What Kaplan and George Friedman share is a sense of geographical determinism that allows them to claim predictive powers.”

They and likeminded ideologues advance amoral national interest priorities. Resource control weighs heavily.

Professor Robert Farley added:

“Kaplan’s talent is to tell the powerful what they want to hear with the veneer of both theoretical insight and empirical knowledge, while possessing neither.”

His book “Balkan Ghosts” allegedly influenced Clinton’s thinking on Serbia, Bosnia and Kosovo. Its dark side analysis characterized Yugoslav people as primitive and violent.

He calls Iran a potential regional hegemon. He says “Iranians do respond to pressure, but it has to be extreme.”

At an earlier Davos World Economic Forum meeting, Stratfor’s George Friedman addressed Iran saying, “There is a solution to (weapons) proliferation, and this is bombing them.” Perhaps Kaplan’s view is likeminded.

Henry Kissinger:

Previous articles discussed him. He was an early architect of new world order harshness.

He’s a notorious war criminal. His rap sheet includes three to four million Southeast Asian war deaths.

He was instrumental in overthrowing Chile’s democratic government. Augusto Pinochet replaced Salvador Allende. Reign of terror arrests, killings, torture and neoliberal harshness followed.

He backed Suharto’s brutal dictatorship. His Kopassus special forces terrorized Indonesians. Their record includes kidnappings, rape, torture, targeted killings, sweeping violence, mass murder, and other atrocities against anyone challenging his authority.

He supported his West Papua takeover. He OK’d his East Timor invasion. Over two hundred thousand East Timorese died. Around half a million more were displaced.

In two months, 10% of the population was annihilated. It was prelude for what followed.

Kissinger supported the Khmer Rouge’s rise to power and reign of terror. He encouraged a Kurdish revolt against Saddam Hussein. He then abandoned them. He advised Bush and Cheney on Iraq policy.

He backed a 1974 Cypriot fascist coup. He defended Turkey’s brutal invasion. He was complicit in Operation Condor. Pinochet and other Latin American despots reigned terror against alleged communists and political opponents. Tens of thousands perished.

He supported Pakistan’s “delicacy and tact” in overthrowing Bangladesh’s democratically elected government. Half a million deaths followed.

In 1974, his secret National Security Study Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200) called for drastic global depopulation. Developing nations are resource rich, he said. They’re vital to US growth.

He wanted useless eaters eliminated. He said “Depopulation should be the highest priority of US foreign policy towards the Third World.”

He supported involuntary mass sterilizations. He wanted birth control made a prerequisite for US aid. He wanted hundreds of millions eliminated by 2000.

He endorsed the worst of Israeli crimes. He deplores peace. He supports war and state terror. He symbolizes the worst of imperial lawlessness.

Henry Kravis:

He’s co-chairman and co-CEO of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (KKR). It calls itself “a leading global investment firm with deep roots in private equity, diversified capabilities….decades of financial and operational experience, broad industry knowledge, and a powerful network of global relationships.”

It specializes in leveraged buyouts. It asset-strips companies for profit. It dumps thousands of employees doing so. It makes money the old fashioned way. Bottom line ones alone matter.

Forbes estimates his net worth at $4.5 billion.

Jessica T. Mathews:

She’s a Bilderberg Steering Committee member. She’s Carnegie Endowment for International Peace president. From 1977 — 1979, she was National Security Council Office of Global Issues director.

She held various other executive and legislative government posts. From 1980 — 1982, she was a Washington Post editorial board member.

Her husband is retired four-star Air Force General Charles G. Boyd. He’s a Council on Foreign Relations program director. He’s Business Executives for National Security president. He’s a prominent Project on National Security Reform member.

Richard Perle:

He’s a Bilderberg Steering Committee member. He’s known as “the prince of darkness.” He’s a prominent uberhawk. He favors conflict over diplomacy. He served as Reagan’s Assistant Secretary of Defense and Global Strategic Affairs. He was GW Bush’s Defense Policy Board Advisory Committee chairman.

He’s associated with the Project for the New American Century and American Enterprise Institute. Both organizations figured prominently in post-9/11 wars.

His other affiliations include the Hudson Institute, pro-Israeli front group Washington Institute for Near East Affairs (WINEP), the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs (JINSA), and Center for Security Policy among others.

David Petraeus

He gained prominence as US Central Command head, International Security Assistance Force commander, and CIA director. Defrocking followed Petraeusgate.

A previous article said forget resignation over extramarital sex. Lots of elected and appointed Washington officials had affairs. Many likely have current ones.

Numerous former presidents had them. Defrocking never forced any from office.

Competence didn’t earn Petraeus four stars. Former peers accused him of brown-nosing his way to the top. It made him a brand as much as general.

Talk earlier surfaced about his presidential aspirations. In 2007, Time magazine made him runner-up Person of the Year.

White House and media spin praised his stellar performance. Before he fell from grace, he was called aggressive in nature, an innovative thinker on counterinsurgency warfare, a talisman, a white knight, a do-or-die competitive legend, and a man able to turn defeat into victory.

His former commander, Admiral William Fallon, called him “a piece of brown-nosing chicken shit.”

He’s more myth than man. His failures were called successes. His career advanced by being super-hawkish, brown-nosing the right superiors, lying to Congress, surviving the scorn of some peers, hiding his failures, hyping a fake Iranian threat, supporting Israel, unjustifiably claiming Iraq success, and boasting how he’d do it throughout the region.

He manufactured successes. He concealed failures. He’s out of the public spotlight but not gone.

In March 2013, he became honorary Office of Strategic Services (OSS) chairman. It was the CIA’ s predecessor organization.

He’s also a City University of New York visiting professor. In May, UCLA named him Judge Widney Professor. He’s Currahee Board of Trustees president. KKR named him KKR Global Institute chairman.

Robert Rubin:

He formerly chaired Goldman Sachs and Citigroup. He served as Clinton’s Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, National Economic Council head and Treasury Secretary.

Time magazine once called him, Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan, and Deputy Treasury Secretary Larry Summers “The Committee to Save the World.”

They did more wrecking than saving. They helped get Glass-Steagall repealed. They influenced Commodities Futures Modernization Act  (CFMA) passage.

It legitimized swap agreements and other hybrid instruments. They’re at the core of major financial problems. It prevented regulatory oversight of derivatives and leveraging. CFMA and Glass-Steagall’s repeal made Wall Street a casino operating on only the house wins rules.

CFMA legitimized derivatives scams. Enron took full advantage. It fleeced investors and energy purchasers with impunity. It did so until its house of cards collapsed.

At the time, Alan Greenspan endorsed derivatives. He lied calling them a way to share risks. They turned an economic downturn into a protracted Main Street Depression.

Clinton/Rubin/Summers/Greenspan/Bernanke/Paulson/Geithner, and other co-conspirators engineered it.

Eric Schmidt:

He’s Google executive chairman. Forbes estimates his net worth at $7.5 billion. He’s a regular Bilderberg attendee. A previous article discussed his close Bilderberg ties.

 Infowars reporters Paul Joseph Watson and Jon Scobie said Google’s “merging” with Bilderberg.

It’s “being recast as ‘Google-Berg’ — partly because of efforts on behalf of activists to tear away the veil of Bilderberg’s much cherished secrecy, and partly as a means of re-branding authoritarian, undemocratic secret gatherings of elites as trendy, liberal, feel-good philanthropic-style forums like Google Zeitgeist and TED.”

Schmidt thinks “privacy is a relic of the past.” He “plans to turn Google into the ultimate Big Brother.”

He and Bilderberg members share common aims. In part, they reflect a “collectivist, permanently networked world (without) individuality and privacy.” They’re partnering for greater global control. Doing so makes Bilderberg’s ideal world unfit to live in.

James Wolfensohn:

He’s Australian born. He became a naturalized US citizen. From 1995 — 2005, he was World Bank president. Along with the IMF and other major international lending agencies, it debt entraps nations.

It wages financial war on humanity. It mandates structural adjustment harshness.

It prioritizes privatization of state enterprises, mass layoffs, deregulation, deep social spending cuts, wage freezes or cuts, corporate-friendly tax cuts, unrestricted Western corporate market access, trade unionism crushed or marginalized, and stiff repression targeting non-believers.

In 2005, Wolfsensohn founded Wolfensohn & Company. It’s a global emerging markets private equity firm. It advises governments and large corporations doing business in emerging market economies.

Since 2006, Wolfensohn’s also been Citigroup International Advisory Board chairman.

In 2009, he became a China Investment Corporation International Advisory Council member. In October 2010, he regained his Australian citizenship.

Robert Zoellick:

He’s a prominent neocon. He was a Project for a New American Century member. He advocated post-9/11 wars.

Paul Wolfowitz succeeded Wolfensohn as World Bank president. Zoellick succeeded him. He served from 2007 to 2012.

He formerly was a Goldman Sachs managing director, as well as Deputy Secretary of State and US Trade Representative under GW Bush.

Under Reagan, he held various Treasury positions. He was Counselor to James Baker, Executive Secretary of the Department, and Deputy Assistant Secretary for Financial Institutions Policy.

He was GHW Bush’s Under Secretary of State for Economic and Agricultural Affairs. He also served as Department Counselor.

In 1991 and 1992, he was Bush’s G7 summit representative. He 1992, he served as White House deputy chief of staff.

From 1993 — 1997, he was Fannie Mae executive vice president. He bears much responsibility for helping to inflate the housing bubble.

During George Bush’s 2000 presidential campaign, he was one among other self-styled “vulcans.” Others included Condoleezza Rice, Paul Wolfowitz, Richard Armitage, Richard Perle, Stephen Hadley, Scooter Libby, and Dov Zakheim.

The term alludes to the Roman god of fire and metalworking.

Zoellick’s other past and present affiliations include Enron’s advisory board, Alliance Capital, Said Holdings, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Aspen Institute’s Strategy Group, former Defense Secretary William Cohen’s Defense Policy Board, and the Center for Strategic and International Studies among others.

Other notable Bilderberg attendees include IMF head Christine Lagarde, European President Jose Manuel Barroso, former appointed Italian Prime Minister Mario (three-card) Monti, Britain’s Chancellor of the Exchequer George Osborne, Goldman Sachs International chairman Peter Sutherland, as well as numerous other politicians, corporate bosses, investment firm heads, journalist insiders and others.

They comprise a virtual rogues gallery of scoundrels. An official list excludes likely figures kept private. Bill and Hillary Clinton were spotted arriving. Rumor suggests Obama and Britain’s David Cameron may attend. Perhaps we’ll know more later on.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/bilderberg-conference-convenes/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘US Army sex assaults like Afghan raids’

0

Vice Chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral James Winnefeld (file photo).

A US admiral says sexual assaults committed by American soldiers in the countryâ„¢s Army are similar to insider attacks carried out by Afghan troopers against US-led soldiers in war-torn Afghanistan.

Å“Any form of unwanted sexual contact or sexual harassment is a different kind of insider attack that is lethal,” said Admiral James Winnefeld, vice chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff, during a meeting with a women’s military group on Thursday.

Å“We will not allow this to go on…We have worked hard on this but not hard enough,” he added.

Washington is facing a crisis resulting from the rising number of sexual assaults in the countryâ„¢s military.

On May 25, President Barack Obama said the problem would undermine trust in US military.

Å“Those who commit sexual assault are not only committing a crime, they threaten the trust and discipline that makes our military strong,” Obama said during the US Naval Academy graduation ceremony at the Navy-Marine Corps Memorial Stadium in Annapolis, Maryland.

A newly-released report by the Pentagon on sexual assaults in the military indicates that unwanted sexual contact protests involving military personnel jumped to 26,000 in 2012 from 19,000 a year before. The figure shows a 37-percent increase.

The sharp increase in the number of sexual assault cases comes as the Pentagon is planning to integrate women into front-line combat roles.

According to a survey conducted in 2011, about one out of five military women said they had been the victims of sexual assault by another service member since joining the military.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

French banking secrecy investigation spills over into Switzerland

0

French authorities are now extending their investigation of UBS in France into Switzerland. They are looking at allegations of assisting wealthy French clients with tax fraud by offering clients investments designed to evade taxes.

The probe comes only a week after the bank’s French subsidiary
was charged with suspected ‘complicity in illegal sales
practices’.

The investigators have sent a list of 353 names of suspected
‘secret’ Swiss bank accounts, undeclared by French citizens, the
BBC reported.

The alleged offenses took place between 2002 and 2007.The bank
also allegedly facilitated a shadow accounting system, which made
transfers between French and Swiss bank accounts clandestine, and
unable to trace or detect.

Under French law, being under investigation insinuates there
exists a ‘serious or consistent evidence’ in implication of a
crime. The case will either proceed to court or be dropped.

“We will continue working with the authorities in France
within the applicable legal framework to arrive at a resolution
to this matter,”
UBS said in a statement.

The allegations first surfaced when a UBS bank employee raised
questions over the alleged criminal activity.

Patrick de Fayet, the former head of UBS France, and two other
French branch executives have already been placed under
investigation.

Jerome Cahuzac resigned from his budget minister post after he was accused of, and confessed to having a Swiss bank account. (AFP Photo / Jean-Pierre Muller)

In March, French budget minister Jerome Cahuzac resigned over
allegations he possessed an undeclared Swiss bank account, which
he admitted to in March.

Following the financial crisis, politicians have called for a
global crackdown on both wealthy individuals and corporations who
use tax avoidance to safeguard their wealth, and keep tax dollars
from supporting states.

Oxfam, a UK-based charity, released a report in late May which
estimates that over $150
billion is lost in tax loopholes
and fraud.

Following the report, EU Parliament officials met in Brussels and
resolved to recover €1 trillion in lost taxes in the next year,
hoping the money will help the record recession and unemployment.

According to a Boston Consulting Report, ‘offshore’ wealth has soared to $8.5 trillion.

The parliament also set a one year deadline to end banking secrecy, stressing states must play a
larger role in tightening the tax codes.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US Drone Attacks controlled from Military Bases in Germany

0

US military sites in Germany are playing a key role in the use of American combat drones to target the killing of people in Africa. According to reports from the Süddeutsche Zeitung newspaper and the ARD television programme “Panorama”, the Stuttgart-based supreme command of the United States Africa Command (US Africom) and the Air Operations Center (AOC) at the US air force base in Ramstein, in the state of Rhineland Palatinate, are directly involved in the drone attacks.

Media reports claim that fighter pilots in the US are operating through a relay station on the Ramstein air base to maintain contact with combat drones employed in Africa. Quoting from an internal policy brief of the US air force, the Süddeutsche Zeitung and “Panorama” revealed that “the drone attacks in Africa could not be carried out” without the support of this satellite station.

Up to 650 employees at the US flight control centre in Ramstein use 1,500 computers to monitor European and African airspace. They analyse drone and satellite images and plan new operations.

The US Air Force focuses on countries such as Yemen, Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan, and lately Somalia in particular. It is alleged that the US military has carried out at least 10 deadly drone attacks in this East African country, killing up to 29 people. Most of them were said to be members of the Somali Shabaab militias, who want to establish an Islamic state in the Horn of Africa.

Under the headline “Execution by Radio Signals”, the Süddeutsche Zeitung wrote of “death at the press of a joystick button”, which is occurring more and more. “No matter where around the world the US military or the CIA target people for execution, the attacks are carried out by drone pilots, usually sitting in the United States”. The US Air Force is said to have stationed its experts at the Creech air force base near Las Vegas; and the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) operates from the basement of its headquarters in Langley, or from Camp Chapman in Afghanistan.

“The pilot uses a joystick; he steers the drone and, when deemed appropriate, fires the missiles”, the newspaper reports. This kind of manhunt involves executions without arrests, without trials, without hearings and without verdicts.

Professor Thilo Marauhn, an expert in international law, said on the “Panorama” broadcast that the killing of a terrorist suspect was “in case of doubt, manslaughter or murder”. He suggested consideration be given to “whether criminal proceedings should be undertaken in these cases”.

Responding to an enquiry from the broadcaster, the German government announced that the launching of “military attacks contravening international law” from German soil was forbidden. That was the law. Probed further, it added that “the federal government (had) no evidence” such attacks were taking place.

The claim that the German government was not informed about the involvement of US military bases in Germany in the targeted killings is completely implausible.

The air force base at Ramstein has been continually upgraded for more than six decades and is now the largest outside the United States. More than 50,000 US citizens and military officials are employed there. Most of America’s European troop and cargo transports start and land at Ramstein. Nowhere outside the United States does the US Air Force have a larger airport. Nowhere outside the US is there a larger hospital than the nearby Landstuhl Regional Medical Center. Wounded US soldiers from all over the world receive treatment there, according to the Süddeutsche Zeitung .

When Africom was stationed in Stuttgart five years ago, the German foreign office advised the US government not to draw attention to US military bases in Germany. Otherwise, it would lead to “headlines” and “unnecessary public debates”.

The mendacity and duplicity of the German government has a long tradition. In earlier times, the chancellery and Ministry of Defence were informed about America’s waging of war from German soil, but kept the facts secret and feigned incomprehension when questioned on the matter. In 2003, the Social Democratic Party-Green Party government under Chancellor Gerhard Schröder and Foreign Minister Joschka Fischer spoke against the Iraq war. At the same time, however, they guaranteed Washington the unrestricted use of US bases in Germany, which was of utmost importance for America’s conduct of the war.

The recent reports expose the extent to which the German government is involved in the US government’s criminal acts of war. It is flouting German law just as much as it ignores the widespread anti-war sentiment in the population. In 1949, the German constitution abolished the death penalty and outlawed the planning and waging of wars of aggression.

But the reality is that the German government is exploiting Washington’s illegal actions to pursue the same objectives. A day before the reports were broadcast, political scientist Peter Strutynski published an article on the AG-Peace Research web site under the headline, “Federal government approves procurement of 16 combat drones–and acts as if nothing was decided”. Only after persistent questioning at a press conference was a government spokesman prepared to admit that the acquisition of combat drones had already been discussed at a cabinet meeting.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

U.S. Military Grants Itself the Power to Police the Streets

0

Aubrey Bloomfield
Policy Mic
June 7, 2013

According to an article published on Tuesday in the Long Island Press, the Pentagon has “has quietly granted itself the ability to police the streets without obtaining prior local or state consent, upending a precedent that has been in place for more than two centuries.” The story, by Jed Morey, refers to recent changes made by the Department of Defense to a U.S. Code titled “Defense Support of Civilian Law Enforcement Agencies.” The changes, Morey argues, are the latest in what he calls the “militarization of domestic law enforcement” and further blur the lines between police SWAT teams and the military.

These changes, which have attracted media little attention, bring with them the worrying potential for greater involvement by the U.S. military in domestic affairs.

The changes clarify the rule for the involvement of military forces in civilian law enforcement and establishes “DoD policy, assigns responsibilities, and provides procedures for DoD support to Federal, State, tribal, and local civilian law enforcement agencies, including responses to civil disturbances within the United States.” According to Morey, the most worrying part of the recent changes is the inclusion of vague-sounding language  which permits temporary military intervention in the event of “civil disturbances”:

“Federal military commanders have the authority, in extraordinary emergency circumstances where prior authorization by the President is impossible and duly constituted local authorities are unable to control the situation, to engage temporarily in activities that are necessary to quell large-scale, unexpected civil disturbances because:

(1) Such activities are necessary to prevent significant loss of life or wanton destruction of property and are necessary to restore governmental function and public order; or

(2) Duly constituted Federal, State, or local authorities are unable or decline to provide adequate protection for Federal property or Federal governmental functions.”

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 9:37 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

NSA taps in to user data of Facebook, Google and others, secret files reveal

0

Glenn Greenwald and Ewen MacAskill
guardian.co.uk
June 7, 2013

The National Security Agency has obtained direct access to the systems of Google, Facebook, Apple and other US internet giants, according to a top secret document obtained by the Guardian.

The NSA access is part of a previously undisclosed program called PRISM, which allows officials to collect material including search history, the content of emails, file transfers and live chats, the document says.

The Guardian has verified the authenticity of the document, a 41-slide PowerPoint presentation — classified as top secret with no distribution to foreign allies — which was apparently used to train intelligence operatives on the capabilities of the program. The document claims “collection directly from the servers” of major US service providers.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 9:35 am

Tags: , , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Alex Infiltrates Bilderberg by Boat

0

Infowars.com
June 7, 2013

Alex and company take heat from boat police as he bullhorns the Bilderberg group from the latest tool in the fight against the globalists, the Bilder-barge.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 9:57 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Our One-Time Chance to Build Progressive Media This Year

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/DmitriMaruta

June 6, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

From being a space to organize social justice movements to providing listeners with life-saving information, low power FM (LPFM) radio stations have given thousands an opportunity to strengthen their communities.

LPFM stations are non-commercial radio stations that use only about 100 watts of power to operate – the same amount as a light bulb. These stations, however, can reach hundreds of thousands of listeners and have a reach of a three to ten mile radius. 

The FCC began granting LPFM licenses in 2000, after smaller broadcasters were increasingly getting kicked off air due to media consolidation. Congress halted the dispersal of these licenses, however, after large, powerful broadcasters lobbied them – falsely arguing that LPFMs would cause interference with their stations. While an independent, taxpayer-funded study disproved their interference claims, and the FCC urged Congress to revoke their restriction, Congress took no action for ten years.

Pressured largely by the Prometheus Radio Project, a non-profit committed to democratizing radio airwaves, Congress finally passed the Local Community Radio Act in 2011.

Now thousands of new LPFM licenses are up for grabs come October, when the FCC will open a short application window – of about five days – for non-profit organizations to apply.

The Prometheus Radio Project is now in the process of assisting people interested in applying.

“People are very excited about the opportunity. Our phones are ringing off the hook with people who want to have the piece of the dial for their communities,” said, Julia Wierski, Prometheus’s development and communications director.

But the group hopes to continue to spread the word, as June is the final month of outreach in Prometheus’s 15-year campaign. They hope to identify and support at least 1000 organizations by the end of June who are interested in obtaining a LPFM license.

In order to apply, groups who are interested should already have existing community support. Starting a station costs about $15,000 – for equipment and engineering and legal fees – but groups will have years to fundraise for the start-up money and obtain underwriters. More information is available on Prometheus’s website, where groups can sign up to express their interest. Prometheus will be providing various types of support, from webinars to maintaining a help desk.

Wierski said that radio is still an important medium – with 90 percent of Americans tuning into radio at least once a week. And while some people can’t afford Internet or live in areas without current access to broadband, radio is free and the most accessible form of media.

LPFM stations then provide communities with access to local music and information as well as a physical space to bring people together and organize. Unsurprisingly, they persevere the most disastrous times. For instance, one LPFM near New Orleans was the only informational resource for people during Hurricane Katrina. The station manager there even swam across floodwaters to gather batteries to keep it going.

At a time when media consolidation continues and the Koch brothers look into buying some of the nation’s top newspapers, these LPFM licenses are being distributed at a crucial time.

“People with corporate interests will use media to their ends. And who gets left out of those conversations?” Wierski said. “It’s a really powerful thing for people to feel like they have a place and that they own a piece of the media in their town where they can tell their own stories.”

Alyssa Figueroa is an associate editor at AlterNet. Follow her on Twitter @alyssa_fig.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Lie Factory

0

In his latest major address on foreign policy, President Obama said this:

So after I took office … we pursued a new strategy in Afghanistan, and increased our training of Afghan forces.…

In Afghanistan, we will complete our transition to Afghan responsibility for that country’s security. Our troops will come home. Our combat mission will come to an end. And we will work with the Afghan government to train security forces, and sustain a counterterrorism force, which ensures that al Qaeda can never again establish a safe haven to launch attacks against us or our allies.…

In the Afghan war theater, we must – and will – continue to support our troops until the transition is complete at the end of 2014.…

The Afghan war is coming to an end.

If this and the usual sycophantic news reporting is all you’ve heard lately about the war in Afghanistan, you might think things are going well, that “America’s forces are winning.”

They are not. I trust it will be no shock to say this, but people in government lie, including presidents of the United States. Even presidents proclaimed to be different from anyone else who has ever run for that office.

Afghanistan is a hellhole. Writes Conn Hallinan at CounterPunch,

Only U.S. Gen. Joseph “Fighting Joe” Dunford, head of the International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) thinks the war on the Taliban is being won, and that the Afghan Army is “steadily gaining in confidence, competence, and commitment.” Attacksby the Taliban are up 47 percent over last year, and the casualty rate for Afghan soldiers and police has increased 40 percent. The yearly desertion rate of the Afghan Army is between 27 percent and 30 percent.

Things have gotten so bad, Hallinan writes, that gunman in Pakistan burned a NATO convoy taking equipment out of Afghanistan. He comments,

There is nothing that better sums up the utter failure of America’s longest war than international forces getting ambushed as they try to get the hell out of the country. And yet the April 1 debacle in Baluchistan was in many ways a metaphor for a looming crisis that NATO and the United States seem totally unprepared for: with the clock ticking down on removing most combat troops by 2014, there are no official negotiations going on, nor does there seem to be any strategy for how to bring them about.

But what about the legendary Obama surge of 2009? When George W. Bush left the White House, there were 38,000 U.S. troops in Afghanistan. Shortly after taking office, Obama sent about 30,000 more. As he said at the time, “The Taliban is resurgent in Afghanistan, and al-Qa’ida supports the insurgency and threatens America from its safe haven along the Pakistani border.” Then in November 2009 he announced that he would send around 30,000 more, bringing the total, the New York Times reported, to about 100,000. “There is no imminent threat of the government being overthrown, but the Taliban has gained momentum,” Obama said. The administration has always been a bit vague about the numbers, and the term “surge” has only been applied to the second deployment. In fact, Obama roughly tripled the U.S. troop strength, before later reducing it by a third. At this point, the number of U.S. troops in Afghanistan is almost double the number present when Bush left office.

And what has been the result? Hallinan writes,

When the Obama administration sent an additional 30,000 troops into Afghanistan in 2009 as part of the “surge,” the goal was to secure the country’s southern provinces, suppress opium cultivation, and force the Taliban to give up on the war. Not only did the surge fail to impress the Taliban and its allies, it never stabilized the southern provinces of Helmand and Kandahar. Both are once again under the sway of the insurgency, and opium production has soared. What the surge did manage was to spread the insurgency into formerly secure areas in the north and west.

With the exception of the current U.S. commander in Afghanistan, virtually everyone has concluded that the war has been a disaster for all involved.

(This is not the first time we’ve heard this. Lt. Col. Daniel L. Davis made a detailed report to that effect after spending 2011 in Afghanistan. “What I saw bore no resemblance to rosy official statements by U.S. military leaders about conditions on the ground,” Davis wrote.)

The facts don’t stop Obama from giving the same rosy reports while promising to have the troops out by the end of next year. NATO has a withdrawal treaty with the government of President Hamid Karzai (the same one who proudly acknowledges accepting buckets of cash from the CIA), but that doesn’t mean the U.S. government will have zero presence come 2015. Hallinan writes that “several thousand U.S. Special Forces, military trainers, CIA personnel, and aircraft will remain on nine bases until 2024.”

To give you an idea of how well things are going, a May 16 suicide bomb in the capital killed six Americans and 16 Afghans. As though that were not enough of a commentary on conditions there, the political wing of the group that claimed responsibility for the bombing, Hezb-i-Islami, “is a major player in the Karzai government, with its members holding down the posts of education minister and advisor to the president.”

With allies like that.… And let’s not get started on “insider attacks,” in which Afghan troops and police kill the American and NATO troops who train them.

But Americans believe all is well and peace will prevail come 2015. Not so fast, Hallinan writes.

In theory, ISAF combat troops will exit Afghanistan in 2014 and turn the war over to the Afghan Army and police, organizations that have yet to show they can take on the insurgency. One of the Army’s crack units was recently overrun in eastern Afghanistan. Given the fragility of the Afghan government and its army, one would think that the White House would be putting on a full court press to get talks going, but instead it is following a strategy that has demonstrably failed in the past.…

Part of the problem is that the call for talks is so heavily laden with caveats and restrictions – among them that the Taliban must accept the 2004 constitution and renounce violence and “terrorism” – that it derails any possibility of real negotiations.

Obama apparently is looking for a way to bring home most of the troops without the place collapsing in chaos, which would be bad for his legacy. But, as Hallinan asks, “If the United States couldn’t smother the insurgency during the surge, how can it do so now with fewer troops?”

The lesson? Fish swim, birds fly, and people who run governments lie. They will say anything to achieve their political objectives. Any resemblance to the truth is purely coincidental.

One trusts them at one’s peril.

Sheldon Richman is vice president and editor at The Future of Freedom Foundation (www.fff.org) in Fairfax, Va. He can be reached through his blog, Free Association.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Revolution in Gezi Park

0

Istanbul.

“Tayyip, Tayyip, burning bright, in the forests of the night, ” grimly joked my private student at our morning elocution lesson last Friday in his luxury flat on the nineteenth floor of one of a pair of blocks towering over the sprawling classy shopping mall below, ant-sized workers constructing more massive towers in a field nearby. We were working on the rhythm and stress in William Blakes’s poem ‘The Tyger’, but our minds were more occupied by the news we’d just heard via a call from his friend that police had made an early morning invasion on the camp of demonstrators protesting against the decision of the Turkish Prime Minister, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, to demolish Istanbul’s pleasant Gezi Park in central Taksim Square to make way for an Ottoman-style shopping mall. Police had beaten the protestors and sprayed them with tear gas and then erected fences around the park, preventing access.

My student had been in the park with the protestors the night before, and was worried about friends that might have been wounded. I had visited during the daytime and had been impressed by the courage of the few hundred congregated there under the threatened trees.

“This is going to cause trouble,” he said.

After changing metal coins into a plastic disk from a dispensing machine to gain access to the soulless metro, I got off at Taksim (I live in the ‘slums’ of Tarlabaşı nearby), and had a look at the park, which was indeed completely surrounded by tall metal grill barriers. I noticed a couple of cops sipping glasses of tea under a tree, birds singing. As I walked round searching vainly for a way in, I noticed more and more people arriving, the curious like me, and some with a determination to support the protestors who had been attacked by the police.

When I got home I decided to make a collage. I didn’t know what it would be — something to protest about the PM and his plan for the Park. I had to leaf through my flatmate’s old newspapers to get a suitable Erdogan face. I haven’t made any collages of ErdoÄŸan since I was found guilty of insulting him with a caricature in 2010 and threatened with jail if I made another, but this brash bullying deserved an artistic comment. While sifting through my library of photographic material I occasionally went out onto my little balcony due to the echo of rapid gunfire and watched the clouds of tear gas floating up and hovering over nearby Taksim. The acrid smell began to reach and burn my eyes, so I closed the door to continue my work. I came up with this image of a threatened tree eking revenge on the ecologically-unsound President. I took the body from an old collage featuring Pope Benedick being hanged by a nun.

tayyip

I took the image to a photocopy shop in nearby Istiklal Caddessi and had some small copies made. When I came out the air was full of gas, smoking cannisters rolling down the street, police firing at running chanting crowds. I decided to go home, but when I went out later after dark, I found Istiklal Street jam-packed with people all facing in the direction of Taksim Square where a battle seemed to be raging. The angry roar of the front ranks mingled with the chants of the thousands behind demanding the resignation of the government. The constant firing of the tear gas guns sounded from the Square where the police were trying to prevent access, clouds hanging in the air. Many were wearing surgical masks, and people were handing out slices of lemon, which can surprisingly alleviate the sting in the eyes from the gas. I had dinner in a cheap lokanta in a quiet little back street before returning home through the excited defiant crowd, surprised and elated.

On Saturday, realising that I probably wouldn’t be able to tell fortunes with my runestones in the lower part of Istiklal Street as usual that day, (it’s how I make my living), what with the protests, I decided to go to a ‘Garden Fair’ I’d seen advertised in a park in another district, a kind of car-boot sale, and I thought it might be nice to sit on the grass in a park to rune instead of a closed shop doorway in a street.

Sure enough, when I got to Istiklal Street there was commotion going on, the haze of gas hanging in the sunny air, people,not many, standing around and watching as police chased a crowd down the street to my usual runing place. I actually asked a cop, in his black uniform and round white helmet, which was the best way to get to Maçka Park, my destination. He pointed his heavy rubber truncheon in the direction of Taksim Square, saying it was clear in that direction at the moment. Surprised, I advanced towards Taksim and viewed the results of the previous night.

Graffitti calling for Erdogan’s resignation and condeming the government and the police was sprayed everywhere, along with signs for revolution, peace and brotherhood. Bank windows were broken and cash machines smashed. All the shops were shut, many with defiant slogans sprayed on their windows. In the square a couple of police cars had been overturned and graffittied. People were beginning to arrive for a rally, but as yet the area was quite empty as I walked through it. As I made my way downhill I passed a platoon of black uniformed policemen hurrying to the square. I looked at their faces as they passed, a mixture of confusion, ignorance, fear and sadism, but all young. Some looked away when our eyes met, ashamed?

The garden fair was cancelled. As I lay in the park in the cooling shade of a tree, the sound of chanting, singing, drums and pipes and whistles reached my ears and I looked up. Thousands of people were marching in the direction of Taksim with flags and banners, rivers of them, men and women, young and old, some with children. They booed and banged on a police van held up in the traffic, but a march warder calmed them from further assault. I left the park and joined the teaming throng of defiant united friendly people, going with the slow-moving but sensitive flow, no-one pushing or shoving, finally reaching the practically empty square of before, which was now overflowing with jubilant crowds. Black clouds of smoke were billowing up from the park area. I worried that the trees had been set alight, but was informed that it was merely a police bus that had been set on fire. Indeed, the police were totally absent from the area. The people were celebrating their victory. Still a week later, the streets of central Istanbul are police-free, and it feels so much safer without them.

Following a surprise email request for me to appear as a guest on RUSSIA TODAY’s CROSSTALK debate programme on the topic “Turkish Spring”, I made my way on Tuesday to find the studio where I was to be filmed, near Galata Bridge. I got lost and made it just in the nick of time.

These are the questions I was asked to answer beforehand —

Is Turkey experiencing its own version of the “Arab Spring?”

I suppose that’s a convenient label. It’s a rising of people who have had enough, together in solidarity against an increasingly fascist regime. The sowing of the seeds of revolution in Spring is exciting, but the reaping of a good harvest in the Fall is the most important goal.

· What is driving the recent surge of popular dissatisfaction?

The proposed demolition of the Taksim Park and the violent treatment of the protestors was the tipping of mountain of dissatisfactions that have been heaped up by the actions and decisions of the AKP government contrary to the wishes of the people — the destruction of beautiful natural areas by building of dams, the building of Nuclear power plants in earthquake-prone areas, the building of a third bridge over the Bosphorus, and a third Istanbul airport, the building of a huge mosque on the top of Camlica hill dominating the skyline of Istanbul, the ugly towering corporation buildings going up everywhere, the jailing of critical journalists and writers, the recent restrictions on alcohol — so many reasons. And the draft still exists in Turkey.

· Is the conflict between urban vs rural, the more religious vs secular?

It seems Erdogan would like it to be religious vs secular, but I think it is people vs the government. The biggest cry on the street is for them to resign.

· Does foreign policy play an important role among protesters?

It’s not mentioned so much, but of course it’s there. Many are angry about the American air base in Incilik, for example, which is home to over a hundred American nuclear bombs. On Turkish soil. 

· Many describe Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan style of rule as authoritarian — is this a fair description?

“Dictatorial” might be another description.

· A man in a hurry: Erdogan is trying to leave his stamp on Turkey by recasting foreign policy, overhauling the constitution and even transforming the ancient Istanbul skyline. Too much, too fast?

He should be stopped now before it’s too late.

I was sat at a desk in a little dark room in front of a camera. I couldn’t see the others, only hear their voices through a little earphone. I decided to wear my Free Palestıne t shirt, and (inspired by a picture I’d seen on a street wall of President Obama manipulating Erdogan as a string puppet) at the end of the programme I held up a collage picture of Obama as an accordian-playing puppet, the strings operated by an unseen hand, but it wasn’t shown. I felt I didn’t get much of a word in on the programme, but I received an email from a mahdi saying he was grateful for what I said about Shiahs and Sunnis.

I’ve been making a daily visit to the threatened Gezi Park all week. The Square and the park, and indeed even Istiklal Street now completely belong to the people. Formally banned street-sellers display their wares on the pavement and road. Flags, whistles, gas-masks, brightly-coloured plastic crash helmets, and masses of the Guy Fawkes masks made popular by the Anonymous Movement selling like hot cakes.

Gezi Park is full of tents and beautiful people. There is a utopian feeling, with socialist, communist, anarchist, feminist and gay solidarity groups, free open buffets, debating areas, yoga sessions, and a library. Protestors go around collecting rubbish. There is dancing and singing and an overwhelming optimism.

Yesterday I came across a group digging the ground and planting saplings and flowers in the area at the end of the park where the bulldozers and cranes bit into the earth last week and removed a few trees before they were stopped.

“Why don’t you plant some marijuana?” I asked one of the team, resting in a deckchair.

“It’s forbidden,” he smiled.

“Why is it forbidden?” I asked. “It’s an innocent natural herb that’s of great benefit to mankind. It was forbidden by the government. But we’ve said to hell with the government! This is the revolution. The rules have changed.”

He agreed with me, and said he would definitely plant some seeds if I brought them.

“Are you sure?” I asked.

“I promise!” he replied.

Prime Minister ErdoÄŸan is back in Turkey after a visit to North Africa, sternly demanding that the demonstrators leave Gezi Park. The idea of their voluntary dispersal at the moment seems incomprehensible. Who knows what may happen next? But in the meantime, long live the Occupation!

Enjoy the freedom of CONSTANTI -NO-POLICE!

Michael Dickinson can be contacted at his website.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Craigslist Escort Murderer Not Guilty; Only Trying to "Retrieve Stolen Property"

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A Texas jury has acquitted Ezekiel “Zeke” Gilbert in the 2009 murder of Lenora Frago, an escort he met on Craigslist. The defense argued that Gilbert’s actions were “justified” because he was attempting to “retrieve stolen property” when he shot Frago in the neck and back after she refused his request for sex and fled his home with $150 he paid her. The jury, apparently, agreed.

Frago died of her injuries seven months after Gilbert shot her.

Texas law allows the use of deadly force to recover property during a nighttime theft, but prosecutor Matt Lovell argued that a theft never occurred, as the San Antonio Express-News reported in May:

“This case is about a man who got upset about the services he felt he deserved,” [Lovell] said. “He felt he deserved sex.”

In reality, said witness Christopher “Topher” Perkins, who posted ads for Frago and took a cut of her earnings, the $150 Gilbert paid for a half-hour with her did not include a guarantee of sex.

“Lenora normally would do lap dances and hanging out. That was her thing,” he said. “Her regular customers were all quiet, reserved guys and she would hang out.”

“I sincerely regret the loss of the life of Ms. Frago,” Gilbert said on Wednesday. “I’ve been in a mental prison the past four years of my life. I have nightmares. If I see guns on TV where people are getting killed, I change the channel.”

While Gilbert may be trapped in a “mental prison” after killing Frago, Perkins’ testimony seems to better capture the central facts of the tragic case: “For $150, Mr. Zeke opened fire on my car and shot my friend. He took a mother from her daughter,” Perkins said. “The responsibility lies with him. He was the one holding the gun.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Google ‘Palestine’–It Exists, And So Do Palestinians

0

On May 4, Google did something President Obama didn’t have the guts to do: they recognized Palestine as a state and gave us our very own homepage. This is far better than being verified on Twitter or having the U.N. General Assembly vote in favor of Palestinian statehood. Palestinians searching for a good time across the West Bank were thrilled to be redirected to google.ps, AKA Google Palestine. They pulled up their pants and went to dance in the streets because if Google said that Palestine exists, it must be true. They do make the maps and everyone knows if you find it on Google it is an undeniable fact.

As Palestinians rejoiced, Israeli settlers in Gush Etzion wept and gnashed their teeth. They had been blindsided when they innocently went to www.google.com and got the suggestion that they try Google Palestine instead of the usual Google Israel (google.co.il). True, their settlement is built on Palestinian land in Bethlehem, but Palestine doesn’t exist, so how could this be happening?

A Palestinian man points at the word 'Palestine' on the Palestinian homepage of Google's search engine in Rafah in the southern Gaza Strip on May 3, 2013. (Said Khatib / AFP / Getty Images)
A Palestinian man points at the word ‘Palestine’ on the Palestinian homepage of Google’s search engine in Rafah in the southern Gaza Strip on May 3, 2013. (Said Khatib / AFP / Getty Images)

—

Israeli settlers and those who love them have gone to great lengths to convince themselves and the world that Palestinians don’t exist. Israel forces Palestinians to use different roads and ride separate buses, and even built a wall around the Palestinian villages so the settlers wouldn’t have to see such blight on the landscape. They have also organized aggressive PR campaigns centered on the fact that there is no such thing as Palestinians because they never had a country.

In the short time I have written for Open Zion, every single article of mine has gotten at least one reader’s comment claiming Palestinians don’t exist and therefore they are not being oppressed. Please allow me to respond to my detractors. They are a broken record and I have had enough.

First, there was a historical Palestine. They even had a currency called the Palestine pound, which was divided into a thousand mils, and said the word “Palestine” in big bold letters in English, Arabic, and Hebrew. Also, I’d like to remind folks that in his famous letter to Baron Rothschild, Balfour referred to the land he was gifting the future state of Israel as Palestine.

Second, Palestinians are indigenous and they are not just vague Arabs. If you believe the theory that the Jews were the original inhabitants of the Holy Land that does not mean that today’s Palestinian Christians and Muslims are not their descendants. For God’s sake, Jesus was born in Bethlehem. I’m guessing he picked up some followers. Team “there are no Palestinians” seem to be in denial of the fact that there is a little thing called converting.

What’s more, even if Palestine never existed–which it did–that doesn’t mean that Palestinians don’t exist. People can choose to identify however they please and millions have chosen to identify as Palestinian. You do not need to have a country to identify in a certain way. Croatians in Yugoslavia did not identify as Yugoslavians prior to getting their own country. They identified as Croatian. There is no country called “Communististan” but there are still Communists and even though there is technically no Palestine, there are still Palestinians.

Get over the name. In every debate that dismisses Palestinians’ right to equality on the grounds that they never had a country, the fact that these people do physically exist and are being oppressed is ignored. Call them Native Israelis or “Popcorn People” for all I care, they have been living there a very long time and they are not going anywhere.

Google has spoken. Israeli settlers need to accept that they now live in Palestine. Every time they search for anything in the future, they will be confronted with the reality that even though they believe this land was divinely promised to them and them alone, Google does not. There is good news though. The settlers can continue to live in their religiously segregated bubble. All they have to do is use Bing. If they do choose to continue to use Google, however, they need to remember that slingshots and stones are acts of terror, but Google locations can never hurt you.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Britain faces decade of austerity, influential think tanks warn

0

Steven Swinford
telegraph.co.uk
June 7, 2013

In a joint study, the Institute for Fiscal Studies and the Institute for Government warned that a further 250,000 civil servants may lose their jobs because of sluggish economic growth.

They said that both the 2015 and 2020 General Elections are likely to be fought on grounds of austerity, and that the situation could worsen with the decline of North Sea oil and the rising costs of healthcare.

Carl Emmerson, the Deputy Director of the IFS, said that one of the first actions of whoever is chancellor after the next election in 2015 may be to put up taxes.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 9:22 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Hedge Funds and the Death of the Peasant Landowner

0

When I was growing up, relatives talked incessantly about retirement, which generally meant going to live with a daughter and her family. When social security kicked in some older relatives became more independent especially those who had bought a home and paid off it. They could rent out a room or two to a close friend.

The ideal, however, was to own one or two houses that could be rented out. That was the Mexicans’ Individual Retirement Account (IRA) only better because they did not have to pay an agent or be at the whim of the stock market. The best part of it was that the houses were paid for by the rents.

The lessons I learned from my relatives kept me alive during the summers after I became a school teacher. Teaching paid under $3,000 a year — paid over ten months; they took out for retirement, taxes and other annoyances. So you had to hustle a job during the summer; the alternatives were to go into debt or starve. I would save $200 and every summer buy a fixer up, which I would sell later to finance the following summer’s venture and pay the household expenses for my family.

If I would have kept this up, I could have wound up with ten to 20 houses. They were cheap at the time — cost $8,000 to $10,000 — no money down. However, priorities are set by your values. I gave the houses away in a divorce settlement, and turned to more productive pursuits.  I thought that I would die young; I didn’t like being a peasant landlord; and I expected my children to have the same opportunities that I had.

The times changed, and today it is the exception that can buy a house let alone two or three houses, and expect to live off the rents. I once had an IRA, but about 2003 I lost all $40,000 of it. This was not an aberration; many of my relatives’ children met the same fate. It almost seems comical because at the time George W. Bush was leading the chorus calling for the privatization of social security.

I am not an economist; I am a historian; and I had fully expected the housing market to correct itself. During speculative years of the 1920s, housing prices soared, but were corrected by the crash of the Depression of the 30s and the Neal Deal. Working class people could afford homes, if they had a job. The cost of housing rose above my relatives means, and during the housing boom they could not afford a second home. That was good and bad, and people were satisfied that the home they owned increased in value.

The FHA and the GI Bill made houses more accessible, but they also inflated prices. There was a slight rise in housing costs during the 1950s, with a correction during the 60s and 70s. By the 1980s, a boom again made buying that extra home more difficult.

In the LA area prices came down briefly only to jump up again in the latter part of the decade. In the 90s, the patron saint of the working class William Jefferson Clinton ended the regulatory acts of the 30s, and that ended ability of the housing market to correct itself, making the housing bubbles of the first decade of the 21st Century inevitable.

When the Depression of 2008 came about I looked for a silver lining. I hoped that prices of homes would come tumbling down, and maybe my relatives’ grandchildren could walk away from the inflated prices they had to pay for their homes during the decade of the bubbles.

Many had paid $450,000 for homes in marginal neighborhoods, which seemed a bit excessive — especially when the value of that home fell to $275,000. There was no way my relatives could keep making those house payments, or much less buy an extra home for retirement.

Many of us gave Presidents George Bush and Barack Obama passes when they gave bailouts to the Wall Street and the banks. Perhaps because we hoped that the bankers and the corporate elite would use the money for the common good.  But like they used to say when I was in the army, “Never happen G.I.”

Looking back, I am not as naïve as I once was, and I have ceased to believe in fairy tales. There will be no recovery at least not in the same way there was when I was a kid. Age has taught me that I have to wake up and accept the nightmare, and just maybe if I would have understood it then my grandchildren and those of my relatives would have something to look forward to. They would not be held captive by the managers of IRA-like funds.

What finally burst my bubble though was the rise of the hedge funds, which are today for all intents and purposes in control of government.

I have known this for some time but have been in denial. However, I recently read a series of articles in a community newspaper called Tribuno del Pueblo on the takeover of the family housing market by the super rich.  It wrote that this was organized by the largest bankers and hedge-fund operators that have seized control of Fannie and Freddie Mae grabbed half the nation’s mortgages and some 200,000 homes.

“The hedge-fund speculators who are buying up hundreds and thousands of houses in foreclosures and short sales are right when they say that this is ‘the new face of real estate.’” Rounding off the collusion between the speculators and government, the Obama administration is selling off tax liens to the former the super-rich — why not Obama’s appointments come from this class.

It is a new age and there is no room for the peasant landlord of my father’s times. We don’t have the capital to compete.

Recently a friend was trying to buy his first home. He followed the newspaper ads hoping to buy a foreclosure.  The brokers refused his multiple bids on foreclosed residential homes. They tried to sell him “for sale” homes that had already been bid up above the asking price. Probing around he learned that the broker had reserved the foreclosed house for a local politician who he represented at auction.

Well, there are those who are forever blowing bubbles. They are dreaming for the days that they could buy a home as an investment for old age and then pass it on to their children or grandchildren. But the truth is that those are only dreams, and today we are living the nightmare.

RODOLFO ACUÑA, a professor emeritus at California State University Northridge, has published 20 books and over 200 public and scholarly articles. He is the founding chair of the first Chicano Studies Dept which today offers 166 sections per semester in Chicano Studies. His history book Occupied America has been banned in Arizona. In solidarity with Mexican Americans in Tucson, he has organized fundraisers and support groups to ground zero and written over two dozen articles exposing efforts there to nullify the U.S. Constitution.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Corporate State and Manufactured Dependence

0

An argument often heard in the 1980s and ‘90s by those favoring lower taxes on the rich was the rich could avoid paying taxes because they had the resources to do so, so why not be pragmatic and set tax rates low enough the rich would actually pay them? The people making this argument overlapped substantially with those arguing poor, and particularly black and brown, drug law ‘offenders’ should face mandatory sentences of decades in prison for drug convictions to ‘send a message’ drug laws will be enforced. The obvious question back is –why would harsh prison sentences dissuade people from using drugs but not from avoiding paying taxes?

This disconnect has elements of racism and class bias, but there is also a deeper precept that economic crimes are ‘victimless.’ With respect to taxes, there are two dimensions here–the premise economic resources are in the first place legitimately distributed and that tax avoidance garners no adverse social consequences. The sources of wealth accumulation in recent decades are inherited (unearned) wealth, corporate executives using monopoly power to extract economic rents, and finance dependent on public backstops and guarantees. None of these sources is supported by the economic theories of capitalism. And the social costs of tax avoidance are evident in poor schools, a dysfunctional healthcare system, deteriorating infrastructure, widespread poverty and under-funded retirement accounts. Economic crimes do have consequences.

Incarnations of a similar argument regarding globalization are today used to explain low corporate tax rates, the ‘outsourcing’ of labor to low wage countries and general fealty to the whims of corporate ‘leaders’ under the premise if we challenge their power they will pick up and move elsewhere. What is missing is clarity around exactly who is dependent upon whom? The multi-national corporations most capable of labor theft through outsourcing and of availing themselves of corporate tax avoidance schemes also receive cost-plus government contracts, technologies developed at public expense they commercialize, transportation and telecommunications infrastructure built at public expense, the ‘benefit’ of a standing military with a long history of murder and pillage in their service, a workforce largely educated at public expense and a breadth and depth of institutions supportive of ‘private’ property rights and state power to protect accumulated wealth.

In the narrow sense of existing institutional context, corporate and plutocrat power can be expressed. Banks can withdraw credit and corporations can fire workers in the U.S. and hire workers at lower wages in low wage countries. And they can use tax avoidance schemes to avoid paying taxes. However, their ability to do so is a function of public policy, not nature. And effective methods of managing the destructive impact of corporate power exist–companies operating in Germany can’t fire workers at will because the German government makes doing so prohibitively expensive. And banks operate by legal charters that can be revoked.

In addition to the ability to withdraw the public support for ‘private’ corporations outlined above, other levers of control are the terms of incorporation as legal charter, the allowable level of retained profit; the minimum wage labor can be paid, the right to sell the goods and services produced and the price at which they can be sold. Variations of these have been used across history and are being used contemporaneously by existing trading ‘partners.’ Through these levers corporations could be made to either sell their goods and services within the U.S. under socially beneficial terms or forgo selling them here entirely. Absent mass and credible rebellion there is little chance legislation to accomplish this will be passed. But that is a function of existing political-economic relations, not the absence of the technical capacity to force socially beneficial economic arrangements.

Current ‘globalization’ is historically related to the epics of imperialism that preceded World Wars One and Two. In contrast to the theories of economists, existing ‘global’ relations retain strong ties to earlier imperial relations. The ‘state capitalism’ of modern China has roots in the mercantilist strategies of imperial England of which China was colonial subject. European ‘corporate’ relations in Africa strongly follow historical imperial relations. And these earlier imperial relations were clearly developed as modes of exploitation and extraction–the dependencies that developed were conceived to force cooperation with imperial imperatives. The results–vast wealth extraction, imperial tensions that led to the most destructive wars in human history, the temporary evictions of imperial powers from their colonies (only to return as ‘free trade’ relations) and new and ‘improved’ strategies of forced dependence. The relevant points are: current circumstance has precedence in prior history; engineered dependence is a colonial strategy of expropriation, and other than a few hundred rich families in the West, we are all colonial subjects under the ‘new’ globalization now.

The sense of economic powerlessness against dominant interests–multi-national corporations and their servants in government, is neither natural nor accidental. ‘At will’ employment as it exists in the U.S., where corporations claim the right to fire workers without reason or cause, has long been contingent on the ability of labor to counter the power to do so through collective action. The fat paychecks the executives of large corporations receive include economic rents, formerly the due of capital, paid for creating and using the mechanisms of economic terror against their own workers and, more broadly, labor held captive by geography and history. The Federal Reserve has long ‘managed’ business cycles to minimize inflation under the theory a material degree of unemployment is ‘natural’ and always preferred to inflation. And the ‘consumer rights’ movement of the 1970s illustrated the power of customers to influence corporate decision making, even if the result was labor cutting its own throat through accepting the separation of consumer from labor economics.

The ‘resistance is futile’ mindset that supports plutocrats and the global corporations they own assumes the existing order is the only possible order and the costs of resistance are too great because ‘they’ have state power and unlimited economic resources on their side. But what is to be gained or lost from resistance very much depends on current and projected circumstances unambiguously in decline for an increasing proportion of the populace. The Keynesian saw companies fire their own customers mistakenly conflates local rationalities–hire / fire decisions made by individual companies in capitalist economies, with the macroeconomic insight an immiserated populace is unlikely to well support a capitalist economy. Plutocrats and their global corporations need not acknowledge this for it to be fact. Imperial relations were never intended to better the lot of imperial subjects. What is left is a populace in need of a functioning economy and an available and substantial proportion of the formerly ‘employed’ with little else to do but acquiesce to creeping immiseration or rebel.

Put another way, there are no ‘no cost’ strategies of political-economic change. But this applies to doing nothing and allowing the current trajectory of corporate-plutocrat dominance to proceed unimpeded as well. The choice isn’t between maintaining current conditions or forcing political-economic self-determination, it is between forcing political-economic self determination or letting corporations and government in the service of plutocrats continue to move the corporate-state nexus in their preferred direction. The exponentially more intrusive trade agreements that institutionalize corporate monopoly power over political-economic self-determination are being negotiated as this is being written. The instruments of totalitarian control–the surveillance state in association with the militarization of the police and class and race based policing, incarceration and murder, is more in evidence with each new disclosure of the corporate state’s abuses of power. The choice is of future, not present, conditions.

In recent decades the American left has largely proposed utopian schemes–worker collectives and local public projects that leave the power of international capital unchallenged. These may be locally constructive, and that has its benefits, but the schemes of dependence and extraction, the nexus of multi-national corporations and state power, appears determined to be all consuming. Increased state power in the service of capital is oppressive by degree, but especially for those only marginally tied to the corporate economy. If the rich and corporations don’t pay taxes, guess who does? Either through cutting ‘public’ expenditures or through back door taxes such as ‘user fees’ for required services, and likely both, the economic extraction will continue. And the ‘trade agreements’ (TPP Trans-Pacific Partnership agreement) being negotiated are to consolidate corporate control over all commercial economic production, not just that already under corporate control (why else the agreements and who precisely is doing the agreeing?).

This isn’t to suggest worker collectives and the build-out of public institutions in the public interest shouldn’t be undertaken–they should. The problem is, as was illustrated by the Brits in China, these powers will not stop the process of expropriation and immiseration until they are made to. The effort to cut social insurance programs now has two Democrat administrations (Clinton, Obama) and one Republican (Bush) having proposed cuts and / or privatization. The goal of doing so is to provide even more social resources to the already wealthy. The mass unemployment resulting from state-supported Wall Street actions doesn’t receive as much as lip service from ‘liberal’ Democrats who leap over one another to beg for corporate donations from companies either partially or wholly dependent on public largesse for their continued existence. And the build-out of the corporate-fascist state has more to do with promoting terrorism against a rapidly increasing swath of the world’s citizenry, including maintaining unjust and exploitative economic relations ‘at home,’ than with fighting ‘terrorism.’

People are right to be cautious when considering actions likely to cause large political-economic dislocations–things can be made worse for lots of people. This is why the neo-liberal program of imperialist economic expansion and neo-conservative project to launch ill-conceived wars for resources and to expand U.S. military power are so radically egregious–crimes by any reasonable standards of ‘civilized’ behavior. The neo-liberal economic program was thrown into the garbage bin of history following the Great Depression only to be revived when its resulting catastrophes were finally removed by time from the collective memory. And the neo-conservative program entirely by accident caused the single greatest diminution of imperial military power in human history. Were it not for the million plus Iraqis killed in the process ‘the world’ might be grateful. This is to agree with those urging caution when considering rearranging the world based on poorly considered schemes of world domination.

But this conclusion leaves the neo-liberal and neo-conservative projects in the past tense when they remain the dominant drivers of economic and foreign policy in Washington, New York, London and Brussels, despite their catastrophic outcomes. This makes reluctance to force political-economic change a form of incaution. The corporate state representatives in Washington, the Wall Street bankers in New York and the inheritance baby John Bircher’s in the mid-west support current circumstance and the political-economic trajectory because they created it. Radical change forced on an unwilling populace by dull ideologues insulated from the consequences of their actions describes current circumstance, not a potential new state of the world. Sure things can get a lot worse–it’s happening right before our eyes.

Finally, to the brothers and sisters of the ISO (International Socialist Organization), I met a bunch of you at Columbia University two or so years back at one of your seminars on Marxian economics. I took several of you aside and politely made a few points about the absence of finance and corporate agents in your explanations of capitalist expropriation. You apparently took great offense, as I never heard from ISO despite leaving my contact info and stating my interest.

I don’t ‘do’ social media so I was unaware of the kafuffle ISO raised over the word ‘tit’ appearing in a Counterpunch headline about Angelina Jolie’s double mastectomy until I read Jeffrey St. Clair’s essay. If seeing this in print doesn’t read like a joke to you, I’m at a bit of a loss. Is this what ‘the left’ in America has been reduced to?

It’s not that the small issues aren’t important, but rather that the big issues are more important. 95% of America has never heard an actual argument from the socialist left. There are some important battles still to be fought. Celebrity breasts are not one of them.

Rob Urie is an artist and political economist in New York. 

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Spying on Americans and the Fourth Amendment. An Open Letter to Dianne Feinstein, Chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee

0

Dear Senator Feinstein:

On Thursday, when you responded to news about massive ongoing surveillance of phone records of people in the United States, you slipped past the meaning of the Fourth Amendment. As the chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee, you seem to be in the habit of treating the Bill of Rights as merely advisory.

The Constitution doesn’t get any better than this: “The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

The greatness of the Fourth Amendment explains why so many Americans took it to heart in civics class, and why so many of us treasure it today. But along with other high-ranking members of Congress and the president of the United States, you have continued to chip away at this sacred bedrock of civil liberties.

As The Guardian reported the night before your sudden news conference, the leaked secret court order “shows for the first time that under the Obama administration the communication records of millions of U.S. citizens are being collected indiscriminately and in bulk – regardless of whether they are suspected of any wrongdoing.”

One of the most chilling parts of that just-revealed Surveillance Court order can be found at the bottom of the first page, where it says “Declassify on: 12 April 2038.”

Apparently you thought – or at least hoped – that we, the people of the United States, wouldn’t find out for 25 years. And the fact that we learned about this extreme violation of our rights in 2013 instead of 2038 seems to bother you a lot.

Rather than call for protection of the Fourth Amendment, you want authorities to catch and punish whoever leaked this secret order. You seem to fear that people can actually discover what their own government is doing to them with vast surveillance.

Meanwhile, the Executive Branch is being run by kindred spirits, as hostile to the First Amendment as to the Fourth. On Thursday night, Director of National Intelligence James Clapper issued a statement saying the “unauthorized disclosure of a top secret U.S. court document threatens potentially long-lasting and irreversible harm to our ability to identify and respond to the many threats facing our nation.”

That statement from Clapper is utter and complete hogwash. Whoever leaked the four-page Surveillance Court document to Glenn Greenwald at The Guardian deserves a medal and an honorary parade down Pennsylvania Avenue in the Nation’s Capital. The only “threats” assisted by disclosure of that document are the possibilities of meaningful public discourse and informed consent of the governed.

Let’s be candid about the most clear and present danger to our country’s democratic values. The poisonous danger is spewing from arrogance of power in the highest places. The antidotes depend on transparency of sunlight that only whistleblowers, a free press and an engaged citizenry can bring.

As Greenwald tweeted after your news conference: “The reason there are leakers is precisely because the govt is filled with people like Dianne Feinstein who do horrendous things in secret.” And, he pointed out, “The real story isn’t just the spying itself: it’s that we have this massive, ubiquitous Surveillance State, operating in total secrecy.”

Obviously, you like it that way, and so do most other members of the Senate and House. And so does the president. You’re all playing abhorrent roles, maintaining a destructive siege of precious civil liberties. While building a surveillance state, you are patting citizens on the head and telling them not to worry.

Perhaps you should have a conversation with Al Gore and ask about his statement: “Is it just me, or is secret blanket surveillance obscenely outrageous?” Actually, many millions of Americans understand that the blanket surveillance is obscenely outrageous.

As a constituent, I would like to offer an invitation. A short drive from your mansion overlooking San Francisco Bay, hundreds of us will be meeting June 11 at a public forum on “Disappearing Civil Liberties in the United States.” (You’d be welcome to my time on the panel.) One of the speakers, Pentagon Papers whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg, could explain to you how the assaults on civil liberties and the wars you keep supporting go hand in hand, undermining the Constitution and causing untold misery.

Senator Feinstein, your energetic contempt for the Bill of Rights is serving a bipartisan power structure that threatens to crush our democratic possibilities.

A huge number of people in California and around the country will oppose your efforts for the surveillance state at every turn.

Sincerely,

Norman Solomon

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Mexican Mom Murdered Days After She Begged Authorities to Keep Her Away From Violent Ex

0

A policeman stands guard as supporters and opponents of Arizona’s immigration enforcement law face off in July.

June 7, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Despite a protective order from a Texas judge and her pleas that her ex-boyfriend would kill her if she were deported, immigration officials returned a woman to Mexico and within days he strangled her to death, her family claims in court.
     Maria S. sued four unknown U.S. immigration officials in Federal Court, on behalf of the three minor sons of her late daughter, Laura S.
     An Hidalgo County Judge granted Laura an emergency order of protection against her children’s father, Sergio H., in 2008, after he assaulted her with a knife, the children’s grandmother says in the complaint.
     “Enraged, Sergio H. later returned to Reynosa, Mexico, where he reportedly worked with a notorious drug cartel,” the complaint states. “On June 8, 2009, Laura S. was enjoying an evening with her cousin and two friends. They were stopped near Pharr, Texas by a local Department of Public Safety (‘DPS’) officer at approximately midnight for a minor alleged driving infraction.
     “The DPS officer then demanded their immigration papers, which only Laura’s cousin was able to produce. Laura S. began to weep, begging the officer to let her go. She explained that her ex-boyfriend was in Mexico with a drug cartel, was extremely violent towards her, and had threatened her life. She also said that she had obtained protective orders against Sergio H., and that he would kill her as soon as she appeared in Mexico. She further stated that she had three small children and that one was scheduled for surgery.”
     But the state trooper turned her over to an Immigration and Customs Enforcement agent, who took them to the immigrant processing center in Harlingen.
     On the way Laura S. tearfully pleaded with defendant ICE Officer Doe, to no avail, that she had three small children and her ex would kill her if she returned to Mexico.
     “When the group arrived in the Harlingen immigration center, they were taken to a small office for fingerprinting and paperwork. The defendants ‘Mark Moe,’ ‘Robert Roe,’ and ‘James Loe’ then entered the room as well. All were agents of Homeland Security, U.S. CBP and/or U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, (‘ICE’). John Doe remained in the room with them and assisted with the processing,” the complaint states.
     “Laura S. was weeping and trembling and spoke with the defendants. Once again she explained that her ex boyfriend was in Mexico with a notorious drug cartel, was extremely violent towards her, and had threatened her life,” the complaint states. “She also told them that she had obtained protective orders against Sergio H. and that he would kill her as soon as she appeared in Mexico. She repeated that the had three small children and that one was scheduled for surgery.
     “None of the defendants asked her any questions or attempted to verify or evaluate her risk of harm in any way.
     “None of the defendants explained any of her legal rights to her, such as her right to an attorney, or her right to a hearing before an immigration judge to present the various grounds for relief available to her.
     “Laura S. was in fact eligible for many forms of relief from removal, including but not limited to the following: withholding of removal, political asylum, a U-visa, and/or deferral in order to avoid the risk of serious harm, including torture and cruel and degrading treatment.”
     Rather than give her a hearing before an immigration judge, the agents decided to “immediately remove Laura S. to Mexico,” the complaint states.
     John Doe drove Laura to the Hidalgo-Reynosa International Bridge, her mother says.
     “Laura S. wept and begged John Doe not to send her to Mexico all the way to the bridge. Laura S. was forced to cross the bridge into Mexico in the early hours of June 9, 2009. …
     “Within days, Sergio H. learned of Laura S.’s return to Mexico. He promptly accosted and beat her, biting her ear until it bled profusely.
     “On June 14, 2009 Sergio H. forcibly abducted Laura S. and took her to a hotel, where he brutally murdered her and left her body in a burning car.
     “Maria S., the mother of Laura S., gave her testimony to the Mexican police. Although Sergio H. was imprisoned in Mexico, he later escaped. But for the defendants’ wrongful and arbitrary decision to forcibly return Laura S. to Mexico without permitting her to obtain an attorney to present her grounds for relief to an immigration judge, she would not have been battered and murdered by Sergio H.
     “The defendants’ acts and omissions in this case shock the conscience.”
     The family seeks damages for civil rights and due process violations.
     They are represented by Jennifer Harbury with Texas Rio Grande Legal Aid in Weslaco.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

FDA approves first GMO Flu Vaccine containing Reprogrammed Insect Virus

0

A new vaccine for influenza has hit the market, and it is the first ever to contain genetically-modified (GM) proteins derived from insect cells. According to reports, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) recently approved the vaccine, known as Flublok, which contains recombinant DNA technology and an insect virus known as baculovirus that is purported to help facilitate the more rapid production of vaccines.

According to Flublok’s package insert, the vaccine is trivalent, which means it contains GM proteins from three different flu strains. The vaccine’s manufacturer, Protein Sciences Corporation (PSC), explains that Flublok is produced by extracting cells from the fall armyworm, a type of caterpillar, and genetically altering them to produce large amounts of hemagglutinin, a flu virus protein that enables the flu virus itself to enter the body quickly.

So rather than have to produce vaccines the “traditional” way using egg cultures, vaccine manufacturers will now have the ability to rapidly produce large batches of flu virus protein using GMOs, which is sure to increase profits for the vaccine industry. But it is also sure to lead to all sorts of serious side effects, including the deadly nerve disease Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GSB), which is listed on the shot as a potential side effect.

“If Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS) has occurred within six weeks of receipt of a prior influenza vaccine, the decision to give Flublock should be based on careful consideration of the potential benefits and risks,” explains a section of the vaccine’s literature entitled “Warnings and Precautions.” Other potential side effects include allergic reactions, respiratory infections, headaches, fatigue, altered immunocompetence, rhinorrhea, and myalgia.

According to clinical data provided by PSC in Flublok’s package insert, two study participants actually died during trials of the vaccine. But the company still insists Flublok is safe and effective, and that it is about 45 percent effective against all strains of influenza in circulation, rather than just one or two strains.

FDA also approves flu vaccine containing dog kidney cells

Back in November, the FDA also approved a new flu vaccine known as Flucelvax that is actually made using dog kidney cells. A product of pharmaceutical giant Novartis, Flucelvax also does away with the egg cultures, and can similarly be produced much more rapidly than traditional flu vaccines, which means vaccine companies can have it ready and waiting should the federal government declare a pandemic.

Like Flublok, Flucelvax was made possible because of a $1 billion, taxpayer-funded grant given by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) to the vaccine industry back in 2006 to develop new manufacturing methods for vaccines. The ultimate goal is to be able to quickly manufacture hundreds of millions of vaccines for rapid distribution.

Meanwhile, there are reportedly two other GMO flu vaccines currently under development. One of them, which is being produced by Novavax, will utilize “bits of genetic material grown in caterpillar cells called ‘virus-like particles’ that mimic a flu virus,” according to Reuters.

Sources for this article include:

www.naturalnews.com

healthimpactnews.com

www.reuters.com

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Wild West Bank: Might makes right in Israel-Palestine settlement standoff

0



Published time: June 07, 2013 14:23

Armed Israeli settlers from the Yitzhar settlement throw stones towards Palestinian farmers from the northern West Bank village of Madama. (AFP Photo / Jaafar Ashtiyeh)

Download video (18.51 MB)
Embed

Code

Mounting violence in the occupied territories between Israeli settlers and locals has forced the UN to consider compensating Palestinians who are driven off their land. Current Israeli law protects settlers, while depriving natives of their rights.

Rarely does a day pass without at least one report of violence
between Israeli settlers and Palestinians. The Office of the
United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights is believed to
be working on a plan to compensate Palestinians harmed by Israeli
settlers in the West Bank. The plan could help offset the
apparent bias in Israeli law concerning settlers and
Palestinians.

Israeli settlers have forced the government to enact the ‘Dromi
Law’ in the West Bank — Shai Dromi was an Israeli farmer who, in
an act of self-defense, shot and killed a trespasser and wounded
13 others. He was eventually acquitted of manslaughter. A law was
later named after him, one which supports the notion that any
actions taken against intruders are considered self-defense.

Now, the question of when Israeli settlers can and cannot legally
use a gun to protect themselves and their property are being
reconsidered: The Dromi Law has the potential to make pulling the
trigger an even more attractive option for settlers.

Many fear these tensions could even result in a Third Intifada,
especially since settlers have apparently been given the right to
shoot first and ask questions later.

An armed settler walks trough the West Bank settlement of Migron, near Ramallah. (AFP Photo / Orel Cohen)

In the West Bank, armed Israelis and Palestinians were never
equal before the law, but now even less so: “A settler and a
Palestinian living side-by-side who commit the same crime are put
through entirely different legal systems,”
lawyer Emily
Schaeffer told RT.

Two decades ago, Israeli settler Jacob Taylor moved to the
disputed Hebron Hills from South Africa along with 74 members of
his family. Jacob claims that more than 600 of his pedigree sheep
have been stolen from his farm by Palestinians.

“I have got a rifle that the army supplies me with, but I
don’t go out and walk with a rifle, except at nighttime like when
they stole my sheep. I took the rifle and went out, but it’s for
self-protection,”
Taylor told RT.

The Palestinians see things differently: “I was in the
mountains feeding my sheep in our land and the settlers attacked
me and hit me on my back,”
Palestinian shepherd Hammed Ali
Shawahen said. “They did not just attack me, they attack
everybody every day, they attack people and trees and animals.
They are trying to take our lands but we will not let them.”

Palestinians throw stones towards Israeli soldiers at a check point guarding the Jewish settlements of Beit Hadasa and Beit Romano during clashes in the Israeli occupied West Bank town of Hebron. (AFP Photo / Hazem Bader)

Under current Israeli law, Taylor’s case will be heard in civil
court, while Hammed’s must be heard in a military count. “The
Palestinian could be barred from seeing a lawyer up to 30 days.
The Palestinian could be held and interrogated for 8 days before
got to a judge, after which the detention could be extended over
and over again,”
Schaeffer explained.

By comparison, an Israeli settler would be allowed to consult
with his lawyer immediately, and “would have to be brought
before a judge in order to continue interrogating him within 24
hours. And he would have all the sets of due process that we
don’t see in the military courts,”
Schaeffer said.

The Israeli colonization of the West Bank has seen countless
incidents of violence over the years, and the settler population
has always been well-armed. With this new law enshrining
Palestinians’ inferior status in the legal system, the scales may
tip even further in favor of the Israeli settlers.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Sen. Rand Paul to Introduce Fourth Amendment Restoration Act

0

His attendance at Mitt Romney’s Rocky Mountain confab hasn’t kept Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) from working to protect the people of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and the nation from the federal government’s constant assault on liberty.

On Thursday, June 6, Paul (shown) announced he would introduce the Fourth Amendment Restoration Act of 2013. The measure aims to guarantee that the constitutional protections of the Fourth Amendment are not violated by any government entity.

“The revelation that the NSA has secretly seized the call records of millions of Americans, without probable cause, represents an outrageous abuse of power and a violation of the Fourth Amendment to the Constitution. I have long argued that Congress must do more to restrict the Executive’s expansive law enforcement powers to seize private records of law-abiding Americans that are held by a third-party,” Paul said in a statement published on his website.

“When the Senate rushed through a last-minute extension of the FISA Amendments Act late last year, I insisted on a vote on my amendment (SA 3436) to require stronger protections on business records and prohibiting the kind of data-mining this case has revealed. Just last month, I introduced S.1037, the Fourth Amendment Preservation and Protection Act, which would provide exactly the kind of protections that, if enacted, could have prevented these abuses and stopped these increasingly frequent violations of every American’s constitutional rights.”

Paul’s bill is very timely in light of this week’s revelation that Verizon – one of the nation’s largest telecommunication companies – has been ordered to turn over customer call information to the National Security Agency.

As The New American reported yesterday, a court order labeled “TOP SECRET,” issued by federal judge Roger Vinson, ordered Verizon to turn over the phone records of millions of its U.S. customers to the National Security Agency (NSA).

The order, issued in April by the U.S. Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court and leaked on the Internet by the Guardian (U.K.), compels Verizon on an “ongoing daily basis” to hand over to the domestic spy agency “an electronic copy” of “all call detail records created by Verizon for communications (i) between the United States and abroad; or (ii) wholly within the United States, including local telephone calls.”

This information includes the phone numbers involved, the electronic identity of the device, the calling card numbers (if any) used in making the calls, and the time and duration of the call.

The text of Senator Paul’s bill recognizes the clear and present danger such wholesale seizures of customer information pose to the preservation of our constitutional Republic. For example, Section 2 of the bill, labeled “Findings,” declares:

Whereas the Bill of Rights says in the Fourth Amendment to the United States Constitution that “the right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

Whereas media reports indicate that the National Security Agency is currently collecting the phone records of American citizens.

Whereas media reports indicate that the National Security Agency has secured a top secret court order in April from a Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISA) for the telephone records of millions of American citizens.

Whereas media reports indicate that President Barack Obama’s administration has been collecting information about millions of citizens within the borders of the United States and between the United States and other countries; and,

Whereas the collection of citizens’ phone records is a violation of the natural rights of every man and woman in the United States and a clear violation of the explicit language of the highest law of the land.

Speaking particularly of the NSA’s disregard for the Fourth Amendment and probable cause, Senator Paul published the following statement Thursday, June 6:

The National Security Agency’s seizure and surveillance of virtually all of Verizon’s phone customers is an astounding assault on the Constitution. After revelations that the Internal Revenue Service targeted political dissidents and the Department of Justice seized reporters’ phone records, it would appear that this Administration has now sunk to a new low.

When Sen. Mike Lee and I offered an amendment that would attach Fourth Amendment protections to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act last year, it was defeated, and FISA was passed by an overwhelming majority of the Senate. At the time, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid remarked that FISA was “necessary to protect us from the evil in this world.” 

The Bill of Rights was designed to protect us from evil, too, particularly that which always correlates with concentrated government power, and particularly Executive power. If the President and Congress would obey the Fourth Amendment we all swore to uphold, this new shocking revelation that the government is now spying on citizens’ phone data en masse would never have happened.

Senator Paul’s Fourth Amendment Restoration Act will be submitted on Friday, June 7, when the Senate returns to work.

While Paul’s efforts to shore up the Fourth Amendment are certainly laudable, the very act itself raises the question of why such a measure is necessary. The rights protected by the Constitution are, as Paul rightly says, natural rights that are the birthright of all people – American citizens or otherwise – and the protections afforded by the Bill of Rights should be sufficient to restrain the government.

Admittedly, the day has now come when the Constitution is viewed by the federal government as nothing more than a “parchment barrier” to be torn through on its march toward absolutism. The answer to systemic disregard for laws protecting our liberty cannot be found, however, in the multiplication of laws purporting to protect our liberty. Designing lawmakers, presidents, and judges are unlikely to heed the provisions of a constitution-supporting bill given that they demonstrate no respect whatsoever for the Constitution itself.

The remedy to this mortal malady seems to be the one described by Thomas Jefferson as the “rightful remedy”: nullification. In the Kentucky Resolution, Jefferson wrote:

In cases of an abuse of the delegated powers, the members of the general government, being chosen by the people, a change by the people would be the constitutional remedy; but, where powers are assumed which have not been delegated, a nullification of the act is the rightful remedy: that every State has a natural right in cases not within the compact, (casus non fœderis) to nullify of their own authority all assumptions of power by others within their limits: that without this right, they would be under the dominion, absolute and unlimited, of whosoever might exercise this right of judgment for them.

If the federal government’s quest for unbounded power is to be thwarted, states must unite in their opposition to federal overreach and refuse to participate in or permit the enforcement of any unconstitutional federal act within their sovereign borders.

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Russia introduces drug tests for schoolchildren

0

President Vladimir Putin has signed into law a bill detailing the psychological and medical tests on young people suspected of drug abuse.

The tests would be voluntary and comprise two stages. The first
is a written psychological test, followed by medical checks to
find traces of illegal drugs in their bodies.

If experts find schoolchildren are using illegal drugs, they
would be sent to a rehab centre. 

Children younger than 15 will need the consent of their parents
before the tests can be carried out.

Many Russian regions have already introduced tests at a local
level. Everywhere the tests for illegal drugs are voluntary. The
federal law was drafted in November last year and passed by
parliament in late May this year.

The anti-drug program has already caused controversy — in some
places parents were asked to sign their consent but were not told
the details of the test. In others, critics pointed at the
insufficient protection of the highly sensitive information and
potential damage if the results of the tests (or even the names
of those who refused to take them) become public.

Some also pointed at the apparently lax approach by the experts —
one of the questions was reportedly a direct “have you ever
inhaled gasoline or acetone for the sake of unusual experience’ —
something that young children might see as an instruction, rather
than a warning.

According to a recent poll among Russians aged 11 to 24, about a
quarter had tried illegal drugs usually between the ages of 15
and 16.

The overall number of drug addicts is difficult to estimate —
while the number of officially registered patients in rehabs and
clinics is about 500,000, experts estimate that the real number
of people who regularly use illegal drugs is between between two
and two-and-a-half million.

Russia has a fairly strict drug policy and President
Vladimir Putin again spoke against the so called “soft drugs” in
a recent speech saying that their legalization in certain
countries was “a dangerous path”.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Buying US Treasury Bonds, A Sucker’s Game

0

Buying US Treasury Bonds now as advocated by so-called experts is turning logic on its head.

What I am going to say is so outlandish and unconventional that my critics and detractors will in a single chorus declare that I have gone nuts! In another blast of Wall Street conventional wisdom (or rather FED’s dogma) they will also accuse me of turning their logic on its head.

However, I am willing to take on any challenge that by the end of this article, I will be proven right because common sense always trump so-called logic of banksters and fraudsters.

After all, it was a child who exposed the scam and cried out, “The King has no clothes!” History is replete with examples that the minority of one (and right now I am in such a position pending the publication of this article) has been able to turn the tide by persistence, dedication and common sense. I believe strongly that the Joe Six-Packs of the world upon understanding the nature of the US Treasury Bond scam will not sit back and allow the scam to continue to their detriment.

Let me use some analogies and your own experience in money matters to drive home the point. Please be patient.

So, here we go!

Situation 1

Ask yourself this question — “Would you consider yourself prudent and reasonable and your bank prudent and reasonable in lending to a borrower a substantial sum of money in the following scenario?”

Jack of All Trades (Jack) is applying for a loan of US$3 million from his bank for a business venture. Just in case he may not get the loan or as much as he has applied for, Jack has asked you to extend a personal loan of US$1.5 million as a short-term cushion. You have been friends for ages.

His present financial situation is as follows:

His only real tangible asset is his matrimonial home in joint names of Jack and his wife Jill. It is valued at US$2.5 million and has been mortgaged to Citibank. There is an outstanding loan amounting to US$2.2 million. He has not paid any installments for the last six months. Interest is compounding!

Jack and Jill have outstanding credit card debts amounting to US$260,000 due to five different credit card companies. Jack gets a reprieve because he was able to get new credit card accounts from a new set of credit card companies by transferring the outstanding balances as advertised in the marketing brochures of most credit card companies. These advertisements tease credit card debtors that on transfer, the interest levied would be lower.

They are also in arrears on their car loans and the liability is US$65,000

The combined income of Jack and Jill is US$20,000 a month. Jill has just received a notice that she will be retrenched in three months’ time.

I am confident that you would not agree to extend any loan to your friend and that his bank would likewise reject his loan application for the simple reason that the combined income stream of Jack and Jill (in the light of their present liabilities) would not be able to support such a credit application. The banker would be negligent or reckless to extend credit facility to Jack and Jill. But, that was what happened in USA when banks granted Sub-prime loans, “Liars Loans” etc.

Situation 2

Mills Inter-State Transport Co. is a reputable company and has been in the business for close to thirty years. The previous CEO has mismanaged the company and as a result revenues have plummeted to an all-time low for financial year ending January, 2013. Receivables have also dropped drastically as trade customers have difficulties in paying outstanding bills.

Cost has also gone up. So, the overall picture of the company is not too good. Fortunately, the only major liability is an outstanding loan of US$4 million that was obtained some three years ago to extend the warehouse and the truck maintenance facility.

The fleet of trucks is old — the average age is 20 years. There are just not enough funds to acquire new trucks to improve inter-alia productivity. The employees are all very loyal and have been willing to take a pay-cut to help the company tide over the bad times as the alternative would be retrenchment. A potential partner has shown interest in taking up a share of the business on offer and would be willing to inject new capital provided the company can secure short-term loans to address cash-flow problems for the immediate future (at least two years).

However, the new CEO has been able to cut costs, increased collection of receivables and more importantly secured three new contracts that would improve profit margins by 30 per cent in the current year and fifty per cent within two years. Financial advisers have advised that the company should approach their bankers for additional facilities as well as issuing a bond to some investors,
but cautioned that such a bond would be feasible if the yield (interest) is attractive — i.e. better than the existing rates.

I am confident that as a banker and or investor you would be willing to take a risk and extend a financial facility to the company provided the yields are attractive enough to compensate the risk of a presently cash-strapped company with improving revenues and profit margins. The financial status of this company is far better than that of Jack and Jill. The ethos of the company in financial matters is one of prudence and conservatism. While such a bond may not be rated AAA, it would also not be rated as a Junk Bond. It would be rated most likely somewhere in between.

Situation 3

The Republic of Extravagance have been on a consumption binge for two decades financed by easy credit by external trade creditors and loose monetary and fiscal policies of the regime. The country has a standing army that dwarfs the combined might of eight neighbours. T

here is not much manufacturing in the country and its main export is drugs, illicit arms and human trafficking. Because of its military might, the Republic of Extravagance is able to bully its neighbours into submission and demand that they sell their resources at rock bottom prices in exchange for illicit drugs, primarily cocaine. The country has been printing money to pay for other imports and as a result inflation is 230 per cent and rising.

National debt has ballooned 300 per cent of GDP.

The citizens have not rebelled, because of the tyranny of the state. The Department of Internal Security is almost as big as the standing army and in some areas have better equipment as a result of massive allocations under the previous five budgets. The Continental Union Bank reluctantly agreed to grant special loans only because the Republic is willing to pay 25 per cent yields!

Obviously, the third situation does not represent any existing country, but the point is that in Situation 1 and Situation 3, it would be unwise to extend any credit facilities and even if credit facility is to be granted it would be with a hefty premium — a spike in the yield to compensate for the high risk of default.

In the real world there would be creditors who would be willing to extend credit facilities to such countries BUT THERE IS ALWAYS THE CAVEAT — These countries have to pay a hefty yield!
Such bonds, whether corporate or sovereign are referred to as “Junk Bonds” as opposed to triple-A rated bonds.

This is common sense.

Situation 4

Peter is a small trader and is very popular with his customers for he has a big heart. Whenever a customer has difficulty in paying his bills after the expiry of his 14 days credit period, he would extend the period for another 14 days.

“Lucky” Jim was a new customer and though at times he was in arrears, he had always made good his debts. He was called “Lucky” because he was good at the local casino which is situated in the back room of a popular diner/bar. Lucky Jim has no business of any kind and don’t seem to be gainfully employed, but he has always been able to meet his obligations. The fact that it was rumoured that he was somehow linked to some mobster in Chicago have deterred people from being too curious.

One day, Peter called upon Lucky Jim at his home to enquire why he was overdue for more than 45 days and there was no attempt by him to explain the situation. He was pleasantly surprised to see Lucky Jim in overalls working frantically on a huge photocopying machine (a Japanese import) that can reproduce colour pictures, documents etc. as good as the originals. Lucky Jim was embarrassed by the unexpected visit and apologised for the delay in paying Peter, but promised to pay Peter in a matter of days. Peter not convinced, asked Lucky Jim how he would be able to meet his obligations. With his back to the wall, Lucky Jim volunteered that if he told Peter a secret, and if Peter would not divulged the secret, he would share the rewards with Peter.

Peter responded positively. So, Lucky Jim explained how by using the photocopying machine which he purchased at a hefty price from Japan, he could reproduce all the Federal Reserve Notes as if they were genuine. It was difficult for anyone to tell the difference unless he was an expert. Peter was bewildered and asked Lucky Jim how was it that he was never caught and was able to print so much money. Lucky Jim confided that he was not too greedy and only printed enough to meet his needs and a little more to indulge in some adult fun on the weekends with Patty “Galore” at Fun House at the corner of Main Street and Riverside road. Wow!!!!!

There were times when his friends who needed some emergency cash, he would lend them the “instant” cash hot from the printing machine and charge a small amount of interest. It was a good life.
He then lamented that a month ago, the machine broke down and he could not get the spare parts to repair the machine and so, he was now tinkering with it and hoped that he could repair the machine himself and that was why he was behind his payment. Peter was greedy and allowed Lucky Jim time to pay the outstanding debt as he was on to the game. However, when six months went by and Lucky Jim still could not repair the machine, it occurred to Peter that he would not be repaid at all. So, he called upon Lucky Jim and discovered to his horror that Lucky Jim has left town! The goose that laid the golden egg was dead. The party ended before it started!

We will now come back to reality.

Now, let me explain why I say that buying US Treasury Bonds is for suckers.

Some Basic Principles

Definition of Corporate Bond

A debt security issued by a corporation and sold to investors. The backing for the bond is usually the payment ability of the company, which is typically money to be earned from future operations. In some cases, the company’s physical assets may be used as collateral for bonds.

Corporate bonds are considered higher risk than government bonds. As a result, interest rates are almost always higher, even for top-flight credit quality companies. (source: Investopedia)
Definition of Treasury Bonds

A marketable, fixed-interest U.S. government debt security with a maturity of more than 10 years. Treasury bonds make interest payments semi-annually and the income that holders receive is only taxed at the federal level.

Treasury bonds are issued with a minimum denomination of $1,000. The bonds are initially sold through auction in which the maximum purchase amount is $5 million if the bid is non-competitive or 35% of the offering if the bid is competitive. A competitive bid states the rate that the bidder is willing to accept; it will be accepted depending on how it compares to the set rate of the bond. A non-competitive bid ensures that the bidder will get the bond but he or she will have to accept the set rate. After the auction, the bonds can be sold in the secondary market. (source: Investopedia)
For the uninitiated, a bond with low yields (i.e. interest) is said to be a “good bond” — if rated AAA because the risk of default is minimum and would fetch a higher price because the issuer of the bond (the country) has a good credit standing. The country has no problems paying off its debts. The risk of default is very low or unlikely as opposed to the case of Republic of Extravagance in Situation 3.
Bonds issued by highly indebted companies and or countries are rated as “Junk Bonds” and as such the yields are very high to attract lenders and or investors who are willing to take extraordinary risks for a higher return. Very, very few financiers and or investors would go near them — they are toxic and hence fetch a lower price!

Please bear this principle of bond pricing in mind.

The case of the United States of America

Let’s be real and honest. If the US is not a military super-power, it would be classified as a “Banana Republic” not unlike the country in Situation 3 above.

It is a bankrupt country and is the world’s biggest debtor in the amount of US$ outstanding to foreign creditors!

This is not in dispute by all the experts. Just Google “which country is the biggest debtor?” and the answer is the US (source: IMF)! As at 2013, the total national debt is over US$16.805 trillion which is larger than the country’s GDP! When we include the unfunded liabilities, some experts have calculated the debt to be over US$100 trillion. The US is a zombie debtor — walking DEAD.

There is just no way for the US to pay off the debt. It is mathematically impossible to repay the debt even if the US government were to raise taxes by 200 per cent! But, that would not be acceptable by the people and would spark off a revolution in the US.

So by any measure, any bonds issued by the US treasury ought to be classified as “Junk” and a hefty interest would have to be paid to creditors to buy the bonds.

The US$ trillion question to be asked is, “Why have foreign creditors lent so much money to the US when it is in such a hopeless financial mess?”

Many reasons have been put forward, but let’s cut out all the crap and get real. The main reason is that these foreign creditors (stupid corrupt governments) just don’t understand how the scam has been perpetrated, not unlike Peter in situation 4 above.

The world believed that fiat money (especially the US Dollar) which is backed by nothing except the good faith of the issuer is better than gold and is genuine money for all intent and purposes. The foundation for the acceptance of fiat currency as money is confidence and the artificial demand that has been created to inculcate such confidence.

In my previous article, I explained that in 1971, Nixon had abandoned the gold standard and that the US dollar would no longer be redeemable in gold and became pure fiat currency. To sustain confidence in the US$ toilet paper money, the idea of Petro-dollar was floated by Henry Kissinger to the Arabs who were coerced into agreeing to sell crude oil denominated in US$ toilet paper money in exchange for the guarantee that the US military would protect their regimes from external threats (specifically from Israel) and internal threats (i.e. coups and revolutions). And as they say, the rest is history.

The Shadow Banking Bubble

Let’s fast forward to the present moment — past the 2007/2008 Global Financial Tsunami.

In summary, as a result of the loose monetary policy started by Alan Greenspan, the predecessor of “Helicopter” Bernanke, several economic bubbles were created — the housing bubble, the stock market bubble, the Private debt consumption driven bubble which popped one after another in 2008.

Additionally, there was also the Shadow Banking Bubble (which no one mentions because so few understand the mechanics of Shadow Banking and the derivative casino).

In the result, the US became bankrupt. The music stopped and the champagne party was over. US$ trillions were wiped out. Families lost their homes through foreclosures, businesses collapsed and massive unemployment was the result. Millions were on food stamps (over 40 million Americans). So, who can we blame for this financial fiasco? Well, it must be the FED and the US Treasury who like “Lucky” Jim was able to print (digitally) so much money, thereby flooding the market with cheap credit and this was multiplied many, many times as a result of fractional reserve banking (which allows banks to create money out of thin air — 10 times customers’ deposits) and speculation in the global derivatives casino.

It was a financial orgy that defied all common sense and logic.

The US Treasury was bankrupt, but they needed to borrow more money, much, much more money to survive. At first, the foreign creditors like stupid China and Japan were willing to come forward to help the US as the cheap credit intoxicated American consumers were the biggest spenders / purchasers for their exports. The US was the largest consumer market in the world.

But, the financial status of the US has descended to that of a “Banana Republic” not much different from the case of the Republic of Extravaganza in Situation 3 above.

Fear gripped and chocked the powers that be in control of the FED and the US Treasury. They just could not afford a situation whereby creditors (any creditors) would demand exorbitant interest rates for lending to the US. Technically, any bonds to be issued by the Treasury would strictly and technically be rated as “Junk Bonds” and not AAA as was the case before the “Great Recession” (how brilliant it is to mis-name the financial catastrophe as such and not more appropriately the “Second Great Depression” as it should be called). I would even contend that even before the financial fiasco, there was no way to justify a AAA rating as the US was in a financial state no different from Jack in Situation1. The US succeeded in getting a AAA rating because it was a scam as all the world’s rating agencies were US rating agencies and why would they stop the music and end the party when such AAA ratings (fraudulently given) would generate US$ billions in profits and have generated such profits for a decade or more!

The Scam

To hoodwink the creditors, the FED adopted two strategies (and we must give credit to those fraudsters in the FED and Treasury for their audacity in the execution of this fraud).

Firstly, they ensured that the printing machine (digitally or otherwise) would be functioning at full speed without any glitches. They cannot afford a “Lucky” Jim scenario. With modern technology of the computer and the mouse, all that was needed was a simple click of the mouse, and there would be a Book Entry in the FED’s computerised ledger in the columns — “Credit / Debit” and “Assets and Liabilities” — the requisite amount/value of the newly created digital monies. In technical jargon, the FED was monetising the debt by creating money out of thin air. But, for other countries and Joe Six-Packs, they have to work their guts out to earn an income, save the surplus to pay off any debts that they have incurred (borrowing US$) to purchase crude oil and other necessities (as all oil trades are denominated in US$ as well as other goods). We cannot create money out of thin air by the click of a computer mouse!

But, then any massive money printing would devalue the currency, so some of the monies were diverted into the stock market to create “asset inflation” i.e. to artificially jack up the price of the assets — the shares quoted in the stock exchange, thereby creating an artificial demand for more US$ toilet paper money and hence its value would be maintained and at worse would not depreciate that much. The new monies were also used to pay off existing debts and to finance new debts incurred by the US Treasury.

However, that would not really solve the problem of the risk of a junk rating of the US Treasury bonds. Technically, they are junk and would result in high yields so there was an urgent need to dress-up the bonds to justify an AAA rating.

Please grant me the indulgence of a digression.

This is why it is so important for the Joe Six-Packs to understand why the FED was given the power to control interest rates in addition to the power to print money (digitally). If the FED is only authorised to create money out of thin air, it would not be really useful because the mere printing of money would not confer any long lasting benefit to the financial elites and the entire fractional reserve banking system grounded on fiat money.

The Fed must control the rate of interest for interest is the life-blood of the banking system and whosoever controls interest controls the life-blood and in simple financial terms, control the revenues and profits to be made by the entire banking system thereby conferring on the privileged 1 per cent an unbridled means to limitless wealth. The only caveat is that at all times the members of the system must not be too greedy to demand more monies created out of thin air (with no risks) than were required to keep the system running and the party going as well. There must be a stream of interest payments (income) at a rate that would not kill the borrowers. Without borrowers there would be no customers for the fractional reserve banking ponzi scam!

Let’s get back to the issue at hand.

So, there was a need to convince the world at large that the US Treasury is not Jack the pauper but a credible borrower and ought to be treated as such.
So what was the trick, the scam that would convince unthinking and greedy creditors, be they sovereign creditors like China and Japan and institutional and retail investors (foreign banks and pension funds etc.)?

To turn the trick, it required the combined efforts of selected economists (plus one or two Nobel Laureates), financial analysts, rating agencies who know there is a whole lot of money to be made by participating in the scam to spew the propaganda that US Treasury Bonds are the best assets (safe-haven) in times of crisis and not Gold (derogated as a Barbaric relic). And, since the financial elites also control the mass media — print, TV, and radio etc., it would be easy to spread the propaganda.

With the FED in total control of interest rates, all it needed to do is to announce the policy of zero interest rate (ZIRP) and automatically interest rates on any borrowings would plummet. Of course Joe Six-Packs did benefit somewhat, but that was purely collateral. The main beneficiary of ZIRP is the US Treasury, the biggest debtor in the world. And as they say, the rest is history.
Having over the years brainwashed students in economics at leading universities, financial harlots in global banks and financial services institutions etc. that low interest rates is the benchmark for financial credibility per se (i.e. to ignore the fundamentals when it comes to US Treasury bonds, but not any other borrowers), foreign sovereign creditors like China were conned into lending monies to the US and in the case of Japan were compelled to do so as the vanquished foe of the US after World War II and now a client state under the nuclear protection of the US military.

No one dared cry out, “the Emperor has no clothes”, it is bankrupt! The zero interest rate policy (ZIRP) is a scam to cover-up the reality that the bonds are in fact junk bonds. Bearing in mind the principles of bonds as explained above, low interest rates was the illusion that clouded the minds of creditors to believe that such bonds could not be junk bonds. These creditors totally ignored the financial fundamentals of the US as a debtor that cannot mathematically pay off its debts.

These creditors also overlooked the fact that even if there were repayments, it was by way of more of the same — US$ toilet paper money, more fiat money created out of thin air.

For those who think that what is stated here is conspiracy theory, good luck to you if you have invested in US Treasury Junk Bonds. The truth of the matter will be decided in the near future whether the US Treasury Bond market is also another huge bubble sustained thus far by the above scam perpetrated by the FED and other central banks.

It is not my objective to convert the establishment to my point of view. How can that be possible when they are the perpetrator of the fraud? My sole aim is to sound the alarm to all the Joe Six-Packs of this danger and to prevent their wealth and hard-earned money from being wiped out by this scam and or confiscated by outright legalised plunder when their bank deposits are used to bail-out the Too Big To Fail (TBTF) banks.

Please, don’t accept my assertions after reading my article. Pause and think and think deeply. Do your research, investigate the history of the Fed and other central banks and more importantly question the disinformation in the mass media.

Final Comments

Ask yourself and your friends if what I wrote is gibberish, why –

1) The global banks fraudulently manipulated the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (the LIBOR)?
2) Why do they manipulate the stock markets, the commodities markets and the gold markets (especially COMEX) to depress the precious metals markets?
3) If what I wrote is not true, then why has the FED embarked on QE3 to purchase toxic assets from banks and US Treasury Bonds at this material time if there was no dearth of creditors all eager to buy US Treasury Bonds?
4) Is this not a sick joke — the US Treasury actually borrows from an institution, the FED which was created by Congress. The FED created money out of thin air, by a digital entry in the FED’s computerised ledger?
5) Do you know that the interest derivative contracts traded in the global derivative casino is the largest of all derivative contracts? Do you know that the top 25 US global banks control this market and at the height of the financial orgy, the casino was notionally valued at US$800 trillion? That is not a typo. Please Google to find out the present value or go to the FED website. Some experts even valued the notional value of the derivatives casino at a US$ Quadrillion.

So, I hope you will agree with me that buying US Treasury Bonds is a sucker’s game and you are the sucker if you had invested in these fraudulent bonds.

I make no apologies for being so blunt.

Addendum:

Many have asked me to write such an article two years ago, but I declined because it would have been very difficult to put across my arguments until the onset of QE 3 when the FED began to print digitally US$85 Billion a month to purchase mortgaged back securities (toxic waste from the TBTF banks) and US Treasury Bonds. This was the smoking gun. But, the nail in the coffin is the FED’s Zero Interest Rate Policy (ZIRP).

This was the evidence I needed to show how the FED and other central banks conspired to transform US Treasury Bonds from “Junk Bonds” to AAA rated bonds.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Greek health workers protest cutbacks

0

Greek health workers march outside the Health Ministry in Athens on June 7, 2013.

Greek health workers have staged a rally in the capital, Athens, to protest against the governmentâ„¢s austerity measures in the public sector.

Doctors, nurses, hospital staff and ambulance drivers from across the country demonstrated outside the Health Ministry on Friday in protest to what they called the collapse of the countryâ„¢s health system following the cutbacks in funding, staff and supplies.

Å“Our health is not for sale,” read the banners raised outside the ministry.

The health workers unions said that the state hospitals faced shortage of about 26,500 medical and nursing staff due to the governmentâ„¢s spending cuts, while more unemployed citizens without health insurance turn to public healthcare services.

The Greek protesters were joined by health unions from France, Belgium and Portugal. The foreigners came to support the Greek workers fearing similar cutbacks would occur in their countries.

“We know that the situation in Greece is catastrophic compared to ours; but back home as well, health care is beginning to be privatized. So it’s in this spirit of brotherhood that we come here to show our solidarity to nurses, doctors and health care workers in Greece,” said a 30-year-old Belgian healthcare worker.

Meanwhile, Greek statistics service ELSTAT said on Thursday that the rate of unemployment hit the record high of 26.8 percent in March, twice the eurozoneâ„¢s average rate.

ELSTAT estimates that 700 to 1,000 Greeks have been laid off from their work daily since the countryâ„¢s financial crisis erupted in 2009.

Greece has been at the epicenter of the eurozone debt crisis and is experiencing its sixth year of recession, while harsh austerity measures have left tens of thousands of people without jobs.

SAB/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Illinois Legislature Sends Drone-Restricting Bill to Governor

0

On May 31, the state Senate of Illinois approved amendments to a drone surveillance restriction bill, sending the measure to the desk of Governor Pat Quinn.

SB 1587 – the Freedom From Drone Surveillance Act – was passed overwhelmingly by the House on May 30 by a vote of 105-12. On April 18, state senators gave their approval, voting 52-1 in favor of the measure.

Two amendments tacked on by a House committee were passed unanimously by the state Senate, thus sending the bill in its final form to Governor Quinn.

In contrast to the typical case where bills are gutted by last-minute amendments, the Tenth Amendment Center (TAC) reports that the add-ons to the Illinois anti-drone bill sharpened the teeth of the measure. TAC writes:

The first tightened up admissibility provisions. It now provides that if the court finds by a preponderance of the evidence that a law enforcement agency used a drone to gather information in violation of the information gathering limits in of the Act, then the information shall be presumed to be inadmissible in any judicial or administrative proceeding. It does allow that the State may overcome this presumption by proving the applicability of a judicially recognized exception to the exclusionary rule of the Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution or Article I, Section 6 of the Illinois Constitution to the information. It also provides that nothing in the Act shall be deemed to prevent a court from independently reviewing the admissibility of the information for compliance with the aforementioned provisions of the U.S. and Illinois Constitutions.

The second amendment deleted a provision that permitted the use of drone by a law enforcement agency if the law enforcement agency possesses reasonable suspicion that, under particular circumstances, swift action is needed to prevent serious damage to property. 

Although not perfect, the Illinois bill makes significant strides toward thwarting the federal government’s quest to make every citizen a suspect and place every thought, word, and deed under the never-blinking eye of the federal overlords.

The act provides five exceptions to the prohibition on the use of drones.

First, and most disconcerting of all the exemptions, the secretary of the Department of Homeland Security is permitted to deploy a drone over the Land of Lincoln “To counter a high risk of a terrorist attack by a specific individual or organization.” Unfortunately, the bill allows such an operation based solely on the determination of the Homeland Security secretary that such a situation exists.

The Constitution, of course, sets a significantly higher bar on such surveillance. The Fourth Amendment guarantees that “the right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.” (Emphasis added.)

The second exemption provided by the bill falls in line with constitutional strictures, requiring that law enforcement obtain “a search warrant based on probable cause.” The duration of the warrant is limited to 45 days, “renewable by the judge upon a showing of good cause for subsequent periods of 45 days.”

Illinois’ legislators should be congratulated for reaffirming the constitutional requirement that law enforcement demonstrate “probable cause” before placing anyone under surveillance.

One particular benefit of the bill concerns the state’s substantial farming community. As reported by CattleNetwork.com:

A bill passed by the Illinois House and Senate will prevent PETA members from using unmanned aerial surveillance to disrupt hunters in the state.

PETA announced plans in April to use drones to monitor farmers and hunters for any illegal activity. If signed by Illinois Gov. Pat Quinn, the bill prohibits anyone from flying unmanned aircraft over state hunting grounds with intent to disrupt hunters.

Rep. Mike Bost told the Associated Press anti-hunting groups have unique ways to stop and disrupt hunting.

“It’s everything, deer hunting, goose hunting, duck hunting. They use these drones to interfere with that, and this (bill) basically makes that illegal.”

Anyone violating the proposed wildlife bill faces a misdemeanor charge for using a drone to interfere with legal hunting and fishing activities.

PETA president Ingrid Newkirk said the PETA drones will be used to save lives. PETA Spokeswoman Alicia Woempner says the bill won’t disrupt her organization’s objectives.

“The program we’re designing is meant to monitor and report on illegal hunting activities such as hunting with illegal firearms or ammunition, using spot lights or food and other tricks to lure in animals,” Woempner told the Associated Press.

With the action of the Illinois legislature, Governor Quinn now becomes the second governor with a drone-restricting bill sitting on his desk.

As The New American reported, late last week the Texas legislature sent a bill to Governor Rick Perry that aims to prevent the use of drones to conduct warrantless surveillance of citizens of the Lone Star State.

The Texas bill, the Texas Privacy Act (HB 912), charges with a Class C misdemeanor any private or public entity that “uses an unmanned aircraft to capture an image of an individual or privately owned real property in this state with the intent to conduct surveillance on the individual or property captured in the image.”

Virginia, Tennessee, and Montana have also enacted laws prohibiting the use of drones to conduct warrantless surveillance and forbidding the use in court of any images captured by the unmanned aerial vehicles.

If freedom is to be protected and if the fundamental liberties protected by the Constitution are to be preserved, Illinois and all her sister states must quickly recognize that they “have the right, and are in duty bound, to interpose for arresting the progress of the evil” resulting from the federal government’s habitual disregard for the constitutional limits on its power. This resistance to federal consolidation of power is called nullification.

Nullification is a concept of constitutional law recognizing the right of each state to nullify, or invalidate, any federal measure that exceeds the few and defined powers allowed the federal government as enumerated in the U.S. Constitution.

Nullification exists as a right of the states because the sovereign states formed the union, and as creators of the compact, they hold ultimate authority as to the limits of the power of the central government to enact laws that are applicable to the states and the citizens thereof.

These state legislators stand on very sound constitutional ground in their battle against federal overreaching. Acts of the federal government that exceed the constitutional boundaries on its power are null, void, and of no legal effect. In fact, they are not laws at all. As Alexander Hamilton explained in The Federalist, No. 33:

If a number of political societies enter into a larger political society, the laws which the latter may enact, pursuant to the powers intrusted [sic] to it by its constitution, must necessarily be supreme over those societies and the individuals of whom they are composed…. But it will not follow from this doctrine that acts of the larger society which are not pursuant to its constitutional powers, but which are invasions of the residuary authorities of the smaller societies, will become the supreme law of the land. These will be merely acts of usurpation, and will deserve to be treated as such. [Emphasis in original.]

Perhaps if more states would defy, not only the intrusion of drones on privacy, but every federal deviance from the enumerated powers of the Constitution, then federal legislators might be disabused of their shared delusion that their counterparts on the state level and the citizens of the Republic can be easily herded into the corrals of despotism.


According to reports in local media, Governor Quinn “has not indicated whether he will sign” the bill.

Photo of Illinois State Senate Chamber at the Illinois State Capitol in Springfield

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Judge Overrules HHS' Sebelius in Favor of Girl Needing Life-Saving Transplant

0

The future of healthcare under a federal bureaucracy was on display in Pennsylvania June 4 as a federal judge sidestepped the refusal of Kathleen Sebelius, head of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), to intervene on behalf of a ten-year-old girl in need of a life-saving transplant.

As reported by TheBlaze.com, Sebelius had refused to intervene to ease the federal rules that blocked Sarah Murnaghan from being placed on a donor list for an adult lung. The girl suffers from cystic fibrosis and has only a few weeks to live without the surgery. But pediatric lungs are rare, and a federal rule prohibits her from being considered for an adult donor lung until she reaches the age of twelve.

In response to a lawsuit filed by the girl’s parents, Janet and Fran Murnaghan, Judge Michael Baylson granted a ten-day temporary restraining order against HHS, allowing Sarah to be placed on a list for an adult lung.

Hours before the ruling, during a House hearing on behalf of the little girl, U.S. Representative Lou Barletta (R-Penn.) had pleaded for Sebelius to intervene. “Please, suspend the rules until we look at this policy,” Barletta asked Sebelius, who had the authority to overrule the ban and place the girl on the list.

Instead the federal bureaucrat offered excuses as to why she could not help. “I would suggest, sir, that … this is an incredibly agonizing situation where someone lives and someone dies,” Sebelius told Barletta. “The medical evidence and the transplant doctors who are making the rule – and have had the rule in place since 2005 making a delineation between pediatric and adult lungs, because lungs are different that other organs – that it’s based on the survivability [chances].”

Barletta pointed out that medical professionals have said Murnaghan could survive an adult lung transplant, and, even if the surgery is risky, without it she only has three to five weeks to live.

While the intervention by Judge Baylson does not mean that Sarah Murnaghan will ultimately receive a new lung, it does put her at a much higher level of perceived need and means her chance for a transplant – and survival – will increase dramatically. In a statement, Sarah’s parents said that the judge’s ruling “means that for the next ten days, Sarah’s placement in the queue for adult lungs will be based on the severity of her illness, and she will not be penalized for her age. We are experiencing many emotions: relief, happiness, gratitude and – for the first time in months – hope.”

As Sarah Murnaghan’s situation became known, conservative commentators sounded off about the Obama Administration’s reluctance to step up to the plate for the little girl. Writing in the Washington Times, Eric Golub chided Obama for his – and Sebelius’ – studied inaction in the case, noting that, as he has demonstrated in times past, “Obama could have issued an executive order. He could have granted a waiver, as he did with his union cronies unwilling to suffer under Obamacare. He is a liberal, and every liberal knows how to piously bend, if not break, laws as long as ‘it’s for the children.’”

Writing on her Facebook page, Sarah Palin challenged that the government “will bend the rules left and right to harass targeted taxpayers, conservative patriots, selected journalists, etc., but it will strictly exercise inconsistent and subjective rules to deny a child a shot at life.”

Palin also noted that Sarah Murnaghan’s case raises the specter of the “death panels” she and other lawmakers warned would come with Obamacare. “[T]hey called us liars when we spoke of ‘death panels’ – faceless bureaucrats coming between you and your doctor to make life and death decisions about a loved one’s survival,” she wrote. “It doesn’t sound so far fetched anymore, does it?”

And on Breitbart.com, a columnist calling himself “Ace of Spades” predicted that with full-blown socialized healthcare in the process of implementation, it is only a matter of time before pleading, hat in hand, to the government for a favor will become the norm for an increasing number of Americans. “Our nation is no longer one of rights or ownership,” he warned, but is increasingly becoming one “in which we merely plead to the courtiers of government for favors….”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Glenn Greenwald: U.S. wants to destroy privacy worldwide

0

Katie Glueck
Politico
June 7, 2013

The journalist who broke the news that the government is monitoring vast quantities of American phone records made the rounds is claiming the U.S. is building a “massive” snooping apparatus committed to destroying privacy worldwide.

“There is a massive apparatus within the United States government that with complete secrecy has been building this enormous structure that has only one goal, and that is to destroy privacy and anonymity, not just in the United States, but around the world,” charged Glenn Greenwald, a reporter for the British newspaper “The Guardian,” speaking on CNN. “That is not hyperbole. That is their objective.”

Greenwald, speaking with CNN’s Piers Morgan, appeared during a week in which Americans learned that according to reports, the National Security Agency and other parts of the government have been monitoring the phone records of Verizon users and accessing Internet information as part of intelligence-gathering procedures. Some Republicans and Democrats have defended the phone records strategy, including the highest ranking members of the Senate Intelligence Committee – Sens. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.) and Saxby Chambliss (R-Ga.). But Greenwald dismissed those arguments.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 9:10 am

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

11 Year-Old Suspended Because He Said ‘Gun’

0

Dan Joseph
cnsnews.com
June 7, 2013

A Maryland boy was suspended from school for 10 days last December for telling other students that he wished he’d had a gun to protect the students who were killed in the Sandy Hook massacre. The suspension was later reduced to one day.

In a radio interview, Bruce Henkelman, the boy’s father, claimed that a school bus driver overheard the boy use the word “gun” and then took him to the principle. The boy was then questioned by both the principle and a Sherriff’s deputy.

Henkelman said that the school’s principal, Darrel Prioleau, told him that “[W]ith what happened at Sandy Hook, if you say the word ‘gun’ in my school, you are going to get suspended for 10 days.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 9:11 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

California's San Onofre nuclear plant to shut down permanently — owner

0
 
 

Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for Chrome. Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


Southern California Edison (SCE) has decided to permanently retire two units of its San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station (SONGS) on California’s Pacific coast, Edison International said in a press release.

“SONGS has served this region for over 40 years,” said Ted
Craver, Chair and CEO of Edison International, the parent company
of SCE, “but we have concluded that the continuing uncertainty
about when or if SONGS might return to service was not good for
our customers, our investors, or the need to plan for our
region’s long-term electricity needs.”

Units 2 and 3 of the troubled plant have been shut down since
January 2012, when a radiation leak led to the discovery of
significant damage to several generator tubes. Many feared that
the worsening conditions at the atomic power station would result
in a Fukushima-like meltdown in California.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

No sign Turkey's economy affected by protests – Fitch

0

Anti-government demonstrations in Turkey haven’t yet caused any significant economic disruption to put the country’s “BBB” sovereign rating at risk. However, the Fitch ratings agency says persistent unrest effecting the economy could pressure the rating.

The Turkish economy has performed well, inflation has come down,
and unemployment in 2012 was at a seven-year low of 9.2 percent,
the Fitch rating agency reports.

“Although Turkey’s current account deficit and short-term debt
are large, financing has proved resilient throughout the
post-Lehman Brothers collapse and the Eurozone crises,
”
according to Fitch.

“Much will depend on how the authorities respond to the
protests,”
the rating agency warned.

“Persistent political and social unrest could deter tourism,
destabilize short-term capital inflows, and drive up inflation
and damage economic growth. Longer-term aspirations to attract
more FDI could also suffer a setback. If such developments were
to occur and have a material adverse effect on the economy, the
unrest could exert pressure on the sovereign rating,”
the
agency noted.

The Gezi Park protests in Istanbul have spread to the rest of the
country and shaken Turkish markets and businesses. On
Thursday the country’s main stock index, the BIST 100, fell more
than 7 per cent and closed 4.7 per cent down. The market
fall took Turkey’s stock exchange to 20 per cent below its recent
high, the FT reports.

The impact of the demonstrations on the real economy appears to
be limited so far. However, further escalation is expected to be
especially damaging to the tourism industry. The Turkish economy
hinges on the service sector as it makes up 63% of the country’s
GDP. Turkey is the sixth most popular holiday destination in the
world, having attracted 31 million tourists in 2011 and valuing
the industry at $30bn, BBC reports.

The turmoil is a new twist for Turkey, which was lauded as an
economic powerhouse and democratic exemplar for the rest of the
Muslim world during the Arab Spring. Turkey’s economic growth has
skyrocketed since the early 2000s – around the same time Prime
Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan and his Justice and Development
Party (AKP) came to power. Erdogan’s government implemented
austerity measures advised by the International Monetary Fund.
After that the economy took off, the budget deficit and inflation
were tamed, and all loans from the International Monetary Fund
were paid off, BusinessWeek reports. 

The country’s per capita income has nearly tripled to over
$10,000. Turkey is now the fastest-growing economy in Europe with
2.2% GDP growth in 2012.

This article originally appeared on: RT

The EU-India Free Trade Agreement, Corporate Driven Neocolonial Plunder

0

The EU-India Free Trade Agreement (FTA) is something that could fundamentally restructure Indian society and impact the lives of hundreds of millions of Indians. It is being negotiated ‘on the behalf of the public’ in secret by politicians and bureaucrats on both sides. Negotiations began in 2007, covering a wide range of areas, including various goods, products and services, as well as investment rules, government procurement; and intellectual property rights. After 16 rounds of talks, the issues are still being fine tuned.

Much of the negotiations are being conducted beyond the gaze of the public and the realms of public accountability. And demands for public scrutiny have been dealt a blow by a recent ruling.

Following a lawsuit by lobby watchdog Corporate Europe Observatory (CEO), the EU’s General Court in Luxembourg concluded that the European Commission (EC) did not violate EU rules when withholding information about the EU-India free trade talks from the public, even though it had already shared the information with corporate lobby groups. CEO warns that this decision risks deepening the secrecy around EU trade negotiations and legitimises the EC’s practice of granting corporate lobby groups privileged access to its policy-making, at the expense of the wider public interest.

The lawsuit was a last resort for CEO after the EC refused to fully release documents related to the EU’s ongoing trade negotiations with India, including meeting reports, emails and a letter, which it had sent to industry groups including the European employers’ federation Business Europe, one of the most powerful corporate lobby groups in Brussels. The EC claimed that the censored information was ‘sensitive’ as it concerned EU priorities and strategies in the negotiations and argued that public disclosure would undermine the EU’s international relations.

CEO argued that the information, which the EC had already shared with the business world at large, could not suddenly become confidential when a public interest group asked for it. The group accused the EC of manifest discrimination in favour of corporate lobby groups and violating the EU’s access to information rules.

CEO trade campaigner Pia Eberhardt said that there is a big risk that the EC will see the court ruling as a green light to continue to develop its trade policy behind closed doors, together with, and for, a tiny elite of corporate lobby groups. She added that the result is a trade policy that caters for big business needs, but works against the interests of the bulk of the population in the EU and other parts of the world.

The judgement comes as the EU and India are reportedly sorting out their remaining differences, in order to ink their final proposal for a free trade deal before elections in the EU and in India in 2014.

Both in India and the EU, trade unions, farmers’ groups, patients’ organisations and other civil society groups have repeatedly raised concerns about the potentially devastating impacts of the agreement, particularly on access to medicines and the livelihoods of Indian farmers and street traders (1).

CEO believes that the court ruling has potentially serious implications for other trade policies, such as the upcoming free trade negotiations between the EU and the US. In a press release from CEO, Pia Eberhardt states:

“Citizens and Parliamentarians are increasingly worried about the risks that the EU’s corporate trade agenda poses to food safety, digital rights and environmental protection. Trade negotiations should be conducted in an open and democratically-accountable way, and it is high time that the Commission stops handing over the negotiating agenda to multinational companies. It is disappointing that the court ruling seems to point in exactly the opposite direction.”

Such secrecy deepens the suspicion that the EU-India FTA has little to do with any notion pertaining to the ‘public interest’ and essentially represents the demands of big business and results from their strategic hegemony over government bureaucracies and politicians. 

With Western economies in crisis, India represents potential rich pickings for powerful transnational corporations. And the vultures are sweeping. In his January editorial piece in Kisan Ki Awaaz (National Magazine of the Farmer’s Voice), farmers’ leader Krishan Bir Chaudhary argues that India’s thousands of years old civilisation is being plundered. Industrial developments built with public money and strategic assets, such as energy sources, ports, airports and seeds and infrastructure support for agriculture are under threat. This view is apparently supported by Kavaljit Singh of the Madhyam research institute who argues that measures on investment could see the Indian government sued by multinational companies for billions of dollars in private arbitration panels outside of Indian courts if national laws, policies, court decisions or other actions are perceived to interfere with their investments. 

Indeed, corporations have been granted the exclusive right to sue states (states cannot sue corporations) at secretive international tribunals for action deemed to unfairly affect investors’ profits (2). It’s a one way street.

What we are seeing with the EU-India FTA (as is the case with India’s nuclear energy sector and the Knowledge Initiative on Agriculture (3) (4)) is democracy being sidelined for the blind pursuit of an unaccountable corporate driven agenda.

Notes

1) http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-eu-india-free-trade-agreement-india-up-for-sale-to-western-corporate-capital/5332214

2) http://www.opendemocracy.net/author/pia-eberhardt

3) http://www.democracynow.org/2006/12/13/vandana_shiva_on_farmer_suicides_the

4) http://www.countercurrents.org/rajkumar080512.htm

 

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

U.S. mining data from 9 leading Internet firms; companies deny knowledge

0

Barton Gellman and Laura Poitras
Washington Post
June 7, 2013

The National Security Agency and the FBI are tapping directly into the central servers of nine leading U.S. Internet companies, extracting audio and video chats, photographs, e-mails, documents, and connection logs that enable analysts to track foreign targets, according to a top-secret document obtained by The Washington Post.

The program, code-named PRISM, has not been made public until now. It may be the first of its kind. The NSA prides itself on stealing secrets and breaking codes, and it is accustomed to corporate partnerships that help it divert data traffic or sidestep barriers. But there has never been a Google or Facebook before, and it is unlikely that there are richer troves of valuable intelligence than the ones in Silicon Valley.

Equally unusual is the way the NSA extracts what it wants, according to the document: “Collection directly from the servers of these U.S. Service Providers: Microsoft, Yahoo, Google, Facebook, PalTalk, AOL, Skype, YouTube, Apple.”

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 7, 2013 at 8:51 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars